+ Kompletní Katalog - Technická Data - 201803 - ATW - DATABOOK

DATA BOOK
Vol.4
Contents
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit.............................. A-1
Hydrobox
Cylinder /
Cylinder unit / Hydrobox.......... B-1
Flow temp.
controller
Flow temp. controller. .............. C-1
Optional parts
Optional parts........................... D-1
hen installing or relocating, or servicing the heat pump, use only the specified refrigerant (R410A) to charge
W
the refrigerant lines. Do not mix it with any other refrigerant and do not allow air to remain in the lines.
If air is mixed with the refrigerant, then it can be the cause of abnormal high pressure in the refrigerant line,
and may result in an explosion and other hazards.
The use of any refrigerant other than that specified for the system will cause mechanical failure or system
malfunction or unit breakdown. In the worst case, this could lead to a serious impediment to securing product
safety.
Contents
Outdoor unit
1 Specifications.........................................................A-2
1.1 Outdoor unit specifications................................................ A-2
1.2 Capacity.......................................................................... A-21
1.3 Maximum outlet water temperature................................ A-30
1.4 Available range (Water flow rate, return water temp.)..... A-36
2 Outlines and dimensions.....................................A-42

2.1 Packaged-type units....................................................... A-42
2.2 Split-type units................................................................ A-46
3 Wiring diagrams....................................................A-56
4 Refrigerant system diagrams..............................A-81

5 Performance data.................................................A-91
5.1 Cooling performance data............................................... A-91
5.2 Heating performance data.............................................. A-94
5.3 Part load chart............................................................... A-108
5.4 Best COP...................................................................... A-133
5.5 Correcting capacity for changes
in the length of refrigerant piping........................... A-135
6 Noise criterion curves........................................A-139

6.1 Packaged-type units..................................................... A-139
6.2 Split-type units.............................................................. A-141
7 Estimated noise level based

on the distance from Outdoor unit............A-146
8 Earthquake-proof strength analysis.................A-150
9 Error code table..................................................A-178
10 Installation location............................................A-179
10.1 Packaged-type units (Power inverter/Zubadan).......... A-179
10.2 Split-type units (Eco inverter/Power inverter).............. A-183
10.3 Split-type units (Mr.SLIM+)......................................... A-188
10.4 Split-type units (Zubadan)........................................... A-190
10.5 Split-type units (Inverter Multi).................................... A-194
Outdoor unit
A-1
1 Specifications Outdoor unit
1.1 Outdoor unit specifications

(1) Packaged-type units
Outdoor unit
Power inverter
Model Name PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 1φ, 230V, 50Hz 1φ, 230V, 50Hz 1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Max. current A 13.0 23.0 29.5
Breaker size A 16 25 32
Outer casing Galvanized plate Galvanized plate Galvanized plate
External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1 Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1 Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Refrigerant control Linear expansion valve Linear expansion valve Linear expansion valve
Compressor Hermetic twin rotary Hermetic twin rotary Hermetic scroll
Model SNB130FGCMC TNB220FLHM1T ANB33FNMMT
Motor output kW 0.9 1.3 2.5
Start type Inverter Inverter Inverter
HP switch
HP switch HP switch LP switch
Discharge thermo Discharge thermo
Protection devices Discharge thermo
Comp. Surface thermo Comp. Surface thermo Comp. Surface thermo
Orver current detection Orver current detection Orver current detection
Oil (Model) L 0.35 (FV50S) 0.67 (FV50S) 0.9 (FV50S)
Crankcase heater W - - -
Heat exchanger Air Plate fin coil Plate fin coil Plate fin coil
Water Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan x 1 Propeller fan x 1 Propeller fan x 2
Fan motor output kW 0.086 0.074 0.074 x 2
m3/min 50 (1,760) 49 (1,730) 100 (3,530)
Air flow (CFM)
Defrost method Reverse cycle Reverse cycle Reverse cycle
Noise level (SPL) Heating dB(A) 46 48 53
Cooling dB(A) 48 48 53
Noise level (PWL) Heating dB(A) 61 66 69
Dimensions Width mm(in) 950 (37-3/8) 950 (37-3/8) 1020 (40-3/16)
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 740 (29-3/16) 943 (37-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 64 (141) 79 (174) 133 (294)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A (1975) R410A (1975) R410A (1975)
Quantity kg(lbs) 1.7 (3.7) 2.4 (5.3) 4.0 (8.8)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) - - -
Gas mm(in) - - -
Connection method - - -
Height
m - - -
Between the indoor & difference
outdoor unit Piping
m - - -
length
Heating °C -15 to +21 -20 to +21 -20 to +21
Guaranteed operating
DHW °C -15 to +35 -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -5 to +46 -5 to +46 -5 to +46
Outlet water temp. Heating °C +60 +60 +60
(Max in heating, Min in cooling) Cooling °C +5 +5 +5
Nominal return water Heating °C +9 to +59 +9 to +59 +11 to +59
temperature range Cooling °C +8 to +28 +8 to +28 +8 to +28
Water flow rate range L/min 6.5 to 14.3 10.8 to 25.8 14.4 to 32.1
* Optional air protection guide is required where ambient temperature is lower than -5°C.
The temperature is 10°C when the unit is connected with Cylinder unit or Hydrobox.
For more details, refer to "Cylinder unit / Hydrobox".
A-2
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUHZ-W85VAA PUHZ-W85YAA
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 1φ, 230V, 50Hz 3φ, 400V, 50Hz
Max. current A 22.0 11.5
Breaker size A 25 16
Outer casing Galvanized plate Galvanized plate
External finish Munsell N8.75 Munsell N8.75
Munsell N2.75 Munsell N2.75
(FRONT PANEL) (FRONT PANEL)
Refrigerant control Linear expansion valve Linear expansion valve
Compressor Hermetic twin rotary Hermetic twin rotary
Model SNB220FEGMC-L1 SNB220FEAMC-L1
Motor output kW 1.5 1.5
Start type Inverter Inverter
HP switch HP switch
Discharge termo Discharge termo
Protection devices Comp. Surface thermo Comp. Surface thermo
Over current detection Over current detection
Oil (Model) L 0.60 (FV50S) 0.60 (FV50S)
Crankcase heater W - -
Heat exchanger Air Plate fin coil Plate fin coil
Water Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan ×1 Propeller fan ×1
Fan motor output kW 0.074 0.074
m3/min
Air flow 44 (1,550) 44 (1,550)
(CFM)
Defrost method Reverse cycle Reverse cycle
Noise level (SPL) Heating dB(A) 45 45
Cooling dB(A) 45 45
Noise level (PWL) Heating dB(A) 58 58
Dimensions Width mm(in) 1050 (41-5/16) 1050 (41-5/16)
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 97 (214) 110 (243)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A R410A
Quantity kg(lbs) 2.4 (5.3) 2.4 (5.3)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) - -
Gas mm(in) - -
Connection method - -
Height
m - -
outdoor unit Piping
m - -
length
Guaranteed operating Heating °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor) Cooling* °C -5 to +46 -5 to +46
Outlet water temp. Heating °C +60 +60
(Max in heating, Min in cooling) Cooling °C +5 +5
Nominal return water Heating °C +9 to +59 +9 to +59
temperature range Cooling °C +8 to +28 +8 to +28
Water flow rate range L/min 10.8 to 25.8 10.8 to 25.8
A-3
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUHZ-W112VAA PUHZ-W112YAA

External finish Munsell N8.75 Munsell N8.75
Munsell N2.75 Munsell N2.75
(FRONT PANEL) (FRONT PANEL)
Model DNB28FBAMT DNB28FBBMT
HP switch HP switch
Discharge termo Discharge termo
Protection devices Comp. Surface thermo Comp. Surface thermo
Oil (Model) L 1.0 (FVC68D) 1.0 (FVC68D)
m3/min
Air flow 50 (1,760) 50 (1,760)
(CFM)
Cooling dB(A) 49 49
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 118 (260) 131 (289)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A R410A
Quantity kg(lbs) 3.3 (7.3) 3.3 (7.3)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) - -
Gas mm(in) - -
Connection method - -
Height
m - -
outdoor unit Piping
m - -
length
Guaranteed operating Heating °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor) Cooling* °C -5 to +46 -5 to +46
A-4
Outdoor unit
Zubadan
Model Name PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)
Max. current A 13.0 35.0 13.0
Compressor Hermetic scroll Hermetic scroll Hermetic scroll
Model ANB33FJJMT ANB42FJKMT ANB42FJJMT
Protection devices HP switch HP switch HP switch
LP switch LP switch LP switch
Discharge thermo Discharge thermo Discharge thermo
Orver current detection Orver current detection Orver current detection
Water Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger
Fan motor output kW 0.074 x 2 0.074 x 2 0.074 x 2
Air flow m3/min
100 (3,530) 100 (3,530) 100 (3,530)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 53 53 53
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 148 (326) 134 (296) 148 (326)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.0 (8.8) 4.3 (9.5) 4.3 (9.5)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) - - -
Gas mm(in) - - -
Connection method - - -
Height
m - - -
outdoor unit Piping
m - - -
length
Heating °C -25 to +21 -25 to +21 -25 to +21
DHW °C -25 to +35 -25 to +35 -25 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -5 to +46 -5 to +46 -5 to +46
A-5
(2) Split-type units

Power inverter
Outdoor unit
Model Name SUHZ-SW45VA SUHZ-SW45VAH

External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1 Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Model SNB130FGBMT SNB130FGBMT

Protection devices
Over current Over current
Oil (Model) L 0.35(FV50S) 0.35(FV50S)

Base heater W - 120
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan x 1 Propeller fan x 1
Air flow m /min(CFM)
3 44.6 (1,575) 44.6 (1,575)
Cooling dB(A) 52 52
Depth mm(in) 330 (13) 330 (13)
Height mm(in) 880 (34-5/8) 880 (34-5/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 54 (119) 54 (119)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A (1975) R410A (1975)
Quantity kg(lbs) 1.3 (2.8) 1.3 (2.8)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) 6.35 (1/4) 6.35 (1/4)
Gas mm(in) 12.7 (1/2) 12.7 (1/2)
Connection method Flared Flared
Between the indoor & Height difference m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping length m 2 to 30 2 to 30
Heating °C -15 to +24 -15 to +24
DHW °C -15 to +35 -15 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling °C +10 to +46 +10 to +46
A-6
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Max. current A 13.0
Breaker size A 16
Outer casing Galvanized plate
External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Refrigerant control Linear expansion valve
Compressor Hermetic twin rotary
Model SNB130FTCM2
Motor output kW 0.9
Start type Inverter
HP switch
Discharge thermo
Protection devices
Comp. Surface thermo
Over current detection
Oil (Model) L 0.5(FV50S)
Crankcase heater W -
Heat exchanger Air Plate fin coil
Water -
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan
Fan motor output kW 0.046
3 45 (1,590)
Defrost method Reverse cycle
Noise level (SPL) Heating dB(A) 46
Cooling dB(A) 46
Noise level (PWL) Heating dB(A) 63
Dimensions Width mm(in) 809+62 (31-13/16+2-7/16)
Depth mm(in) 300 (11-3/16)
Height mm(in) 630 (24-13/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 43 (95)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A (1975)
Quantity kg(lbs) 1.4 (3.1)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) 6.35 (1/4)
Gas mm(in) 12.7 (1/2)
Connection method Flared
Between the indoor & Height difference m Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping length m 2 to 40
Heating °C -15 to +21
DHW °C -15 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46
Outlet water temp. Heating °C +60
(Max in heating, Min in cooling) Cooling °C +5
Nominal return water Heating °C +5 to +59
temperature range Cooling °C +8 to +28
Water flow rate range L/min 6.5 to 17.2
A-7
Model Name PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)

Outdoor unit
Max. current A 17.0 29.5 13.0
Compressor Hermetic twin rotary Hermetic scroll Hermetic scroll
Model SNB220FAGMC-L1 ANB33FNEMT ANB33FNDMT
Protection devices HP switch HP switch
HP switch
LP switch LP switch
Discharge thermo
Comp. Surface thermo Comp. Surface thermo
Over current detection
Water - - -
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan Propeller fan ×2 Propeller fan ×2
Fan motor output kW 0.074 0.074 ×2 0.074 ×2
Air flow m /min
3
55 (1,940) 100 (3,353) 100 (3,353)
(CFM)
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 943 (37-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 75 (166) 118(261) 130 (287)
Quantity kg(lbs) 3.2(7.0) 4.6 (10.2) 4.6 (10.1)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) 9.52 (3/8) 9.52 (3/8) 9.52 (3/8)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Connection method Flared Flared Flared
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 40 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -20 to +21 -20 to +21 -20 to +21
DHW °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-8
Model Name PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Compressor Hermetic scroll Hermetic scroll
Model ANB42FNEMT ANB42FNDMT
LP switch LP switch
Water - -
Fan motor output kW 0.074 ×2 0.074 ×2
Air flow m /min
3
100 (3,353) 100 (3,353)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 54 54
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 51 51
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 118 (261) 130 (287)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.6 (10.2) 4.6 (10.2)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -20 to +21 -20 to +21
DHW °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-9
Model Name PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)

Outdoor unit
Model ANB52FRNMT ANB52FRNMT
HP sensor HP sensor
Water - -
Air flow m /min
3
140 (4,940) 140 (4,940)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 62 62
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 58 60
Depth mm(in) 330+40 (13+1-9/16) 330+40 (13+1-9/16)
Height mm(in) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 136 (300) 136 (300)
Quantity kg(lbs) 7.1 (15.7) 7.7 (17.0)
Gas mm(in) 25.4 (1) 25.4 (1)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 80 2 to 80
length
Heating °C -20 to +21 -20 to +21
DHW °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-10
Model Name PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Breaker size A 25.0 16.0
Munsell: N8.75 Munsell: N8.75
External finish
Munsell N2.75 (FRONT PANEL) Munsell N2.75 (FRONT PANEL)
Model SNB220FEGMC-L1 SNB220FEAMC-L1
Protection devices
HP switch HP switch
Comp. surface thermo Comp. surface thermo

Water - -
Air flow m /min
3
44 (1,550) 44 (1,550)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 43 43
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 45 45
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 92 (203) 104 (229)
Quantity kg(lbs) 3.0 (6.6) 3.0 (6.6)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) 9.52(3/8) 9.52(3/8)
Gas mm(in) 15.88(5/8) 15.88(5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 40 2 to 40
length
Heating °C -20 to +21 -20 to +21
DHW °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-11
Model Name PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)

Outdoor unit
External finish Munsell: N8.75 Munsell: N8.75
Compressor Hermetic Hermetic
Model DNB28FBAMT DNB28FBBMT
LP switch LP switch
Water - -
Air flow m /min
3
50 (1,760) 50 (1,760)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 47 47
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 49 49
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 114 (251) 126 (278)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.2 (9.2) 4.2 (9.2)
Pipe size O.D. Liquid mm(in) 9.52(3/8) 9.52(3/8)
Gas mm(in) 15.88(5/8) 15.88(5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -20 to +21 -20 to +21
DHW °C -20 to +35 -20 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-12
Mr.SLIM+
Model Name PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 1φ, 230V, 50Hz
Max. current A 19.0
Breaker size A 25
Outer casing Galvanized plate
External finish Munsell 3Y 7.8/1.1
Refrigerant control Linear expansion valve
Compressor Hermetic
Model SNB172FSHM1
Motor output kW 1.6
Start type Inverter
HP switch
Oil (Model) L 0.70 (FV50S)
Crankcase heater W -
Heat exchanger Air Plate fin coil
Water -
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan x 1
Fan motor output kW 0.086
3 50 (1,760)
Defrost method Reverse cycle
Noise level (SPL) ATA Cooling
dB 47
HR Cooling
ATA Heating
dB 49
ATW Heating
Noise level (PWL) ATA Cooling
dB 67
HR Cooling
ATA Heating
dB 68
ATW Heating
Dimensions Width mm(in) 950 (37-3/8)
Depth mm(in) 330+25 (13-7/8)
Height mm(in) 943 (37-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 73 (161)
Refrigerant (GWP) R410A (1975)
Quantity kg(lbs) 3.8 (8.4)
Pipe size O.D. ATA Liquid mm(in) 9.52 (3/8)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8)
ATW Liquid mm(in) 9.52 (3/8)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8)
Connection method Flared
Between the indoor & Height difference m Max. 20
outdoor unit Piping length m Max. 60m total, Max. 30m for each
ATA Cooling* °C -15 to +46
Guaranteed operating ATA Heating °C -20 to +21 * Optional air protection guide is
range (Outdoor) ATW Heating °C -20 to +35 required where ambient tempera-
ture is lower than -5°C.
HR Cooling °C +15 to +46 The temperature is 10°C when the
Outlet water temp. (Max in heating) ATW Heating °C +60 unit is connected with Cylinder
unit or Hydrobox.
Nominal return water For more details, refer to "Cylinder
ATW Heating °C +11 to +59 unit / Hydrobox".
temperature range
Water flow rate range L/min 11.5 to 22.9
A-13
Zubadan
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS)

Max. current A 29.5 35.0 13.0
Model ANB33FJRMT ANB33FJRMT ANB33FJQMT
Discharge thermo Discharge thermo Discharge thermo
Oil (Model) L 1.40 (FVC68D) 1.40 (FVC68D) 1.40 (FVC68D)
Water - - -
Fan Fan(drive) x No. Propeller fan ×2 Propeller fan ×2 Propeller fan ×2
Fan motor output kW 0.074 ×2 0.074 ×2 0.074 ×2
Air flow m /min
3
100 (3,530) 100 (3,530) 100 (3,530)
(CFM)
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8) 1350 (53-1/8)
Weight kg(lbs) 120 (265) 120 (265) 134 (296)
Quantity kg(lbs) 5.5 (12.1) 5.5 (12.1) 5.5 (12.1)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 75 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -28 (*1) to +21 -28 (*1) to +21 -28 (*1) to +21
DHW °C -28 (*1) to +35 -28 (*1) to +35 -28 (*1) to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling *2 °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46 -15 to +46
*1 Service reference number from "R2" (before "R2" : -25°C)
*2 Optional air protection guide is required where ambient temperature is lower than -5°C.
A-14
Model Name PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Outdoor unit
Model ANB33FJQMT ANB66FJNMT
HP switch
HP switch
LP switch
LP switch
Discharge thermo
Orver current detection
Oil (Model) L 1.40 (FVC68D) 1.70 (FV50S)
Water - -
3
100 (3,530) 140 (4,940)
Cooling dB(A) 51 58
Depth mm(in) 330+30 (13+1-3/16) 330+30 (13+1-3/16)
Height mm(in) 1350 (53-1/8) 1338 (52-11/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 134 (296) 149 (328)
Quantity kg(lbs) 5.5 (12.1) 7.7 (17.0)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 25.4 (1)
Between the indoor & Height difference m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping length m 2 to 75 2 to 80
Heating °C -28 (*1) to +21 -25 to +21
DHW °C -28 (*1) to +35 -25 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling *2 °C -15 to +46 -5 to +46
*1 Service reference number from "R2" (before "R2" : -25°C)
*2 Optional air protection guide is required where ambient temperature is lower than -5°C.
A-15
Model Name PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS)

Outdoor unit
Model DNK28FBAMT DNK28FBBMT
LP switch LP switch
Overcurrent detection Overcurrent detection
Water - -
Air flow m /min
3
50 (1,760) 50 (1,760)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 45 45
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 48 48
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 116 (256) 128 (282)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.6 (10.1) 4.6 (10.1)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -28 to +21 -28 to +21
DHW °C -28 to +35 -28 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-16
Model Name PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Model DNK28FBAMT DNK28FBBMT
LP switch LP switch
Overcurrent detection Overcurrent detection
Water - -
Air flow m /min
3
50 (1,760) 50 (1,760)
(CFM)
Heating dB(A) 47 47
Noise level (SPL)
Cooling dB(A) 49 49
Depth mm(in) 480 (18-7/8) 480 (18-7/8)
Height mm(in) 1020 (40-3/16) 1020 (40-3/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 116 (256) 128 (282)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.6 (10.1) 4.6 (10.1)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Height
m Max. 30 Max. 30
outdoor unit Piping
m 2 to 75 2 to 75
length
Heating °C -28 to +21 -28 to +21
DHW °C -28 to +35 -28 to +35
range (Outdoor)
Cooling* °C -15 to +46 -15 to +46
A-17
Inverter multi
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUMY-P112VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P140VKM4(-BS)

Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 1-phase 220-230-240 V, 50 Hz ; 1-phase 220-230 V, 60 Hz
Max. current A 29.5 29.5 29.5
Breaker size A 40*1 40*1 40*1
External finish Munsell No. 3Y 7.8/1.1 Munsell No. 3Y 7.8/1.1 Munsell No. 3Y 7.8/1.1
Model ANB33FNHMT ANB33FNHMT ANB33FNHMT
Over Current detection Over Current detection Over Current detection
Water - - -
Air flow m3/min
110 (3,884) 110 (3,884) 110 (3,884)
(CFM)
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16)
Height mm(in) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 122 (269) 122 (269) 122 (269)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2
Height difference m
Between the indoor Max. 40*3 Max. 40*3 Max. 40*3
& outdoor unit Max. 150m total Max. 150m total Max. 150m total
Piping length m Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each
Heating °C (D.B.) -20 to +21 -20 to +21 -20 to +21
ATW DHW °C (D.B.) -20 to +35 -20 to +35 -20 to +35
Guaranteed Cooling °C (D.B.) - - -
operating Heating °C (D.B.) -20 to +21 -20 to +21 -20 to +21
ATA
range (Outdoor) Cooling *4 °C (D.B.) -5 to +52 -5 to +52 -5 to +52
ATW+ATA ATA heating+DHW °C (D.B.) 7 to +21 7 to +21 7 to +21
(simultaneous
operation) ATA heating+ATW heating °C (D.B.) -10 to +21 -10 to +21 -10 to +21
ATW (single operation) °C +55 +55 +55
Outlet water temp. Heating
ATA heating+ATW heating *5 °C 45 to 55 45 to 55 45 to 55
(Max in heating, Min in cooling)
Cooling °C - - -
temperature range Cooling °C - - -
*1 32A, when indoor unit and outdoor unit are powered separately.
*2 In case of outdoor unit is set higher than indoor unit.
*3 In case of outdoor unit is set lower than indoor unit. (30 meters or less if PKFY-P*VBM, PFFY-P*VKM, PFFY-P*VL* type of
indoor units are included.)
*4 10 to 52°C D.B.: When connecting PKFY-P15/20/25VBM, PFFY-P20/25/32VKM, PFFY-P20/25/32VLE(R)M, PEFY-P·VMA3
and M series, S series, and P series type indoor unit.
*5 In the case of ambient temperature is below 7°C, the flow temperature is decreased.
A-18
Outdoor unit
Model Name PUMY-P112YKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKM4(-BS) PUMY-P140YKM4(-BS)
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 3-phase 380-400-415 V, 50 Hz; 3-phase 380 V, 60 Hz
Max. current A 12.0 12.0 12.0
Model ANB33FNGMT ANB33FNGMT ANB33FNGMT
Water - - -
Air flow m3/min
110 (3,884) 110 (3,884) 110 (3,884)
(CFM)
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16)
Height mm(in) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 125 (276) 125 (276) 125 (276)
Re frigerant (GWP) R410A (1975) R410A (1975) R410A (1975)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2
Height difference m
Piping length m
Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each
ATA
(simultaneous
Cooling °C - - -
A-19
Model Name PUMY-P112YKME4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKME4(-BS)PUMY-P140YKME4(-BS)

Outdoor unit
Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 3-phase 380-400-415 V, 50 Hz

Max. current A 12.0 12.0 12.0
Model ANB33FNGMT ANB33FNGMT ANB33FNGMT
Water - - -
Air flow m3/min
110 (3,884) 110 (3,884) 110 (3,884)
(CFM)
Noise level (SPL)
Depth mm(in) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16) 330+40(13+1-9/16)
Height mm(in) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16) 1338 (52-11/16)
Weight kg(lbs) 136 (300) 136 (300) 136 (300)
Quantity kg(lbs) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6) 4.8 (10.6)
Gas mm(in) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8) 15.88 (5/8)
Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2 Max. 50*2
Height difference m
Piping length m
Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each Max. 80m for each
ATA
(simultaneous
Cooling °C - - -
A-20
1.2 Capacity
Outdoor unit
Power inverter
Model name PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 14.3 25.8 32.1
Heating Capacity kW 5.00 9.00 11.20
(A7/W35) COP 4.50 4.18 4.47
Power input kW 1.11 2.15 2.51
(A2/W35) COP 3.50 3.17 3.34
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa 12 13.5 6.3
Heating pump input (based on EN14511) kW 0.01 0.046 0.01
Nominal water flow rate (Cooling mode) L/min 12.9 21.5 28.7
Cooling Capacity kW 4.50 7.50 10.00
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.94 2.47 2.80
Cooling Capacity kW 4.50 7.50 10.00
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.44 3.93 4.50
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa 10 10 5
Cooling pump input (based on EN14511) kW 0.01 0.033 0.01
Recommended plate heat exchanger Built-in Built-in Built-in
Note: "COP" and "Power input" in the above table are values that contains the "pump input (based on EN 14511) ".
Model name PUHZ-W85V/YAA PUHZ-W112V/YAA

Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 25.8 32.1
Heating Capacity kW 9.00 11.2
(A7/W35) COP 4.51 4.54
Power input kW 1.996 2.467
(A2/W35) COP 3.36 3.34
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa 16 24
Heating pump input (based on EN14511) kW 0.024 0.043
21.5
Nominal water flow rate (Cooling mode) L/min 21.5 28.7

Cooling Capacity kW 7.50 10.00
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.70 2.83
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.42 4.74
Recommended plate heat exchanger Built-in Built-in
A-21
Zubadan
Outdoor unit
Model name PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140V/YHA2(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.43 4.26
(A2/W35) COP 3.11 3.11
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa 6.3 9
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.78 2.50
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.10 3.60
Cooling pump input (based on EN14511) kW 0.01 0.02
Recommended plate heat exchanger Built-in Built-in
A-22
Outdoor unit
Power inverter
Model name SUHZ-SW45VA/VAH
Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 12.9
Heating Capacity kW 4.50
(A7/W35) COP 5.06
Power input kW 0.89
(A2/W35) COP 3.40/3.04
Power input kW 1.03/1.15
Base heater input (only H model) kW 0.12
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa -
Heating pump input (based on EN14511) kW -
Nominal water flow rate (Cooling mode) L/min 11.5
Cooling Capacity kW 4.00
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.73
Power input kW 1.47
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.28
Power input kW 0.89
Cooling pump input (based on EN14511) kW -
Recommended plate heat exchanger MWA1-44DM
The table shows performance data obtained when a plate heat exchanger is connected.
Model name PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.42 4.40
(A2/W35) COP 2.97 3.40
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa - -
Heating pump input (based on EN14511) kW - -
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.76 2.82
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.60 4.43
Cooling pump input (based on EN14511) kW - -
Recommended plate heat exchanger MWA1-44DM MWA1-44DM
A-23
Model name PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)

Outdoor unit

(A7/W35) COP 4.45 4.45
(A2/W35) COP 3.32 3.32
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.75 2.75
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.35 4.35
Recommended plate heat exchanger ACH70-40 ACH70-40
Model name PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.10 4.10
(A2/W35) COP 3.24 3.24
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.32 2.32
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.08 4.08
A-24
Model name PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
(A7/W35) COP 4.20 4.00
(A2/W35) COP 3.11 2.80
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.76 2.25
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.56 4.10
Recommended plate heat exchanger ACH70-40 ×2 Parallel connection ACH70-40 ×2 Parallel connection
Model name PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.40 4.40
(A2/W35) COP 3.4 3.4
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.7 2.7
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.43 4.43
Recommended plate heat exchanger MWA1-44DM MWA1-44DM
A-25
Model name PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)

Outdoor unit

(A7/W35) COP 4.46 4.46
(A2/W35) COP 3.32 3.32
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.83 2.83
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.47 4.47
Recommended plate heat exchanger MWA2-38PA MWA2-38PA
Mr.SLIM+
Model name PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
(A7/W35) COP 4.08
Power input kW 1.96
(A2/W35) COP 2.83
Power input kW 2.65
Recommended plate heat exchanger ACH70-40
A-26
Zubadan
Outdoor unit
Model name PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS)
(A7/W35) COP 4.65 4.46
(A2/W35) COP 3.55 3.34
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 3.31 2.83
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.52 4.74
Model name PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.46 4.22
(A2/W35) COP 3.34 2.96
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.83 2.17
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.74 4.26
A-27
Model name PUHZ-SHW230YKA2

Outdoor unit

(A7/W35) COP 3.65
Power input kW 6.31
(A2/W35) COP 2.37
Power input kW 9.71
Nominal water flow rate (Cooling mode) L/min 57.3
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.22
Power input kW 9.01
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 3.55
Power input kW 5.63
Cooling pump input (based on EN14511) kW -
Recommended plate heat exchanger ACH70-40 x 2 Parallel connection
Model name PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS)

(A7/W35) COP 4.65 4.65
(A2/W35) COP 3.55 3.55
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 3.31 3.31
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.52 4.52
A-28
Model name PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
(A7/W35) COP 4.46 4.46
(A2/W35) COP 3.22 3.22
(A35/W7) EER (COP) 2.83 2.83
(A35/W18) EER (COP) 4.74 4.74
Inverter multi
Model name PUMY-P112V/YKM(E)4(-BS) PUMY-P125V/YKM(E)4(-BS) PUMY-P140V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 35.8 35.8 35.8
(A7/W35) COP* 4.08 4.08 4.08
(A2/W35) COP* 2.86 2.86 2.86
Pressure difference (water circuit) kPa - - -
Heating pump input (based on EN14511) kW - - -
Recommended plate heat exchanger MWA2-38-PA-4 MWA2-38-PA-4 MWA2-38-PA-4
* In case of ATW unit single connection, the COP for ATW heating decreases depending on the number of connected ATA units
(Refer to the figure below).
ATW COP reduction ratio by ATA indoor units

1.05 0 1 2 3 4 5
Nominal Capacity 1.00 0.97 0.94 0.90 0.86 0.82
1.00 Minimum Capacity 1.00 0.90 0.87 0.83 0.79 0.75
COP (Ratio)
0.95
Nominal Capacity
0.90
0.85
Minmum Capacity
0.80
0.75
0 1 2 3 4 5
Number of ATA units
A-29
1.3 Maximum outlet water temperature

Outdoor unit
Power inverter
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
65 65
Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Ambient temperature [°C ] Ambient temperature [°C ]
PUHZ-W85VAA PUHZ-W112VAA
PUHZ-W85YAA PUHZ-W112YAA
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Zubadan
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)
65
60
55
50
45
40
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
Ambient temperature [°C ]
A-30
Outdoor unit
■Power inverter
SUHZ-SW45VA(H) PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
65 65

60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
PUHZ-SW100/120VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
A-31
PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) ■Mr.SLIM+
45 45
Maximum
Maximu
40
1 Specifications
40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0
5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0
Outdoor
5 10 unit
PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
65 65

60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) ■Mr.SLIM+
PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS) PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
A-32
■Zubadan
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
65 65

60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
-28 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 -25 -20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10
*PUHZ-SHW80/112/140 Service reference number from “R2”: down to -28°C

Before “R2” and PUHZ-SHW230 : down to -25°C
■Inverter multi
PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112/125/140YKME4(-BS)
Maximum outlet water temperature curve at Maximum outlet water temperature curve at
single operation of ATW Heating simultaneous operation of ATA Heating and ATW heating
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
-20 -15 -10 -5 0 5 10 -10 -5 0 5 10 15
Ambient temperature [°C] Ambient temperature [°C]
A-33
Notice for PUMY+ecodan (Cylinder unit, Hydrobox) system

Outdoor unit
Please note following notices about restrictions to use PUMY with ATA indoor unit and ATW indoor unit (ecodan Cylinder unit,
Hydrobox).
1. Operating patterns
ATA: cooling & heating are possible, ATW (Cylinder unit or Hydrobox): DHW & Heating are possible.
ATW (Cylinder or Hydrobox) : cooling is NOT possible.
Priority: DHW > ATW Heating > ATA

Mode ATA ATW
Cooling Cooling Cooling Not available ATA Indoor unit
ATW Indoor unit
Cooling Off OK (Cylinder unit or
Off Cooling Not available Hydrobox)
Heating Heating Space Heating OK*
Heating DHW OK*
Heating Off OK ATW PUMY
DHW
Off Space Heating OK ATW
Off DHW OK Space Haeting
Cooling & Cooling Space Heating Not available
Heating Cooling DHW Not available
Heating Cooling Not available
* The simultaneous operation of ATA and ATW (DHW or heating) is possible but with some restrictions on the total capacity of
connected unit(s), ambient temperature, and outlet water temperature.
2. Main operating patterns for each season

<Summer>
DHW and ATA cooling are operated in different times.
Daytime: ATA Cooling, Nighttime: DHW
1 6 12 18 24
ATA Off Cooling Off
ATW DHW Off
In summer season, the DHW capability may be decreased; When the certain conditions have been satisfied, a heater will
turn on.
If demands of DHW and ATA cooling come at the same time, the system operates in DHW mode and ATA cooling is standby.
ATA cooling is standby Cooling is started after DHW is finished
1 6 12 18 24
ATA Off Cooling Standby* Cooling Standby* Cooling
ATW DHW Off DHW Off DHW off
DHW demand is added ATA demand is added

* Standby: Operation in standby mode is different by each model
Type Indoor FAN Indication
M series Stopped LED on indoor unit is blinking
City Multi series Stopped Remote controller display is blinking
P and S series Fan mode Remote controller display is blinking
FAN mode is NOT recommended during DHW operation in Summer season to avoid radiant heat.
<Spring, Autumn>
In these season, user can demand heating just in time using ATA system.
ATA heating and DHW are operated in different times.
Daytime: ATA Heating, Nighttime: DHW
1 6 12 18 24
ATA Off Heating Off Heating Off
ATW DHW Off
<Winter>
ATW heating and DHW are operated in different times. (same as ecodan single operation)
1 6 12 18 24
ATA
ATW SH DHW Space Heating
A-34
3. Optional operation patterns

In the case of simultaneous operation, ensure that the total capacity of ATA and ATW indoor units is under 100% of the outdoor
Outdoor unit
unit capacity. (Refer to Table 1 and Table 2 below.)
<Option 1>
Simultaneous operation: "ATW heating" and "ATA heating"
In the case of simultaneous operation of ATA heating and ATW heating, target flow temperature range restricted as 45-55°C.
Do not use the simultaneous operation of ATW heating and ATA heating when the ambient temperature is below -10°C.
In the case of ambient temperature is below 7°C, the flow temperature is decreased. (For the temperature curve at simultane-
ous operation, refer to DATA BOOK.)
1 6 12 18 24
ATA Heating
ATW Space Heating
ATA demand is added • Total Capacity (ATA + ATW ) ≤ 100%

• Outdoor temperature ≥ −10°C
Simultaneous operation can be produced.
Connectable ATA units for simultaneous operation in cooling capacity

Outdoor ATA
Table 1
Capacity
ATW (11.2 kW) P112 Up to 1.3kW Exceptionally, one unit of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
(100%)
P125 Up to 2.8kW Exceptionally, two units of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
P140 Up to 4.3kW Exceptionally, three units of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
<Option 2>
Simultaneous operation: "DHW" and "ATA heating"
Note: At ambient temperature of below 7°C, the simultaneous operation of DHW and ATA heating cannot be used. ATA enters
to standby(*) mode, and remote controller display blinks. Also, if the ambient temperature has decreased below 7°C
during simultaneous operation, ATA will enter to standby mode.
1 6 12 18 24
ATA Heating off Heating off
ATW DHW off DHW off
DHW demand is added ATA demand is added

• Total Capacity (ATA + ATW ) ≤ 100%
• Outdoor temperature ≥ 7°C
Simultaneous operation can be produced.
Outdoor Connectable ATA units for simultaneous operation in cooling capacity

ATA
Capacity Table 2
ATW (11.2 kW) P112 Up to 1.3kW Exceptionally, one unit of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
(100%)
P125 Up to 2.8kW Exceptionally, two units of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
P140 Up to 4.3kW Exceptionally, three units of MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF can be connected.
* Standby: Operation in standby mode is different by each model

Type Indoor FAN Indication
M series Stopped LED on indoor unit is blinking
City Multi series Stopped Remote controller display is blinking
P and S series Fan mode Remote controller display is blinking
To avoid any inconveniences, ATA and DHW should basically be operated separately, by each schedule settings.
4. Restrictions
• Only one ecodan unit (Cylinder unit or Hydro box) can be connected.
• When the simultaneous operation of ATA and ATW is not used, the total capacity of connected indoor units is the total ATA ca-
pacity of 130% plus one ATW (Cylinder or Hydro box).
• During DHW operation, eco mode cannot be used.
• The maximum outlet water temperature when operating PUMY + ecodan is 55°C. A heater will turn on when the set tempera-
ture is over 55°C.
• An energy monitor function cannot be used.
• The multiple unit control function of ATW (Cylinder unit or Hydro box) cannot be used.
• An M-net remote controller cannot be connected to ecodan unit.
• The boiler interlock function activates only by the judgment based on ambient temperature.
• Do not group ATW (Cylinder unit or Hydro box) and ATA unit.
• The COP for ATW heating decreases depending on the number of connected ATA units.
• Conduct test runs using indoor unit remote controllers. (Do not use test run switches on outdoor units.)
• When conducting a pump down operation, ensure that the ATA unit is in cooling operation. (Do not use the DipSW functions of
outdoor unit)
• When an ATW (Cylinder unit or Hydro box) is connected, the auto change over function of ATA indoor unit cannot be used.
A-35
1.4 Available range (Water flow rate, return water temp.)

Outdoor unit
Heating
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
19.0
Available range
Return water temp. [:]
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
Water flow rate [L/min]
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VAA PUHZ-W85YAA
19.0
17.0 Available range

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)

PUHZ-W112VAA PUHZ-W112YAA
25.0
23.0

19.0
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
14.0 19.0 24.0 29.0 34.0 39.0
A-36
Cooling
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
19.0
Available range
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VAA PUHZ-W85YAA

15.0
14.0

12.0
11.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)

17.0
Available range
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
14.0 19.0 24.0 29.0 34.0 39.0
A-37
(2) Split-type units* * When a recommended plate heat exchanger is installed.

Heating
Outdoor unit
SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
19.0
Available range
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
PUHZ-SW100/120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
19.0
17.0
Available range
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 44.0 48.0
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
19.0
17.0
Available range
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
A-38
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
19.0
17.0
15.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
<Note>
Water circuit will not be used during defrost in FRP system.
PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS)
25.0
20.0
Available range
15.0
10.0
5.0
0.0
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A-39
Cooling
Outdoor unit
SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
19.0
Available range
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS)
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 44.0 48.0
PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 44.0 48.0
A-40
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
19.0
17.0
Available range
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
19.0

15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
A-41
Outdoor unit
A-42
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 2-U Shaped notched holes
(Foundation Bolt M10) 24
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed Please secure the unit firmly
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. Rear Air Intake
Explanation of particular details are shown in the below diagram. (Bolts and washers must be
given in the installation manuals etc. purchased locally.) ISO 228/1-G1 B
175 600 175
19
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Installation Feet
Over300
m
FREE
2.1 Packaged-type units
0m
30
er <Foundation bolt height>
Ov
Ov
er Side Air Intake
10
mm
330
417
370
500
Over
Over10 FOUNDATION
30
Less than
0mm Service space Over
50
269
Ov 500
30
er e r1
Ov 0m
28
53
m
Air Discharge
2 Outlines and dimensions
2-12 x 36 oval holes

(Foundation Bolt M10)
950
85
Rear Air Intake Handle for moving 322

Earth terminal
Terminal Connections
Left•••• Power supply wiring
Handle for moving Right •• Controller wiring
Detail
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Power supply
wiring hole
740
(2-[27Knock Out)
Water OUT
473
40
Air Intake Side Air Intake
371
Service panel
see Detail
119
Water IN
34
23
50
Front cover
219
81
30 220 145 145 145
Drain hole
(5-[33)
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
24
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 2-U Shaped notched holes
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed (Foundation Bolt M10)
Please secure the unit firmly ISO 228/1-G1 B
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. Rear Air Intake
Explanation of particular details are shown in the below diagram. (Bolts and washers must be
given in the installation manuals etc. purchased locally.) 175 600 175
19
Installation Feet
Over300
FREE
mm
00
e r3
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Ov <Foundation bolt height>

Ov
er1 Side Air Intake
0m
m
330
417
370
500
269
Over
Over10 FOUNDATION
30
Less than
0mm Service space Over
r 50 Ov 500
30
e er1
Ov 0m
28
53
m
Air Discharge
2-12 x 36 oval holes
950
Rear Air Intake Handle for moving
322
Earth terminal
98
Side Air Intake Terminal Connections

Left...Power supply wiring
Right...Controller wiring
Handle for moving

Handle for moving Handle for moving
Detail
943
Power supply wiring hole
Water OUT (2-[27 knockout)
662
Handle for moving

Service panel
Air Intake
473
119 40
Water IN
57 34
23
Front cover
See Detail
Side Panel R
219
81
30 220 145 145 145

Drain hole
(5-[33)
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-43
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
A-44
24
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS Rear Air Intake
ISO 228-1
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed Please secure the unit firmly G1 B
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts.
Explanation of particular details are shown in the below diagram. 2-U Shaped notched holes
(Bolts and washers must be
given in the installation manuals etc. purchased locally.)
210 600 210
19
Over300
Installation Feet
FREE
0 mm
30
er <Foundation bolt height>
Ov
Ov
er Side Air Intake
10
466
mm
330
370
417
500
Over
Over10 FOUNDATION
53
30
Less than
Ov Service space Over
er
10 500
m
30
mm
0m
28
50
O ver Air Discharge
2-12×36 oval holes
74
1020 Detail
Rear Air Intake

322 Earth terminal
Terminal connections
Left••••• Power supply wiring
Side Air Intake Handle for moving
Right ••• Controller wiring
Service panel

Handle for moving
635
1350
Water OUT
Handle for moving see Detail

Handle for moving
A
Air Intake
Power supply
wiring hole
(2-[27Knock Out)
371
40
Water IN
74
59
23 34
Front cover
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140V/YHA2(-BS)
219
A
VHA 1079
81
YHA 931
256 133 133 133 Drain hole

(5-[33)
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
2 Outlines and dimensions Outdoor unit
PUHZ-W85VAA PUHZ-W112VAA PUHZ-W85YAA PUHZ-W112YAA

Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-45
2.2 Split-type units Unit : mm

SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
Outdoor unit
REQUIRED SPACE Basically, leave this space open.

Only if front and both sides are open,
leave 500 mm at minimum.
417.5
Drain hole 42
Air in 40
100mm or more
100
Bolt pitch for mm
installation or m
50
ore
330
360
Air in
Air out
2-Oval holes 10 21
175 500 350
mm
or m
500 mm or more. ore
Leave any two sides among
840 81
right, left or rear open.
109 Service panel
Liquid refrigerant
pipe joint
Refrigerant pipe
880
(flared)
Ø 6.35
35
452
44
164.5
99.5
Gas refrigerant
195
pipe joint
Refrigerant pipe
(flared)
Ø 12.7
A-46
Free space around the outdoor unit FOUNDATION BOLTS PIPING-WIRING DIRECTION
(basic example) Please secure the unit firmly Piping and wiring connection can
with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. be made from the rear direction only.
100mm or more as long as (Bolts, washers and nut must
no obstacle is placed on the be purchased locally).
rear and right-and-left sides
of the unit
Basically open
<Foundation bolt height>
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
100mm or more 350mm or more 500mm or more 100mm or more
FOUNDATION
Less than
18 mm
2 sides should be open in
the right, left and rear side.
404.5 [42 drain hole

2-U Shaped notched holes
Air intake (Foundation Bolt M10)
48
300
330
360
Air intake
Air discharge
32.5
40
22.3 23.2
2-10×21 oval hole Service panel
(Foundation Bolt M10) Terminal connection
Left・・・Power supply wiring for charge plug
Right・・・Indoor/Outdoor wiring
( ) Connection for
Handle for moving liquid pipe FLARE [6.35 (1/4F)
Earth terminal
Service panel
630
35°
492
43°
320
8.5
164.5
99.5
Connection for
Service port gas pipe FLARE [12.7 (1/2F)
154.5 193.5
310
Installation bolt pitch
500
809 62
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-47
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
A-48
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed Please secure the unit firmly Piping and wiring connections
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. can be made from 4 directions: Rear Air Intake 2-U Shaped notched holes
Explanation of particular details is shown in the below diagram. (Bolts and washers must be front, right, rear and below. (Foundation Bolt M10)
175 600 175
19
Over100
Installation Feet
FREE
Side Air Intake
<Foundation bolt height>
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
over 10mm over 10mm
330
417
370
500
Over
40
54
Over10 FOUNDATION
30
Less than
Service space Over
500
30
28
53
57 41
over 500mm over 100mm Air Discharge 2-12 o 36 oval holes
950
Example of Notes Terminal Connections
Rear Air Intake 322 Earth terminal Left···Power supply wiring
Handle for moving
Right···Indoor/Outdoor wiring
Side Air Intake
1 Refrigerant GAS pipe connection (FLARE)[15.88(5/8 inch)
Service panel
2 Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE)[9.52(3/8 inch)
*1...Indication of STOP VALVE connection location. Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
Handle for moving
943
1
670
Air Intake 2
473
*1 447
*1 431
23
Piping Knockout Hole Details Front piping cover

71
(2-[27Knockout)
Rear piping cover
Power supply wiring hole Right trunking hole Power supply wiring hole
Right piping hole
(2-[27Knockout)
71
(Knockout) (Knockout) (2-[27Knockout)

Front trunking hole 40 45 75 40 45 40 Rear trunking hole
219
(Knockout) (Knockout) Bottom piping hole

(Knockout)
55
55
63
81
[92 [92
73 63
73 63
[92
Drain hole
Rear piping hole 30 220 145 145 145
27
23
Front piping hole 19 55 92
73
23 27 92
(5-[33)
27
23
92 (Knockout)
(Knockout) 92
65 65
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW100/120VHA(-BS) Unit : mm
PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS)
1,076
931
A
VHA
YHA
A-49
PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS) Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW160YKA-BS
PUHZ-SW200YKA-BS
PUHZ-SW160YKA
PUHZ-SW200YKA
A-50
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS
Rear Air Intake
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed Please secure the unit firmly Piping and wiring connections 2-U Shaped notched holes
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. can be made from 4 directions: (Foundation Bolt M10)
Explanation of particular details is shown in the below diagram. (Bolts and washers must be Front,Right,Rear and Below.
given in the installation manuals etc. 175 600 175
purchased locally.) Installation Feet
19
150
Over
FREE
m
150m <Foundation bolt height>
Over Side Air Intake
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Over
10m
m
330
417
370
56
41
Over
500
Over
mm 10 FOUNDATION
1000
Less than
Over
30
Over 10m
m
Service space Over
500
30
60 37
28
Air Discharge 53
2-12 x 36 Oval holes
Handle for moving
950
322 Earth terminal Terminal connection
Rear Air Intake Left ····Power supply wiring
Right··· Indoor/Outdoor wiring
Side Air Intake
Example of Notes Handle

for Service panel
moving
···Refrigerant GAS pipe connection (FLARE) 15.88(5/8 F)
···Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) 9.52(3/8 F)
1 ···Indication of STOP VALVE connection location.
Handle for moving
635
1350
Handle for moving 2
1
930
Air intake
371
w1 447
w1 443
Piping Knock-Out Hole Details

23
Right piping hole (2- 27Knock-Out) Front piping cover

(Knock-Out)
Power supply wiring hole Right trunking hole 71 Rear piping cover
(2- 27Knock-Out) (Knock-Out) Power supply wiring hole
Front trunking hole 40 45 75 40 45 40 (2- 27Knock-Out)
71
(Knock-Out)
Rear trunking hole Bottom piping hole
55
219
63
55
(Knock-Out) (Knock-Out)
92 92 92
81
73 63
73 63
Front piping hole 92 Rear piping hole
27
23
73
19 55
23 27 92
23
27
(Knock-Out) 92 (Knock-Out)
65 Drain hole
65 92 30 220 145 145 145
(5- 33)
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-51
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
A-52
REAR AIR INTAKE
1 FREE SPACE (AROUND THE UNIT) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS 2XU SHAPED NOTCH HOLES
THE DIAGRAM BELOW SHOWS A BASIC EXAMPLE. DIMENSIONS OF SPACE NEEDED PLEASE SECURE THE UNIT FIRMLY PIPING AND WIRING CONNECTIONS (FOUNDATION BOLT M10)
EXPLANATION OF PARTICULAR DETAILS ARE FOR SERVICE ACCESS ARE WITH 4 FOUNDATION (M10) BOLTS. CAN BE MADE FROM 4 DIRECTIONS:
GIVEN IN THE INSTALLATION MANUALS etc. SHOWN IN THE BELOW DIAGRAM. (BOLTS AND WASHERS MUST BE FRONT,RIGHT,REAR AND BELOW. 225 600
( 19 )
PURCHASED LOCALLY.) INSTALLATION FEET
OV
E
<FOUNDATION BOLT HEIGHT>
R1
FREE
5m
m
SIDE AIR INTAKE
OVE R 150mm
150
OVER
PUHZ-SW75/100YAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75/100VAA(-BS)
FOUNDATION
480
PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS)
520
567
30
LESS THAN
500
SERVICE
OVER
SPACE
72
OVER OVER OVER

15 500 50
56
AIR DISCHARGE 75 59 69 28
53
1000mm 2X12X36 OVAL HOLES

OVER
OV
ER
(FOUNDATION BOLT M10)
50m
m
TERMINAL CONNECTION
1050 LEFT• • • POWER SUPPLY WIRING
REAR AIR INTAKE SIDE AIR INTAKE 363 EARTH TERMINAL RIGHT• • INDOOR / OUTDOOR WIRING
EXAMPLE OF NOTES
SERVICE PANEL
1 • • • REFRIGERANT GAS PIPE CONNECTION (FLARE) {15.88(5/8F)
2 • • • REFRIGERANT LIQUID PIPE CONNECTION (FLARE) { 9.52(3/8F)
*1 • • • INDICATION OF STOP VALVE CONNECTION LOCATION.
*2 • • • INDICATION OF TERMINAL CONNECTION LOCATION.
1020
1
AIR INTAKE 2
*2 802
528
*1 336
*1 328
30
HANDLE FOR MOVING HANDLE FOR MOVING HANDLE FOR MOVING

PIPING KNOCK-OUT HOLE DETAILS FRONT PIPING COVER
POWER SUPPLY WIRING HOLE POWER SUPPLY WIRING HOLE BOTTOM PIPING HOLE REAR PIPING COVER
(2X {27 KNOCK-OUT) (2X {27 KNOCK-OUT) (KNOCK OUT) HANDLE FOR MOVING
FRONT TRUNKING HOLE 134
118 40 RIGHT TRUNKING HOLE 38 55 REAR TRUNKING HOLE
(KNOCK-OUT) 55 62 POWER SUPPLY WIRING HOLE
(KNOCK-OUT) (KNOCK-OUT)
27 KNOCK-OUT)
(2X{　
95
120
92
55
58
58
58
46
200
{ 92 { 92
71
71
71
{9
2
116
90 65
25
55
25
25
30
FRONT PIPING HOLE RIGHT PIPING HOLE
30
30
REAR PIPING HOLE
(KNOCK-OUT) 92 44 92 (KNOCK-OUT) 92 (KNOCK-OUT) 43 276 88 188 DRAIN HOLE(5X {33)
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
Rear Air Intake
2-U Shaped notched holes
(Foundfation Bolt M10)
1 FREE SPACE (Around the unit) 2 SERVICE SPACE 3 FOUNDATION BOLTS 4 PIPING-WIRING DIRECTIONS 175 600 175
19
The diagram below shows a Dimensions of space needed Please secure the unit firmly Piping and wiring connections Installation Feet
basic example. for service access are with 4 foundation (M10) bolts. can be made from 4 directions:
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Explantion of particular details are shown in the below diagram. (Bolts and washers must be FRONT,Right,Rear and Below. Side Air Intake
330
417
FREE
370
100
Over
64
<Foundation bolt height> 54
0
Over 10mm Over 10mm
70
25
Over 53
28
FOUNDATION 2-12×36 oval holes

10
500
Over
Less than
30
0
84
42
42
83
Service
space Over
500
Air Discharge
Terminal Connections
Over 500mm Over 100mm
Left•••Power supply wiring
Reight••Indoor/Outdoor wiring
Rear Air Intake Side Air Intake 950
Handle 322
for moving Terminal Connections
Earth terminal
Cykunder/Hydrobox wiring
Handle for Handle
moving for moving Service panel
Example of Notes
Handle for moving
•••Refrigerant
1 GAS pipe connction (FLARE) [ 15.88(5/8F)
*Connect to indoor unit.
2 •••Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) [ 9.52(3/8F)
*Connect to indoor unit.
3 •••Refrigerant GAS pipe connction (FLARE) [ 15.88(5/8F)
Air Intake 943
*Connect to cylinder unit or hydrobox.
677
1
669
4 •••Refrigerant LIQUID pipe connection (FLARE) [ 9.52(3/8F)

473
*Connect to cylinder unit or hydrobox. 2

431
377
3
This tap mark indicates the cylinder/hydro unit
23
connection side for the following parts. 4

•Terminal bed for the connecting cables, S1/S2/S3.
Front piping cover
BK79F295H01 •Stop valves, gas and liquid for the refrigerant connection.
Rear piping cover
Bottom piping hole

Piping Knock-Out Hole Details 71 (Knock-Out)

Power supply wiring hole Right piping hole (2- [ 27Knock-Out)
71
(2- [ 27Knock-Out) (Knock-Out) Right trunking hole

219
Front trunking hole 40 45 (Knock-Out)

75 40
(Knock-Out) Rear trunking hole
2
55
(Knock-Out)
55
63
[9
81
[ 92
[ 92
73 63
73
27 92
Drain hole
Rear piping hole (5-[33)
27
30 220 145 145 145
23
Front piping hole 19 55 92
73
23
27
23
92 (Knock-Out)
(Knock-Out) 92
65 65
Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-53
Outdoor unit
PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS) Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-54
PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS) Unit : mm
Outdoor unit
A-55
3 Wiring diagrams Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
TB1 Terminal Block C. B. Controller Circuit Board
<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> F1, F2 Fuse<T10AL250V>
MC Motor for Compressor F3, F4 Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
MF1 Fan Motor SW1 Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History
21S4 Solenoid Valve(4-Way Valve) Record Reset, Function Switch>
63H High Pressure Switch SW2 Switch<Function Switch>
63HS High Pressure Sensor SW4 Switch<Function Switch>
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> SW6 Switch<Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor<Plate HEX Liquid> SW7 Switch<Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> SW8 Switch<Function Switch>
TH8 Thermistor<Heat Sink> SW9 Switch<Function Switch>
TH32 Thermistor<Inlet Water> CNDM Connector<Connection for Option>
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> SV1/CH Connector<Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SV3/SS Connector<Connection for Option>
ACL Reactor
CY1, CY2 Capacitor
P. B. Power Circuit Board *1The
MODEL SELECT
black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
MODEL SW6 SW5-6
*2
ON ON
LEV-A LEV-B 50V OFF OFF
63H 63HS M M 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 TH34
C. B.
* 2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
4 1 2 2 1 3 2 *1 *1
SW7
1 2 1 1 1 1 5 1 5
MF1 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
SW5
SW6
MS 1 7 (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD)
CNF1
3~
SW9
(WH)
SW4 SW8
1 3
SW1
63H
SW2
(YE)
1
TRANS LED3
3
CNDC CNDM
(PK) CN2 CN4 (WH)
1 (RD) 7 (WH)
1 2 3
1
2
7
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
F1 (WH) F4
CNS 1 2
(WH) 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 (GY) (WH) (GN)
3 4
21S4
TH8
2
P. B.
S/N1 R/L1
1 2 1 2
CN4 CN6 1 3
(WH) (WH) CNAC1
(WH)
1 3
CNAC2
(RD) CY1
IC710
BK DB2
W EI BK
Wo
7 CY2
MS V WH
3~ U Vo
RD E3 BK
MC
Uo DB1
GNYE
1 CN2 7
WH
OG
RD
(RD)
BN
YE
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
DB3 E4 BK
Q600
CNDC
1
(PK) TBL4 TBL2
3
POWER SUPPLY TO INDOOR UNIT
~/N 230V 50Hz
ACL
A-56
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block ACTM Active Filter Module
<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> CY1, CY2 Capacitor
MC Motor for Compressor P. B. Power Circuit Board
MF1 Fan Motor N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) C. B. Controller Circuit Board
SV Solenoid Valve (Bypass Valve) F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
63H High Pressure Switch SW1 Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History
63HS High Pressure Sensor Record Reset, Function Switch>
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> SW2 Switch <Function Switch>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor <Plate HEX Liquid> SW6 Switch <Model Select>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
TH32 Thermistor <Inlet Water> SW10 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH33 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SV1 Connector <Connection for Option>
DCL Reactor
*1TheMODEL SELECT
C. B.
MODEL SW5-4
*2 SW6 SW10-2
*2
ON ON ON
85V OFF OFF OFF
MF1 63H 63HS LEV-A LEV-B 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4
M M
MS
3~
t° t° t° t° t° t°
*2 SW5 -1 to 3 : Function Switch
SW10 -1 : Function Switch
1 7
CNF1
*1 *1
SW7
(WH)
SW8 SW5
1 2 1 2 1 4 1 2 1 2 1 3 1 6 1 6 1 3 1 5
SW6
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS LEV-A LEV-B CNVMNT CNMNT
(YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (WH)
SW2
SW1
1
3
*1
SW10
63H
(YE)
3 CN52C
CN4 (RD)
2 TRANS CN2 (WH)
1 (WH) 1 2
1 7 1 2
CNDC LED3 CNDM1
(PK) 2 (WH)
2
3
7
F2 F3
X52
X55
X54
CNAC
(WH)
CNS 1 2
(WH) F1 F4 21S4 3 1 3 1 SV2 3 1 SV1
3 1
3 4 (GN) (BU) (GY)
21S4 SV
WH
BU
N. F.
LO NO
2
1
2
CN52C
(BK)
P. B.
4 1 2
DS3 TABT BU 3
CNAF CNDC
(WH) (PK)
1 3 1
CNAC2
6
DS2 TABS
(RD)
7 WH
1
BK
CN2
(WH) IPM TABP1 RD E2
TABP2
7 2
RD
TH8 1
TABN1
1 CN3 3
2 (WH) 2
t° 2
BK
CN5
(RD)
1 CN5
(RD) 1
2
CNAC1
2
(WH)
1 CN4
2 (WH)
TABV
TABN2
TABN
TABW
BK
TABU
TABP EI
LI NI
WH
WH
RD
BK
RD
BU
V
U W
MS MC
3~
BN
OG
YE
CY1
GNYE
DCL 4
CY2
RD
BU
WH
BK
L1 L2 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
1 6
RD P RD
N1
BK N2 WH
Io
ACTM TO INDOOR UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
A-57
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> CY1, CY2 Capacitor *1TheMODEL SELECT
black square( )indicates a switch position.
MC Motor for Compressor P. B. Power Circuit Board MODEL SW6 SW5-6
*2
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor C. B. Controller Circuit Board ON ON
112V OFF OFF
21S4 Solenoid Valve(4-Way Valve) SW1 Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
63H High Pressure Switch Record Reset, Function Switch>
63L Low Pressure Switch SW2 Switch<Function Switch>
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> SW6 Switch<Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor<Plate HEX Liquid> SW7 Switch<Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> SW8 Switch<Function Switch>
TH8 Thermistor internal<Heat Sink> SW9 Switch<Function Switch>
TH32 Thermistor<Inlet Water> SV1/CH Connector<Connection for Option>
TH33 Thermistor<Suction> SV3/SS Connector<Connection for Option>
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve F1, F2 Fuse<T10AL250V>
DCL Reactor F3, F4 Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
63H 63L 63HS LEV-A LEV-B

TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 TH34
M M
C. B.
1 31 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1
*1 *1
SW8 SW5
SW2 SW9 SW7

MF1 1 5 1 5
SW6
1 7 TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 3 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
MS CNF1 (YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD)
3~ (WH) 63L
(RD)
SW1
1 3
MF2
SW4
1 7 63H CN4
MS CNF2 (WH) CN52C
3~ (WH) (YE) 1 2 (RD)
CN2 1 3 CNDM
1 (WH)
1 (RD) 7
2 3 TRANS 2 LED3
1 3
3
CNDC
(PK)
7
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 (GY) (WH) (GN)
3 4
21S4
2
3
7
P. B.
CN52C
1 2 1 CN2 7 1 3 (RD)
CN4 (RD)
(WH)
BK
2
E3
CNDC
(PK)
3 1
CNAC2
(RD)
1
IGBT
3 BK
E2
1
TH8
3
CNAC1
(WH)
E4
W V U DCL2 DCL1 EI NI LI
BK
BK
WH
RD
BK
DCL
W V U
MS
3~
MC CY1
CY2
GNYE
RD
OG
BU
BN
YE
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
TO
INDOOR UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
A-58
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> CY1, CY2 Capacitor
MC Motor for Compressor P.B. Power Circuit Board
MF1 Fan Motor C.B. Controller Circuit Board
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) SW1 Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History
63H High Pressure Switch Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
63L Low Pressure Switch SW2 Switch <Function Switch>
63HS High Pressure Sensor SW4 Switch <Function Switch>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> SW6 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor <Plate Hex Liquid> SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
TH33 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
TH34 Thermistor <Inlet Water> SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
DCL1, DCL2, DCL3 Reactor F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
W112
only
TH33 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
M M
C. B. 5 5
t° t° t° t° t° t°
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 2 1 *1
3~
SW2 SW9 SW7

SW8 SW5
1 7 TH33 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 TH34 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (RD) (WH) (WH) 1 3 (RD) LEV-A LEV-B
1 3 1 3 63HS (WH) (RD)
63L 63H (WH)
(RD) (YE)
SW1
SW4
CN4
1 (WH)
CN2
2 TRANS (RD) 7 1 2 1 3
1 LED3
3
CNDC CNDM
(PK) (WH)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
P. B. TH8 2
t°
1 3 1 3
CNAC2 CNAC1
(RD) (WH) LI NI
1 2 1 2
CN6 CN4
(WH) (WH) E2 BK
2 EI BK
CNDC 1 3
(PK)
E3 BK
IC600 DS
- ~
W BK W
IC500
MS V WH V
3~ U RD U
+
E4 BK
MC
+ ~
7
TB1A
TB2A
TB3B
TB2B
TB1B
TB3A
1 7
CN2
(RD)
BK WH RD RD WH BK
DCL1
DCL2
DCL3
CY1
RD BU GNYE YE OG BN CY2 *1 MODEL SELECT

The black square ( ) indicates
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 a switch position.
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
85V OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TO ON
POWER SUPPLY INDOOR UNIT 112V OFF
~/N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
230V 50Hz
A-59
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> P. B. Power Circuit Board
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board
MC Motor for Compressor CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board
MF1 Fan Motor C. B. Controller Circuit Board
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) Switch <Manual Defrost,
63H High Pressure Switch SW1 Defect History Record Reset,
63L Low Pressure Switch Refrigerant Address>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> SW5 Switch <Function Switch>
TH6 Thermistor <Plate Hex Liquid> Switch <Function Switch,
Thermistor <Ambient> SW6 Model Select>
TH7
TH33 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
TH34 Thermistor <Inlet Water> SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
ACL1, ACL2, Reactor SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
ACL3, ACL4 SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
CY1, CY2 Capacitor F1, F2, Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
CK Capacitor F3, F4
RS Rush Current Protect Resistor
W112
only
TH33 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
M M
C. B. 5 5
t° t° t° t° t° t°
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 2 1 *1
3~
SW2 SW9 SW7

TH33
SW8 SW5
1 7 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 TH34 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (RD) (WH) (WH) 1 3 (RD) LEV-A LEV-B
63HS
1 3 1 3 (WH) (WH) (RD)
63L 63H
(RD) (YE)
SW1
SW4
CN4
1 (WH)
CN2
2 TRANS (RD) 7 1 2 1 3
1 LED3
3
CNDC CNDM
(PK) (WH)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2
P. B.
t°
1 3 1 21 2 1 7 12
CN7 CN6 CN5 CN2 CN4
(WH) (WH) (RD) (RD) (WH)
BK L3OUT TB-L3
X52CB
RD
TB-L2
L3IN
RD
CY1
CY2
RS
X52CA TB-L1
TB2
TB-N
YE
S1
WH
WH
RD
RD
BK
BK
OG
WH TB-V
BK TB-W
RD TB-U
TO S2
L3-OU
L2-OU
L1-OU
INDOOR
L3-A2
L2-A2
L1-A2
BN
UNIT
S3
BK
CK
3
3
(WH)
CN7
U
V
W 1 CONV. B.
MS
3~
BK CK-OU
L1-A1
L1-IN
N-IN
MC
2
N. F.
RD
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 2 1 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
LI2 ACL2
POWER WH LO2 WH
SUPPLY
L2
3N~ LO3 ACL3
BK LI3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
*1 MODEL SELECT
GNYE
a switch position.
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
85Y OFF
EI E2 E3 CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
(PK) (BU) ACL4
ON
BK
BK
BK
112Y OFF
2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A-60
PUHZ-HW112/140YHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block<Power Supply> RS Rush Current Protect Resistor
TB2 Terminal Block<Indoor/Outdoor> P. B. Power Circuit Board MODEL SW6
MC Motor for Compressor N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board ON ON
112Y OFF OFF
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
21S4 Solenoid Valve(4-Way Valve) C. B. Controller Circuit Board ON ON
63H High Pressure Switch 140Y OFF
Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History OFF
SW1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
63L Low Pressure Switch Record Reset, Function Switch>
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> SW4 Switch<Function Switch> SW7-1, 7-2 Ambient temp. SW7-1, 7-2 Ambient temp.
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select> ON 3ºC or less ON
OFF OFF −3ºC or less
TH6 Thermistor<Plate HEX Liquid> SW6 Switch<Model Select> 1 2 3 4 5 6 (Default setting) 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> SW7 Switch<Function Switch> ON ON
TH8 Thermistor<Heat Sink> SW8 Switch<Function Switch> OFF 0ºC or less OFF −6ºC or less
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH32 Thermistor<Inlet Water> SW9 Switch<Function Switch> SW7-3 to 6 : Function Switch
TH33 Thermistor<Suction> CNDM Connector<Connection for Option> The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> SV1/CH Connector<Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve SV3/SS Connector<Connection for Option>
ACL1, ACL2, ACL3, ACL4 Reactor F1, F2 Fuse<T10AL250V>
CY1, CY2 Capacitor F3, F4 Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
CK Capacitor
LEV-C
M
M M
5
C. B.
1 31 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5
SW8 SW5
MF1
SW9 SW7
1
SW6
1 7 TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 3 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
MS CNF1 (WH) (RD)
3~ (YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD)
(WH) 63L
(RD)
SW1
1 3
MF2 5
SW2
1 7 CN4
SW4
MS CNF2 63H
3~ (WH) (YE) (WH)
1 2
1 CN2 CNDM
TRANS 1 (RD) 7 1 5 (WH)
2 LEV-C
3 (BU) LED3 1
CNDC 3
2 (PK)
7
F2 CNAC F3
X54
X51
X52
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2
P. B.
1 3 1 2 1 2 1 7 1 2
CN7 CN6 CN5 CN2 CN4
BK L3OUT TB-L3
X52CB
TB-L2
L3IN
WH
RD RS
RD
--
+
TB-N TB-L1 RD
X52CA
CY1
CY2
L3-A2 WH
L2-OU WH
+
L2-A2 RD
L1-OU RD
BK
L3-OU BK
TB-V
TB2
TB-W
TB-U
L1-A2
YE
S1 +
3
OG
WH
RD
3
BK
BK
S2 CK
(WH)
CN7
TO V CONV. B.
BN
INDOOR 1
S3 U MS W
UNIT 3~
BK CK-OU
L1-A1
L1-IN
MC
N-IN
2
RD
RD
BU
N. F.
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2
(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 21 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
ACL2
WH LI2 LO2 WH
POWER L2
SUPPLY ACL3
3N~ BK LI3 LO3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
+
+
GNYE
--
GD1 GD3 CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL
(PK) (BU)
ACL4
WH
BK
BK
BN
A-61
PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> CY1, CY2 Capacitor *MODEL
1 MODEL SELECT
SW6 SW5-6
*2
MC Motor for Compressor P. B. Power Circuit Board ON ON
140V OFF
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor C. B. Controller Circuit Board 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
21S4 Solenoid Valve(4-Way Valve) SW1 Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History
63H High Pressure Switch Record Reset, Function Switch> *2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
63L Low Pressure Switch SW2 Switch<Function Switch> *3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.
SW7-1, 7-2 Ambient temp. SW7-1, 7-2 Ambient temp.
63HS High Pressure Sensor SW4 Switch<Function Switch> ON 3ºC or less ON
OFF OFF −3ºC or less
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select> 1 2 3 4 5 6 (Default setting) 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> SW6 Switch<Model Select> ON ON
TH6 Thermistor<Plate HEX Liquid> SW7 Switch<Function Switch> OFF 0ºC or less OFF −6ºC or less
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> SW8 Switch<Function Switch> SW7-3 to 6 : Function Switch
TH8 Thermistor internal<Heat Sink> SW9 Switch<Function Switch> The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
TH32 Thermistor<Inlet Water> SV1/CH Connector<Connection for Option>
TH33 Thermistor<Suction> SV3/SS Connector<Connection for Option>
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve F1, F2 Fuse<T10AL250V>
DCL Reactor F3, F4 Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
LEV-C
M
M M
5
C. B.
1 31 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1
*1 *1 *3
SW8 SW5
SW2 SW9 SW7

MF1 1 5 1 5
SW6
1 7 TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 3 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
MS CNF1 (YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD)
3~ (WH) 63L
(RD)
SW1
1 3
MF2
SW4
1 7 CN4 5
MS CNF2 63H CN52C
3~ (YE) (WH) (RD)
(WH) 1 2
CN2 1 3
1 CNDM
1 (RD) 7 (WH)
1
2 TRANS 2 LEV-C 5 LED3
3 (BU) 3 1 3
CNDC
(PK)
7
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 (GY) (WH) (GN)
3 4
21S4
2 3
7
P. B.
CN52C
1 2 1 CN2 7 1 3 (RD)
CN4 (RD)
(WH)
BK
2
E3
CNDC
(PK)
3 1
CNAC2
(RD)
1
IGBT
3 BK
E2
1
TH8
3
CNAC1
(WH)
E4
BK
BK
WH
RD
BK
DCL
W V U
MS
3~
MC CY1
CY2
GNYE
OG
RD
BU
BN
YE
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
TO
INDOOR UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
A-62
3.2 Split-type units

SUHZ-SW45VA
Outdoor unit
A-63
Outdoor unit
A-64
SUHZ-SW45VAH
BLK 1 1 H
BLK
ORN L61 BRW

3 Wiring diagrams
BLK
2 2
WHT YLW
21S4 1 1
BLK BLK
LD70 LD66A CN721 3 1
− 2 1 CN722 X66 F701 RED BLK BLK
LD63 2 2
DB61 C63 C62 C61
~ X63 26H
~ IC802
IC820 + + + T801
+ X64 LD66B
F901 F801 BLK
P 3 LD-E1
1 1 3 INVERTER P. C. BOARD LD61
U BLK BLK U P W PTC64
V
V WHT WHT LDU YLW
MS V U
3~ LDV N LED LD71 PTC65 LD62
RED RED 1
MC W LDW W N IC932 CN932
3 3 ~/N
CN61 IC700 CN642 CIRCUIT 230V 50Hz
1 2
BREAKER POWER
TB SUPPLY
CN931 CN643 CN641 CN644 CN724 LD-S BLU
1 51 2 1 4 1 31 6 N
BRN
L
RED 12-24V
t° 3 5 t° t° t° t° S3
RT64 MS RT65 RT61 RT62 RT68
3~ M S2
BLU ~230V
MF S1
LEV BRN F61 BRN
TO INDOOR UNIT
CONNECTING
NOTES:
SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME
C61, C62, C63 SMOOTHING CAPACITOR LEV EXPANSION VALVE COIL RT65 AMBIENT TEMP. THERMISTOR 1.About the indoor side electric
wiring refer to the indoor
DB61 DIODE MODULE L61 REACTOR OUTDOOR HEAT EXCHANGER unit electric wiring diagram
RT68
F61 FUSE (T20AL250V) MC COMPRESSOR TEMP. THERMISTOR for servicing.
F701, F801, F901 FUSE (T3. 15AL250V) MF FAN MOTOR TB TERMINAL BLOCK 2 . U s e c o p p e r c o n d u c t o r s o n l y.
H DEFROST HEATER PTC64, PTC65 CIRCUIT PROTECTION T801 TRANSFORMER (For field wiring).
IC700, IC820, IC932 POWER MODULE RT61 DEFROST THERMISTOR X63, X64,X66 RELAY
IC802 POWER DEVICE RT62 DISCHARGE TEMP. THERMISTOR 21S4 REVERSING VALVE COIL
LED LED RT64 FIN TEMP. THERMISTOR 26H HEATER PROTECTOR
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> C. B. Controller Circuit Board
MC Motor for Compressor F1, F2 Fuse<T10AL250V>
MF1 Fan Motor F3, F4 Fuse<T3.15AL250V>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) CNDM Connector<Connection for Option>
63H High Pressure Switch CN51 Connector<Connection for Option>
63HS High Pressure Sensor S. B. Switch Board
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> SW1 Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
TH6 Thermistor<2-Phase Pipe> SW4 Switch<Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
TH8 Thermistor<Heat Sink> SW6 Switch<Model Select>
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> SW7 Switch<Function Switch> *The
1 MODEL SELECT
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SW8 Switch<Function Switch> MODEL SW6 SW5-6
*2
ON ON
ACL Reactor SWP Switch<Pump Down> 50V OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
CNM Connector<Connection for Option>
A-65
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> C.B. Controller Circuit Board
MC Motor for Compressor F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
MF1 Fan Motor Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History Record Reset,
SW1
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) Refrigerant Address>
63H High Pressure Switch SW4 Switch <Function Switch>
63HS High Pressure Sensor SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> SW6 Switch <Model Select>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> SW7 Switch <Function Switch> *1 MODEL SELECT
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SW9 Switch <Function Switch> MODEL SW6 SW5-6 *2
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> SWP Switch <Pump Down>
TH34 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option> ON ON
75V OFF OFF
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
ACL Reactor SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
CY1, CY2
P.B.
Capacitor
Power Circuit Board
CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A LEV-B
TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 63H 63HS TH34 M M
C. B. t° t° t° t° t°
MF1 *1 *1
1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5
MS TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS T H34 LE V-A LE V-B
SW5
SW7
3~
SW6
(RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD)
SW4 SWP SW8

1 7
CNF1
SW9
SW1
(WH) 3 LED2 LED1
1
63H 1 CNM 14
(YE) (WH)
CNDM
1 (WH)
CN2 CN4
TRAN S 1 (RD) 7 (WH)
1 2 1 3
3
CNDC
(PK)
7 2
F2
F3
X52
X54
X51
F1 CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) F4
1 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
21S4 SV1/CH SV3/SS
3 1 (GN) (GY) (WH)
3 4
21S4
TH8
2
P. B. t°
1 2 1 2 S/N1 R/L1
CN4 CN6
(WH) (WH)
1 3 CNAC1
(WH)
1 3
CNAC2
(RD) CY1
IC710
BK DB2
+ ~ EI
W Wo BK
CY2
MS V WH + 7
3~ U Vo
RD ~ E3
MC – DB1
Uo BK
GNYE
+
WH
~ 1 7
OG
RD
BN
YE
CN2
(RD)
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
~
–
DB3
E4 BK
+ ~
Q600
~ TBL4 TBL2
CNDC
(PK) –
1 3
POWER SUPPLY TO
~/N 230V 50Hz INDOOR UNIT
AC L
A-66
PUHZ-SW100/120VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Terminal Block <Power TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TB1
Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> TH8 Thermistor internal <Heat Sink> SW6 Switch <Model Select>
MC Motor for Compressor TH34 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SW7 Switch <Function Switch> *1 MODEL SELECT
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor Linear Expansion Valve The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
LEV-A, LEV-B SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) Reactor MODEL SW6 SW5-6 *2
DCL SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
63H High Pressure Switch CY1, CY2 Capacitor SWP Switch <Pump Down> ON ON
100V OFF OFF
63L Low Pressure Switch P. B. Power Circuit Board CNDM Connector <Connection for Option> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
63HS High Pressure Sensor C. B. Controller Circuit Board SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
ON ON
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option> 120V OFF OFF
SW1
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> Record Reset, Refrigerant Address> CNM Connector <Connection for Option> 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> SW4 Switch <Function Switch> F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V> *2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
63H 63L LEV-A LEV-B

TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 M M
C. B. t° t° t° t° t°
MF1 1 CNF1 *1 *1
MS 7 (WH) 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5
SW7
TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
SW5
3~
SW6
MF2
SW4 SWP SW8

LED2
LED1
1 CNF2
7 (WH) 1 CNM 14
SW9
MS 1 3
SW1
3~ 63L (WH)
1 3 (RD) CN52C
63H CN4 (RD)
1 (YE) 1 3
(WH)
2 TRANS CN2 1 2
3 1 (RD) 7 3 CNDM 1 3
CNDC (WH)
(PK) 2
7
F2 CNAC F3
X52
X54
X51
(WH)
1 2
CNS F1 F4 1 3 21S4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS
(WH)
3 1 3 4 (GN) (GY) (WH)
21S4
2 7 3
P. B.
1 2 CN52C
CN4 1 CN2 7 1 3 (RD)
(WH)
(RD)
BK
2
E3
CNDC
(PK) 3 1
CNAC2
(RD)
+
1
IGBT
- 3
~ E2 BK
1
t°
TH8 3
~
+
CNAC1
(WH)
E4
BK WH BK BK
WH
RD
BK
DCL
V
W U
MS
3~
MC
CY1
CY2
GNYE
OG
RD
BN
BU
YE
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
TO
INDOOR
UNIT
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz
A-67
PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> TH34 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SW4 Switch <Function Switch>
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
MC Motor for Compressor ACL1, ACL2, SW6 Switch <Model Select> *1 MODEL SELECT
Reactor
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor ACL3, ACL4 SW7 Switch <Function Switch> The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) CY1, CY2 Capacitor SW8 Switch <Function Switch> MODEL SW6 MODEL SW6
63H High Pressure Switch CK Capacitor SW9 Switch <Function Switch> ON ON
63L Low Pressure Switch RS Rush Current Protect Resistor SWP Switch <Pump Down> OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
63HS High Pressure Sensor P. B. Power Circuit Board CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
100Y SW5-6 *2 120Y SW5-6 *2
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option> ON ON
OFF OFF
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> C. B. Controller Circuit Board CNM Connector <Connection for Option> 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
SW1 *2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> Record Reset, Refrigerant Address>
63H 63L LEV-A LEV-B

TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 M M
C. B. t° t° t° t° t°
MF1 1 CNF1 *1 *1
MS 7 (WH) 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5
SW7
TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
SW5
3~
SW6
MF2
SW4 SWP SW8

LED2
LED1
1 CNF2
7 (WH) 1 CNM 14
SW9
MS 1 3
SW1
3~ 63L (WH)
1 3 (RD)
63H CN4
1 (YE)
(WH)
2 TRANS CN2 1 2
3 1 (RD) 7 CNDM 1 3
CNDC (WH)
(PK) 2
7
F2 CNAC F3
X52
X54
X51
(WH)
1 2
CNS F1 F4 1 3 21S4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS
(WH) 3 1 3 4 (GN) (GY) (WH)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2
P. B. t°
1 3 1 2 1 2 1 CN2 7 1 2
CN7 CN6 CN5 (RD) CN4
(WH) (WH) (RD) (WH)
L3OUT TB-L3
BK BK
X52CB
TB-L2
L3IN
WH
X52CA RD RD RS
~
~
~
RD
+ TB-L1
TB-N
BK TB-W
RD TB-U
WH TB-V
WH
WH
RD
RD
+
BK
BK
CY1
CY2
L3-OU
L2-OU
L1-OU
L3-A2
L2-A2
L1-A2
+
TB2
U V W CK
YE
3
BK
S1 MS 3
(WH)
CN7
3~
CONV. B.
OG
1
TO S2 MC
INDOOR
BN
UNIT
S3
CK-OU
L1-A1
L1-IN
N-IN
2
N. F.
BK
RD
RD
BU
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 21 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
LI2 LO2 WH ACL2
POWER WH
L2
SUPPLY ACL3
3N~ BK LI3 LO3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
GNYE
+
~
+
-
~

(PK) (BU)
2 ACL4
BK
BK
A-68
PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> CY1, CY2 Capacitor SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> P.B. Power Circuit Board SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
MC Motor for Compressor TB-U/V/W Connection Terminal <U/V/W-Phase> SWP Switch <Pump Down>
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor TB-L1/L2/L3 Connection Terminal <L1/L2/L3-Power Supply> CN31 Connector <Emergency Operation>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (Four-Way Valve) TB-P1/P3 Connection Terminal CN3S Connector <Connection for Option>
63H High Pressure Switch X52CA/B 52C Relay CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
63HS High Pressure Sensor N.F. Noise Filter Circuit Board CN51 Connector <Connection for Option>
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> LI1/LI2/LI3/NI Connection Terminal <L1/L2/L3/N-Power Supply> SV1 Connector <Connection for Option>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> LO1/LO2/LO3 Connection Terminal <L1/L2/L3-Power Supply> SS Connector <Connection for Option>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> GD1, GD2 Connection Terminal <Ground> CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> C.B. Controller Circuit Board LED1, LED2 LED <Operation Inspection Indicators>
TH32 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
SW1
LEV-A Linear Expansion Valve Record Reset, Refrigerant Address> X51, X52, X54 Relay
ACL4 Reactor SW4 Switch <Test Operation>
DCL Reactor SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
RS Rush Current Protect Resistor SW6 Switch <Model Select>
FUSE1, FUSE2 Fuse <T15AL250V> SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
63H LEV-A
TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 63HS M
MF1 C. B.
MS t° t° t° t°
3~
1 CNF1 *1 *1
7 (WHT) 1 2 1 4 1 2 1 3 1 5
MF2 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 63HS LEV-A
SW5
SW7
(BLK) (RED) (WHT) (WHT) (WHT)
SW6
MS
3~
CNF2 1 14
SW4 SWP SW8

LED2
LED1
1 CNM
SW9
(WHT)
7 (WHT)
SW1
1 3
63H
(YLW) CN4 CN31
1 (WHT)
CN2 1 2
2 TRANS 1 (RED) 7 CN3S 1 3
3 (WHT)
CNDC 2
(PNK) CNDM 1 3
7 (WHT)
CNAC F3 CN51 1
X52
X54
X51
(WHT) 5
(WHT) *1. MODEL SELECT
CNS 1 2
(WHT) F4 21S4 1 3 1 3 SV1 1 3 SS The black square (■) indicates a switch position.
3 1 3 4 (GRN) (GRY) (WHT) MODEL SW6 SW5-6 *2
21S4 ON ON
160Y OFF OFF
WHT FUSE1 WHT
RED FUSE2 RED
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
TH8 7
2 2
P.B. ON ON
t° 200Y OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 1 2 1 7 1 2
CN6 CN5 CN2 CN4 *2. SW5-1 to 5: Function switch
(WHT) (RED) (RED) (WHT)
BLK L3OUT TB-L3 BLK
X52CB
WHT
RED
TB-L2
RED
L3IN
RS
RED
X52CA TB-L1
CY1
CY2
TB-V
TB-W
TB-U
TB2
YLW
WHT
TB-P3
TB-P1
RED
BLK
S1
ORN
V W
S2 U MS
INDOOR
BRN
UNIT 3~ DCL
S3
MC
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

TB1 (WHT) 1 3 (RED) 1 2 1 3 (RED)
RED LI1 LO1 RED
L1
WHT LI2 LO2 WHT

POWER L2
SUPPLY
3N ~ BLK LI3 LO3 BLK
400V 50Hz L3
BLU NI
N
GRN/YLW
GD1 CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL

GD2 (PNK) (BLU)
ACL4
WHT
WHT
BLK
BLK
N.F. 2
A-69
PUHZ-SW75/100VAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> C.B. Controller Circuit Board
MC Motor for Compressor Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History Record Reset,
SW1
MF1 Fan Motor Refrigerant Address>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) SW4 Switch <Function Switch>
63L Low Pressure Switch SW6 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> SWP Switch <Pump Down>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
TH33 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
CY1, CY2 Capacitor
P.B. Power Circuit Board
SW100
only
TH33 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS LEV-A LEV-B
M M
C. B. 5 5
t° t° t° t° t°
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 *1
3~
SW9 SW7
SW4 SWP SW8 SW5
1 7 TH33 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (RD) (WH) (WH) 1 3 LEV-A LEV-B
1 3 1 3 63HS (WH) (RD)
63L 63H (WH)
(RD) (YE)
SW1
1 CNM 14
LED2 LED1 (WH)
CN4
1 (WH)
CN2
2 TRANS 1 2
1 (RD) 7 CNDM 1 3
3 (WH)
CNDC
(PK)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
P. B. TH8 2
t°
1 3 1 3
CNAC2 CNAC1
(RD) (WH) LI NI
1 2 1 2
CN6 CN4
(WH) (WH) E2 BK
2 EI BK
CNDC 1 3
(PK)
E3 BK
IC600 DS
- ~
W BK W
IC500
MS V WH V
3~ U RD U
+
E4 BK
MC
+ ~
7
TB1A
TB2A
TB3B
TB2B
TB1B
TB3A
1 7
CN2
(RD)
BK WH RD RD WH BK
DCL1
DCL2
DCL3
CY1
RD BU GNYE YE OG BN *1 MODEL SELECT

CY2
a switch position.
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 MODEL SW6 *2
ON
75V OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
TO 100V OFF
POWER SUPPLY INDOOR UNIT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
~/N
230V 50Hz *2 SW6 -1 to 3 : Function Switch
A-70
PUHZ-SW75/100YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> LEV-A, LEV-B Linear Expansion Valve SW5 Switch <Function Switch>
MC Motor for Compressor ACL1, ACL2, SW6 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
Reactor
MF1 Fan Motor ACL3, ACL4 SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) CY1, CY2 Capacitor SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
63H High Pressure Switch CK Capacitor SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
63L Low Pressure Switch RS Rush Current Protect Resistor SWP Switch <Pump Down>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> C. B. Controller Circuit Board CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
SW1
SW100
only
TH33 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS LEV-A LEV-B
M M
C. B. 5 5
t° t° t° t° t°
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 4 1 2 2 1 *1
3~
SW9 SW7
TH33
SW4 SWP SW8 SW5

1 7 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (RD) (WH) (WH) 1 3 LEV-A LEV-B
63HS
1 3 1 3 (WH) (WH) (RD)
63L 63H
(RD) (YE)
SW1
1 CNM 14
LED2 LED1 (WH)
CN4
1 (WH)
CN2
2 TRANS 1 2
1 (RD) 7 CNDM 1 3
3 (WH)
CNDC
(PK)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2
P. B.
t°
1 3 1 21 2 1 7 12
CN7 CN6 CN5 CN2 CN4
BK L3OUT TB-L3
X52CB
RD
TB-L2
L3IN
RD
RS
X52CA TB-L1
TB-N
CY1
CY2
WH
WH
RD
RD
BK
BK
WH TB-V
BK TB-W
RD TB-U
L3-OU
L2-OU
L1-OU
L3-A2
L2-A2
L1-A2
BK
TB2 CK
YE
3
S1 3
(WH)
CN7
CONV. B.
OG
V 1
TO S2 U W
MS
INDOOR 3~
BN
UNIT
BK CK-OU
S3
L1-A1
L1-IN
N-IN
MC
2
N. F.
RD
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 2 1 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
LI2 ACL2
POWER WH LO2 WH
SUPPLY
L2
3N~ LO3 ACL3
BK LI3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
GNYE
*1 MODEL SELECT
a switch position.
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
EI E2 E3 CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL 75Y OFF
(PK) (BU) ACL4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
BK
BK
BK
2 MODEL SW6 *2
ON
100Y OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A-71
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
A-72
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Terminal Block TH32 Thermistor <Suction> SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
TB1
<Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> TH33 Thermistor <Ref. check> SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
MC Motor for Compressor TH34 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve SWP Switch <Pump Down>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) DCL Reactor CN31 Connector <Emergency Operation>
63H High Pressure Switch CY1, CY2 Capacitor CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
63L Low Pressure Switch P. B. Power Circuit Board SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
63HS High Pressure Sensor C. B. Controller Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
SW1
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> Record Reset, Refrigerant Address> F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> SW4 Switch <Test Operation>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH8 Thermistor internal <Heat Sink> SW6 Switch <Model Select>
LEV-C
When M-NET Adapter is connected
63H 63L LEV-A LEV-B M
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 M M 5
3 5 CN5
5 (WH)
C. B. t° t° t° t° t° t° t° 5 1
MF1 1 CNF1 *1 *1
MS 7 (WH) 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5 1 3 1 5 M-NET ADAPTER
SW7
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B CNVMNT CNMNT
SW5
3~
SW6
(YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD) (WH) (WH) 2
CN2M
*3 (WH)
MF2
SW4 SWP SW8

LED2
LED1
1 CNF2 1
7 (WH) 1 CNM 14 3 1
SW9
MS 1 3 CND
SW1
3~ 63L (WH) (WH)
1 3 (RD) 5 CN52C
63H CN4 (RD)
1 (YE) 1 3 CN31 3
(WH)
2 TRANS CN2 1 2
1 5 A B S
3 1 (RD) 7 LEV-C 3 CNDM 1 3 TB7
CNDC (BU) (WH)
(PK) 2 M-NET
7
F2 CNAC F3
X52
X54
X51
(WH)
1 2
CNS F1 F4 1 3 21S4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS
(WH) M-NET ADAPTER
3 1 3 4 (GN) (GY) (WH)
SYMBOL NAME
21S4 Terminal Block
TB7
<M-NET connection>
Connector
CN5
<Transmission>
2 7 3 Connector
P. B. CND
<Power Supply>
CN52C Connector
1 2 CN2M
CN4 1 CN2 7 1 3 (RD) <M-NET communication>
(WH) (RD)
BK
2
E3
CNDC
(PK) 3 1
CNAC2
(RD)
+
1
IGBT
- 3
~ E2 BK
1
t°
TH8 3
~
+
CNAC1
(WH)
E4
W V U DCL2 DCL1 EI NI LI *1 MODEL SELECT
BK BK MODEL SW6 SW5-6 *2

WH
RD
BK
DCL ON ON
V 80V
W U OFF OFF
MS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
3~
ON ON
MC 112V OFF OFF
CY1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6
CY2
GNYE
OG
RD
BN
BU
YE
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective.

L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4
3°C or less ON ON
(Default setting) OFF –3°C or less OFF
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
TO ON ON
INDOOR 0°C or less OFF –6°C or less OFF
UNIT 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
POWER SUPPLY
~/N 230V 50Hz *4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
A-73
PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply> TH33 Thermistor <Ref. check> SW5 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> TH34 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SW6 Switch <Model Select>
MC Motor for Compressor LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
MF1, MF2 Fan Motor ACL1, ACL2, ACL3, ACL4 Reactor SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
63H High Pressure Switch CK Capacitor SWP Switch <Pump Down>
63L Low Pressure Switch RS Rush Current Protect Resistor CN31 Connector <Emergency Operation>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> C. B. Controller Circuit Board CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
SW1
TH32 Thermistor <Suction> SW4 Switch <Test Operation>
LEV-C
63H 63L LEV-A LEV-B M
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 M M 5
3 5 CN5
5 (WH)
C. B. t° t° t° t° t° t° t° 5 1
MF1 1 CNF1 *1 *1
MS 7 (WH) 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5 1 3 1 5 M-NET ADAPTER
SW7
TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B CNVMNT CNMNT
SW5
3~
SW6
(YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) (RD) (WH) (WH) 2
CN2M
*3 (WH)
MF2
SW4 SWP SW8

LED2
LED1
1 CNF2 1
7 (WH) 1 CNM 14 3 1
SW9
MS 1 3 CND
SW1
3~ 63L (WH) (WH)
1 3 (RD) 5
63H CN4
1 (YE) CN31 3
(WH)
2 TRANS CN2 1 2
1 5 A B S
3 1 (RD) 7 LEV-C CNDM 1 3 TB7
CNDC (BU) (WH)
(PK) 2 M-NET
7
F2 CNAC F3
X52
X54
X51
(WH)
1 2
CNS F1 F4 1 3 21S4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS
(WH) 3 1 3 4 (GN) (GY) (WH)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2 M-NET ADAPTER
P. B. t°
SYMBOL NAME
1 3 1 2 1 2 1 CN2 7 1 2 Terminal Block
TB7
CN7 CN6 CN5 (RD) CN4 <M-NET connection>
(WH) (WH) (RD) (WH) Connector
L3OUT TB-L3 CN5
<Transmission>
BK BK
X52CB Connector
CND
<Power Supply>
TB-L2
L3IN
WH Connector
X52CA RD RD RS
CN2M
<M-NET communication>
~
~
~
RD
+ TB-L1
TB-N
BK TB-W
RD TB-U
WH TB-V
WH
WH
RD
RD
+
BK
BK
CY1
CY2
L3-OU
L2-OU
L1-OU
L3-A2
L2-A2
L1-A2
+
TB2
U V W CK
YE
3
BK
S1 MS 3
(WH)
CN7
3~
CONV. B.
OG
1
TO S2 MC
INDOOR
BN
UNIT
S3
CK-OU
L1-A1
L1-IN
N-IN
2
N. F.
BK
RD
RD
BU
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 21 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
LI2 LO2 WH ACL2
POWER WH
L2
SUPPLY ACL3
3N~ BK LI3 LO3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
GNYE
+
~
+
-
~
CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL *1 MODEL SELECT

GD1 GD3 The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
(PK) (BU)
ACL4 MODEL SW6 MODEL SW6
2
BK
BK
ON ON
OFF OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
The black square ( ) indicates a switch position. 112Y SW5-6 *2 140Y SW5-6 *2
Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 ON ON
OFF OFF
3°C or less ON
0°C or less
ON
OFF –3°C or less
ON
–6°C or less
ON
OFF 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
OFF OFF
(Default setting) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
*4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
A-74
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Outdoor unit
TB1 Terminal Block<Power Supply> LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve SW6 Switch<Model Select>
TB2 Terminal Block<Indoor/Outdoor> ACL4 Reactor SW7 Switch<Function Switch>
MC Motor for Compressor DCL Reactor SW8 Switch<Function Switch>
MF1,MF2 Fan Motor CB1, CB2 Main Smoothing Capacitor SW9 Switch<Function Switch>
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) RS Rush Current Protect Resistor SWP Switch<Pump Down>
63H High Pressure Switch FUSE1, FUSE2 Fuse<T15AL250V> CN31 Connector<Emergency Operation>
63L Low Pressure Switch CY1, CY2 Capacitor F3, F4 Fuse<T6.3AL250V>
63HS High Pressure Sensor P. B. Power Circuit Board SV1/CH Connector<Connection for Option>
TH3 Thermistor<Liquid> N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector<Connection for Option>
TH4 Thermistor<Discharge> C. B. Controller Circuit Board CNM Connector<Connection for Option>
TH6 Thermistor<2-Phase Pipe> SW1 Switch<Manual Defrost, Defect History Record CNMNT Connector<Connection for Option>
TH7 Thermistor<Ambient> Reset, Refrigerant Address> CNVMNT Connector<Connection for Option>
TH32 Thermistor<Suction> SW4 Switch<Test Operation> CNDM Connector<Connection for Option>
TH34 Thermistor<Comp. Surface> SW5 Switch<Function Switch, Model Select>
*1The
MODEL SELECT
black square ( ) indicates
a switch position.
MODEL SW6
Ambient temp.
3ºC or less
SW9-3, 9-4
ON
*4 Ambient temp.
ON
SW9-3, 9-4
*4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4
ON
*4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4
ON
*4
ON OFF 0ºC or less OFF −3ºC or less OFF −6ºC or less OFF
OFF (Default setting) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
230Y SW5-6
* 2 *4 SW9-1 to 2 : Function Switch
ON
OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6
*2 SW5 -1 to 5 : Function Switch. LEV-C

63H 63L LEV-A LEV-B M 5
63HS
TH32 TH7TH6 TH3 TH4 TH34 M M 5
CN5
(WH)
3 1
C. B. 5
t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ t˚ 5
1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 5 1 3 1 5 *1 *1 M-NET ADAPTER
SW5
SW7
MF1 1 CNF1 CNVMNT CNMNT 2
SW6
TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 63HS TH34 LEV-A LEV-B
MS 7 (WH) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) (WH) (WH) CN2M
(WH) (RD) (WH) (RD) (WH) CND
*3
3~ 1 (WH)
SW4 SWP SW8

3 1
LED2
LED1
SW9
SW1
MF2 CNF2 1 3 1 14
1 CNM
MS 7 (WH) 63L (WH)
(RD) CN31 3
3~ 1 3 5
63H CN4
(YE) (WH) A B S
3 1 2 TB7
CN2
2 TRANS (WH) M-NET
1 7 1 5
1 LEV-C
CNDC 2 (BU)
(PK) CNDM 1
(WH)
7 3
CNAC F3
X52
X54
X51
(WH)
CNS 1 2 SV3
(WH) F4 21S4 1 3 1 3 SV1 1 3 /SS
/CH
(GN) (GY) (WH)
3 1 3 4
21S4
WH
RD
P. B.
FUSE1
FUSE2
7
7
CN2
(WH)
WH
RD
SC-W BK MC
1 W
SC-V WH V MS
2 2 CN4 SC-U RD 3~
1 (WH) U
2 2 CN5
1 (RD) TB-L3 BK
TB-L2 WH
TB-L1 RD
X52A
CY1
CY2
BK
RS
BK
TB2
RD TB-P1
YE
TB-P2 TB-C1 TB-N1

S1
OG
WH
RD
BK
DCL
TO S2
INDOOR
BN
CB1 CB2
UNIT S3
N. F.
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 2 1 3 (RD)
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
WH LI2 LO2 WH
POWER L2
SUPPLY
3N~ BK LI3 LO3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI
N
GNYE

(PK) (BU)
ACL4
BK
BK
A-75
PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

TB1 Terminal Block <Power Supply, Indoor/Outdoor> P.B. Power Circuit Board
MC Motor for Compressor C.B. Controller Circuit Board
MF1 Fan Motor Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History Record Reset,
SW1
21S4 Solenoid Valve (4-Way Valve) Refrigerant Address>
63L Low Pressure Switch SW5 Switch <Function Switch>
63HS High Pressure Sensor SW6 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> SW9 Switch <Function Switch>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> SWP Switch <Pump Down>
TH8 Thermistor <Heat Sink> CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
TH32 Thermistor <Suction> SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
TH33 Thermistor <Comp. Surface> SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
CY1, CY2 Capacitor
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS LEV-A LEV-B LEV-C
M M M
C. B. 5 5 5
t° t° t° t° t° t°
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 *1
3~
SW7
SW4 SWP SW8 SW5
1 7 TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (BK) 1 3 LEV-A LEV-B
(RD) (WH) (WH) 63HS
1 3 1 3 (WH) (RD) *3
63L 63H (WH)
SW9
(RD) (YE)
SW1
1 CNM 14
LED2 LED1 (WH)
CN4 1 5
1 (WH) LEV-C
CN2
2 TRANS 1 2 (BU)
1 (RD) 7 CNDM 1 3
3 (WH)
CNDC
(PK)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
P. B. TH8 2
t°
1 3 1 3
CNAC2 CNAC1
(RD) (WH) LI NI
1 2 1 2
CN6 CN4
(WH) (WH) E2 BK
2 EI BK
CNDC 1 3
(PK)
E3 BK
IC600 DS
- ~
W BK W
IC500
MS V WH V
3~ U RD U
+
E4 BK
MC
+ ~
7
TB1A
TB2A
TB3B
TB2B
TB1B
TB3A
1 7
CN2
(RD)
BK WH RD RD WH BK
DCL1
DCL2
DCL3
CY1
*1 MODEL SELECT
RD BU GNYE YE OG BN The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
CY2
MODEL SW6 *2
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 ON
80V OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
112V OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
TO
POWER SUPPLY INDOOR UNIT *2 SW6 -1 to 3 : Function Switch
~/N
230V 50Hz

Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4
3°C or less ON ON ON ON
OFF 0°C or less OFF –3°C or less OFF –6°C or less OFF
(Default setting) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
A-76
PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
TB2 Terminal Block <Indoor/Outdoor> LEV-A, LEV-B, LEV-C Linear Expansion Valve SW6 Switch <Function Switch, Model Select>
MC Motor for Compressor ACL1, ACL2, SW7 Switch <Function Switch>
Reactor
MF1 Fan Motor ACL3, ACL4 SW8 Switch <Function Switch>
63H High Pressure Switch CK Capacitor SWP Switch <Pump Down>
63L Low Pressure Switch RS Rush Current Protect Resistor CNDM Connector <Connection for Option>
63HS High Pressure Sensor P. B. Power Circuit Board SV1/CH Connector <Connection for Option>
TH3 Thermistor <Liquid> N. F. Noise Filter Circuit Board SV3/SS Connector <Connection for Option>
TH4 Thermistor <Discharge> CONV. B. Converter Circuit Board CNM Connector <Connection for Option>
TH6 Thermistor <2-Phase Pipe> C. B. Controller Circuit Board F1, F2, F3, F4 Fuse <T6.3AL250V>
TH7 Thermistor <Ambient> Switch <Manual Defrost, Defect History
SW1
TH32 Thermistor <Suction> SW4 Switch <Function Switch>
TH33 TH32 TH7 TH6 TH3 63 L 63H TH4 63HS LEV-A LEV-B LEV-C
M M M
C. B. 5 5
t° t° t° t° t° t° 5
MF1
5 CNF1(WH)
MS 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2 2 1 *1
3~
SW7
SW4 SWP SW8 SW5
1 7 TH33 TH32 TH7/6 TH3 TH4 1 5 1 5
SW6
(YE) (BK) (RD) (WH) (WH) 1 3 LEV-A LEV-B
1 3 1 3 63HS
(WH)
(WH) (RD) *3
63L 63H
SW9
(RD) (YE)
SW1
1 CNM 14
LED2 LED1 (WH)
CN4
1 (WH) 1 5
CN2 LEV-C
2 TRANS 1 2
1 (RD) 7 (BU) CNDM 1 3
3 (WH)
CNDC
(PK)
7 2
F2 F3
X54
X51
X52
CNAC
CNS (WH)
(WH) 1 2
F1 F4 1 3 SV1/CH 1 3 SV3/SS 1 3 21S4
3 1 3 4 (GY) (WH) (GN)
21S4
TH8
3 2 7 2
P. B.
t°
1 3 1 21 2 1 7 12
CN7 CN6 CN5 CN2 CN4
BK L3OUT TB-L3
X52CB
RD
TB-L2
L3IN
RD
RS
X52CA TB-L1
TB-N
CY1
CY2
WH
WH
RD
RD
BK
BK
WH TB-V
BK TB-W
RD TB-U
L3-OU
L2-OU
L1-OU
L3-A2
L2-A2
L1-A2
BK
TB2 CK
YE
3
S1 3
(WH)
CN7
CONV. B.
OG
V 1
TO S2 U W
MS
INDOOR 3~
BN
UNIT
BK CK-OU
S3
L1-A1
L1-IN
N-IN
MC
2
N. F.
RD
CNAC1 CNCT CNAC2

(WH) 1 3 (RD) 1 2 1 3 (RD) ACL1
TB1
RD LI1 LO1 RD
L1
LI2 ACL2
POWER WH LO2 WH
SUPPLY
L2
3N~ LO3 ACL3
BK LI3 BK
400V 50Hz L3
BU NI NO BU
N
GNYE
EI E2 E3 CNDC 1 3 3 1 CNL
(PK) (BU) ACL4
BK
BK
BK
*1 MODEL SELECT
*2 SW6 -1 to 3 : Function Switch The black square ( ) indicates a switch position.
*3 Ambient temp. of ZUBADAN Flash Injection becomes effective. MODEL SW6 *2
ON
Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 Ambient temp. SW9-3, 9-4 *4 80Y OFF
3°C or less ON ON ON ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF 0°C or less OFF –3°C or less OFF –6°C or less OFF
(Default setting) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
MODEL SW6 *2
ON
112Y OFF
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
A-77
PUMY-P112VKM4 PUMY-P125VKM4 PUMY-P140VKM4

PUMY-P112VKM4-BS PUMY-P125VKM4-BS PUMY-P140VKM4-BS
Outdoor unit
A-78
PUMY-P112YKM4 PUMY-P125YKM4 PUMY-P140YKM4

PUMY-P112YKM4-BS PUMY-P125YKM4-BS PUMY-P140YKM4-BS
Outdoor unit
A-79
PUMY-P112YKME4 PUMY-P125YKME4 PUMY-P140YKME4

PUMY-P112YKME4-BS PUMY-P125YKME4-BS PUMY-P140YKME4-BS
Outdoor unit
A-80
4 Refrigerant system diagrams Outdoor unit
Refer to the following table to find out the meanings of the symbols in the refrigerant circuit diagram.
Outdoor unit
Symbol Part name Detail
COMP DC inverter twin rotary compressor : W50/85, SW45/50/75, FRP71
DC inverter scroll compressor : W112, HW112/140
Compressor
( Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ) SW100/120/160/200
SHW80/112/140/230
H/P SW High pressure switch (63H) For protection (OFF: 4.15MPa)
L/P SW Low pressure switch (63L) For protection (OFF: -0.03MPa)
Plate HEX Plate Heat Exchanger MWA1-28LM ( Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ) : (PUHZ-W50VHA2)
MWA1-44LM ( Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ) : (PUHZ-W85VHA2)
MWA2-46LM ( Mitsubishi Electric Corporation ) : (PUHZ-W112VHA/HW·HA2)
REV/V Reversing (4-way) valve (21S4) Change the refrigerant circuit (Heating / Cooling) and for Defrosting
S/V For production test use
Solenoid valve
SN1~3 Changing the refrigerant circuit (PUHZ-FRP)
STOP VALVE Stop valve For refrigerant charge
CHECK/V Check valve High pressure / Low pressure / For production test use
Charge plug Charge plug High pressure / Low pressure / For refrigerant charge
P-Sensor Pressure sensor (63HS) For calculation of the condensing temperature from high pressure
P/B Power board Inverter power board
LEV-A Heating: Secondary LEV Cooling: Primary LEV
Linear expansion valve -A
Change the refrigerant circuit (PUHZ-FRP)
LEV-B Heating: Primary LEV Cooling: Secondary LEV
Linear expansion valve -B
LEV-C For HIC (PUHZ-HW, PUHZ-SHW)
Linear expansion valve -C
TH2 HIC pipe temperature thermistor (PUMY-P·VKM/YKM/YKME)
TH3 (RT61) Liquid temperature thermistor Heating: Evaporating temperature
(Defrost thermistor) Cooling: Sub cool liquid temperature
TH4 (RT62) Discharge temperature thermistor For LEV control and for compressor protection
Compressor temperature thermistor (PUMY-P·VKM/YKM/YKME)
TH6 (RT68) Plate HEX liquid temperature Heating: Sub cool liquid temperature
thermistor Cooling: Evaporating temperature
Outdoor HEX temperature (SUHZ-SW45)
2-Phase Pipe temperature (PUHZ-SW50/75/100/120/160/200, PUHZ-FRP71)
Suction pipe temperature thermistor (PUMY-P·VKM/YKM/YKME)
TH7 (RT65) Ambient temperature thermistor For fan control and for compressor frequency control
TH8 (RT64) Heatsink temperature thermistor For power board protection
(Fin temp.)
TH32 For compressor protection
Comp. surface temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-SW160/200YKA)
For LEV control
Suction temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-SHW·HA/KA/AA)
For freeze protection and for compressor frequency control
Inlet water temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-W·VHA(2), HW·HA2)
TH33 For compressor protection
Comp. surface temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-W50/85HA(2), PUHZ-SW·AA, PUHZ-SHW·AA, PUHZ-W·V/YAA)
For LEV control
Suction temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-W112VHA, HW·HA2)
For refrigerant leak check
Ref. check temperature thermistor
(PUHZ-SHW·HA)
TH34 Comp. surface temperature thermistor For compressor protection
Rec Receiver For accumulation of refrigerant
Power Receiver Power Receiver For accumulation of refrigerant
HIC Heat interchange circuit For high capacity
Accumulator Accumulator For accumulation of refrigerant
A-81

PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
P-Sensor
TH7
CHECK/V
REV/V
TH3
CHECK/V
CHECK/V
Water OUT Distributor
H/P SW
Plate HEX TH34

Receiver
TH4
TH8 P/B
Strainer
(#100)
TH32
Strainer
(#100)
COMP
LEV-B
Water IN LEV-A
TH6
Strainer(#100) Strainer(#100)
Refrigerant flow in heating

Refrigerant flow in cooling
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
P-Sensor
TH7
CHECK/V
REV/V
S/V TH3
CHECK/V
CHECK/V
H/P SW
Plate HEX Receiver

TH4 TH33
TH8 P/B
Strainer
(#100)
TH32
Strainer
(#100)
COMP
LEV-B
Water IN LEV-A
TH6
Strainer(#100) Strainer(#100)

A-82
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
P-Sensor
TH7
STOP VALVE
REV/V
TH3
CHECK/V
CHECK/V
L/P SW H/P SW
Strainer
(#100)
Power
Plate HEX Receiver
TH33 TH4
TH34 Strainer(#100)
TH8 P/B
Strainer
(#100)
LEV-A
TH32
Strainer
(#100)
COMP
LEV-B
Water IN
TH6
Strainer(#100)

P -SENSOR Heat exchanger

TH7
REV/V
CHECK/V(C)
Water OUT
CHECK/V(H)
CHECK/V(L)
H/P SW
Distributer
Rec TH3
Plate HEX Muffler
TH4
TH33
TH34
Strainer3
(#100) Strainer2 TH8 P/B
(#100)
TH6
Water IN LEV - B LEV - A COMP
Strainer4 Strainer1
(#100) (#100)
A-83
Outdoor unit
P -SENSOR Heat exchanger

TH7
REV/V
CHECK/V(C)
Water OUTOUT
Water L/P SW
Strainer5 CHECK/V(H)
(#100)
CHECK/V(L)
Distributer
H/P SW
Rec TH3
Plate HEX
TH4
TH34 TH33
Strainer3
(#100) Strainer2
(#100) TH8 P/B
Water IN TH6
Water IN LEV -B LEV -A COMP
Strainer4 Strainer1
(#100) (#100)
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140V/YHA2(-BS)
P-Sensor
TH7
STOP VALVE
REV/V
TH3
CHECK/V
CHECK/V
L/P SW H/P SW
Strainer
(#100)
Power
Plate HEX Receiver
TH33 TH34 (only for TH4
R3,R4,R5 models) Strainer(#100)
TH8 P/B
Strainer
(#100)
LEV-A
TH32
Strainer
(#100) INJ Port
COMP
LEV-B
Water IN
TH6 HIC
LEV-C
Strainer(#100)

A-84

SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
Outdoor unit
Unit : mm (inch)
Refrigerant pipe 12.7 Muffler

#100
(with heat insulator)
REV/V
Stop valve
(with service port) Outdoor
Flared connection heat
exchanger RT65
RT61
Discharge
temperature
thermistor
RT62
RT68
COMP
Flared connection
LEV
Strainer Strainer
#100 Muffler #100 R.V. coil
heating ON
cooling OFF
Stop valve Capillary tube
4.0× 2.4×100
Refrigerant pipe 6.35
(with heat insulator) Refrigerant flow in cooling
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
Unit : mm (inch)
P-sensor Heat exchanger TH7

Stop valve Charge plug
(with service port) TH6
REV/V
Refrigerant GAS pipe
connection 12.7(1/2 inch) Strainer
#50 TH3
H/P SW
Distributor
TH4
TH34
Power COMP
LEV-B receiver LEV-A
Stop valve Strainer
#100
Refrigerant LIQUID pipe
#100
A-85
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Unit : mm (inch)
TH7
P-sensor
Heat exchanger
Stop valve TH6
(with service port)
REV/V
connection 15.88(5/8 inch) Strainer Charge plug
#50 (High pressure) TH3
Charge plug H/P SW

(Low pressure) Distributor
Muffler
(R4 or later model)
Air Hex
TH4
TH34
Strainer
#100
Strainer
#100 P.B
Power COMP
LEV-B receiver LEV-A TH8
Stop valve
(with service port)
connection 9.52(3/8 inch) Strainer Strainer
#100 #100

PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
Unit : mm (inch)
P-sensor TH7
Heat exchanger
TH6
Ball valve Strainer REV/V
#50
connection 15.88(5/8 inch)
Charge plug TH3
(High pressure)
Charge plug H/P SW Distributor
(Low pressure)
MUFFLER
(R5 or later model)
L/P SW
Strainer
#100
TH4
TH34
Strainer
#100
Strainer
#100
Power COMP
LEV-B receiver P･B
Stop valve
TH8
(with service port) LEV-A
Strainer
#100 #100

A-86
PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Unit : mm (inch)
Charge plug
(High pressure) P-sensor TH7
Ball valve
Heat exchanger
TH6
Refrigerant GAS pipe <Brazing>
connection [25.4([1 inch) REV/V
Strainer
#50
H/P SW
Distributor
Charge plug
(Low pressure)
Muffler
TH3
Strainer TH32
Accumulator #100
TH8
Oil return hole
with strainer #40
COMP
SW160 : connection [9.52([3/8 inch)
SW200 : connection [12.7([1/2 inch)
Strainer Strainer
Stop valve #100 LEV-A #100
(with service port)
LEV-A
HEX
Stop valve
PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
Unit : mm (inch)
P-SENSOR HEX
ball valve TH7
REV/V
TH6
Refrigerant GAS pipe Strainer6 CHECK/V(H)
connection [15.88(5/8) (#50)
H/P SW
CHECK/V(L)
Distributer
MUFFLER
Rec TH3
TH4
TH33
Strainer3
(#100) Strainer2 TH8 P/B
(#100)
COMP
Stop valve
(with service port) LEV-B LEV-A
Refrigerant LIQUID pipe Strainer4 Strainer1

connection [9.52(3/8) (#100) (#100) Refrigerant flow in cooling
A-87
PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
P-SENSOR HEX
ball valve
TH7
REV/V
TH6
Refrigerant GAS pipe Strainer6 L/P SW CHECK/V(H)
connection [15.88(5/8) (#50)
Strainer5 H/P SW
CHECK/V(L) (#100)
Distributer
MUFFLER
Rec TH3
TH4
TH33
Strainer3
(#100) Strainer2
(#100)
COMP
Stop valve
LEV-B LEV-A TH8 P/B
(with service port)
Refrigerant LIQUID pipe Strainer4 Strainer1

connection [9.52(3/8) (#100) (#100)
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Stop valve
Heat exchanger
TH6
Refrigerant GAS pipe Service port
connection (5/8F)
REV/V
Stop valve
SV3 SV1 SV2

Service port
Charge plug Charge plug TH3
(Low pressure) (High pressure)
P-sensor
Accumulator H/P SW
Cylinder/ Muffler
Hydrobox Indoor LEV-B LEV-C TH33
unit unit
TH4
Stop valve
LEV-A
Service port COMP

Refrigerant LIQUID pipe Stop valve
connection (3/8F)
* SV1/SV2/SV3 are closed when the power is not supplied.

Service port Refrigerant flow in ATA Cooling
Refrigerant flow in ATA Heating
Refrigerant flow in HR Cooling
Refrigerant flow in ATW Heating
A-88
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Unit : mm (inch)
P-sensor TH7
Heat exchanger
TH6
Ball valve
Refrigerant REV/V
GAS pipe
connection Strainer
15.88 #50 Charge plug
(5/8 inch) (High pressure) TH3
Charge plug H/P SW

L/P SW Muffler
TH33
Strainer
Strainer #100
TH32 TH4
#100
TH34
LEV-A
Strainer Strainer
#100 #100
LEV-B Injection port

Power COMP
receiver
Refrigerant
LIQUID pipe
connection Strainer
9.52 #100 LEV-C HIC
(3/8 inch) Stop valve
(with service port) Refrigerant flow in cooling
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Unit : mm (inch)
P-sensor
TH7
Heat exchanger
TH6
Joint pipe Ball valve REV/V
Refrigerant (Brazing)
GAS pipe
connection
Strainer
[25.4 (1 inch) #50 Charge plug
(High pressure) TH3
Charge plug H/P SW

L/P SW Muffler
Strainer
#100
Strainer TH32 TH4
#100 TH34
LEV-A
Strainer Strainer
#100 #100
Strainer
Injection port #100
LEV-B Power COMP
receiver
Refrigerant
LIQUID pipe
connection
Strainer
[12.7 (1/2 inch) #100 Strainer HIC
Stop valve #100
(with service port)
LEV-C Refrigerant flow in heating
A-89
PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Unit : mm (inch)
P-SENSOR HEX
ball valve
TH7
REV/V
TH6
Refrigerant GAS pipe Strainer6 L/P SW CHECK/V(H)
connection [15.88(5/8) (#50)
Strainer5 H/P SW
CHECK/V(L) (#100)
Distributer
MUFFLER
Rec TH3
TH4
TH32
TH33
Strainer3 Strainer1
(#100) INJ port (#100)
COMP
Stop valve
LEV-B TH8 P/B LEV-A
(with service port)
Refrigerant LIQUID pipe Strainer4 LEV-C HIC Strainer2

connection [9.52(3/8) (#100) Strainer7 (#100)
(#100)
PUMY-P112VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P140VKM4(-BS)

PUMY-P112YKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKM4(-BS) PUMY-P140YKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112YKME4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKME4(-BS) PUMY-P140YKME4(-BS)
Thermistor (TH7)
Check valve <Ambient>
<High pressure>
Service port
Strainer 4-way valve
Refrigerant Gas pipe
High pressure
Ball valve sensor (63H)
Solenoid Oil separator
Check valve valve (SV1)
Distributor
<Low pressure> High pressure
Strainer switch
Thermistor (TH6) Capillary Thermistor (TH3)
<Suction pipe> Strainer
tube <Outdoor liquid pipe>
Low pressure Thermistor (TH4)
sensor(63LS) <Compressor>
Restrictor
valve
Compressor
Accumulator
Thermistor (TH2)
<HIC pipe>
Stop valve HIC
Strainer Strainer Strainer
Refrigerant
Liquid pipe LEV-A
Service port
LEV-B Refrigerant flow in cooling
Strainer Refrigerant flow in heating
A-90
5 Performance data Outdoor unit
Definition of terms
Max :Performance at Maximum compressor frequency
Outdoor unit
Nominal :Performance at Nominal compressor frequency
Mid :Performance at Medium compressor frequency (80% of Nominal)
Min :Performance at Minimum compressor frequency
:This icon means injection circuit is active.
NOTES:
•The reference data at water outlet temperatures of 35°C,40°C,45°C,50°C,55°C and 60°C are shown.
•The data at water outlet temperature of 25°C are shown except for SHW230 model.
•Gray highlighted data means integrated data including defrost operation.
•Actual performance may vary depending on operationg conditions.
•These data are measured based on EN14511-2013.
5.1 Cooling performance data

Power inverter
Water outlet temperature[ ] 7 18 Water outlet temperature[ ] 7 18
Model Ambient temperature [ ] Capacity COP Capacity COP Model Ambient temperature [ ] Capacity COP Capacity COP
35 4.5 2.94 4.5 4.44 35 7.5 2.70 10.5 3.49
30 4.5 3.52 4.5 5.37 30 7.9 3.05 10.9 3.95
Nominal Max
25 4.5 4.06 4.5 6.30 25 7.5 2.72 10.2 3.23
20 4.5 4.10 4.5 6.31 20 7.2 2.47 9.5 2.73
35 3.2 3.76 3.4 5.46 35 7.5 2.70 7.5 4.42
PUHZ-W50 30 3.2 4.40 3.4 6.69 30 7.5 3.18 7.5 6.38
Mid Nominal
VHA2(-BS) 25 3.2 4.82 3.4 7.52 25 7.5 2.72 7.5 6.20
20 3.2 4.92 3.4 7.78 PUHZ-W85V/ 20 7.2 2.47 7.5 5.89
35 2.0 4.26 2.8 5.98 YAA 35 6.0 3.14 6.0 4.85
30 2.1 4.55 2.9 6.30 30 6.0 3.71 5.9 6.87
Min Mid
25 2.2 5.21 3.0 7.13 25 6.0 3.54 5.9 7.15
20 2.3 5.71 3.1 7.71 20 6.0 3.33 5.9 7.26
35 7.5 2.47 7.5 3.93 35 2.3 3.75 3.2 5.42
30 7.5 2.91 7.5 4.61 30 2.4 4.53 3.3 6.77
Nominal Min
25 7.5 2.95 7.5 5.00 25 2.5 4.65 3.4 7.67
20 7.5 2.87 7.5 4.90 20 2.6 4.53 3.4 8.35
35 5.4 3.16 5.7 4.83 35 10.0 2.83 13.9 3.85
PUHZ-W85 30 5.4 3.70 5.7 5.92 30 10.6 3.35 14.8 4.52
Mid Max
VHA2(-BS) 25 5.4 4.05 5.7 6.65 25 10.4 3.19 14.1 4.04
20 5.4 4.13 5.7 6.88 20 10.1 2.95 13.4 3.51
35 3.3 3.58 4.7 5.29 35 10.0 2.83 10.0 4.74
30 3.5 3.86 4.9 5.61 30 10.0 3.55 10.0 5.64
Min Nominal
25 3.6 4.35 5.1 6.39 25 10.0 3.36 10.0 5.62
20 3.7 4.68 5.1 6.69 PUHZ-W112V/ 20 10.0 2.99 10.0 5.30
35 10.0 2.80 10.0 4.50 YAA 35 8.0 3.26 8.0 4.88
30 10.0 3.41 10.0 4.97 30 8.0 3.92 8.0 5.75
Nominal Mid
25 10.0 3.82 10.0 5.57 25 8.0 4.00 8.0 6.07
20 10.0 4.38 10.0 6.26 20 8.0 3.93 8.0 6.07
35 8.0 3.08 8.0 4.60 35 2.8 2.57 4.1 4.75
PUHZ- 30 8.0 3.72 8.0 5.04 30 3.0 2.96 4.3 5.60
W112VHA Mid Min
(-BS) 25 8.0 4.29 8.0 5.46 25 3.1 3.51 4.3 6.59
20 8.0 4.95 8.0 6.11 20 3.2 3.87 4.4 7.20
35 3.2 3.10 4.6 4.37 35 4.9 2.48 6.5 2.99
30 3.4 3.63 4.8 5.05 30 5.1 2.82 6.8 3.39
Min Max
25 3.6 4.45 4.9 5.75 25 5.3 3.16 7.1 3.73
20 3.7 5.02 5.1 6.54 20 5.3 3.13 7.1 3.54
35 4.0 2.73 3.8 4.28
30 4.0 3.26 3.8 5.17
Nominal
25 4.0 3.77 3.8 6.07
SUHZ-SW 20 4.0 3.81 3.8 6.09
45VA(H) 35 2.4 3.13 3.5 4.46
30 2.4 3.74 3.5 5.34
Mid
25 2.4 4.38 3.5 6.24
20 2.4 4.62 4.2 6.08
35 1.3 2.94 2.1 4.98
30 3.0 3.92 4.5 6.18
Min
25 3.1 4.45 4.8 7.05
20 3.9 4.46 5.9 6.54
A-91
Outdoor unit

35 4.5 2.76 5.0 4.60 35 19.3 2.30 26.6 3.18
30 4.7 3.14 5.2 5.21 30 18.8 2.61 20.9 4.39
Max Max
25 4.9 3.52 5.4 5.74 25 19.4 2.94 21.6 4.95
20 4.9 3.48 5.4 5.44 20 20.1 3.07 22.3 5.16
35 4.5 2.76 5.0 4.60 35 16.0 2.76 18.0 4.56
30 4.5 3.30 5.0 5.56 30 16.0 3.05 18.0 4.95
Nominal Nominal
25 4.5 3.81 5.0 6.52 25 16.0 3.63 18.0 5.44
PUHZ-SW 20 4.5 3.85 5.0 6.54 PUHZ-SW 20 16.0 3.97 18.0 5.78
50VKA 160YKA
(-BS) 35 3.6 3.14 4.0 5.24 (-BS) 35 12.8 3.09 14.4 4.94
30 3.6 3.75 4.0 6.27 30 12.8 3.41 14.4 5.37
Mid Mid
25 3.6 4.39 4.0 7.33 25 12.8 4.06 14.4 5.90
20 3.6 4.63 4.8 7.14 20 12.8 4.44 14.4 6.26
35 1.1 3.44 1.7 5.44 35 7.7 3.22 11.1 5.05
30 2.5 4.59 3.7 6.75 30 8.2 3.59 11.3 5.45
Min Min
25 2.6 5.21 3.9 7.70 25 8.6 4.05 11.5 5.86
20 3.3 5.22 4.8 7.14 20 9.1 4.30 11.7 6.08
35 7.3 2.55 10.0 3.18 35 20.3 2.19 27.8 2.95
30 7.8 2.89 10.6 3.67 30 21.2 2.40 25.6 3.58
Max Max
25 8.2 3.26 11.0 4.05 25 21.9 2.71 26.4 4.03
20 8.5 3.60 11.3 4.38 20 22.7 2.83 27.4 4.22
35 6.6 2.82 7.1 4.43 35 20.0 2.25 22.0 4.10
30 6.6 3.38 7.1 5.43 30 20.0 2.63 22.0 4.46
Nominal Nominal
25 6.6 4.05 7.1 6.58 25 20.0 3.06 22.0 4.93
PUHZ-SW 20 6.6 4.81 7.7 6.40 PUHZ-SW 20 20.0 3.39 22.0 5.22
75VHA 200YKA
(-BS) 35 5.3 2.83 5.7 4.49 (-BS) 35 16.0 2.76 17.6 4.74
30 5.3 3.36 6.0 5.80 30 16.0 3.05 17.6 5.15
Mid Mid
25 5.3 3.93 6.2 6.62 25 16.0 3.63 17.6 5.66
20 6.3 4.93 7.7 6.40 20 16.0 3.97 17.6 6.01
35 2.0 2.98 2.6 4.38 35 7.7 3.22 11.1 5.05
30 4.7 4.08 6.0 5.80 30 8.2 3.59 11.3 5.45
Min Min
25 4.9 4.73 6.2 6.62 25 8.6 4.05 11.5 5.86
20 6.3 4.93 7.7 6.40 20 9.1 4.30 11.7 6.08
35 9.1 2.75 14.0 3.54 35 7.1 2.70 9.6 3.41
30 9.7 3.22 14.8 4.09 30 7.4 3.07 10.0 3.84
Max Max
25 9.8 3.50 14.9 4.25 25 7.1 2.77 9.4 3.19
20 10.1 3.78 15.1 4.42 20 6.8 2.52 8.9 2.73
35 9.1 2.75 10.0 4.35 35 7.1 2.70 7.1 4.43
30 9.1 3.36 10.0 5.17 30 7.1 3.18 7.1 5.29
Nominal Nominal
25 9.1 3.82 10.0 5.85 25 7.1 2.77 7.1 4.78
PUHZ-SW 20 9.1 4.32 11.0 4.85 PUHZ-SW 20 6.8 2.52 7.1 4.27
100V/YHA 75VAA/YAA
(-BS) 35 7.3 3.02 8.0 4.44 (-BS) 35 5.6 3.15 5.6 4.96
30 7.3 3.65 9.5 5.14 30 5.6 3.74 5.6 6.00
Mid Mid
25 7.3 4.01 9.6 5.61 25 5.6 3.57 5.6 5.88
20 8.6 4.16 11.0 4.85 20 5.6 3.39 5.6 5.66
35 3.2 3.06 4.6 4.36 35 2.3 3.74 3.3 5.44
30 6.9 3.87 9.5 5.14 30 2.5 4.52 3.4 6.75
Min Min
25 6.9 4.23 9.6 5.61 25 2.5 5.14 3.5 7.57
20 8.6 4.16 11.0 4.85 20 2.6 5.61 3.5 8.15
35 12.5 2.32 16.0 3.59 35 10.0 2.83 14.8 3.69
30 13.4 2.63 17.0 4.03 30 11.5 3.68 15.7 4.34
Max Max
25 13.5 2.77 16.9 4.02 25 11.1 3.42 14.8 3.75
20 13.9 2.93 16.9 4.05 20 10.0 2.91 13.8 3.20
35 12.5 2.32 14.0 4.08 35 10.0 2.83 10.0 4.74
30 12.5 2.80 14.0 4.82 30 10.0 4.05 10.0 5.69
Nominal Nominal
25 12.5 3.03 14.0 5.17 25 10.0 3.85 10.0 5.57
PUHZ-SW 20 12.5 3.32 14.0 5.58 PUHZ-SW 20 10.0 2.93 10.0 5.21
120V/YHA 100VAA/YAA
(-BS) 35 10.0 2.83 11.2 4.62 (-BS) 35 8.0 3.26 8.0 5.01
30 10.0 3.36 11.7 5.29 30 8.0 4.42 8.0 5.95
Mid Mid
25 10.0 3.43 11.6 5.35 25 8.0 4.51 8.0 6.20
20 10.4 3.99 13.8 4.88 20 8.0 3.87 8.0 6.17
35 4.1 3.24 5.8 4.83 35 2.8 3.25 4.1 4.66
30 8.6 3.84 11.7 5.29 30 3.1 4.09 4.3 5.51
Min Min
25 8.5 4.10 11.6 5.35 25 3.2 4.86 4.4 6.46
20 10.4 3.99 13.8 4.88 20 3.1 4.93 4.4 7.04
A-92
Zubadan
Outdoor unit
35 10.0 2.78 10.0 4.10 35 12.5 2.17 16.0 3.23
30 10.0 3.39 10.0 4.84 30 13.3 2.43 16.9 3.58
Nominal Max
25 10.0 3.80 10.0 5.43 25 13.3 2.48 17.0 3.58
20 10.0 4.35 10.0 6.11 20 14.1 2.84 17.5 3.96
PUHZ-HW 35 7.3 3.49 6.7 4.75 35 12.5 2.17 12.5 4.26
30 7.3 4.22 6.7 5.57 30 12.5 2.59 12.5 4.96
112YHA2 Mid Nominal
25 7.3 4.86 6.7 6.03 25 12.5 2.75 12.5 5.35
(-BS) 20 7.3 5.61 6.7 6.75 PUHZ-SHW 20 12.5 3.38 12.5 6.35
35 4.0 3.29 5.9 4.79 140YHA(-BS) 35 10.0 2.74 10.0 4.73
30 4.2 3.81 6.1 5.49 30 10.0 3.25 10.0 5.53
Min Mid
25 4.5 4.72 6.3 6.00 25 10.0 3.60 10.0 6.18
20 4.6 5.29 6.5 6.80 20 10.0 4.35 10.8 4.89
35 12.5 2.50 12.5 3.60 35 3.4 3.09 4.5 4.39
30 12.5 2.96 12.5 4.26 30 7.2 3.83 9.3 5.16
Nominal Min
25 12.5 3.21 12.5 4.65 25 7.6 4.42 9.4 5.64
20 12.5 3.62 12.5 5.15 20 9.3 4.26 10.8 4.89
PUHZ-HW 35 9.1 3.14 8.4 4.17 35 20.0 2.22 24.0 2.65
30 9.1 3.69 8.4 4.89 30 21.1 2.46 25.1 2.89
140V/YHA2 Mid Max
25 9.1 4.14 8.4 5.29 25 22.6 2.88 26.6 3.34
(-BS) 20 9.1 4.72 8.4 5.92 20 22.4 2.88 26.0 3.20
35 5.0 2.96 7.4 4.21 35 20.0 2.22 20.0 3.55
30 5.3 3.37 7.7 4.85 30 20.0 2.60 20.0 4.09
Min Nominal
25 5.5 3.96 7.9 5.35 25 20.0 3.19 20.0 4.85
20 5.7 4.38 8.1 6.02 PUHZ-SHW 20 20.0 3.35 20.1 3.90
35 9.6 2.83 10.0 4.74 230YKA2 35 16.0 2.47 16.0 4.15
30 10.2 3.30 10.7 5.49 30 16.0 2.88 17.4 4.43
Max Mid
25 10.2 3.45 11.0 5.80 25 16.0 3.48 17.6 4.82
20 10.8 3.69 11.7 5.14 20 16.0 3.83 20.1 3.90
35 7.1 3.31 7.1 4.52 35 8.9 2.98 13.7 4.37
30 7.2 3.85 9.3 5.19 30 11.9 3.24 17.4 4.43
Nominal Min
25 7.6 4.44 9.4 5.67 25 12.3 3.69 17.6 4.82
PUHZ-SHW 20 9.3 4.29 10.8 4.91 20 14.4 3.24 20.1 3.90
80VHA(-BS) 35 5.7 3.28 5.7 4.43 35 7.1 3.31 10.4 4.18
30 7.2 3.85 9.3 5.19 30 8.0 4.24 11.0 4.93
Mid Max
25 7.6 4.44 9.4 5.67 25 8.0 4.34 10.8 4.75
20 9.3 4.29 10.8 4.91 20 7.4 3.96 10.5 4.42
35 3.4 3.10 4.5 4.40 35 7.1 3.31 7.1 4.52
30 7.2 3.85 9.3 5.19 30 7.1 4.36 7.1 5.34
Min Nominal
25 7.6 4.44 9.4 5.67 PUHZ-SHW 25 7.1 4.57 7.1 5.74
20 9.3 4.29 10.8 4.91 20 7.1 4.09 7.1 5.83
80VAA/YAA
35 11.2 2.46 14.0 3.78 35 5.6 4.03 5.6 4.46
30 11.9 2.86 14.8 4.37 (-BS) 30 5.6 4.42 5.6 5.24
Max Mid
25 11.9 3.00 14.9 4.50 25 5.6 4.84 5.6 5.87
20 12.7 3.23 15.3 5.02 20 5.6 4.57 5.6 6.19
35 10.0 2.83 10.0 4.74 35 2.8 3.10 4.1 4.15
30 10.0 3.36 10.0 5.54 30 3.1 3.91 4.3 4.90
Nominal Min
25 10.0 3.72 10.0 6.19 25 3.2 4.64 4.4 5.75
PUHZ-SHW 20 10.0 4.49 10.8 4.90 20 3.1 4.70 4.4 6.27
112V/YHA(-BS) 35 8.0 3.18 8.0 4.61 35 10.0 2.83 14.8 3.69
30 8.0 3.85 9.3 5.18 30 11.5 3.68 15.7 4.34
Mid Max
25 8.0 4.40 9.4 5.66 25 11.1 3.42 14.8 3.75
20 9.3 4.27 10.8 4.90 20 10.0 2.91 13.8 3.20
35 3.4 3.09 4.5 4.39 35 10.0 2.83 10.0 4.74
30 7.2 3.84 9.3 5.18 30 10.0 4.05 10.0 5.69
Min Nominal
25 7.6 4.43 9.4 5.66 PUHZ-SHW 25 10.0 3.85 10.0 5.57
20 9.3 4.27 10.8 4.90 20 10.0 2.93 10.0 5.21
112VAA/YAA
35 8.0 3.26 8.0 5.01
(-BS) 30 8.0 4.42 8.0 5.95
Mid
25 8.0 4.51 8.0 6.20
20 8.0 3.87 8.0 6.17
35 2.8 3.25 4.1 4.66
30 3.1 4.09 4.3 5.51
Min
25 3.2 4.86 4.4 6.46
20 3.1 4.93 4.4 7.04
A-93
5.2 Heating performance data

(1)Packaged-type units
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature [°C] 25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature [°C] Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 4.0 2.30 4.0 2.00 4.0 1.90 - - - - - -
-10 4.5 3.25 5.0 2.60 5.0 2.30 5.0 2.10 4.8 1.90 4.5 1.75 - -
-7 5.5 3.50 5.5 2.80 5.5 2.50 5.5 2.30 5.2 2.10 5.0 1.85 - -
Max 2 5.2 4.20 5.0 3.50 5.0 3.15 5.0 2.80 5.0 2.47 5.0 2.13 5.0 1.80
7 5.3 5.48 5.0 4.50 5.0 4.01 5.0 3.52 5.0 3.10 5.0 2.68 5.0 2.26
12 5.3 6.20 5.0 4.98 5.0 4.37 5.0 3.75 5.1 3.27 5.1 2.78 5.1 2.30
15 5.4 6.65 5.1 5.28 5.1 4.59 5.1 3.91 5.1 3.38 5.2 2.85 5.2 2.33
20 5.4 7.41 5.1 5.79 5.1 4.98 5.1 4.16 5.2 3.57 5.3 2.97 5.3 2.38
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.5 2.44 3.5 2.22 3.5 2.00 - - - - - -
-10 4.2 3.30 4.1 2.78 4.1 2.51 4.1 2.25 4.2 2.05 4.3 1.85 - -
-7 5.2 3.60 4.5 3.00 4.5 2.70 4.5 2.40 4.5 2.16 4.5 1.92 - -
Nominal 2 5.2 4.20 5.0 3.50 5.0 3.15 5.0 2.80 5.0 2.47 5.0 2.13 5.0 1.80
7 5.3 5.48 5.0 4.50 5.0 4.01 5.0 3.52 5.0 3.10 5.0 2.68 5.0 2.26
12 5.3 6.20 5.0 4.98 5.0 4.37 5.0 3.75 5.1 3.27 5.1 2.78 5.1 2.30
15 5.4 6.65 5.1 5.28 5.1 4.59 5.1 3.91 5.1 3.38 5.2 2.85 5.2 2.33
20 5.4 7.41 5.1 5.79 5.1 4.98 5.1 4.16 5.2 3.57 5.3 2.97 5.3 2.38
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 2.9 2.66 2.9 2.38 2.8 2.10 - - - - - -
-10 3.6 3.64 3.5 3.01 3.4 2.68 3.3 2.34 3.4 2.10 3.5 1.86 - -
-7 3.9 3.85 3.8 3.25 3.7 2.87 3.6 2.50 3.6 2.25 3.5 2.00 - -
Mid 2 3.4 4.90 3.3 3.54 3.5 3.35 3.7 3.15 3.7 2.78 3.8 2.41 3.8 2.05
7 3.8 5.89 3.5 4.63 3.6 4.18 3.8 3.73 3.8 3.23 3.8 2.74 3.8 2.56
12 3.9 6.58 3.5 5.35 3.7 4.66 3.8 3.98 3.8 3.43 3.8 2.88 3.8 2.59
15 3.9 7.08 3.6 5.79 3.7 4.97 3.8 4.15 3.8 3.56 3.8 2.98 3.8 2.62
20 3.9 7.98 3.7 6.54 3.8 5.48 3.9 4.43 3.9 3.78 3.8 3.14 3.8 2.68
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 2.9 2.66 2.9 2.38 2.8 2.10 - - - - - -
-10 3.6 3.64 3.5 3.01 3.4 2.68 3.3 2.34 3.4 2.10 3.5 1.86 - -
-7 2.9 3.52 2.8 2.99 2.8 2.67 2.7 2.35 2.6 2.12 2.5 1.89 - -
Min 2 3.0 4.16 2.7 3.59 3.0 3.23 3.2 2.86 2.8 2.54 2.4 2.21 - -
7 3.0 5.69 2.8 4.64 3.0 4.03 3.2 3.41 3.2 3.07 3.2 2.73 - -
12 3.0 6.59 2.9 5.26 3.0 4.49 3.2 3.73 3.3 3.32 3.5 2.91 - -
15 3.0 7.06 2.9 5.64 3.0 4.78 3.2 3.91 3.4 3.46 3.7 3.01 - -
20 3.1 7.78 2.9 6.26 3.1 5.25 3.2 4.23 3.6 3.71 3.7 3.19 - -
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Water outlet 25 35 40 45 50 55 60
temperature[ ]
Ambient Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 4.9 1.89 4.9 1.70 4.9 1.52 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.1 2.15 6.1 1.95 6.1 1.74 - - - - - -
-10 7.3 2.94 7.3 2.41 7.3 2.19 7.3 1.97 7.6 1.79 7.9 1.62 - -
-7 8.0 3.42 8.0 2.57 8.0 2.34 8.0 2.10 8.0 1.92 8.0 1.73 - -
Max 2 8.5 3.61 8.5 3.17 8.5 2.89 8.5 2.61 8.5 2.34 8.4 2.06 8.4 1.82
7 9.0 5.33 9.0 4.19 9.0 3.72 9.0 3.24 9.0 2.88 9.0 2.51 9.0 2.23
12 9.0 5.69 9.1 4.74 9.2 4.17 9.4 3.59 9.2 3.17 9.1 2.76 9.1 2.37
15 9.1 6.12 9.1 5.08 9.3 4.44 9.6 3.80 9.4 3.35 9.2 2.90 9.2 2.46
20 9.1 6.86 9.2 5.63 9.5 4.89 9.9 4.15 9.6 3.65 9.4 3.15 9.4 2.60
-20 - - 4.9 1.89 4.9 1.70 4.9 1.52 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.1 2.15 6.1 1.95 6.1 1.74 - - - - - -
-10 7.3 2.94 7.3 2.41 7.3 2.19 7.3 1.97 7.6 1.79 7.9 1.62 - -
-7 8.0 3.42 8.0 2.57 8.0 2.34 8.0 2.10 8.0 1.92 8.0 1.73 - -
Nominal 2 8.5 3.61 8.5 3.17 8.5 2.89 8.5 2.61 8.5 2.34 8.4 2.06 8.4 1.82
7 9.0 5.33 9.0 4.19 9.0 3.72 9.0 3.24 9.0 2.88 9.0 2.51 9.0 2.23
12 9.0 5.69 9.1 4.74 9.2 4.17 9.4 3.59 9.2 3.17 9.1 2.76 9.1 2.37
15 9.1 6.12 9.1 5.08 9.3 4.44 9.6 3.80 9.4 3.35 9.2 2.90 9.2 2.46
20 9.1 6.86 9.2 5.63 9.5 4.89 9.9 4.15 9.6 3.65 9.4 3.15 9.4 2.60
-20 - - 5.3 2.29 5.1 2.03 4.9 1.78 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.55 5.5 2.30 5.4 2.04 - - - - - -
-10 6.2 3.15 6.0 2.81 6.0 2.56 5.9 2.30 6.2 2.12 6.5 1.94 - -
-7 6.3 3.54 6.2 2.97 6.2 2.72 6.2 2.46 6.2 2.25 6.3 2.04 - -
Mid 2 5.6 4.27 5.6 3.90 5.6 3.50 5.6 3.10 5.5 2.72 5.4 2.34 5.4 2.09
7 6.3 5.58 5.8 4.66 5.6 4.11 5.4 3.56 5.5 3.12 5.5 2.68 5.6 2.34
12 6.3 6.58 6.0 5.39 5.9 4.70 5.8 4.00 5.8 3.49 5.9 2.99 5.9 2.63
15 6.4 7.26 6.1 5.84 6.1 5.05 6.0 4.26 6.0 3.72 6.1 3.17 6.1 2.81
20 6.4 8.01 6.3 6.57 6.4 5.64 6.4 4.70 6.4 4.09 6.4 3.48 6.4 3.10
-20 - - 5.3 2.29 5.1 2.03 4.9 1.78 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.55 5.5 2.30 5.4 2.04 - - - - - -
-10 6.2 3.15 6.0 2.81 6.0 2.56 5.9 2.30 6.2 2.12 6.5 1.94 - -
-7 3.4 3.51 3.3 3.00 3.5 2.75 3.7 2.49 3.8 2.26 3.8 2.02 - -
Min 2 3.4 4.69 3.3 4.01 3.3 3.44 3.2 2.86 3.2 2.52 3.2 2.18 - -
7 4.1 5.76 3.9 4.80 3.9 4.17 3.8 3.53 3.8 3.06 3.8 2.58 - -
12 4.7 7.02 4.5 5.65 4.5 4.85 4.4 4.06 4.4 3.50 4.5 2.94 - -
15 5.0 7.70 4.9 6.16 4.8 5.27 4.8 4.37 4.8 3.77 4.9 3.16 - -
20 5.6 8.66 5.5 7.01 5.4 5.96 5.3 4.90 5.5 4.21 5.6 3.52 - -
A-94
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Water outlet
Outdoor unit
temperature[ ] 25 35 40 45 50 55 60
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 6.8 1.79 6.8 1.64 6.8 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.4 2.16 8.4 1.93 8.4 1.69 8.4 1.52 7.8 1.32 - -
-10 9.9 2.97 9.9 2.50 9.9 2.25 9.9 1.98 9.9 1.76 9.9 1.52 - -
-7 10.9 3.27 10.9 2.73 10.9 2.33 10.9 2.14 10.9 1.78 10.9 1.54 - -
Max 2 11.2 3.64 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.93 11.2 2.60 11.2 2.29 11.2 1.97 11.2 1.62
7 11.2 4.89 11.2 4.47 11.2 3.94 11.2 3.45 11.2 3.02 11.2 2.60 11.2 2.13
12 11.2 5.78 11.2 5.35 11.2 4.67 11.2 4.00 11.2 3.56 11.2 3.10 11.2 2.58
15 11.2 6.20 11.2 5.73 11.2 5.04 11.2 4.35 11.2 3.87 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.79
20 11.2 6.87 11.2 6.42 11.2 5.58 11.2 4.73 11.2 4.26 11.2 3.76 11.2 3.20
-20 - - 6.8 1.79 6.8 1.64 6.8 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.4 2.16 8.4 1.93 8.4 1.69 8.4 1.52 7.8 1.32 - -
-10 9.9 2.97 9.9 2.50 9.9 2.25 9.9 1.98 9.9 1.76 9.9 1.52 - -
-7 10.9 3.27 10.9 2.73 10.9 2.33 10.9 2.14 10.9 1.78 10.9 1.54 - -
Nominal 2 11.2 3.64 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.93 11.2 2.60 11.2 2.29 11.2 1.97 11.2 1.62
7 11.2 4.89 11.2 4.47 11.2 3.94 11.2 3.45 11.2 3.02 11.2 2.60 11.2 2.13
12 11.2 5.78 11.2 5.35 11.2 4.67 11.2 4.00 11.2 3.56 11.2 3.10 11.2 2.58
15 11.2 6.20 11.2 5.73 11.2 5.04 11.2 4.35 11.2 3.87 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.79
20 11.2 6.87 11.2 6.42 11.2 5.58 11.2 4.73 11.2 4.26 11.2 3.76 11.2 3.20
-20 - - 5.4 1.90 5.4 1.68 5.4 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.7 2.26 6.7 1.98 6.7 1.71 6.7 1.53 6.2 1.36 - -
-10 7.9 3.15 7.9 2.59 7.9 2.31 7.9 2.02 7.9 1.79 7.9 1.55 - -
-7 8.7 3.41 8.7 2.81 8.7 2.39 8.7 2.19 8.7 1.82 8.7 1.57 - -
Mid 2 9.0 3.71 9.0 3.69 9.0 3.15 9.0 2.89 9.0 2.46 9.0 2.12 9.0 1.73
7 9.0 4.95 9.0 4.69 9.0 4.00 9.0 3.59 9.0 3.08 9.0 2.65 9.0 2.17
12 9.0 5.86 9.0 5.42 9.0 4.74 9.0 4.07 9.0 3.62 9.0 3.15 9.0 2.63
15 9.0 6.29 9.0 5.80 9.0 5.11 9.0 4.41 9.0 3.93 9.0 3.40 9.0 2.84
20 9.0 6.98 9.0 6.50 9.0 5.65 9.0 4.79 9.0 4.31 9.0 3.81 9.0 3.25
-20 - - 3.3 1.97 3.0 1.66 2.7 1.41 - - - - - -
-15 - - 4.0 2.30 3.7 1.97 3.5 1.66 3.3 1.48 3.0 1.31 - -
-10 5.1 3.24 4.6 2.60 4.4 2.30 4.2 1.99 4.0 1.76 3.9 1.54 - -
-7 5.6 3.43 5.2 2.80 5.0 2.36 4.8 2.16 4.6 1.80 4.5 1.56 - -
Min 2 4.2 4.02 4.1 3.83 3.9 3.28 3.9 3.02 3.7 2.59 3.5 2.23 3.3 1.82
7 5.1 4.80 4.7 4.58 4.5 3.93 4.4 3.54 4.2 3.04 4.0 2.62 3.7 2.15
12 5.3 5.68 4.9 5.29 4.7 4.64 4.6 3.99 4.4 3.57 4.2 3.11 3.9 2.60
15 5.9 6.08 5.4 5.63 5.2 4.97 5.0 4.30 4.8 3.84 4.5 3.33 4.2 2.80
20 7.1 6.71 6.3 6.27 6.0 5.45 5.8 4.63 5.4 4.18 5.1 3.71 4.7 3.18
A-95
PUHZ-W85V/YAA
Outdoor unit
Water outlet 25 35 40 45 50 55 60
temperature[ ]
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 4.6 1.9 4.5 1.66 4.5 1.46 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.7 2.28 6.6 2.02 6.5 1.78 - - - - - -
-10 8.1 3.01 7.8 2.37 7.7 2.10 7.6 1.86 7.5 1.83 7.3 1.61 - -
-7 8.5 3.11 8.3 2.45 8.2 2.17 8.1 2.09 7.9 1.98 7.8 1.84 - -
Max 2 9.8 3.56 9.7 3.08 9.6 2.81 9.5 2.61 9.3 2.37 9.2 2.16 9.0 1.96
7 10.9 5.52 10.5 4.35 10.1 3.84 9.8 3.40 9.6 3.00 9.4 2.65 9.2 2.36
12 11.0 5.31 10.7 4.37 10.5 3.91 10.2 3.50 10.1 3.12 9.9 2.79 9.7 2.51
15 11.9 5.33 11.5 4.63 11.3 4.16 11.1 3.73 10.9 3.33 10.7 2.98 10.5 2.68
20 13.3 5.37 12.9 5.05 12.7 4.55 12.4 3.98 12.3 3.60 12.1 3.26 12.0 2.95
-20 - - 4.6 1.90 4.5 1.66 4.5 1.46 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.1 2.31 6.1 2.04 6.1 1.80 - - - - - -
-10 6.6 3.22 6.6 2.43 6.6 2.12 6.6 2.02 6.6 1.91 6.6 1.63 - -
-7 7.5 3.56 7.5 2.69 7.5 2.34 7.5 2.18 7.5 2.02 7.5 1.86 - -
Nominal 2 8.5 4.16 8.5 3.36 8.5 3.01 8.5 2.74 8.5 2.46 8.5 2.21 8.3 1.99
7 9.0 6.02 9.0 4.51 9.0 3.96 9.0 3.41 9.0 3.03 9.0 2.78 9.0 2.36
12 9.0 6.60 9.0 4.89 9.0 4.24 9.0 3.69 9.0 3.24 9.0 2.87 9.0 2.56
15 9.0 7.40 9.0 5.62 9.0 4.79 9.0 4.12 9.0 3.59 9.0 3.15 9.0 2.79
20 9.0 7.87 9.0 7.01 9.0 5.88 9.0 5.00 9.0 4.31 9.0 3.74 9.0 3.27
-20 - - 3.7 1.96 3.6 1.71 3.6 1.50 - - - - - -
-15 - - 4.9 2.37 4.9 2.09 4.9 1.84 - - - - - -
-10 5.3 3.28 5.3 2.43 5.3 2.19 5.3 2.10 5.3 1.96 5.3 1.61 - -
-7 6.0 3.63 6.0 2.74 6.0 2.43 6.0 2.27 6.0 2.09 6.0 1.89 - -
Mid 2 6.8 4.58 6.8 3.60 6.8 3.19 6.8 2.88 6.8 2.56 6.8 2.24 6.8 2.04
7 7.2 6.38 7.2 4.72 7.2 4.07 7.2 3.54 7.2 3.08 7.2 2.81 7.2 2.39
12 7.2 7.35 7.2 5.27 7.2 4.51 7.2 3.89 7.2 3.39 7.2 2.97 7.2 2.63
15 7.2 8.10 7.2 6.01 7.2 5.08 7.2 4.34 7.2 3.74 7.2 3.26 7.2 2.87
20 7.2 8.75 7.2 7.45 7.2 6.18 7.2 5.23 7.2 4.47 7.2 3.86 7.2 3.36
-20 - - 2.9 2.01 2.8 1.76 2.8 1.54 - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.3 2.03 3.2 1.79 3.2 1.56 - - - - - -
-10 3.7 2.53 3.6 2.36 3.6 2.23 3.5 2.08 3.4 1.89 3.4 1.47 - -
-7 3.3 3.20 3.2 2.67 3.2 2.42 3.2 2.10 3.0 1.91 2.8 1.67 - -
Min 2 3.8 5.26 3.4 3.99 3.4 3.51 3.2 3.06 3.1 2.67 2.9 2.34 2.8 2.05
7 3.5 6.38 2.9 4.91 2.8 4.15 2.7 3.53 2.5 3.03 2.4 2.63 2.4 2.31
12 3.2 8.40 2.9 5.73 2.7 4.81 2.6 4.09 2.5 3.50 2.4 3.03 2.3 2.63
15 3.4 8.81 3.1 6.36 3.0 5.32 2.9 4.51 2.8 3.85 2.7 3.31 2.5 2.86
20 3.9 9.26 3.6 7.92 3.4 6.45 3.3 5.34 3.2 4.51 3.0 3.84 2.9 3.30
PUHZ-W112V/YAA
Water outlet 25 35 40 45 50 55 60
temperature[ ]
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 7.0 2.6 6.6 2.21 6.5 1.96 - - - - - -
-15 - - 7.6 2.78 7.3 2.41 7.0 2.08 - - - - - -
-10 11.0 3.8 10.1 2.87 9.7 2.51 9.4 2.20 9.1 1.94 9.0 1.54 - -
-7 11.3 4.09 10.4 3.14 10.0 2.75 9.6 2.41 9.3 2.11 9.0 1.84 - -
Max 2 13.1 3.85 12.5 3.08 12.2 2.73 11.9 2.42 11.6 2.14 11.3 1.87 10.9 1.65
7 14.3 5.47 13.5 4.41 13.1 3.87 12.7 3.22 12.2 2.80 11.7 2.43 11.2 2.20
12 14.4 6.06 13.7 5.11 13.3 4.59 13.0 4.08 12.6 3.59 12.1 3.13 11.7 2.72
15 15.5 5.71 14.8 5.23 14.5 4.79 14.1 4.32 13.6 3.85 13.2 3.39 12.6 2.97
20 17.3 7.21 16.9 6.76 16.5 5.68 16.1 4.80 15.6 4.05 15.1 3.65 14.4 3.27
-20 - - 6.6 2.61 6.6 2.21 6.5 1.96 - - - - - -
-15 - - 7.0 2.79 7.0 2.42 7.0 2.08 - - - - - -
-10 9.0 4.04 9.0 3.00 9.0 2.59 9.0 2.24 9.0 1.95 9.0 1.54 - -
-7 9.0 4.36 9.0 3.27 9.0 2.83 9.0 2.46 9.0 2.13 9.0 1.84 - -
Nominal 2 11.2 4.47 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.94 11.2 2.66 11.2 2.19 11.2 1.89 10.8 1.66
7 11.2 5.85 11.2 4.54 11.2 3.94 11.2 3.32 11.2 2.94 11.2 2.70 11.2 2.20
12 11.2 7.59 11.2 5.87 11.2 5.10 11.2 4.36 11.2 3.76 11.2 3.22 11.2 2.76
15 11.2 8.33 11.2 6.66 11.2 5.75 11.2 4.95 11.2 4.25 11.2 3.61 11.2 3.09
20 11.2 8.94 11.2 8.39 11.2 7.04 11.2 5.96 11.2 5.02 11.2 4.28 11.2 3.64
-20 - - 5.3 2.55 5.3 2.17 5.3 1.91 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.6 2.75 5.6 2.39 5.6 2.06 - - - - - -
-10 7.2 4.07 7.2 3.08 7.2 2.67 7.2 2.32 7.2 2.02 7.2 1.72 - -
-7 7.2 4.36 7.2 3.33 7.2 2.89 7.2 2.51 7.2 2.19 7.2 1.88 - -
Mid 2 9.0 4.75 9.0 3.68 9.0 3.20 9.0 2.76 9.0 2.38 9.0 2.06 9.0 1.77
7 9.0 5.86 9.0 4.64 9.0 4.04 9.0 3.50 9.0 3.02 9.0 2.71 9.0 2.20
12 9.0 7.94 9.0 6.09 9.0 5.29 9.0 4.54 9.0 3.91 9.0 3.35 9.0 2.89
15 9.0 8.73 9.0 6.86 9.0 5.89 9.0 5.06 9.0 4.34 9.0 3.70 9.0 3.16
20 9.0 9.37 9.0 8.51 9.0 7.13 9.0 5.99 9.0 5.07 9.0 4.32 9.0 3.70
-20 - - 4.9 2.51 4.6 2.12 4.4 1.85 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.5 2.74 5.2 2.36 4.9 2.02 - - - - - -
-10 6.9 4.07 6.2 3.07 5.9 2.66 5.7 2.29 5.4 1.98 5.1 1.73 - -
-7 4.3 4.03 3.9 3.14 3.7 2.70 3.4 2.30 3.2 1.92 3.0 1.70 - -
Min 2 4.6 4.75 4.2 3.69 4.0 3.20 3.7 2.75 3.5 2.40 3.2 2.07 3.0 1.70
7 3.7 5.41 3.3 4.31 3.1 3.72 2.9 3.18 2.8 2.82 2.5 2.35 2.3 1.89
12 4.3 7.59 4.0 5.74 3.8 4.93 3.7 4.47 3.5 3.81 3.3 3.37 3.1 2.86
15 4.8 8.50 4.4 6.41 4.2 5.43 4.0 4.59 3.7 3.89 3.5 3.46 3.3 2.94
20 5.7 9.22 5.1 7.89 4.8 6.39 4.6 5.28 4.3 4.58 4.1 3.88 3.9 3.44
A-96
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP
-20 - - 9.3 1.60 9.3 1.51 9.3 1.41 - - - - - -
-15 - - 10.0 1.96 10.0 1.82 10.0 1.67 10.0 1.51 10.0 1.34 - -
-10 10.8 2.72 10.8 2.32 10.8 2.12 10.8 1.93 10.8 1.72 10.8 1.52 - -
-7 11.2 2.99 11.2 2.53 11.2 2.31 11.2 2.09 11.2 1.86 11.2 1.62 - -
Max 2 11.2 3.50 11.2 3.11 11.2 2.86 11.2 2.61 11.2 2.35 11.2 2.08 11.2 1.86
7 11.2 4.75 11.2 4.43 11.2 3.91 11.2 3.39 11.2 2.94 11.2 2.48 11.2 2.14
12 11.2 5.46 11.2 4.61 11.2 4.08 11.2 3.54 11.2 3.06 11.2 2.59 11.2 2.22
15 11.2 5.65 11.2 4.73 11.2 4.17 11.2 3.62 11.2 3.14 11.2 2.65 11.2 2.26
20 11.2 5.80 11.2 4.91 11.2 4.34 11.2 3.77 11.2 3.27 11.2 2.76 11.2 2.34
-20 - - 9.3 1.60 9.3 1.51 9.3 1.41 - - - - - -
-15 - - 10.0 1.96 10.0 1.82 10.0 1.67 10.0 1.51 10.0 1.34 - -
-10 10.8 2.72 10.8 2.32 10.8 2.12 10.8 1.93 10.8 1.72 10.8 1.52 - -
-7 11.2 2.99 11.2 2.53 11.2 2.31 11.2 2.09 11.2 1.86 11.2 1.62 - -
Nominal 2 11.2 3.50 11.2 3.11 11.2 2.86 11.2 2.61 11.2 2.35 11.2 2.08 11.2 1.86
7 11.2 4.75 11.2 4.43 11.2 3.91 11.2 3.39 11.2 2.94 11.2 2.48 11.2 2.14
12 11.2 5.46 11.2 4.61 11.2 4.08 11.2 3.54 11.2 3.06 11.2 2.59 11.2 2.22
15 11.2 5.65 11.2 4.73 11.2 4.17 11.2 3.62 11.2 3.14 11.2 2.65 11.2 2.26
20 11.2 5.80 11.2 4.91 11.2 4.34 11.2 3.77 11.2 3.27 11.2 2.76 11.2 2.34
-20 - - 8.5 1.92 8.7 1.78 8.9 1.64 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.1 2.27 8.2 2.06 8.2 1.85 8.5 1.72 8.9 1.58 - -
-10 7.7 2.98 7.7 2.62 7.6 2.34 7.5 2.06 8.2 1.92 8.9 1.77 - -
-7 7.7 3.43 7.5 2.83 7.2 2.51 7.0 2.19 8.0 2.04 9.0 1.89 - -
Mid 2 7.7 4.26 7.5 4.22 7.3 3.67 7.1 3.11 7.2 2.69 7.4 2.27 7.3 1.89
7 7.9 4.97 7.6 4.48 7.5 4.08 7.4 3.67 7.5 3.19 7.6 2.71 7.5 2.38
12 7.9 5.67 7.6 4.81 7.5 4.33 7.4 3.84 7.5 3.34 7.6 2.84 7.5 2.42
15 7.9 5.90 7.6 5.02 7.5 4.48 7.4 3.94 7.5 3.43 7.6 2.92 7.5 2.44
20 7.9 6.26 7.6 5.35 7.5 4.73 7.4 4.11 7.6 3.58 7.7 3.05 7.6 2.48
-20 - - 8.5 1.92 8.7 1.78 8.9 1.64 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.1 2.27 8.2 2.06 8.2 1.85 8.5 1.72 8.9 1.58 - -
-10 7.7 2.98 7.7 2.62 7.6 2.34 7.5 2.06 8.2 1.92 8.9 1.77 - -
-7 4.0 3.49 3.2 2.45 2.9 2.01 2.6 1.57 2.4 1.34 2.2 1.10 - -
Min 2 4.3 4.47 3.9 3.86 3.7 3.25 3.5 2.64 3.3 2.17 3.2 1.69 - -
7 4.8 5.11 4.6 4.58 4.5 3.97 4.4 3.35 4.4 2.83 4.4 2.30 - -
12 4.8 5.92 4.6 4.78 4.5 4.14 4.4 3.51 4.4 2.96 4.4 2.41 - -
15 4.8 6.12 4.6 4.89 4.5 4.25 4.5 3.60 4.4 3.04 4.4 2.47 - -
20 4.8 6.42 4.6 5.09 4.6 4.43 4.5 3.76 4.5 3.17 4.4 2.58 - -
PUHZ-HW140V/YHA2(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 9.1 1.51 9.1 1.37 9.1 1.23 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.0 1.96 11.0 1.78 11.0 1.60 11.0 1.58 11.0 1.55 - -
-10 12.9 2.59 12.9 2.41 12.9 2.19 12.9 1.97 12.9 1.84 12.9 1.71 - -
-7 14.0 2.78 14.0 2.68 14.0 2.44 14.0 2.19 14.0 2.00 14.0 1.80 - -
Max 2 14.0 2.99 14.0 3.11 14.0 2.86 14.0 2.61 14.0 2.38 14.0 2.14 14.0 1.89
7 14.0 4.54 14.0 4.26 14.0 3.81 14.0 3.35 14.0 3.03 14.0 2.70 14.0 2.45
12 14.0 5.18 14.0 4.51 14.0 4.03 14.0 3.56 14.0 3.21 14.0 2.87 14.0 2.56
15 14.0 5.35 14.0 4.66 14.0 4.17 14.0 3.68 14.0 3.32 14.0 2.96 14.0 2.63
20 14.0 5.57 14.0 4.91 14.0 4.40 14.0 3.89 14.0 3.51 14.0 3.13 14.0 2.74
-20 - - 9.1 1.51 9.1 1.37 9.1 1.23 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.0 1.96 11.0 1.78 11.0 1.60 11.0 1.58 11.0 1.55 - -
-10 12.9 2.59 12.9 2.41 12.9 2.19 12.9 1.97 12.9 1.84 12.9 1.71 - -
-7 14.0 2.78 14.0 2.68 14.0 2.44 14.0 2.19 14.0 2.00 14.0 1.80 - -
Nominal 2 14.0 2.99 14.0 3.11 14.0 2.86 14.0 2.61 14.0 2.38 14.0 2.14 14.0 1.89
7 14.0 4.54 14.0 4.26 14.0 3.81 14.0 3.35 14.0 3.03 14.0 2.70 14.0 2.45
12 14.0 5.18 14.0 4.51 14.0 4.03 14.0 3.56 14.0 3.21 14.0 2.87 14.0 2.56
15 14.0 5.35 14.0 4.66 14.0 4.17 14.0 3.68 14.0 3.32 14.0 2.96 14.0 2.63
20 14.0 5.57 14.0 4.91 14.0 4.40 14.0 3.89 14.0 3.51 14.0 3.13 14.0 2.74
-20 - - 10.0 2.50 10.2 2.13 10.3 1.75 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.9 2.46 9.9 2.23 9.9 1.99 10.1 1.81 10.4 1.63 - -
-10 9.5 2.87 9.8 2.42 9.6 2.33 9.5 2.23 10.1 2.03 10.7 1.82 - -
-7 9.6 3.23 9.7 2.40 9.5 2.39 9.3 2.37 10.1 2.16 10.9 1.94 - -
Mid 2 9.6 3.77 8.8 3.26 9.1 3.01 9.3 2.75 9.3 2.51 9.2 2.26 9.1 2.05
7 9.7 4.89 9.0 4.24 8.9 3.75 8.8 3.25 8.8 2.96 8.8 2.67 8.9 2.46
12 9.7 5.49 9.1 4.52 8.9 4.11 8.7 3.70 8.9 3.48 9.0 3.26 8.9 2.57
15 9.7 5.72 9.1 4.69 8.9 4.33 8.6 3.98 8.9 3.79 9.2 3.61 9.0 2.63
20 9.7 6.17 9.2 4.97 8.9 4.70 8.5 4.43 9.0 4.32 9.4 4.20 9.0 2.74
-20 - - 10.0 2.50 10.2 2.13 10.3 1.75 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.9 2.46 9.9 2.23 9.9 1.99 10.1 1.81 10.4 1.63 - -
-10 9.5 2.87 9.8 2.42 9.6 2.33 9.5 2.23 10.1 2.03 10.7 1.82 - -
-7 5.5 3.42 3.6 1.98 3.9 2.02 4.2 2.06 3.8 1.68 3.3 1.30 - -
Min 2 5.9 4.34 4.3 2.71 4.3 2.46 4.4 2.20 3.7 1.79 3.1 1.37 - -
7 6.3 5.03 5.9 3.95 5.6 3.41 5.3 2.87 4.9 2.44 4.5 2.00 - -
12 6.8 5.69 6.2 4.30 5.8 3.89 5.4 3.47 5.2 2.99 4.9 2.52 - -
15 7.2 5.91 6.4 4.51 5.9 4.17 5.4 3.83 5.3 3.33 5.2 2.83 - -
20 7.8 6.29 6.7 4.86 6.1 4.65 5.4 4.43 5.5 3.89 5.6 3.35 - -
A-97
SUHZ-SW45VA
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 3.7 2.76 3.4 2.35 3.3 1.83 3.1 1.74 - - - - - -
-10 4.4 3.24 4.0 2.43 3.9 2.13 3.7 1.88 3.5 1.66 - - - -
-7 4.7 3.40 4.4 2.64 4.2 2.30 4.0 2.02 3.7 1.70 3.5 1.41 - -
Max 2 4.7 3.45 4.5 2.84 4.4 2.53 4.3 2.22 4.2 1.91 4.0 1.60 - -
7 7.7 4.70 7.0 3.99 6.6 3.45 6.3 2.91 6.3 2.59 6.3 2.27 - -
12 9.0 5.80 7.8 4.44 7.2 3.76 6.7 3.08 6.6 2.76 6.5 2.45 - -
15 9.4 6.13 8.3 4.72 7.7 4.01 7.2 3.31 7.1 2.98 6.9 2.65 - -
20 9.6 6.40 9.1 5.18 8.9 4.57 8.6 3.95 8.4 3.58 8.2 3.20 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 3.2 2.31 3.0 1.89 2.9 1.69 2.8 1.48 - - - - - -
-10 3.6 2.95 3.5 2.40 3.5 2.13 3.4 1.86 3.4 1.58 - - - -
-7 3.8 3.17 3.8 2.71 3.8 2.40 3.8 2.08 3.7 1.74 3.5 1.41 - -
Nominal 2 3.5 4.00 3.5 3.40 3.5 3.10 3.5 2.80 3.5 2.42 3.5 2.04 - -
7 4.5 6.42 4.5 5.06 4.5 4.38 4.5 3.70 4.5 3.20 4.5 2.70 - -
12 5.1 7.45 5.1 5.84 5.1 5.03 5.1 4.22 5.1 3.60 5.1 2.99 - -
15 5.4 8.07 5.4 6.30 5.4 5.42 5.4 4.54 5.4 3.85 5.4 3.16 - -
20 6.0 8.19 6.0 7.08 6.0 6.07 6.0 5.06 6.0 4.25 6.0 3.45 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 2.6 3.01 2.4 2.05 2.3 1.71 2.2 1.13 - - - - - -
-10 2.9 3.31 2.8 2.50 2.8 2.28 2.7 1.79 2.7 1.29 - - - -
-7 3.0 3.50 3.0 2.77 3.0 2.37 3.0 2.01 2.9 1.76 2.8 1.34 - -
Mid 2 2.8 4.09 2.8 3.35 2.8 2.98 2.8 2.61 2.8 2.21 2.8 1.80 - -
7 3.6 6.16 3.6 4.81 3.6 4.13 3.6 3.46 3.6 2.90 3.6 2.35 - -
12 4.1 7.67 4.1 5.88 4.0 4.98 4.1 4.09 4.1 3.41 4.1 2.74 - -
15 4.3 8.15 4.3 6.52 4.3 5.49 4.3 4.47 4.3 3.72 4.3 2.98 - -
20 4.8 8.57 4.8 7.59 4.8 6.34 4.8 5.10 4.8 4.23 4.8 3.37 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 2.1 2.15 1.8 1.62 1.7 1.35 1.5 1.08 - - - - - -
-10 2.5 2.74 2.3 2.12 2.1 1.81 2.0 1.50 1.8 1.19 - - - -
-7 3.1 3.42 2.8 2.68 2.7 2.30 2.5 1.83 2.1 1.55 1.7 1.16 - -
Min 2 3.1 3.91 2.7 3.31 2.5 2.80 2.4 2.17 2.2 1.81 2.1 1.34 - -
7 3.2 5.49 3.0 4.28 2.9 3.68 2.8 2.92 2.5 2.37 2.2 1.67 - -
12 2.6 7.17 2.2 4.96 2.2 3.80 2.2 3.32 2.1 2.96 2.0 2.42 - -
15 2.6 7.52 2.5 5.25 2.5 4.57 2.4 3.59 2.3 3.28 2.1 2.57 - -
20 3.2 8.68 3.0 6.97 2.9 5.86 2.8 4.34 2.6 3.82 2.3 2.82 - -
SUHZ-SW45VAH
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 3.7 2.53 3.4 2.17 3.3 1.71 3.1 1.63 - - - - - -
-10 4.4 2.98 4.0 2.27 3.9 2.00 3.7 1.77 3.5 1.57 - - - -
-7 4.7 3.13 4.4 2.46 4.2 2.16 4.0 1.91 3.7 1.61 3.5 1.34 - -
Max 2 4.7 3.17 4.5 2.64 4.4 2.37 4.3 2.09 4.2 1.81 4.0 1.53 - -
7 7.7 4.70 7.0 3.99 6.6 3.45 6.3 2.91 6.3 2.59 6.3 2.27 - -
12 9.0 5.80 7.8 4.44 7.2 3.76 6.7 3.08 6.6 2.76 6.5 2.45 - -
15 9.4 6.13 8.3 4.72 7.7 4.01 7.2 3.31 7.1 2.98 6.9 2.65 - -
20 9.6 6.40 9.1 5.18 8.9 4.57 8.6 3.95 8.4 3.58 8.2 3.20 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 3.2 2.13 3.0 1.76 2.9 1.58 2.8 1.39 - - - - - -
-10 3.6 2.68 3.5 2.22 3.5 1.98 3.4 1.75 3.4 1.50 - - - -
-7 3.8 2.88 3.8 2.50 3.8 2.23 3.8 1.95 3.7 1.65 3.5 1.34 - -
Nominal 2 3.5 3.52 3.5 3.04 3.5 2.80 3.5 2.55 3.5 2.23 3.5 1.91 - -
7 4.5 6.42 4.5 5.06 4.5 4.38 4.5 3.70 4.5 3.20 4.5 2.70 - -
12 5.1 7.45 5.1 5.84 5.1 5.03 5.1 4.22 5.1 3.60 5.1 2.99 - -
15 5.4 8.07 5.4 6.30 5.4 5.42 5.4 4.54 5.4 3.85 5.4 3.16 - -
20 6.0 8.19 6.0 7.08 6.0 6.07 6.0 5.06 6.0 4.25 6.0 3.45 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 2.6 2.64 2.4 1.86 2.3 1.57 2.2 1.07 - - - - - -
-10 2.9 2.91 2.8 2.26 2.8 2.08 2.7 1.66 2.7 1.22 - - - -
-7 3.0 3.08 3.0 2.50 3.0 2.17 3.0 1.86 2.9 1.64 2.8 1.27 - -
Mid 2 2.8 3.48 2.8 2.93 2.8 2.64 2.8 2.35 2.8 2.02 2.8 1.67 - -
7 3.6 6.16 3.6 4.81 3.6 4.13 3.6 3.46 3.6 2.90 3.6 2.35 - -
12 4.1 7.67 4.1 5.88 4.1 4.98 4.1 4.09 4.1 3.41 4.1 2.74 - -
15 4.3 8.15 4.3 6.52 4.3 5.49 4.3 4.47 4.3 3.72 4.3 2.98 - -
20 4.8 8.57 4.8 7.59 4.8 6.34 4.8 5.10 4.8 4.23 4.8 3.37 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 2.1 1.91 1.8 1.46 1.7 1.23 1.5 0.99 - - - - - -
-10 2.5 2.42 2.3 1.91 2.1 1.64 2.0 1.38 1.8 1.10 - - - -
-7 3.1 3.02 2.8 2.40 2.7 2.08 2.5 1.68 2.1 1.42 1.7 1.07 - -
Min 2 3.1 3.39 2.7 2.89 2.5 2.47 2.4 1.95 2.2 1.65 2.1 1.24 - -
7 3.2 5.49 3.0 4.28 2.9 3.68 2.8 2.92 2.5 2.37 2.2 1.67 - -
12 2.6 7.17 2.2 4.96 2.2 3.80 2.2 3.32 2.1 2.96 2.0 2.42 - -
15 2.6 7.52 2.5 5.25 2.5 4.57 2.4 3.59 2.3 3.28 2.1 2.57 - -
20 3.2 8.68 3.0 6.97 2.9 5.86 2.8 4.34 2.6 3.82 2.3 2.82 - -
A-98
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
Water outlet
Outdoor unit
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.8 2.04 3.4 1.76 3.0 1.48 2.7 1.20 - - - -
-10 5.6 2.97 4.9 2.42 4.5 2.14 4.1 1.87 4.0 1.69 3.9 1.51 - -
-7 6.2 3.20 5.5 2.65 5.1 2.38 4.8 2.10 4.6 1.90 4.5 1.70 - -
Max 2 5.7 3.25 5.7 2.83 5.7 2.62 5.6 2.41 5.6 2.19 5.6 1.98 5.6 1.77
7 8.0 4.72 7.6 3.87 7.4 3.45 7.3 3.02 7.1 2.60 6.9 2.17 6.7 1.75
12 8.8 5.53 8.6 4.48 8.5 3.95 8.4 3.42 8.2 2.94 8.0 2.46 7.8 1.98
15 9.3 6.02 9.2 4.84 9.1 4.25 9.1 3.66 8.8 3.14 8.6 2.63 8.4 2.11
20 10.1 6.83 10.2 5.45 10.2 4.75 10.2 4.06 9.9 3.49 9.7 2.92 9.4 2.35
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.8 2.04 3.4 1.76 3.0 1.48 2.7 1.20 - - - -
-10 5.6 2.97 4.9 2.42 4.5 2.14 4.1 1.87 4.0 1.69 3.9 1.51 - -
-7 6.2 3.20 5.5 2.65 5.1 2.38 4.8 2.10 4.6 1.90 4.5 1.70 - -
Nominal 2 5.0 3.47 5.0 2.97 5.0 2.72 5.0 2.47 5.0 2.22 5.0 1.97 5.0 1.72
7 5.5 5.52 5.5 4.42 5.5 3.87 5.5 3.32 5.5 2.77 5.5 2.22 5.5 1.67
12 6.4 6.46 6.4 5.18 6.4 4.53 6.4 3.89 6.4 3.24 6.4 2.60 6.4 1.96
15 7.0 7.03 7.0 5.63 7.0 4.93 7.0 4.23 7.0 3.53 7.0 2.83 7.0 2.13
20 7.9 7.98 7.9 6.39 7.9 5.59 7.9 4.80 7.9 4.00 7.9 3.21 7.9 2.41
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.0 2.23 2.7 1.94 2.4 1.65 2.1 1.36 - - - -
-10 4.5 3.21 3.9 2.65 3.6 2.37 3.3 2.09 3.3 1.84 3.3 1.60 - -
-7 5.0 3.45 4.4 2.90 4.1 2.63 3.8 2.35 3.8 2.08 3.8 1.80 - -
Mid 2 4.0 3.83 4.0 3.25 4.0 2.96 4.0 2.67 4.0 2.37 4.0 2.08 4.0 1.79
7 4.4 5.75 4.4 4.63 4.4 4.07 4.4 3.51 4.4 2.95 4.4 2.39 4.4 1.83
12 5.1 6.73 5.1 5.42 5.1 4.77 5.1 4.11 5.1 3.45 5.1 2.80 5.1 2.14
15 5.6 7.32 5.6 5.90 5.6 5.18 5.6 4.47 5.6 3.76 5.6 3.04 5.6 2.33
20 6.3 8.31 6.3 6.69 6.3 5.88 6.3 5.07 6.3 4.26 6.3 3.45 6.3 2.64
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 1.4 1.63 1.3 1.42 1.1 1.21 1.0 1.00 - - - -
-10 2.3 3.02 2.1 2.50 2.0 2.24 2.0 1.98 1.9 1.74 1.9 1.51 - -
-7 2.7 3.60 2.6 3.02 2.5 2.73 2.5 2.44 2.4 2.15 2.3 1.86 - -
Min 2 2.3 4.63 2.2 3.84 2.2 3.45 2.1 3.05 2.1 2.66 2.0 2.26 - -
7 2.5 5.63 2.4 4.55 2.3 4.01 2.2 3.47 2.2 2.93 2.1 2.39 - -
12 2.9 6.59 2.8 5.33 2.7 4.70 2.6 4.06 2.5 3.43 2.4 2.80 - -
15 3.2 7.17 3.0 5.80 2.9 5.11 2.8 4.42 2.7 3.73 2.6 3.04 - -
20 3.6 8.13 3.4 6.57 3.3 5.79 3.2 5.01 3.1 4.23 3.0 3.45 - -
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 5.6 1.78 5.6 1.64 5.6 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.6 2.12 6.5 1.91 6.4 1.72 6.1 1.66 - - - -
-10 8.6 2.72 8.2 2.35 8.0 2.11 7.8 1.88 7.3 1.72 6.7 1.56 - -
-7 9.6 3.07 9.0 2.61 8.6 2.33 8.3 2.05 7.7 1.89 7.0 1.71 - -
Max 2 10.4 3.30 9.6 2.84 8.9 2.60 8.3 2.37 7.7 2.15 7.1 1.91 6.6 1.65
7 10.7 4.53 10.2 3.93 10.0 3.54 9.7 3.14 9.5 2.88 9.3 2.59 9.0 2.26
12 12.7 5.20 12.0 4.62 11.7 4.11 11.3 3.59 11.0 3.26 10.7 2.90 10.4 2.38
15 13.9 5.51 13.0 4.96 12.5 4.38 12.0 3.80 11.7 3.43 11.3 3.02 11.0 2.50
20 14.4 5.76 13.5 5.17 13.0 4.56 12.6 3.95 12.2 3.56 11.9 3.15 11.5 2.56
-20 - - 5.6 1.78 5.6 1.64 5.6 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.6 2.12 6.5 1.91 6.4 1.72 6.1 1.66 - - - -
-10 7.0 2.91 7.0 2.47 7.0 2.20 7.0 1.92 7.0 1.76 6.7 1.56 - -
-7 7.0 3.51 7.0 2.90 7.0 2.55 7.0 2.20 7.0 1.96 7.0 1.71 - -
Nominal 2 7.5 3.97 7.5 3.40 7.5 3.11 7.5 2.83 7.5 2.37 7.1 1.91 6.6 1.65
7 8.0 5.24 8.0 4.40 8.0 3.90 8.0 3.40 8.0 3.10 8.0 2.77 8.0 2.33
12 9.0 6.16 9.0 5.26 9.0 4.54 9.0 3.83 9.0 3.42 9.0 2.97 9.0 2.50
15 9.7 6.63 9.7 5.70 9.7 4.87 9.7 4.04 9.7 3.59 9.7 3.11 9.7 2.58
20 10.2 7.03 10.2 6.03 10.2 5.14 10.2 4.25 10.2 3.76 10.2 3.25 10.2 2.68
-20 - - 4.5 1.68 4.5 1.54 4.5 1.39 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.3 2.09 5.2 1.88 5.2 1.67 4.9 1.57 - - - -
-10 5.6 3.10 5.6 2.60 5.6 2.30 5.6 1.99 5.6 1.80 5.4 1.58 - -
-7 5.6 3.54 5.6 2.94 5.6 2.59 5.6 2.24 5.6 2.01 5.6 1.77 - -
Mid 2 6.0 4.23 6.0 3.55 6.0 3.21 6.0 2.87 6.0 2.54 5.7 2.18 5.3 1.71
7 6.4 5.59 6.4 4.66 6.4 4.14 6.4 3.62 6.4 3.24 6.4 2.85 6.4 2.41
12 7.5 6.47 7.2 5.73 7.2 4.89 7.2 4.05 7.2 3.59 7.2 3.09 7.2 2.56
15 7.9 7.14 7.7 6.16 7.7 5.23 7.7 4.31 7.7 3.79 7.7 3.25 7.7 2.66
20 8.6 8.01 8.1 6.72 8.1 5.66 8.1 4.59 8.1 4.04 8.1 3.45 8.1 2.81
-20 - - 4.5 1.68 4.5 1.54 4.5 1.39 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.3 2.09 5.2 1.88 5.2 1.67 4.9 1.57 - - - -
-10 5.6 3.10 5.6 2.60 5.6 2.30 5.6 1.99 5.6 1.80 5.4 1.58 - -
-7 5.0 3.44 4.6 2.86 4.4 2.52 4.2 2.18 4.0 1.96 3.8 1.73 - -
Min 2 4.9 4.45 4.0 3.66 3.8 3.30 3.6 2.95 3.4 2.61 3.2 2.25 - -
7 6.0 5.55 3.8 4.52 3.6 3.98 3.3 3.44 3.1 3.02 2.9 2.56 - -
12 7.5 6.47 2.8 5.44 2.6 4.49 2.3 3.53 2.1 3.02 1.9 2.46 - -
15 7.9 7.14 3.1 6.06 2.8 4.98 2.5 3.91 2.3 3.33 2.1 2.69 - -
20 8.6 8.01 6.6 7.08 6.2 5.95 5.8 4.83 5.4 4.22 5.1 3.57 - -
A-99
PUHZ-SW100V/YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 6.9 1.79 6.7 1.64 6.6 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.2 2.16 8.1 1.93 8.0 1.69 7.9 1.52 7.8 1.34 - -
-10 9.7 2.97 9.5 2.50 9.4 2.25 9.4 1.98 9.1 1.76 8.9 1.52 - -
-7 10.9 3.27 10.6 2.73 10.4 2.45 10.3 2.14 10.0 1.91 9.7 1.62 - -
Max 2 12.0 3.56 11.5 3.16 11.2 2.83 11.0 2.49 10.6 2.19 10.1 1.88 9.4 1.49
7 15.6 4.48 14.8 4.15 14.4 3.70 14.0 3.24 13.4 2.90 12.80 2.54 12.2 2.07
12 17.7 5.14 16.8 4.72 16.4 4.20 16.0 3.68 15.4 3.30 14.7 2.91 14.0 2.39
15 18.7 5.53 17.8 4.98 17.3 4.44 16.9 3.89 16.2 3.51 15.6 3.08 14.9 2.58
20 19.8 5.87 19.0 5.31 18.6 4.75 18.1 4.19 17.5 3.78 16.8 3.34 16.2 2.97
-20 - - 6.9 1.79 6.7 1.64 6.6 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.2 2.16 8.1 1.93 8.0 1.69 7.9 1.52 7.8 1.34 - -
-10 8.5 3.02 8.5 2.52 8.5 2.27 8.5 2.02 8.5 1.78 8.5 1.54 - -
-7 8.5 3.45 8.5 2.89 8.5 2.55 8.5 2.22 8.5 1.94 8.5 1.65 - -
Nominal 2 10.0 3.86 10.0 3.32 10.0 2.99 10.0 2.66 10.0 2.28 10.0 1.89 9.4 1.49
7 11.2 4.89 11.2 4.45 11.2 3.94 11.2 3.42 11.2 3.02 11.2 2.60 11.2 2.13
12 12.9 5.60 12.9 5.16 12.9 4.54 12.9 3.92 12.9 3.48 12.9 2.99 12.9 2.48
15 13.6 6.00 13.6 5.49 13.6 4.83 13.6 4.18 13.6 3.71 13.6 3.21 13.6 2.65
20 14.7 6.62 14.7 5.96 14.7 5.27 14.7 4.57 14.7 4.06 14.7 3.52 14.7 3.10
-20 - - 5.5 1.81 5.4 1.67 5.2 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.5 2.18 6.5 1.96 6.4 1.71 6.3 1.55 6.2 1.36 - -
-10 6.8 3.11 6.8 2.60 6.8 2.34 6.8 2.08 6.8 1.84 6.8 1.58 - -
-7 6.8 3.59 6.8 2.92 6.8 2.59 6.8 2.25 6.8 1.95 6.8 1.62 - -
Mid 2 8.2 4.34 8.0 3.62 8.0 3.19 8.0 2.76 8.0 2.42 8.0 2.04 7.5 1.77
7 9.2 5.14 9.0 4.64 9.0 4.06 9.0 3.49 9.0 3.13 9.0 2.73 9.0 2.31
12 10.7 5.80 10.3 5.38 10.3 4.70 10.3 4.03 10.3 3.59 10.3 3.12 10.3 2.60
15 11.4 6.20 10.9 5.74 10.9 5.05 10.9 4.36 10.9 3.88 10.9 3.35 10.9 2.80
20 12.5 6.82 11.7 6.40 11.7 5.56 11.7 4.72 11.7 4.25 11.7 3.75 11.7 3.19
-20 - - 5.5 1.81 5.4 1.67 5.2 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.5 2.18 6.5 1.96 6.4 1.71 6.3 1.55 6.2 1.36 - -
-10 6.8 3.11 6.8 2.60 6.8 2.34 6.8 2.08 6.8 1.84 6.8 1.58 - -
-7 5.3 3.52 4.3 2.72 3.8 2.40 4.0 2.09 3.4 1.84 3.4 1.56 - -
Min 2 8.2 4.34 5.8 3.70 5.0 3.24 5.4 2.78 4.5 2.48 4.7 2.15 - -
7 9.2 5.14 5.4 4.48 5.1 3.91 4.7 3.33 4.0 2.97 3.6 2.59 - -
12 10.7 5.80 4.4 4.95 4.1 4.20 3.7 3.46 3.2 3.12 2.8 2.76 - -
15 11.4 6.20 4.9 5.43 4.4 4.57 4.1 3.72 3.4 3.40 3.1 3.04 - -
20 12.5 6.82 9.7 6.04 9.1 5.32 8.5 4.60 7.6 4.09 6.7 3.54 - -
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 8.0 1.74 7.9 1.60 7.8 1.46 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.6 2.10 9.5 1.88 9.4 1.66 9.3 1.50 9.2 1.32 - -
-10 11.2 2.92 11.1 2.43 11.1 2.19 11.1 1.94 10.8 1.73 10.6 1.51 - -
-7 12.6 3.21 12.4 2.65 12.3 2.38 12.2 2.10 11.9 1.89 11.5 1.66 - -
Max 2 13.8 3.50 13.4 3.07 13.2 2.75 13.0 2.44 12.5 2.16 12.0 1.86 11.2 1.54
7 18.0 4.40 17.3 4.03 16.9 3.60 16.6 3.18 15.9 2.86 15.2 2.52 14.5 2.13
12 20.8 5.07 19.8 4.58 19.4 4.09 18.9 3.61 18.2 3.25 17.4 2.87 16.7 2.44
15 22.0 5.34 21.0 4.83 20.5 4.32 20.0 3.80 19.2 3.43 18.4 3.02 17.7 2.58
20 23.2 5.64 22.2 5.11 21.7 4.58 21.2 4.04 20.5 3.66 19.7 3.25 19.0 2.80
-20 - - 8.0 1.74 7.9 1.60 7.8 1.46 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.6 2.10 9.5 1.88 9.4 1.66 9.3 1.50 9.2 1.32 - -
-10 11.2 2.92 11.1 2.43 11.1 2.19 11.1 1.94 10.8 1.73 10.6 1.51 - -
-7 11.2 3.38 11.2 2.85 11.2 2.49 11.2 2.14 11.2 1.92 11.2 1.68 - -
Nominal 2 12.0 3.76 12.0 3.24 12.0 2.88 12.0 2.52 12.0 2.20 12.0 1.86 11.2 1.54
7 16.0 4.58 16.0 4.10 16.0 3.67 16.0 3.23 15.9 2.86 15.2 2.52 14.5 2.13
12 18.4 5.38 18.4 4.74 18.4 4.19 18.4 3.64 18.2 3.25 17.4 2.87 16.7 2.44
15 19.4 5.66 19.4 5.01 19.4 4.43 19.4 3.84 19.2 3.43 18.4 3.02 17.7 2.58
20 20.6 5.95 20.6 5.31 20.6 4.71 20.6 4.10 20.5 3.66 19.7 3.25 19.0 2.80
-20 - - 6.4 1.78 6.3 1.65 6.2 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 7.6 2.17 7.6 1.94 7.5 1.71 7.5 1.55 7.4 1.37 - -
-10 9.0 3.23 8.9 2.56 8.9 2.30 8.9 2.04 8.7 1.84 8.5 1.61 - -
-7 9.0 3.54 9.0 2.87 9.0 2.54 9.0 2.20 9.0 1.96 9.0 1.70 - -
Mid 2 9.6 4.17 9.6 3.57 9.6 3.16 9.6 2.75 9.6 2.37 9.6 1.95 8.9 1.70
7 12.8 5.03 12.8 4.43 12.8 3.91 12.8 3.40 12.7 3.02 12.2 2.61 11.6 2.17
12 14.7 5.83 14.7 5.11 14.7 4.50 14.7 3.89 14.5 3.47 14.0 3.02 13.3 2.53
15 15.6 6.18 15.6 5.42 15.6 4.78 15.6 4.14 15.4 3.70 14.7 3.23 14.1 2.71
20 16.5 6.62 16.5 5.89 16.5 5.21 16.5 4.52 16.4 4.04 15.8 3.53 15.2 2.96
-20 - - 6.4 1.78 6.3 1.65 6.2 1.51 - - - - - -
-15 - - 7.6 2.17 7.6 1.94 7.5 1.71 7.5 1.55 7.4 1.37 - -
-10 9.0 3.23 8.9 2.56 8.9 2.30 8.9 2.04 8.7 1.84 8.5 1.61 - -
-7 5.9 3.49 4.2 2.68 4.1 2.36 3.9 2.04 3.7 1.77 3.4 1.49 - -
Min 2 9.0 4.33 5.9 3.68 5.7 3.24 5.5 2.80 5.1 2.43 4.8 2.03 - -
7 10.8 5.24 5.8 4.39 5.4 3.77 5.0 3.14 4.4 2.59 3.9 2.00 - -
12 13.2 5.93 5.7 5.45 5.2 4.51 4.8 3.58 4.2 2.94 3.6 2.27 - -
15 14.1 6.42 6.2 6.02 5.7 4.98 5.2 3.94 4.6 3.25 3.9 2.52 - -
20 15.5 6.62 12.3 6.26 11.7 5.35 11.2 4.43 10.8 3.94 10.5 3.39 - -
A-100
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS)
Water outlet
Outdoor unit
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 11.2 2.25 10.2 1.99 9.4 1.75 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.6 2.37 10.9 2.14 10.3 1.90 9.9 1.67 - - - -
-10 14.2 3.00 12.6 2.61 12.0 2.36 11.6 2.11 11.2 1.87 - - - -
-7 14.7 3.22 13.4 2.80 13.0 2.54 12.5 2.27 12.2 2.01 11.8 1.76 - -
Max 2 20.8 3.50 19.9 2.94 19.4 2.63 18.9 2.34 18.3 2.06 17.7 1.81 17.1 1.57
7 28.7 4.58 27.7 3.78 27.1 3.37 26.5 2.99 25.8 2.64 25.3 2.35 24.4 2.06
12 33.5 5.42 32.4 4.37 31.7 3.89 31.0 3.44 30.1 3.03 29.2 2.67 28.2 2.34
15 36.6 5.92 35.3 4.74 34.6 4.20 33.7 3.71 32.8 3.27 31.8 2.88 30.7 2.53
20 42.4 6.80 40.8 5.37 39.9 4.76 38.9 4.20 37.8 3.71 36.6 3.27 35.4 2.88
-20 - - 11.2 2.25 10.2 1.99 9.4 1.75 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.6 2.37 10.9 2.14 10.3 1.90 9.9 1.67 - - - -
-10 14.2 3.00 12.6 2.61 12.0 2.36 11.6 2.11 11.2 1.87 - - - -
-7 14.7 3.22 13.4 2.80 13.0 2.54 12.5 2.27 12.2 2.01 11.8 1.76 - -
Nominal 2 16.0 3.98 16.0 3.11 16.0 2.85 16.0 2.36 16.0 2.17 16.0 1.87 16.0 1.61
7 22.0 5.32 22.0 4.20 22.0 3.78 22.0 3.20 22.0 2.86 22.0 2.47 22.0 2.13
12 26.0 6.36 26.0 4.94 26.0 4.31 26.0 3.75 26.0 3.25 26.0 2.81 26.0 2.42
15 28.4 7.00 28.4 5.36 28.4 4.67 28.4 4.05 28.4 3.51 28.4 3.03 28.4 2.62
20 33.0 8.12 33.0 6.13 33.0 5.31 33.0 4.60 33.0 3.97 33.0 3.44 33.0 2.97
-20 - - 10.0 2.26 9.0 2.01 8.4 1.76 - - - - - -
-15 - - 10.4 2.41 9.7 2.17 9.2 1.92 8.8 1.69 - - - -
-10 12.2 3.09 11.2 2.66 10.7 2.41 10.3 2.15 10.0 1.90 - - - -
-7 12.8 3.33 11.9 2.87 11.5 2.59 11.2 2.31 10.8 2.04 10.5 1.79 - -
Mid 2 12.8 4.23 12.8 3.42 12.8 3.02 12.8 2.65 12.8 2.30 12.8 1.98 12.8 1.70
7 17.6 5.73 17.6 4.57 17.6 4.01 17.6 3.50 17.6 3.04 17.6 2.63 17.6 2.26
12 20.8 6.86 20.8 5.30 20.8 4.62 20.8 4.02 20.8 3.48 20.8 3.00 20.8 2.59
15 22.7 7.56 22.7 5.79 22.7 5.03 22.7 4.37 22.7 3.77 22.7 3.26 22.7 2.81
20 26.4 8.80 26.4 6.65 26.4 5.76 26.4 4.98 26.4 4.31 26.4 3.72 26.4 3.21
-20 - - 9.5 2.26 8.6 2.01 8.0 1.77 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.9 2.42 9.3 2.17 8.8 1.93 8.5 1.70 - - - -
-10 12.1 3.09 10.9 2.68 10.4 2.42 10.0 2.16 9.6 1.90 - - - -
-7 12.6 3.34 11.6 2.88 11.2 2.61 10.8 2.32 10.5 2.05 10.1 1.80 - -
Min 2 11.2 4.27 10.6 3.46 10.2 3.07 9.9 2.70 9.5 2.37 9.0 2.07 8.6 1.80
7 6.1 4.80 5.8 3.91 5.7 3.50 5.5 3.13 5.4 2.78 5.2 2.46 5.0 2.18
12 7.2 5.67 6.8 4.53 6.6 4.02 6.4 3.57 6.2 3.16 5.9 2.80 5.7 2.48
15 7.9 6.25 7.4 4.94 7.2 4.38 6.9 3.87 6.7 3.42 6.5 3.02 6.2 2.67
20 9.3 7.29 8.6 5.69 8.3 5.01 8.0 4.42 7.7 3.89 7.4 3.43 7.1 3.04
PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 13.1 2.19 11.8 1.94 10.9 1.70 - - - - - -
-15 - - 13.5 2.30 12.6 2.07 11.9 1.84 11.5 1.62 - - - -
-10 16.4 2.88 14.5 2.50 13.8 2.27 13.3 2.03 12.9 1.80 - - - -
-7 16.8 3.06 15.3 2.67 14.8 2.42 14.3 2.17 14.0 1.92 13.6 1.69 - -
Max 2 22.3 3.16 21.5 2.70 21.1 2.44 20.8 2.19 20.4 1.95 20.1 1.73 19.6 1.53
7 30.9 4.40 30.1 3.66 29.6 3.29 29.1 2.93 28.6 2.61 28.0 2.31 27.6 2.07
12 35.8 5.16 34.9 4.20 34.4 3.76 33.8 3.34 33.1 2.97 32.3 2.63 31.5 2.33
15 39.0 5.62 38.0 4.53 37.4 4.04 36.7 3.59 35.9 3.19 35.1 2.83 34.1 2.51
20 44.9 6.43 43.6 5.12 42.9 4.56 42.0 4.04 41.1 3.59 40.1 3.19 39.0 2.83
-20 - - 13.1 2.19 11.8 1.94 10.9 1.70 - - - - - -
-15 - - 13.5 2.30 12.6 2.07 11.9 1.84 11.5 1.62 - - - -
-10 15.4 2.92 14.5 2.50 13.8 2.27 13.3 2.03 12.9 1.80 - - - -
-7 16.3 3.10 15.3 2.67 14.8 2.42 14.3 2.17 14.0 1.92 13.6 1.69 - -
Nominal 2 20.0 3.39 20.0 2.80 20.0 2.51 20.0 2.20 20.0 1.96 20.0 1.73 19.6 1.53
7 25.0 5.02 25.0 4.00 25.0 3.57 25.0 3.10 25.0 2.80 25.0 2.45 24.9 2.14
12 29.2 5.95 29.2 4.67 29.2 4.11 29.2 3.60 29.2 3.15 29.2 2.75 29.2 2.40
15 31.8 6.52 31.8 5.06 31.9 4.44 31.8 3.88 31.9 3.39 31.8 2.96 31.9 2.58
20 36.8 7.53 36.8 5.75 36.8 5.02 36.8 4.37 36.8 3.81 36.8 3.33 36.8 2.91
-20 - - 10.5 2.23 9.4 1.98 8.8 1.74 - - - - - -
-15 - - 10.8 2.37 10.1 2.13 9.6 1.89 9.2 1.67 - - - -
-10 12.3 3.06 11.6 2.63 11.1 2.37 10.7 2.11 10.4 1.86 - - - -
-7 13.0 3.30 12.3 2.83 11.8 2.55 11.5 2.27 11.2 2.01 10.9 1.76 - -
Mid 2 16.0 3.80 16.0 3.10 16.0 2.70 16.0 2.40 16.0 2.10 16.0 1.80 16.0 1.60
7 20.0 5.50 20.0 4.40 20.0 3.90 20.0 3.40 20.0 3.00 20.0 2.60 20.0 2.20
12 23.4 6.56 23.4 5.11 23.4 4.48 23.4 3.91 23.4 3.41 23.4 2.97 23.4 2.58
15 25.5 7.22 25.5 5.56 25.5 4.85 25.5 4.23 25.5 3.68 25.5 3.20 25.5 2.79
20 29.4 8.38 29.4 6.36 29.4 5.53 29.4 4.80 29.4 4.17 29.4 3.63 29.4 3.16
-20 - - 9.4 2.24 8.5 1.98 8.0 1.74 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.9 2.39 9.3 2.15 8.8 1.90 8.4 1.67 - - - -
-10 12.0 3.08 10.8 2.65 10.3 2.39 9.9 2.13 9.6 1.88 - - - -
-7 12.6 3.32 11.6 2.86 11.2 2.58 10.8 2.30 10.4 2.02 10.1 1.77 - -
Min 2 11.1 4.22 10.5 3.41 10.2 3.03 9.8 2.66 9.4 2.33 9.0 2.03 8.5 1.77
7 6.1 4.76 5.8 3.87 5.7 3.45 5.5 3.08 5.3 2.74 5.2 2.43 5.0 2.16
12 7.1 5.61 6.8 4.47 6.5 3.97 6.3 3.53 6.1 3.12 5.9 2.76 5.7 2.45
15 7.9 6.18 7.4 4.88 7.2 4.32 6.9 3.82 6.7 3.38 6.4 2.99 6.2 2.64
20 9.3 7.20 8.6 5.62 8.3 4.95 8.0 4.36 7.7 3.84 7.4 3.39 7.1 3.00
A-101
PUHZ-SW75V/YAA(-BS)
Water outlet
Outdoor unit
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 6.0 1.85 5.8 1.60 5.6 1.39 - - - - - -
-15 - - 7.3 2.30 7.1 1.99 6.8 1.73 6.6 1.49 - - - -
-10 8.8 3.58 8.4 2.98 8.1 2.58 7.8 2.24 7.5 1.93 7.3 1.67 - -
-7 8.8 3.77 8.4 3.14 8.1 2.73 7.8 2.36 7.5 2.04 7.3 1.77 - -
Max 2 9.2 3.78 8.7 3.15 8.4 2.73 8.1 2.36 7.8 2.04 7.5 2.04 7.2 1.76
7 10.1 4.92 9.5 4.10 9.2 3.56 8.9 3.08 8.6 2.66 8.3 2.60 7.9 1.99
12 11.8 5.52 11.2 4.60 10.8 3.99 10.5 3.45 10.1 2.99 9.7 2.58 9.3 2.23
15 12.9 5.74 12.2 4.78 11.8 4.14 11.4 3.59 11.0 3.10 10.6 2.68 10.1 2.32
20 14.8 6.73 14.0 5.61 13.6 4.86 13.1 4.21 12.6 3.64 12.1 3.15 11.6 2.73
-20 - - 4.8 2.45 4.8 2.13 4.8 1.89 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.2 2.88 5.2 2.50 5.2 2.22 5.2 1.93 - - - -
-10 5.8 3.62 5.8 3.02 5.8 2.62 5.8 2.32 5.8 2.02 5.8 1.75 - -
-7 6.3 3.79 6.3 3.16 6.3 2.75 6.3 2.43 6.3 2.12 6.3 1.83 - -
Nominal 2 7.5 4.08 7.5 3.40 7.5 3.06 7.5 2.68 7.5 2.38 7.5 2.04 7.2 1.76
7 8.0 5.28 8.0 4.40 8.0 3.83 8.0 3.40 8.0 3.08 8.0 2.64 7.9 1.99
12 8.0 6.30 8.0 5.25 8.0 4.57 8.0 4.04 8.0 3.68 8.0 3.15 8.0 2.89
15 8.0 6.76 8.0 5.63 8.0 4.90 8.0 4.33 8.0 3.94 8.0 3.38 8.0 3.10
20 8.0 8.32 8.0 6.93 8.0 6.03 8.0 5.34 8.0 4.85 8.0 4.16 8.0 3.81
-20 - - 3.8 0.00 3.8 0.00 3.8 0.00 - - - - - -
-15 - - 4.1 2.92 4.1 2.54 4.1 2.25 4.1 1.96 - - - -
-10 4.6 3.72 4.6 3.10 4.6 2.70 4.6 2.39 4.6 2.08 4.6 1.80 - -
-7 5.0 3.93 5.0 3.28 5.0 2.85 5.0 2.52 5.0 2.19 5.0 1.90 - -
Mid 2 6.0 4.23 6.0 3.53 6.0 3.18 6.0 2.72 6.0 2.47 6.0 2.12 6.0 1.94
7 6.4 5.74 6.4 4.78 6.4 4.16 6.4 3.68 6.4 3.35 6.4 2.87 6.3 2.63
12 6.4 6.63 6.4 5.53 6.4 4.81 6.4 4.26 6.4 3.87 6.4 3.32 6.4 3.04
15 6.4 7.06 6.4 5.88 6.4 5.12 6.4 4.53 6.4 4.12 6.4 3.53 6.4 3.24
20 6.4 8.59 6.4 7.16 6.4 6.23 6.4 5.51 6.4 5.01 6.4 4.30 6.4 3.94
-20 - - 3.2 2.55 3.1 2.21 3.0 1.91 - - - - - -
-15 - - 3.8 3.03 3.7 2.63 3.6 2.28 3.4 1.97 - - - -
-10 4.6 3.89 4.3 3.24 4.2 2.81 4.1 2.43 3.9 2.11 3.8 1.82 - -
-7 3.9 4.16 3.7 3.47 3.6 3.00 3.5 2.60 3.3 2.25 3.2 1.95 - -
Min 2 3.6 4.61 3.4 3.84 3.3 3.33 3.1 2.88 3.0 2.50 2.9 2.16 2.8 1.87
7 3.1 5.72 2.9 4.76 2.8 4.13 2.7 3.57 2.6 3.09 2.5 2.68 2.4 2.31
12 2.9 6.99 2.8 5.83 2.7 5.05 2.6 4.37 2.5 3.78 2.4 3.27 2.3 2.83
15 3.2 7.02 3.0 5.85 2.9 5.07 2.8 4.39 2.7 3.80 2.6 3.28 2.5 2.84
20 3.6 8.52 3.4 7.10 3.3 6.16 3.2 5.33 3.1 4.61 3.0 3.99 2.9 3.45
PUHZ-SW100V/YAA(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 7.8 1.90 7.7 1.69 7.5 1.49 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.8 2.13 8.6 1.89 8.4 1.68 8.2 1.48 - - - -
-10 10.5 3.00 10.1 2.43 9.9 2.16 9.7 1.91 9.4 1.69 9.2 1.49 - -
-7 10.4 3.49 10.0 2.85 9.8 2.55 9.6 2.27 9.5 2.02 9.3 1.76 - -
Max 2 11.1 3.64 10.7 2.97 10.5 2.66 10.3 2.37 10.2 2.11 10.0 2.13 9.6 1.84
7 13.9 4.88 13.1 4.07 12.7 3.52 12.3 3.05 11.8 2.64 11.4 2.68 10.9 1.98
12 16.1 5.50 15.2 4.58 14.7 3.97 14.2 3.44 13.7 2.98 13.2 2.57 12.6 2.23
15 17.4 5.86 16.4 4.88 15.9 4.23 15.4 3.66 14.8 3.17 14.3 2.74 13.7 2.37
20 19.9 6.46 18.8 5.39 18.2 4.67 17.6 4.04 17.0 3.50 16.3 3.03 15.6 2.62
-20 - - 6.0 2.20 6.0 1.92 6.0 1.67 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.8 2.52 6.8 2.19 6.8 1.89 6.8 1.63 - - - -
-10 8.4 3.67 8.4 3.13 8.4 2.70 8.4 2.33 8.4 2.00 8.4 1.71 - -
-7 8.9 3.83 8.9 3.20 8.9 2.77 8.9 2.40 8.9 2.07 8.9 1.79 - -
Nominal 2 10.0 3.98 10.0 3.32 10.0 2.88 10.0 2.66 10.0 2.36 10.0 2.13 9.6 1.84
7 11.2 5.35 11.2 4.46 11.2 3.87 11.2 3.39 11.2 3.01 11.2 2.71 10.9 1.98
12 11.2 6.56 11.2 5.46 11.2 4.74 11.2 4.15 11.2 3.68 11.2 3.32 11.2 2.84
15 11.2 7.26 11.2 6.05 11.2 5.24 11.2 4.60 11.2 4.08 11.2 3.67 11.2 3.14
20 11.2 8.47 11.2 7.06 11.2 6.12 11.2 5.37 11.2 4.76 11.2 4.29 11.2 3.67
-20 - - 5.0 2.37 4.8 2.06 4.7 1.78 - - - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.68 5.5 2.32 5.3 2.01 5.1 1.74 - - - -
-10 6.7 3.88 6.7 3.31 6.7 2.86 6.7 2.46 6.7 2.11 6.7 1.81 - -
-7 7.1 4.06 7.1 3.38 7.1 2.93 7.1 2.54 7.1 2.19 7.1 1.90 - -
Mid 2 8.0 4.22 8.0 3.51 8.0 3.05 8.0 2.82 8.0 2.50 8.0 2.25 7.7 1.95
7 9.0 5.66 9.0 4.72 9.0 4.09 9.0 3.59 9.0 3.18 9.0 2.86 8.7 2.09
12 9.0 6.94 9.0 5.16 9.0 4.48 9.0 3.87 9.0 3.35 9.0 2.90 9.0 2.51
15 9.0 7.68 9.0 5.71 9.0 4.95 9.0 4.29 9.0 3.71 9.0 3.21 9.0 2.77
20 9.0 8.97 9.0 6.67 9.0 5.78 9.0 5.01 9.0 4.33 9.0 3.75 9.0 3.24
-20 - - 5.0 2.37 4.8 2.06 4.7 1.78 4.5 1.54 - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.68 5.5 2.32 5.3 2.01 5.1 1.74 - - - -
-10 3.7 3.42 3.5 2.85 3.4 2.47 3.2 2.14 3.1 1.85 3.0 1.60 - -
-7 3.8 3.53 3.6 2.94 3.5 2.55 3.4 2.21 3.2 1.91 3.1 1.65 - -
Min 2 3.9 4.56 3.7 3.80 3.6 3.29 3.5 2.85 3.3 2.47 3.2 2.13 3.2 2.13
7 3.6 5.38 3.4 4.48 3.3 3.89 3.2 3.36 3.1 2.91 3.0 2.52 3.0 2.52
12 4.3 6.38 4.1 5.32 4.0 4.61 3.8 3.99 3.7 3.45 3.6 2.99 3.6 2.99
15 4.7 6.92 4.5 5.77 4.3 5.00 4.2 4.33 4.0 3.74 3.9 3.24 3.9 3.24
20 5.4 8.00 5.1 6.67 5.0 5.78 4.8 5.00 4.6 4.33 4.4 3.74 4.4 3.74
A-102
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 5.0 2.00 4.9 1.70 4.8 1.55 4.7 1.40 - - - - - -
-15 6.0 2.50 5.8 2.00 5.6 1.95 5.4 1.90 5.4 1.80 - - - -
-10 6.7 2.70 6.5 2.40 6.3 2.25 6.1 2.10 6.1 1.85 6.1 1.60 - -
-7 7.4 3.30 7.4 2.70 7.0 2.50 6.6 2.30 6.6 2.10 6.6 1.90 - -
Max 2 7.8 4.10 7.8 2.80 7.9 2.65 7.9 2.50 7.9 2.35 7.9 2.20 7.4 1.65
7 10.0 4.20 10.2 3.70 10.2 3.35 10.2 3.00 10.1 2.75 10.0 2.50 9.5 2.26
12 12.0 4.50 12.3 3.95 12.0 3.58 11.6 3.20 11.1 2.95 10.5 2.70 10.0 2.38
15 13.0 4.80 13.1 4.10 12.7 3.70 12.3 3.30 11.7 3.05 11.0 2.80 10.5 2.50
20 15.5 5.20 14.7 4.40 14.3 3.95 13.8 3.50 12.7 3.25 11.5 3.00 11.0 2.56
-20 4.0 2.03 4.0 1.73 4.0 1.58 4.0 1.43 - - - - - -
-15 5.0 2.53 5.0 2.02 5.0 1.97 5.0 1.91 5.0 1.80 - - - -
-10 6.0 2.72 6.0 2.41 6.0 2.26 6.0 2.10 6.0 1.85 6.0 1.60 - -
-7 7.0 3.33 7.0 2.80 6.5 2.56 6.0 2.32 6.0 2.11 6.0 1.91 - -
Nominal 2 7.5 4.29 7.5 2.83 7.5 2.69 7.5 2.54 7.5 2.38 7.5 2.21 7.0 1.66
7 8.0 5.16 8.0 4.08 8.0 3.65 8.0 3.22 8.0 2.89 8.0 2.56 7.5 2.27
12 9.0 6.21 9.0 4.65 9.0 4.11 9.0 3.58 9.0 3.18 9.0 2.79 8.5 2.39
15 9.7 6.79 9.7 4.94 9.7 4.35 9.7 3.75 9.7 3.33 9.7 2.90 9.2 2.51
20 10.2 8.61 10.2 5.80 10.2 5.03 10.2 4.26 10.2 3.71 10.2 3.16 9.7 2.57
-20 3.2 2.06 3.2 1.76 3.2 1.61 3.2 1.46 - - - - - -
-15 4.0 2.55 4.0 2.05 4.0 2.00 4.0 1.95 4.0 1.83 - - - -
-10 4.8 2.75 4.8 2.45 4.8 2.29 4.8 2.14 4.8 1.88 4.8 1.63 - -
-7 5.6 3.42 5.6 2.83 5.2 2.59 4.8 2.35 4.8 2.14 4.8 1.94 - -
Mid 2 6.0 5.21 6.0 3.18 6.0 2.95 6.0 2.71 6.0 2.48 6.0 2.24 5.5 1.70
7 6.4 5.92 6.4 4.31 6.4 3.85 6.4 3.39 6.4 3.00 6.4 2.61 5.9 2.40
12 7.2 7.23 7.2 5.03 7.2 4.43 7.2 3.84 7.2 3.37 7.2 2.90 6.7 2.55
15 7.7 7.94 7.7 5.41 7.7 4.74 7.7 4.08 7.7 3.56 7.7 3.04 7.2 2.65
20 8.1 9.90 8.1 6.42 8.1 5.55 8.1 4.68 8.1 4.04 8.1 3.41 7.6 2.80
-20 2.0 2.10 2.0 1.80 2.0 1.65 2.0 1.50 - - - - - -
-15 2.3 2.60 2.3 2.10 2.3 2.05 2.3 2.00 2.1 1.90 - - - -
-10 3.0 2.80 2.7 2.50 2.7 2.35 2.7 2.20 2.2 1.95 1.7 1.70 - -
-7 3.5 3.55 3.2 3.00 3.1 2.70 3.0 2.40 2.5 2.20 2.0 2.00 - -
Min 2 4.8 5.95 4.5 3.50 4.2 3.23 3.8 2.95 3.4 2.63 3.0 2.30 2.5 1.71
7 5.5 6.35 5.2 4.50 4.8 4.05 4.3 3.60 3.9 3.15 3.5 2.70 3.0 2.41
12 6.2 7.80 5.9 5.30 5.3 4.75 4.7 4.20 4.4 3.65 4.0 3.10 3.5 2.56
15 6.6 8.60 6.3 5.75 5.7 5.15 5.0 4.55 4.7 3.93 4.3 3.30 3.8 2.66
20 7.5 10.30 7.2 6.70 6.4 5.95 5.6 5.20 5.3 4.50 4.9 3.80 4.4 2.81
A-103
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 7.5 2.25 7.5 2.01 7.5 1.78 - - - - - -
-15 - - 10.1 2.39 9.9 2.11 9.7 1.83 9.4 1.61 9.2 1.39 - -
-10 11.4 3.12 10.9 2.67 10.6 2.36 10.3 2.05 10.1 1.82 9.9 1.56 - -
-7 12.0 3.25 11.4 2.84 11.0 2.51 10.7 2.19 10.5 1.94 10.2 1.68 - -
Max 2 12.9 3.49 12.1 3.22 11.7 2.94 11.4 2.67 11.1 2.37 10.8 2.05 10.4 1.71
7 13.2 4.80 12.4 4.34 12.0 3.88 11.6 3.42 11.2 3.10 10.8 2.75 10.4 2.37
12 15.1 5.45 14.3 4.93 13.7 4.37 13.1 3.80 12.7 3.45 12.3 3.06 11.9 2.72
15 16.1 5.74 15.5 5.33 14.8 4.68 14.1 4.03 13.6 3.65 13.2 3.25 12.8 2.93
20 17.5 6.10 16.6 5.66 16.2 5.03 15.7 4.41 15.2 4.00 14.7 3.56 14.3 3.10
-20 - - 7.5 2.25 7.5 2.01 7.5 1.78 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.0 2.52 8.0 2.20 8.0 1.88 8.0 1.66 8.0 1.42 - -
-10 8.0 3.40 8.0 2.90 8.0 2.56 8.0 2.21 8.0 1.98 8.0 1.73 - -
-7 8.0 3.63 8.0 3.13 8.0 2.77 8.0 2.41 8.0 2.17 8.0 1.91 - -
Nominal 2 8.1 4.36 8.0 3.55 8.0 3.20 8.0 2.85 8.0 2.52 8.0 2.16 8.0 1.78
7 9.1 5.21 8.0 4.65 8.0 4.04 8.0 3.42 8.0 3.14 8.0 2.83 8.0 2.48
12 10.6 5.77 9.2 5.42 9.2 4.75 9.2 4.07 9.2 3.67 9.2 3.25 9.2 2.79
15 11.3 6.22 10.1 5.94 10.1 5.22 10.1 4.50 10.1 4.03 10.1 3.53 10.1 3.00
20 12.4 6.76 10.9 6.43 10.9 5.68 10.9 4.92 10.9 4.38 10.9 3.80 10.9 3.19
-20 - - 6.0 2.13 6.0 1.94 6.0 1.74 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.4 2.53 6.4 2.28 6.4 2.03 6.4 1.80 6.4 1.53 - -
-10 6.4 3.39 6.4 2.94 6.4 2.62 6.4 2.29 6.4 2.03 6.4 1.75 - -
-7 6.4 3.65 6.4 3.18 6.4 2.81 6.4 2.44 6.4 2.16 6.4 1.87 - -
Mid 2 8.1 4.36 6.4 3.96 6.4 3.52 6.4 3.07 6.4 2.74 6.4 2.38 6.4 1.79
7 9.1 5.21 6.4 4.77 6.4 4.22 6.4 3.67 6.4 3.26 6.4 2.84 6.4 2.46
12 10.6 5.77 7.4 5.60 7.4 4.93 7.4 4.26 7.4 3.79 7.4 3.29 7.4 2.76
15 11.3 6.22 8.0 6.15 8.0 5.40 8.0 4.65 8.0 4.14 8.0 3.59 8.0 2.94
20 12.4 6.76 10.1 5.99 9.8 5.27 9.5 4.56 9.1 4.08 8.7 3.55 8.7 3.13
-20 - - 6.0 2.13 6.0 1.94 6.0 1.74 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.4 2.53 6.4 2.28 6.4 2.03 6.4 1.80 6.4 1.53 - -
-10 6.4 3.39 6.4 2.94 6.4 2.62 6.4 2.29 6.4 2.03 6.4 1.75 - -
-7 6.0 3.61 4.9 2.85 4.7 2.49 4.5 2.13 4.3 1.92 4.1 1.69 - -
Min 2 8.1 4.36 5.8 3.71 5.5 3.23 5.3 2.75 5.0 2.46 4.7 2.14 - -
7 9.1 5.21 5.6 4.44 5.3 3.86 5.1 3.27 4.8 2.93 4.6 2.55 - -
12 10.6 5.77 4.4 4.95 4.2 4.29 4.0 3.63 3.8 3.24 3.6 2.83 - -
15 11.3 6.22 4.8 5.37 4.6 4.68 4.4 3.98 4.2 3.56 4.0 3.09 - -
20 12.4 6.76 10.1 5.99 9.8 5.27 9.5 4.56 9.1 4.08 8.7 3.55 - -
PUHZ-SHW112V/YHA(-BS)
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 10.5 2.14 10.5 1.93 10.5 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 - - 13.6 2.17 13.4 1.97 13.2 1.77 13.1 1.57 12.9 1.36 - -
-10 14.8 2.69 14.4 2.40 14.2 2.15 14.0 1.91 13.9 1.72 13.9 1.52 - -
-7 15.3 2.83 14.9 2.54 14.7 2.27 14.5 1.99 14.5 1.82 14.4 1.61 - -
Max 2 14.1 3.37 13.5 3.10 13.1 2.81 12.8 2.51 12.5 2.24 12.2 1.95 11.7 1.61
7 15.7 4.54 14.8 4.04 14.4 3.65 14.0 3.26 13.6 2.93 13.2 2.58 12.8 2.31
12 18.1 5.06 17.1 4.52 16.5 4.03 15.8 3.54 15.4 3.20 14.9 2.85 14.6 2.56
15 19.4 5.38 18.6 4.84 17.8 4.27 16.9 3.71 16.4 3.38 16.0 3.01 15.6 2.71
20 20.7 5.54 19.7 5.06 19.2 4.52 18.7 3.99 18.2 3.65 17.7 3.28 17.4 2.96
-20 - - 10.5 2.14 10.5 1.93 10.5 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.2 2.34 11.2 2.08 11.2 1.82 11.2 1.60 11.2 1.38 - -
-10 11.2 3.13 11.2 2.65 11.2 2.33 11.2 2.01 11.2 1.80 11.2 1.55 - -
-7 11.2 3.37 11.2 2.84 11.2 2.48 11.2 2.12 11.2 1.91 11.2 1.67 - -
Nominal 2 11.2 3.90 11.2 3.34 11.2 3.02 11.2 2.70 11.2 2.37 11.2 2.01 11.2 1.66
7 11.2 5.03 11.2 4.46 11.2 3.99 11.2 3.51 11.2 3.11 11.2 2.67 11.2 2.37
12 12.9 5.66 12.9 5.01 12.9 4.45 12.9 3.88 12.9 3.47 12.9 3.02 12.9 2.67
15 14.1 5.97 14.1 5.38 14.1 4.75 14.1 4.12 14.1 3.70 14.1 3.25 14.1 2.88
20 15.2 6.54 15.2 5.74 15.2 5.05 15.2 4.36 15.2 3.94 15.2 3.47 15.2 3.08
-20 - - 8.4 2.23 8.4 2.00 8.4 1.76 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.0 2.43 9.0 2.14 9.0 1.84 9.0 1.62 9.0 1.39 - -
-10 9.0 3.33 9.0 2.83 9.0 2.48 9.0 2.14 9.0 1.91 9.0 1.65 - -
-7 9.0 3.61 9.0 3.06 9.0 2.69 9.0 2.33 9.0 2.07 9.0 1.80 - -
Mid 2 9.0 4.22 9.0 3.46 9.0 3.13 9.0 2.81 9.0 2.49 9.0 2.15 9.0 1.75
7 9.0 5.18 9.0 4.61 9.0 4.06 9.0 3.51 9.0 3.15 9.0 2.75 9.0 2.42
12 10.5 5.73 10.3 5.28 10.3 4.64 10.3 4.01 10.3 3.60 10.3 3.16 10.3 2.77
15 11.3 6.17 11.3 5.72 11.3 5.03 11.3 4.34 11.3 3.90 11.3 3.42 11.3 3.01
20 12.3 6.70 12.2 6.15 12.2 5.41 12.2 4.66 12.2 4.18 12.2 3.67 12.2 3.22
-20 - - 8.4 2.23 8.4 2.00 8.4 1.76 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.0 2.43 9.0 2.14 9.0 1.84 9.0 1.62 9.0 1.39 - -
-10 9.0 3.33 9.0 2.83 9.0 2.48 9.0 2.14 9.0 1.91 9.0 1.65 - -
-7 6.0 3.59 4.9 2.84 4.7 2.48 4.5 2.12 4.3 1.91 4.1 1.68 - -
Min 2 8.0 4.37 5.7 3.69 5.5 3.21 5.2 2.73 5.0 2.44 4.7 2.12 - -
7 9.0 5.18 5.5 4.41 5.3 3.83 5.1 3.25 4.8 2.91 4.6 2.53 - -
12 10.5 5.73 4.4 4.92 4.2 4.26 4.0 3.61 3.8 3.22 3.6 2.80 - -
15 11.3 6.17 4.8 5.33 4.6 4.64 4.4 3.95 4.2 3.53 4.0 3.07 - -
20 12.3 6.70 10.1 5.94 9.8 5.23 9.5 4.52 9.1 4.04 8.7 3.53 - -
A-104
PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 11.8 2.08 11.8 1.89 11.8 1.69 - - - - - -
-15 - - 14.0 2.15 14.0 1.95 14.0 1.75 13.3 1.57 13.0 1.37 - -
-10 15.2 2.64 15.0 2.33 15.0 2.11 14.9 1.89 14.6 1.71 14.3 1.51 - -
-7 15.9 2.76 15.7 2.44 15.5 2.21 15.4 1.98 15.3 1.80 15.1 1.60 - -
Max 2 16.8 3.02 15.8 2.71 15.3 2.43 14.8 2.16 14.6 1.95 14.4 1.72 13.8 1.47
7 17.3 4.33 16.4 3.79 16.0 3.39 15.6 2.98 15.2 2.73 14.8 2.45 14.4 2.22
12 20.0 4.78 19.0 4.23 18.2 3.75 17.5 3.27 17.1 3.00 16.6 2.70 16.3 2.48
15 21.5 5.05 20.6 4.52 19.6 3.98 18.6 3.43 18.2 3.20 17.7 2.94 17.8 2.64
20 22.6 5.21 21.6 4.69 21.1 4.20 20.6 3.72 20.1 3.42 19.6 3.09 19.5 2.81
-20 - - 11.8 2.08 11.8 1.89 11.8 1.69 - - - - - -
-15 - - 14.0 2.15 14.0 1.95 14.0 1.75 13.3 1.57 13.0 1.37 - -
-10 14.0 2.77 14.0 2.42 14.0 2.17 14.0 1.92 14.0 1.73 14.0 1.53 - -
-7 14.0 2.98 14.0 2.58 14.0 2.30 14.0 2.02 14.0 1.84 14.0 1.64 - -
Nominal 2 14.0 3.34 14.0 2.96 14.0 2.70 14.0 2.44 14.0 2.17 14.0 1.89 13.8 1.47
7 14.0 4.75 14.0 4.22 14.0 3.75 14.0 3.28 14.0 2.91 14.0 2.49 14.0 2.23
12 16.2 5.21 16.2 4.60 16.2 4.08 16.2 3.55 16.2 3.18 16.2 2.77 16.2 2.50
15 17.6 5.52 17.6 4.86 17.6 4.29 17.6 3.73 17.6 3.36 17.6 2.96 17.6 2.66
20 19.0 5.81 19.0 5.10 19.0 4.50 19.0 3.90 19.0 3.54 19.0 3.14 19.0 2.84
-20 - - 9.4 2.16 9.4 1.94 9.4 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.2 2.31 11.2 2.06 11.2 1.80 10.6 1.59 10.4 1.38 - -
-10 11.2 3.12 11.2 2.65 11.2 2.33 11.2 2.01 11.2 1.80 11.2 1.55 - -
-7 11.2 3.38 11.2 2.85 11.2 2.50 11.2 2.14 11.2 1.91 11.2 1.66 - -
Mid 2 11.2 3.90 11.2 3.34 11.2 3.02 11.2 2.70 11.2 2.38 11.2 2.03 11.1 1.65
7 11.2 4.98 11.2 4.45 11.2 3.94 11.2 3.44 11.2 3.06 11.2 2.64 11.2 2.34
12 12.9 5.57 12.9 4.98 12.9 4.40 12.9 3.82 12.9 3.42 12.9 2.99 12.9 2.64
15 14.1 5.93 14.1 5.33 14.1 4.70 14.1 4.07 14.1 3.66 14.1 3.22 14.1 2.85
20 15.2 6.47 15.2 5.67 15.2 4.99 15.2 4.31 15.2 3.90 15.2 3.44 15.2 3.04
-20 - - 9.4 2.16 9.4 1.94 9.4 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.2 2.31 11.2 2.06 11.2 1.80 10.6 1.59 10.4 1.38 - -
-10 11.2 3.12 11.2 2.65 11.2 2.33 11.2 2.01 11.2 1.80 11.2 1.55 - -
-7 6.0 3.57 4.9 2.82 4.7 2.46 4.5 2.10 4.3 1.90 4.1 1.67 - -
Min 2 8.0 4.35 5.7 3.67 5.5 3.19 5.2 2.72 5.0 2.43 4.7 2.11 - -
7 9.0 5.15 5.5 4.38 5.3 3.81 5.0 3.23 4.8 2.89 4.5 2.52 - -
12 10.5 5.69 4.4 4.88 4.2 4.23 4.0 3.58 3.8 3.20 3.6 2.78 - -
15 11.3 6.13 4.8 5.30 4.6 4.61 4.4 3.93 4.2 3.51 4.0 3.05 - -
20 12.3 6.66 10.0 5.90 9.7 5.19 9.4 4.49 9.1 4.01 8.7 3.50 - -
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP
-20 20.3 2.06 19.8 1.84 19.3 1.62 - - - - - -
-15 22.9 2.20 22.7 2.00 22.5 1.80 21.6 1.61 20.8 1.41 - -
-10 25.6 2.34 25.6 2.16 25.7 1.98 25.7 1.84 25.6 1.69 - -
-7 27.1 2.43 27.4 2.26 27.7 2.09 28.1 1.98 28.4 1.86 - -
Max 2 23.2 2.29 23.0 2.16 22.9 2.02 22.8 2.02 22.8 2.02 22.7 1.98
7 2.80 3.28 27.9 3.07 27.9 2.85 27.7 2.65 27.5 2.42 26.3 2.05
12 29.5 3.48 29.3 3.21 29.1 2.94 28.8 2.75 28.5 2.54 27.4 2.24
15 30.5 3.60 30.2 3.30 29.8 3.00 29.5 2.82 29.1 2.61 28.2 2.35
20 32.1 3.80 31.6 3.45 31.1 3.09 30.6 2.92 30.1 2.73 29.3 2.54
-20 20.3 2.06 19.8 1.84 19.3 1.62 - - - - - -
-15 22.9 2.20 22.7 2.00 22.5 1.80 21.6 1.61 20.8 1.41 - -
-10 23.0 2.60 23.0 2.36 23.0 2.12 23.0 1.99 23.0 1.85 - -
-7 23.0 2.85 23.0 2.58 23.0 2.32 23.0 2.22 23.0 2.11 - -
Nominal 2 23.0 2.37 23.0 2.16 22.9 2.02 22.8 2.02 22.8 2.02 22.7 1.98
7 23.0 3.65 23.0 3.34 23.0 3.02 23.0 2.76 23.0 2.47 23.0 2.09
12 24.3 4.10 24.3 3.68 24.3 3.26 24.3 2.98 24.3 2.67 24.3 2.34
15 25.7 4.29 25.7 3.84 25.7 3.39 25.7 3.10 25.7 2.79 25.7 2.49
20 28.1 4.61 28.1 4.10 28.1 3.59 28.1 3.31 28.1 2.99 28.1 2.75
-20 16.2 2.00 15.8 1.87 15.4 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 18.3 2.36 18.2 2.16 18.0 1.97 17.3 1.82 16.6 1.66 - -
-10 18.4 2.72 18.4 2.46 18.4 2.21 18.4 2.06 18.4 1.90 - -
-7 18.4 2.93 18.4 2.64 18.4 2.35 18.4 2.21 18.4 2.05 - -
Mid 2 18.4 2.90 18.4 2.60 18.3 2.30 18.3 2.26 18.2 2.21 18.1 2.08
7 18.4 4.01 18.4 3.58 18.4 3.14 18.4 2.83 18.4 2.49 18.4 2.24
12 19.4 4.58 19.4 4.05 19.4 3.52 19.4 3.15 19.4 2.76 19.4 2.55
15 20.6 4.91 20.6 4.34 20.6 3.76 20.6 3.37 20.6 2.96 20.6 2.74
20 22.5 5.55 22.5 4.89 22.5 4.23 22.5 3.80 22.5 3.34 22.5 3.05
-20 16.2 2.00 15.8 1.87 15.4 1.73 - - - - - -
-15 18.3 2.36 18.2 2.16 18.0 1.97 17.3 1.82 16.6 1.66 - -
-10 18.4 2.72 18.4 2.46 18.4 2.21 18.4 2.06 18.4 1.90 - -
-7 12.6 2.72 12.1 2.41 11.6 2.10 10.7 1.83 9.7 1.53 - -
Min 2 11.8 3.52 11.3 3.11 10.8 2.70 10.0 2.35 9.1 1.97 - -
7 11.4 4.31 10.5 3.73 9.6 3.15 8.4 2.64 7.2 2.10 - -
12 11.4 5.08 10.4 4.39 9.4 3.70 8.3 3.39 7.2 3.05 - -
15 13.5 5.58 12.4 4.87 11.4 4.17 10.4 3.85 9.5 3.49 - -
20 20.0 5.94 19.1 5.29 18.3 4.63 17.5 4.21 16.7 3.75 - -
A-105
PUHZ-SHW80V/YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 7.3 2.23 7.0 1.94 6.8 1.68 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.7 2.63 8.4 2.30 8.0 2.00 7.7 1.84 7.4 1.59 - -
-10 10.8 3.65 10.2 3.04 9.9 2.64 9.5 2.28 9.2 1.98 8.8 1.71 - -
-7 9.7 3.99 9.2 3.32 8.9 2.88 8.6 2.49 8.3 2.16 8.0 2.02 - -
Max 2 9.4 4.09 8.9 3.41 8.6 2.96 8.3 2.71 8.0 2.49 7.7 2.15 7.4 1.86
7 9.9 5.36 9.3 4.47 9.0 3.87 8.7 3.35 8.4 2.90 8.1 2.69 7.7 2.17
12 11.6 6.29 10.9 5.24 10.6 4.54 10.2 3.93 9.9 3.40 9.5 2.94 9.1 2.55
15 12.6 6.87 11.9 5.72 11.5 4.96 11.1 4.29 10.7 3.72 10.3 3.21 9.9 2.78
20 14.5 7.95 13.7 6.63 13.3 5.74 12.8 4.97 12.4 4.30 11.9 3.72 11.4 3.22
-20 - - 7.3 2.23 7.0 1.94 6.8 1.68 - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.0 2.74 8.0 2.38 8.0 2.00 7.7 1.84 7.4 1.59 - -
-10 8.0 3.52 8.0 2.93 8.0 2.55 8.0 2.26 8.0 1.96 8.0 1.70 - -
-7 8.0 4.17 8.0 3.48 8.0 3.02 8.0 2.68 8.0 2.33 8.0 2.02 - -
Nominal 2 8.0 4.26 8.0 3.55 8.0 3.20 8.0 2.85 8.0 2.49 7.7 2.15 7.4 1.86
7 8.0 5.58 8.0 4.65 8.0 4.05 8.0 3.42 8.0 3.12 8.0 2.70 7.7 2.17
12 8.0 6.54 8.0 5.45 8.0 4.74 8.0 4.20 8.0 3.65 8.0 3.16 8.0 2.78
15 8.0 7.14 8.0 5.95 8.0 5.18 8.0 4.58 8.0 3.99 8.0 3.45 8.0 3.03
20 8.0 8.15 8.0 6.79 8.0 5.91 8.0 5.23 8.0 4.55 8.0 3.94 8.0 3.46
-20 - - 5.8 2.42 5.6 2.10 5.4 1.86 - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.4 2.95 6.4 2.57 6.4 2.27 6.4 1.98 6.4 1.71 - -
-10 6.4 3.87 6.4 3.22 6.4 2.80 6.4 2.48 6.4 2.16 6.4 1.87 - -
-7 6.4 4.34 6.4 3.62 6.4 3.15 6.4 2.79 6.4 2.42 6.4 2.10 - -
Mid 2 6.4 4.43 6.4 3.70 6.4 3.21 6.4 2.85 6.4 2.48 6.4 2.14 6.4 1.88
7 6.4 5.65 6.4 4.71 6.4 4.10 6.4 3.63 6.4 3.16 6.4 2.73 6.4 2.40
12 6.4 6.47 6.4 5.39 6.4 4.69 6.4 4.15 6.4 3.61 6.4 3.13 6.4 2.75
15 6.4 6.97 6.4 5.81 6.4 5.06 6.4 4.47 6.4 3.89 6.4 3.37 6.4 2.96
20 6.4 8.04 6.4 6.70 6.4 5.83 6.4 5.16 6.4 4.49 6.4 3.88 6.4 3.42
-20 - - 5.0 2.37 4.8 2.06 4.7 1.78 4.5 1.54 - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.68 5.5 2.32 5.3 2.01 5.1 1.74 4.9 1.51 - -
-10 3.7 3.42 3.5 2.85 3.4 2.47 3.2 2.14 3.1 1.85 3.0 1.60 - -
-7 3.8 3.53 3.6 2.94 3.5 2.55 3.4 2.21 3.2 1.91 3.1 1.65 - -
Min 2 3.9 4.56 3.7 3.80 3.6 3.29 3.5 2.85 3.3 2.47 3.2 2.13 3.1 1.85
7 3.6 5.38 3.4 4.48 3.3 3.89 3.2 3.36 3.1 2.91 3.0 2.52 2.8 2.18
12 4.3 6.38 4.1 5.32 4.0 4.61 3.8 3.99 3.7 3.45 3.6 2.99 3.4 2.58
15 4.7 6.92 4.5 5.77 4.3 5.00 4.2 4.33 4.0 3.74 3.9 3.24 3.7 2.80
20 5.4 8.00 5.1 6.67 5.0 5.78 4.8 5.00 4.6 4.33 4.4 3.74 4.3 3.24
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 10.2 2.02 10.0 1.79 9.7 1.57 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.9 2.30 11.6 2.04 11.2 1.80 10.8 1.56 10.4 1.35 - -
-10 12.8 2.34 12.2 2.12 11.9 2.13 11.5 2.13 11.2 2.01 10.8 1.74 - -
-7 12.8 2.62 12.2 2.37 11.9 2.38 11.5 2.39 11.2 2.25 10.8 1.95 - -
Max 2 12.3 2.62 11.7 3.16 11.4 2.87 11.2 2.60 10.8 2.25 10.4 1.94 9.9 1.68
7 13.9 4.88 13.1 4.07 12.7 3.52 12.3 3.05 11.8 2.64 11.4 2.70 10.9 1.98
12 16.1 5.50 15.2 4.58 14.7 3.97 14.2 3.44 13.7 2.98 13.2 2.57 12.6 2.23
15 17.4 5.86 16.4 4.88 15.9 4.23 15.4 3.66 14.8 3.17 14.3 2.74 13.7 2.37
20 19.9 6.46 18.8 5.39 18.2 4.67 17.6 4.04 17.0 3.50 16.3 3.03 15.6 2.62
-20 - - 10.2 2.02 10.0 1.79 9.7 1.57 - - - - - -
-15 - - 11.2 2.37 11.2 2.05 11.2 1.80 10.8 1.56 10.4 1.35 - -
-10 11.2 3.57 11.2 2.98 11.2 2.58 11.2 2.26 11.2 2.01 10.8 1.74 - -
-7 11.2 4.01 11.2 3.34 11.2 2.89 11.2 2.54 11.2 2.25 10.8 1.95 - -
Nominal 2 11.2 3.86 11.2 3.22 11.2 2.90 11.2 2.60 10.8 2.25 10.4 1.94 9.9 1.68
7 11.2 5.35 11.2 4.46 11.2 3.87 11.2 3.39 11.2 3.01 11.2 2.71 10.9 1.98
12 11.2 6.56 11.2 5.46 11.2 4.74 11.2 4.15 11.2 3.68 11.2 3.32 11.2 2.84
15 11.2 7.26 11.2 6.05 11.2 5.24 11.2 4.60 11.2 4.08 11.2 3.67 11.2 3.14
20 11.2 8.47 11.2 7.06 11.2 6.12 11.2 5.37 11.2 4.76 11.2 4.29 11.2 3.67
-20 - - 8.2 2.14 8.0 1.89 7.7 1.66 - - - - - -
-15 - - 9.0 2.51 9.0 2.17 9.0 1.90 8.6 1.65 8.3 1.43 - -
-10 9.0 3.78 9.0 3.15 9.0 2.73 9.0 2.39 9.0 2.12 8.6 1.84 - -
-7 9.0 4.24 9.0 3.53 9.0 3.06 9.0 2.68 9.0 2.38 8.6 2.06 - -
Mid 2 9.0 4.09 9.0 3.41 9.0 3.07 9.0 2.75 8.6 2.38 8.3 2.06 8.0 1.78
7 9.0 5.66 9.0 4.72 9.0 4.09 9.0 3.59 9.0 3.18 9.0 2.86 8.7 2.09
12 9.0 6.94 9.0 5.16 9.0 4.48 9.0 3.87 9.0 3.35 9.0 2.90 9.0 2.51
15 9.0 7.68 9.0 5.71 9.0 4.95 9.0 4.29 9.0 3.71 9.0 3.21 9.0 2.77
20 9.0 8.97 9.0 6.67 9.0 5.78 9.0 5.01 9.0 4.33 9.0 3.75 9.0 3.24
-20 - - 5.0 2.37 4.8 2.06 4.7 1.78 4.5 1.54 - - - -
-15 - - 5.7 2.68 5.5 2.32 5.3 2.01 5.1 1.74 4.9 1.51 - -
-10 3.7 3.42 3.5 2.85 3.4 2.47 3.2 2.14 3.1 1.85 3.0 1.60 - -
-7 3.8 3.53 3.6 2.94 3.5 2.55 3.4 2.21 3.2 1.91 3.1 1.65 - -
Min 2 3.9 4.56 3.7 3.80 3.6 3.29 3.5 2.85 3.3 2.47 3.2 2.13 3.1 1.85
7 3.6 5.38 3.4 4.48 3.3 3.89 3.2 3.36 3.1 2.91 3.0 2.52 2.8 2.18
12 4.3 6.38 4.1 5.32 4.0 4.61 3.8 3.99 3.7 3.45 3.6 2.99 3.4 2.58
15 4.7 6.92 4.5 5.77 4.3 5.00 4.2 4.33 4.0 3.74 3.9 3.24 3.7 2.80
20 5.4 8.00 5.1 6.67 5.0 5.78 4.8 5.00 4.6 4.33 4.4 3.74 4.3 3.24
A-106
PUMY-P112/125/140V/YKM(E)4(-BS) In case of ATW unit single connection
Outdoor unit
Water outlet
temperature[ ]
25 35 40 45 50 55 60
Ambient
temperature[ ]
-20 - - 6.5 1.76 5.7 1.46 - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.0 2.05 7.5 1.88 - - - - - - - -
-10 10.7 2.36 10.3 2.20 9.9 2.05 9.5 1.90 - - - - - -
-7 11.1 2.57 11.1 2.36 11.1 2.16 11.1 1.96 10.0 1.88 - - - -
Max 2 11.6 2.87 11.3 2.62 11.1 2.37 10.8 2.12 10.7 1.91 10.6 1.71 - -
7 14.2 4.38 13.8 3.93 13.4 3.48 13.0 3.03 12.8 2.67 12.5 2.31 - -
12 15.4 4.81 14.9 4.31 14.5 3.81 14.0 3.31 13.8 2.91 13.5 2.51 - -
15 16.0 5.08 15.5 4.55 15.0 4.01 14.5 3.48 14.3 3.05 14.0 2.62 - -
20 17.5 5.64 17.1 5.06 16.7 4.48 16.3 3.90 16.2 3.46 16.1 3.02 - -
-20 - - 6.5 1.76 5.7 1.46 - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 8.0 2.05 7.5 1.88 - - - - - - - -
-10 8.0 2.63 8.0 2.42 8.0 2.20 8.0 1.99 - - - - - -
-7 8.0 2.99 8.0 2.72 8.0 2.44 8.0 2.16 8.0 1.94 - - - -
Nominal 2 10.0 3.18 10.0 2.86 10.0 2.54 10.0 2.22 10.0 1.97 10.0 1.73 - -
7 12.5 4.59 12.5 4.08 12.5 3.57 12.5 3.06 12.5 2.69 12.5 2.32 - -
12 13.5 5.05 13.5 4.48 13.5 3.92 13.5 3.35 13.5 2.93 13.5 2.51 - -
15 14.0 5.36 14.0 4.75 14.0 4.14 14.0 3.53 14.0 3.08 14.0 2.62 - -
20 15.5 5.90 15.5 5.26 15.5 4.62 15.5 3.99 15.5 3.50 15.5 3.02 - -
-20 - - 5.2 1.85 4.5 1.45 - - - - - - - -
-15 - - 6.4 2.15 6.0 1.95 - - - - - - - -
-10 6.4 2.79 6.4 2.54 6.4 2.29 6.4 2.04 - - - - - -
-7 6.4 3.05 6.4 2.77 6.4 2.49 6.4 2.21 6.4 1.96 - - - -
Mid 2 8.0 3.34 8.0 3.00 8.0 2.66 8.0 2.32 8.0 2.06 8.0 1.81 - -
7 10.0 4.75 10.0 4.25 10.0 3.74 10.0 3.23 10.0 2.83 10.0 2.42 - -
12 10.8 5.35 10.8 4.80 10.8 4.25 10.8 3.69 10.8 3.24 10.8 2.79 - -
15 11.2 5.82 11.2 5.22 11.2 4.62 11.2 4.02 11.2 3.50 11.2 2.99 - -
20 12.4 6.80 12.4 6.04 12.4 5.29 12.4 4.53 12.4 3.93 12.4 3.32 - -
-20 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-15 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
-7 3.7 2.90 3.6 2.61 3.5 2.33 3.4 2.04 3.3 1.80 - - - -
Min 2 3.8 3.30 4.5 3.17 4.2 2.75 4.0 2.34 3.8 2.00 3.5 1.72 - -
7 3.9 4.06 3.8 3.64 3.6 3.22 3.5 2.79 3.2 2.39 3.0 1.99 - -
12 4.5 5.10 4.4 4.54 4.3 3.99 4.1 3.43 3.8 2.93 3.6 2.43 - -
15 4.9 6.07 4.8 5.37 4.6 4.67 4.5 3.97 4.2 3.38 3.9 2.79 - -
20 5.6 7.51 5.5 6.58 5.3 5.65 5.2 4.72 4.9 4.01 4.6 3.30 - -
A-107
UHZ-W50VHA(BS)
5.3 Part load chart
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Water outlet temperature 35 [°C ] Mid A 2
Min A -7
Capacity-Ambient temperature COP-Capacity
6.0 6.0
5.5
5.0
5.0
Capacity [kW]
4.0
4.5
COP
4.0
3.0
3.5
2.0
3.0
1.0 2.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
Ambient temperature [°C] Capacity [kW]
Water outlet temperature 45 [°C ]

6.0 4.5
5.0 4.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
3.0 3.0
2.0 2.5
1.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5

6.0 3.5
5.0
3.0
Capacity [kW]
4.0
COP
2.5
3.0
2.0
2.0
1.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5
A-108
PUHZ-W85VHA2(BS)
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
10.0 6.5
6.0
8.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0
4.5
COP
4.0
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

10.0 5.0
4.5
8.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0 3.5
COP
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0

10.0 4.0
8.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
6.0 3.0
COP
4.0 2.5
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0
A-109
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.0
5.5
14.0
5.0
12.0
4.5
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.0
COP
8.0
3.5
6.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 6.0
5.5
14.0
5.0
12.0
4.5
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.0
COP
8.0
3.5
6.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 6.0
5.5
14.0
5.0
12.0
4.5
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.0
COP
8.0
3.5
6.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
A-110
PUHZ-W85V/YAA
PUHZ-W85V/YAA
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
14.0 7.0
12.0 6.0
10.0 5.0
Capacity [kW]
8.0 4.0
COP
6.0 3.0
4.0 2.0
2.0 1.0
0.0 0.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5

14.0 6.0
12.0
5.0
10.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
8.0
COP
3.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
1.0
2.0
0.0 0.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5

14.0 6.0
12.0
5.0
10.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
8.0
COP
3.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
2.0 1.0
0.0 0.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5 10.5
A-111
PUHZ-W112V/YAA
PUHZ-W112V/YAA
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
18.0 8
16.0 7
14.0
6
12.0
5
Capacity [kW]
10.0
COP
4
8.0
3
6.0
2
4.0
2.0 1
0.0 0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 10.5 12.5 14.5 16.5

18.0 6.0
16.0
5.0
14.0
12.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
10.0
COP
3.0
8.0
6.0 2.0
4.0
1.0
2.0
0.0 0.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 10.5 12.5 14.5 16.5

18.0 6.0
16.0
5.0
14.0
12.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
10.0
COP
3.0
8.0
6.0 2.0
4.0
1.0
2.0
0.0 0.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.5 4.5 6.5 8.5 10.5 12.5 14.5 16.5
A-112
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
6.0
14.0
5.5
12.0
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 5.0
14.0 4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
8.0
3.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
A-113
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
6.0
14.0
5.5
12.0
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

16.0 5.0
14.0 4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
8.0
3.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
A-114
SUHZ-SW45VA
SUHZ-SW45VA
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
10.0 6.5
6.0
8.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0
4.5
COP
4.0
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

10.0 5.0
4.5
8.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0 3.5
COP
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

10.0 3.5
8.0 3.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0 2.5
COP
4.0 2.0
2.0 1.5
0.0 1.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
A-115
UHZ-SW45VAH
SUHZ-SW45VAH
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
10.0 6.5
6.0
8.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0
4.5
COP
4.0
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

10.0 5.0
4.5
8.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0 3.5
COP
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5

10.0 3.5
8.0 3.0
Capacity [kW]
6.0 2.5
COP
4.0 2.0
2.0 1.5
0.0 1.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 1.5 2.5 3.5 4.5 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5
A-116
PUHZ-SW50VKA(BS)
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
12.0 6.0
5.5
10.0
5.0
8.0
4.5
Capacity [kW]
COP
6.0 4.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0
2.5
0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

12.0 5.0
10.0 4.5
8.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
COP
6.0 3.5
4.0 3.0
2.0 2.5
0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0

12.0 3.5
10.0
3.0
8.0
Capacity [kW]
COP
6.0 2.5
4.0
2.0
2.0
0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0
A-117
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
14.0 6.0
5.5
12.0
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

16.0 5.0
14.0
4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
COP
8.0 3.5
6.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

16.0 3.5
14.0
12.0 3.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
COP
8.0 2.5
6.0
4.0 2.0
2.0
0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
A-118
PUHZ-SW100V/YHA(BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.5
COP
3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
A-119
UHZ-SW120V/YHA(BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.5
COP
3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0
A-120
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
45.0 6.5
40.0 6.0
35.0 5.5
30.0 5.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0 4.5
COP
20.0 4.0
15.0 3.5
10.0 3.0
5.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

45.0 5.0
40.0
4.5
35.0
30.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0
COP
3.5
20.0
15.0 3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

45.0 4.0
40.0
3.5
35.0
30.0
3.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0
COP
20.0
2.5
15.0
10.0
2.0
5.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
A-121
UHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
45.0 6.5
40.0 6.0
35.0 5.5
30.0 5.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0 4.5
COP
20.0 4.0
15.0 3.5
10.0 3.0
5.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

45.0 5.0
40.0
4.5
35.0
30.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0
COP
3.5
20.0
15.0 3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0

45.0 4.0
40.0
3.5
35.0
30.0
3.0
Capacity [kW]
25.0
COP
20.0
2.5
15.0
10.0
2.0
5.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0
A-122
PUHZ-SW75VAA/YAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75V/YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
14.0 6.0
5.5
12.0
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

16.0 5.0
14.0
4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
COP
8.0 3.5
6.0
3.0
4.0
2.5
2.0
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
A-123
UHZ-SW100V/YAA(BS)
PUHZ-SW100V/YAA(-BS) Max A 15
Outdoor unit
Nominal A 7
Mid A 2
Water outlet temperature 35 [°C ] Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
COP
3.5
10.0
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A-124
PUHZ-FRP71VHA
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
6.0
14.0
12.0 5.5
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

16.0 5.0
14.0 4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
8.0
3.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2.0 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
A-125
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
14.0 6.0
12.0 5.5
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 5.0
14.0 4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
8.0
3.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0
A-126
PUHZ-SHW112V/YHA(BS)
PUHZ-SHW112V/YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.5
COP
3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0
A-127
UHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.5
COP
3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0
A-128
PUHZ-SHW230YKA
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Water outlet temperature 35 [°C ] Mid A -7
Min
35.0 6.5
30.0 6.0
5.5
25.0
5.0
Capacity [kW]
20.0
4.5
COP
15.0 4.0
3.5
10.0
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0

35.0 5.0
30.0 4.5
25.0 4.0
Capacity [kW]
20.0 3.5
COP
15.0 3.0
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0

35.0 4.0
30.0
3.5
25.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
20.0
COP
15.0
2.5
10.0
2.0
5.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0 26.0 28.0
A-129
UHZ-SHW80VAA/YAA
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
16.0 6.5
14.0 6.0
5.5
12.0
5.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
4.5
COP
8.0
4.0
6.0
3.5
4.0
3.0
2.0 2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

16.0 5.0
14.0
4.5
12.0
4.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.5
COP
8.0
3.0
6.0
2.5
4.0
2.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

16.0 4.0
14.0
3.5
12.0
10.0
Capacity [kW]
3.0
COP
8.0
2.5
6.0
4.0
2.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A-130
PUHZ-SHW112VAA/YAA
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 6.5
6.0
20.0
5.5
5.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.5
COP
4.0
10.0
3.5
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

25.0 5.0
4.5
20.0
4.0
Capacity [kW]
15.0
3.5
COP
3.0
10.0
2.5
5.0
2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

25.0 4.0
20.0 3.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0 3.0
COP
10.0 2.5
5.0 2.0
0.0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A-131
PUMY-P112/125/140V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Max A 15
Nominal A 7
Min A -7
25.0 5.5
5.0
20.0
4.5
Capacity [kW]
15.0
4.0
COP
3.5
10.0
3.0
5.0
2.5
0.0 2.0
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25 4.5
4.0
20
3.5
Capacity [kW]
15
COP
3.0
10
2.5
5
2.0
0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 15.0 16.0

25 3.0
20
2.5
Capacity [kW]
15
COP
10
2.0
0 1.5
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
A-132
<Notes>
1) These data are measured based on EN14511-2013.
5.4 Best COP 2) Max COP of each model at each condition are shown.
3) Gray highlighted data means integrated data includ-
Power inverter ing defrost operation.
Outdoor unit
Water outlet temperature[ ] 35 45 55
Ambient temperature[ ] Capacity COP Capacity COP Capacity COP
-7 3.22 3.12 / 2.80 2.96 2.18 / 2.00 3.50 1.41 / 1.34
SUHZ-SW 3.32 3.42 / 3.07 3.50 2.80 / 2.55 3.50 2.04 / 1.91
2
45VA/VAH 3.25 3.54 / 3.13 3.43 2.90 / 2.60 3.43 2.11 / 1.95
7 4.10 5.10 4.50 3.70 4.50 2.70
-7 2.56 3.02 2.45 2.44 2.34 1.86
PUHZ-SW 3.03 3.46 2.95 2.81 2.87 2.16
2
50VKA(-BS) 3.81 3.84 3.56 3.09 3.31 2.34
7 3.91 4.72 3.70 3.68 3.49 2.64
-7 6.16 2.95 5.92 2.26 5.33 1.80
PUHZ-SW 5.11 3.60 4.73 3.05 4.18 2.28
2
75VHA(-BS) 4.57 3.71 4.23 3.12 3.75 2.35
7 5.64 4.72 5.94 3.65 6.14 2.87
-7 7.15 2.95 7.35 2.27 7.48 1.68
PUHZ-SW 7.32 3.69 7.17 2.86 6.89 2.15
2
100V/YHA(-BS) 6.74 3.88 6.63 2.97 6.42 2.29
7 6.21 4.71 6.35 3.62 6.58 2.80
-7 8.11 2.92 8.34 2.26 8.56 1.76
PUHZ-SW 7.81 3.67 7.54 2.88 7.32 2.12
2
120V/YHA(-BS) 6.82 3.84 6.78 2.97 6.72 2.21
7 9.24 4.65 9.55 3.54 9.89 2.71
-7 11.61 2.88 10.82 2.32 10.10 1.80
PUHZ-SW 12.78 3.42 12.78 2.65 12.77 1.98
2
160YKA(-BS) 10.58 3.46 9.87 2.70 9.04 2.07
7 17.61 4.57 17.61 3.50 17.61 2.63
-7 11.57 2.86 10.78 2.30 10.07 1.77
PUHZ-SW 12.78 3.37 12.78 2.61 12.77 1.94
2
200YKA(-BS) 10.53 3.41 9.82 2.66 8.98 2.03
7 17.61 4.44 17.61 3.47 17.61 2.55
-7 3.63 3.23 3.51 2.55 3.37 2.01
PUHZ-SW 6.00 3.53 5.79 2.79 5.57 2.20
2
75V/YAA(-BS) 4.20 3.85 4.06 3.04 3.90 2.40
7 4.20 4.77 4.06 3.77 3.90 2.97
-7 4.94 3.31 4.77 2.61 4.59 2.06
PUHZ-SW 8.96 3.41 8.65 2.69 8.32 2.12
2
100V/YAA(-BS) 6.80 3.98 6.57 3.14 6.31 2.48
7 6.80 4.63 6.57 3.66 6.31 2.88
-7 7.15 3.01 7.35 2.33 7.48 1.68
PUHZ- 7.32 3.75 7.32 2.93 6.89 2.17
2
W112VHA(-BS) 6.75 3.95 6.70 3.09 6.40 2.31
7 6.30 4.77 6.30 3.66 6.60 2.83
-7 6.0 2.74 6.0 2.27 6.0 1.89
PUHZ-W 4.8 3.74 4.5 2.9 4.1 2.25
2
85V/YAA 5.0 4.03 4.6 3.17 4.3 2.45
7 6.0 4.92 5.5 3.55 5.1 2.82
-7 7.2 3.33 7.2 2.51 7.2 1.88
PUHZ-W 7.3 3.70 6.7 2.79 6.0 2.07
2
112V/YAA 7.2 4.12 6.5 3.02 5.8 2.21
7 8.5 4.90 7.9 3.88 7.2 2.89
Mr.SLIM+
-7 3.40 3.05 3.20 2.45 2.20 2.05
PUHZ-FRP 4.70 3.55 4.00 3.00 3.20 2.35
2
71VHA2 4.40 3.65 3.90 3.10 2.90 2.45
7 5.40 4.55 4.50 3.65 3.70 2.75
A-133
Zubadan
Outdoor unit

-7 7.18 3.20 7.33 2.46 7.40 1.97
PUHZ-SHW 7.54 3.68 7.35 3.00 7.21 2.33
2
80VHA(-BS) 6.82 4.06 6.72 3.15 6.66 2.46
7 6.15 4.82 6.03 3.70 5.79 2.90
-7 7.16 3.18 7.31 2.45 7.38 1.96
PUHZ-SHW 7.52 3.66 7.33 2.99 7.19 2.32
2
112V/YHA(-BS) 6.80 4.04 6.70 3.13 6.64 2.45
7 6.13 4.80 6.01 3.68 5.77 2.89
-7 7.14 3.18 7.29 2.44 7.36 1.96
PUHZ-SHW 7.50 3.65 7.31 2.98 7.17 2.31
2
140YHA(-BS) 6.79 4.03 6.69 3.13 6.63 2.44
7 6.12 4.79 6.00 3.67 5.76 2.88
-7 16.68 2.95 19.41 2.37 20.98 2.13
PUHZ-SHW 13.20 3.45 13.04 2.59 12.91 2.27
2
230YKA2 12.49 3.55 12.22 2.73 12.00 2.33
7 11.43 4.31 13.94 3.17 15.42 2.50
-7 8.00 3.48 8.00 2.68 8.00 2.02
PUHZ-SHW -7 4.95 3.32 4.78 2.62 4.59 2.07
8.00 3.55 7.73 2.80 7.42 2.21
80V/YAA(-BS) 2
6.81 3.99 6.58 3.15 6.32 2.48
7 6.81 4.64 6.58 3.67 6.32 2.89
-7 11.20 3.34 11.2 2.54 10.76 1.95
PUHZ-SHW -7 4.94 3.31 4.77 2.61 4.59 2.06
8.96 3.41 8.65 2.69 8.32 2.12
112V/YAA(-BS) 2
6.80 3.98 6.57 3.14 6.31 2.48
7 6.80 4.63 6.57 3.66 6.31 2.88
:This icon means injection circuit is active.
Inverter multi In case of ATW unit single connection

-7 5.95 2.84 6.40 2.21 — —
PUMY-P
6.14 3.14 6.18 2.61 6.39 1.86
112/125/140 2
5.17 3.33 5.15 2.87 5.39 1.95
V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
7 8.50 4.37 8.30 3.35 8.18 2.50
A-134
5.5 Correcting capacity for changes in the length of refrigerant piping
Outdoor unit
SUHZ-SW45VA(H) PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
<Method for obtaining the equivalent piping length>

Equivalent length = (piping length) + 0.3 × (number of bends in the piping)
<Cooling>
SW45 (33 m or less) SW75
SW50
1.00
0.90
0.80
Capacity ratio
0.70
0.60
0.50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
Equivalent piping length [m]
<Heating>
1.00
0.95
0.90
Capacity ratio
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.70
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
A-135
PUHZ-SW100/120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
<Cooling>
SHW80 SW100 SW120
SHW112 SHW140
1.00
0.90
Capacity ratio
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
<Heating>
1.00
0.95
0.90
Capacity ratio
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
A-136
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
<Cooling>
SW160 SW200
SHW230
1.00
0.90
0.80
Capacity ratio
0.70
0.60
0.50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
<Heating>
1.00
0.95
0.90
Capacity ratio
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.70
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
A-137
Heating
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
<Heating>
1.00
0.95
0.90 Total capacity of indoor unit

Capacity ratio
1.00
0.95
0.85
0.90 7.8
0.80
0.85
Capacity ratio
0.80
0.75
0.75
11.6
0.70
0.70
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
0.65 15.5
20.2
0.60
0.55
0.50
PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS)
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS) Piping equivalent length (m)
<Heating>
1.00
0.95
Capacity ratio
0.90
0.85
0.80
0.75
0.70
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
A-138
6 Noise criterion curves Outdoor unit
6.1 Packaged-type units PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE
COOLING 45 COOLING 48
HEATING 46 HEATING 48
90 90
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 bar)

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 HEARING FOR
NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
PUHZ-W85YAA MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-W112YAA MODE SPL(dB) LINE
90 90
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB (0 dB = 0.0002 µbar)
80 80
70 70
NC-70
NC-70
60
60
NC-60
NC-60
50
NC-50
50
NC-50
40
NC-40 40
NC-40
30
NC-30 30
NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
NC-20
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
CONTINUOUS
HEARING FOR
NOISE
CONTINUOUS
NC-20
10 NOISE
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 10
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz
MICROPHONE
1m
UNIT
1.5m
<Notes>
1) Sound data is taken when the system is running stably. GROUND
2) Relatively large noise could be heard transiently in the case 4-way valve, or LEV operates.
A-139
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
6 Noise criterion curves PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS) Outdoor unit
PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS) MODE SPL(dB)
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
LINE
PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)
90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
20 APPROXIMATE
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 HEARING FOR
NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
1) Sound data is taken when the system is running stably.
A-140
Outdoor unit
MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE

COOLING 46
COOLING 52
HEATING 46
HEATING 52
90 90
OCTAVE BAND SOUND PRESSURE LEVEL, dB re 0.0002 MICRO BAR

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
20 20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NC-10 NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75VHA.UK MODE SPL(dB) LINE

COOLING 48
PUHZ-SW75VHA-BS.UK HEATING 51
90
80
70
NC-70
60
NC-60
50
NC-50
40
NC-40
30
NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
A-141
PUHZ-SW100VHA.UK
PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120VHA.UK
PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100VHA-BS.UK
PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120VHA-BS.UK
PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
MODE SPL(dB) LINE MODE SPL(dB) LINE

PUHZ-SW100YHA.UK COOLING 50 PUHZ-SW120YHA.UK COOLING 51
PUHZ-SW100YHA-BS.UK HEATING 54 PUHZ-SW120YHA-BS.UK HEATING 54
90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE 20 APPROXIMATE
HEARING FOR
HEARING FOR
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW160YKA.UK MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-SW200YKA.UK MODE SPL(dB) LINE
PUHZ-SW160YKA-BS.UK HEATING 62
PUHZ-SW200YKA-BS.UK HEATING 62
90 90
80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
HEARING FOR HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
A-142
PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
MODE SPL(dB) LINE MODE SPL(dB) LINE
90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE PUHZ-SHW80VHA PUHZ-SHW112VHA NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 PUHZ-SHW80VHAR2(-BS).UK
63 125 250 500 PUHZ-SHW112VHA2(-BS).UK
1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz PUHZ-SHW80VHAR3(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW112VHA3(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW80VHAR4(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW112VHA4(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHA PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR1 PUHZ-SHW140YHAR1
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR2(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR2(-BS).UK
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2 MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR3(-BS).UK PUHZ-SHW140YHAR3(-BS).UK
ATA Cooling,
47
PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW140YHAR4(-BS).UK
PUHZ-SHW112YHAR4(-BS).UK
HR Cooling PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE
ATA Heating,
49 COOLING 51
ATW Heating
HEATING 52
90 90
80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70 MIC
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40
1.5
40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30
NC-30
THRESHOLD OF
THRESHOLD OF HEARING FOR
HEARING FOR NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NOISE
NOISE
10
10 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
A-143
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2 PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW230YKA MODE SPL(dB) LINE MODE SPL(dB) LINE

90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70
NC-70
60
60
NC-60
NC-60
50
50
NC-50
NC-50
40
40
NC-40
NC-40
30
30
NC-30
NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
20 APPROXIMATE THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
THRESHOLD OF NC-20
HEARING FOR CONTINUOUS
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 NOISE
NOISE 10
10 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS)
MODE SPL(dB) LINE
COOLING 49
HEATING 47
90
80
70
NC-70
60
NC-60
50
NC-50
40
NC-40
30
NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
A-144
PUMY-P112VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112VKM3(-BS)
PUMY-P112YKM4(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE PUMY-P125VKM3(-BS)
PUMY-P125YKM4(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE
Outdoor unit
PUMY-P112YKM3(-BS)
PUMY-P112YKME4(-BS)
COOLING 49 PUMY-P125YKM3(-BS) COOLING 50
HEATING 51 PUMY-P125YKME4(-BS) HEATING 52
PUMY-P112YKME3(-BS) PUMY-P125YKME3(-BS)
90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
CONTINUOUS
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
PUMY-P140VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P140VKM3(-BS)
PUMY-P140YKM4(-BS) MODE SPL(dB) LINE
PUMY-P140YKM3(-BS)
PUMY-P140YKME4(-BS)
COOLING 51
HEATING 53
PUMY-P140YKME3(-BS)
90
80
70
NC-70
60
NC-60
50
NC-50
40
NC-40
30
NC-30
20 APPROXIMATE
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
<Notes>
A-145
7 Estimated noise level based on the distance from Outdoor unit Outdoor unit
Annotation and measurement condition

Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
MICROPHONE
1m
UNIT
<Notes>
1.5m 1) Sound data is taken when the system is running stably.
2) Relatively large noise could be heard transiently in the case
4-way valve, or LEV operates.
3) Sound reflection from ground and surrounding walls is not
considered.
GROUND
Cooling
Heating
PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS) PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
65 65
60 60
Sound Pressure level [dB(A)]

55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Distance from outdoor unit :L[m] Distance from outdoor unit :L[m]
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS)
PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Distance from outdoor unit :L[m]
A-146
Cooling
Heating
Outdoor unit
65 65
60 60

55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
A-147
Cooling
Heating
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)
65 65
60 60

55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUHZ-SHW80/112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
PUHZ-SHW112/140YHA(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
A-148
Cooling
Heating
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS)
PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS))
65 65
60 60

55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUMY-P112VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112YKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P112YKME4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKME4(-BS)
65 65
60 60
55 55
50 50
45 45
40 40
35 35
30 30
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
PUMY-P140VKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P140YKM4(-BS)
PUMY-P140YKME4(-BS)
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Distance from outdoor unit :L[m]
A-149
8Earthquake-proof
Earthquake-proof strength
strength analysis analysis
<Anchor bolt> Outdoor unit
1.Type: Power Inverter Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W50VHA2 (-BS)

3.Specification
(1) Unit mass W= 64 kg
(2) Anchor bolt
1.The total number of bolts N= 4
2.The size and shape "=M 10 type
3.The axis section area per one bolt A= 78 mm2= 78 ×10-6 m2
4.The total number of bolts in one side which be pulled stronger when the unit inverted Nt= 2
(3) The height between the installing surface and the center of gravity of the unit Hg= 320 mm= 0.320 m
(4) The bolt-span from the examination angle L= 370 mm= 0.370 m
(5) The distance between the center of bolt and the center of gravity of the unit Lg= 190 mm(Lg L/2)= 0.190 m
4.The examination calculation (by rounding off to the first decimal place of each item)
(1) The horizontal seismic coefficient for designing Kh= 1.0
(2) The vertical seismic coefficient for designing Kv=Kh/2= 0.5
(3) The horizontal earthquake forces for designing Fh=Kh W 9.8= 627.2 N
(4) The vertical earthquake forces for designing Fv=Kv W 9.8= 313.6 N
(5) The withdrawal strength of the anchor bolt Fh Hg-(W 9.8-Fv) Lg = 190.7 N
Rb=
L Nt
(6) The shear forces of the anchor bolt Q=Fh/N= 156.8 N
(7) The stress arising to the anchor bolt
1.The tensile stress σ=Rb/A= 2.4 MPa ft=176.4MPa
2.The shearing stress τ=Q/A= 2.0 MPa fs=132.3MPa
3.The stress when affected by both the shearing and the tensile at the same time fts=1.4ft-1.6τ= 243.7 MPa
σ= 2.4 MPa fts= 176.4 MPa
(8) The construction way of the anchor bolt
1.The construction way of the anchor bolt = Boxed J type anchor
2.The thickness of the concrete = 120 mm= 0.120 m
3.The length of buried part of bolt = 70 mm= 0.070 m
4.The permissible withdrawal weight Ta= 3136 N Rb= 190.7 N
Since the results from the examination above, the anchor bolt has enough strength.
950
610 330
G G
740
320
600 190
370
A-150
8Earthquake-proof
Earthquake-proof strength
strength analysis
analysis <Anchor bolt> Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W85VHA2 (-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
950
610 330
973
G G
400
600 180
370
A-151
8 Earthquake-proof
Earthquake-proof strength analysis
strength analysis <Anchor bolt>
Outdoor unit

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W112VHA (-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
3.The axis section area per one bolt. A= 78 mm2= 78 ×10-6 m2
Rb=
L Nt
2.The shearing stress τ=Q/A= 4.2 Pa fs=132.3MPa
3.The stress when affected by both the shearing and the tensile at the same time. fts=1.4ft-1.6τ= 240.3 MPa
σ= 11.3 MPa fts= 176.4 MPa
(8) The construction way of the anchor bolt MPa

1020 330
650
1350
G G
590
600
180
370
A-152
8 Earthquake-proof strength analysis Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W85VAA
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
(3) The height between the installing surface and the center of gravity of the unit Hg = 450 mm = 0.450 m
Rb=
L Nt
3.The stress when affected by both the shearing and the tensile at the same time fts=1.4ft-1.6τ 242.2 MPa
4.The permissible withdrawal weight Ta= 3136 N Rb= 308 N
1050
600 480
1020
G G
450
600 225
520
A-153

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W85YAA

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
600 480
1020
G G
450
600 225
520
A-154
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W112VAA
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
600 480
1020
G G
450
600 225
520
A-155

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-W112YAA

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
600 480
1020
G G
450
600 225
520
A-156
8Earthquake-proof
Earthquake-proof strength analysis
strength analysis <Anchor bolt>
Outdoor unit
1.Type: ZUBADAN Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-HW140VHA2 (-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
3.The axis section area per one bolt. A= 78 mm2= 78 ×10-6 m2
Rb=
L Nt
2.The shearing stress τ=Q/A= 4.2 Pa fs=132.3MPa
3.The stress when affected by both the shearing and the tensile at the same time. fts=1.4ft-1.6τ= 240.2 MPa
σ= 11.4 MPa fts= 176.2 MPa
(8) The construction way of the anchor bolt MPa

1020 330
650
1350
G G
590
600
180
370
A-157
Earthquake-proof strength analysis <Anchor bolt>

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS), PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 12.6 MPa fts= 176.4 MPa
1020 330
650
1350
G G
590
600
180
370
A-158
1.Type: Eco Inverter Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
1.The total number of bolts. N= 4
2.The size and shape. "=M 10 type
3.The axis section area per one bolt. A= 78 mm2= 78×10-6 m2
4.The total number of bolts in one side which be pulled stronger when the unit inverted. Nt= 2
(1) The horizontal seismic coeffcient for designing Kh= 1.0
(5) The withdrawal strength of the anchor bolt Fh Hg-(W 9.8-Fv) Lg 199.8 N
Rb=
L Nt
1.The tensile stress. =Rb/A= 2.6 MPa ft = 176.4 MPa
2.The shearing stress. =Q/A= 1.8 MPa fs = 132.3 MPa
3.The stress when affected by both the shearing and the tensile at the same time. fts=1.4ft-1.6 = 244.1 MPa
= 2.6 MPa fts= 244.1 MPa
1.The construction way of the anchor bolt. = Boxed J type anchor
2.The thickness of the concrete. = 120 mm = 0.120 m
3.The length of buried part of bolt. = 70 mm = 0.070 m
4.The permissible withdrawal weight. Ta= 3136 N Rb= 200 N
Since the results from the examination above, the anchor bolt has enough strength
840
540
330
G G
880
340
165
500 360
A-159

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
809
510
300
G G
630
290
165
500 330
A-160
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
950
590 330
G G
943
445
600 180
370
A-161

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS), PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
950 330
590
1350
G G
578
600
180
370
A-162
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS), PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 10.8 MPa fts= 240.4 MPa
950 330
590
1350
G G
578
600
180
370
A-163

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS), PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 10.7 MPa fts= 176.4 MPa
1050 330
665
1338
G G
555
600
180
370
A-164
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
600 480
1020
G G
450
600 225
520
A-165

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
600 480
1020
G G
480
600 205
520
A-166
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
4.The permissible withdrawal weight Ta= 3136 N Rb 335.7 N
1050
620 480
1020
G G
435
600 245
520
A-167

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
620 480
1020
G G
470
600 215
520
A-168
1.Type: Mr.SLIM+ Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
950
590
330
G G
943
403
180
600 370
A-169

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS), PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
950 330
590
1350
G G
578
600
180
370
A-170
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS), PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 11.1 MPa fts= 240.2 MPa
950 330
590
1350
G G
578
600
180
370
A-171

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SHW230YKA2

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 12.3 MPa fts= 176.4 MPa
1050 330
660
1338
G G
590
600
180
370
A-172
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
620 480
1020
G G
435
600 245
520
A-173
Outdoor unit

2.Model name: PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050
620 480
1020
G G
470
600 215
520
A-174
1.Type: Inverter Multi Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050 330
665
1338
G G
578
600
175
370
A-175

Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS)

3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
1050 330
665
1338
G G
578
600
175
370
A-176
Outdoor unit
2.Model name: PUMY-P112/125/140YKME4(-BS)
3.Specification
(2) Anchor bolt
Rb=
L Nt
σ= 13.2 MPa fts= 176.0 MPa
1050 330
702
1338
G G
578
600
180
370
A-177
9 Error code table Outdoor unit
Display Contents to be inspected (During operation)

Outdoor unit
U1 Abnormal high pressure (63H operated)

U2 Abnormal temperature of discharge/Comp. Surface, shortage of refrigerant
Open/short (TH4, TH34(PUHZ-HW·HA2, SW·HA, SHW·HA/KA, FRP·VHA), TH33(PUHZ-W·HA(2)),
U3
RT62(SUHZ-SW))
Open/short (TH3, TH6, TH7, TH8, TH32 and TH33(PUHZ-W112VHA, HW·HA2, SW·HA, SHW·HA/
U4
KA),RT61, RT64, RT65,RT68(SUHZ-SW))
U5 Abnormal temperature of heatsink
U6 Abnormality in power module
U7 Abnormal super heat
U8 Abnormality in outdoor fan motor
U9 Voltage error, Current sensor error (Input current)
Ud Overheat error
UF Compressor overcurrent shutoff (When Comp. locked)
UH Current sensor error (Comp. current), Input overcurrent shutoff
UL Abnormal low pressure (63L operated)
UP Compressor overcurrent shutoff
P4 Drain sensor abnormality, Contact failure of drain float switch
P5 Drain over flow protection
P6 Freezing/overheating protection
P8 Abnormality temperature of pipe
PA Water leakage
Pb Fan trouble (Indoor unit)
UE Abnormal pressure (63HS operated)
PE Abnormal temperature of inlet water
Ed Serial communication error
EA, Eb, EC Incorrect wiring indoor / outdoor unit connection
E6 - E9 Indoor / Outdoor unit communication error
E0, E3 - E5 Remote communication error
EE, EF Combination error, undefined error
A0 Duplex address error
A2 Transmission processor hardware error
A3 Transmission bus BUSY error
A6 Signal communication error with transmission processor
A7 No ACK error
A8 No response frame error
L6 Circulation water freeze protection
Display Contents to be inspected (When power is turned on)

F3 63L connector (red) open
F5 63H connector (yellow) open
F9 2 connectors (63H and 63L) open
FC Outdoor control system error
A-178
10 Installation location Outdoor unit
10.1. Packaged-type units ( Power inverter / ZUBADAN )

PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS), PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS), PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS), PUHZ-HW140VHA2(-BS), PUHZ-HW140YHA2(-BS)
(mm) Choosing the outdoor unit installation location
0 • Avoid locations where the unit is exposed to direct sunlight or other sources of
0 +3
33 heat.
B • Select a location where noise emitted by the unit does not disturb neighbors.
• Select a location where easy wiring and pipe access to the power source is
available.
• Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or accu-
mulate.
A
• Note that condensate water may be produced by the unit during operation.
• Select a level location that can bear the weight and vibration of the unit.
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered with snow. In areas where heavy
snow fall is anticipated, special precautions must be taken to prevent the snow
from blocking the air intake such as to install the unit at higher position or install-
C
ing a hood on the air intake. This can reduce the airflow and the unit may not
60 operate properly.
0
0 • Avoid locations where the unit is exposed to oil, steam, or sulfuric gas.
37
• Make sure to hold the handles to transport the unit. Do not hold the base of the
unit, as there is a risk that hands or fingers may be pinched.
Fig. 1-1
Models A(mm) B(mm) C(mm) Outline dimensions (Outdoor unit) (Fig. 1-1)
50 740 950 175
85 943 950 175 Windy location installation
112 1350 1020 210 When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location where the unit is
140 1350 1020 210 exposed to strong wind, do not face the air outlet of the unit directly into the winds.
Strong wind entering the air outlet may impede the normal airflow and it may result
in a malfunction.
The following shows three examples of precautions against strong winds.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall keeping about 50 cm dis-
tance. (Fig. 1-2)
2 Install an optional air guide if the unit is installed in a location where strong winds
such as a typhoon, etc. may directly blow to the air outlet. (Fig. 1-3)
AAir protection guide
3 Position the unit so that the outlet air can blow at right angle to the seasonal wind
direction, if possible. (Fig. 1-4)
BWind direction
A
NECESSARY SPACE TO INSTALL
(1) When installing a single outdoor unit (Refer to the next page)
Minimum dimensions are as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum dimen-
Fig. 1-2 sions, indicated.
The figures in parentheses are for 112/140 models.
Refer to the figures for each case.
Fig. 1-3 1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 1-5)
2 Obstacles at rear and above only (Fig. 1-6)
3 Obstacles at rear and sides only (Fig. 1-7)
4 Obstacles at front only (Fig. 1-8)
B *When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance for 112/140 models is 500 mm or more.
5 Obstacles at front and rear only (Fig. 1-9)
*When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance for 112/140 models is 500 mm or more.
6 Obstacles at rear, sides, and above only (Fig. 1-10)
•Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow.
(2) When installing multiple outdoor units (Refer to the next page)
Fig. 1-4 Leave 10 mm space or more between the units.
The figures in parentheses are for 112/140 models.
1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 1-11)
•No more than 3 units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
5 Single parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 1-15)
*When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 500 (1000)
mm or more.
6 Multiple parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 1-16)
*When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 1000 (1500)
mm or more.
7 Stacked unit arrangement (Fig. 1-17)
•The units can be stacked up to 2 units high.
•No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
shown.
A-179
00
x. 5
Ma UNIT : mm
Outdoor unit
1000
( ) : W112
HW112,140
10
0(
20
0)
0 10 0
30 0( 30
0 20
30 0)
Fig. 1-5
Fig. 1-6 Fig. 1-7
00
x. 5
Ma
1000 (1500)
0 15
30 0(
25
) ) 0)
00 00 15 300 (500)
( 10 ( 10 0(
00 0 25
5 50 0)
Fig. 1-8 Fig. 1-9 Fig. 1-10
1000 (1500)
00
x. 3
Ma
10
00
(1
500
)
0 0) 00
)
30 ( 50 ( 15
3 00 00
10
Fig. 1-11 Fig. 1-12 Fig. 1-13
0
30
)
00
) 20
(500 00(
0 10
30 0)
00
) ( 60
15 0
0( 0) 40
0 0
10
0 ( 10
50
Fig. 1-14 Fig. 1-15
0)
0 ( 50
30
)
00
150
30
0 0(
20
0)
60 10
0( 00
) 40 (15 00
)
00 00 ) (8
( 15 00
00 5
10
Fig. 1-16 Fig. 1-17
A-180
PUHZ-W85VAA(-BS), PUHZ-W85YAA(-BS)
PUHZ-W112VAA(-BS), PUHZ-W112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
Choosing the outdoor unit installation location
0 • Avoid locations exposed to direct sunlight or other sources of heat.
48
10 • Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience
50 neighbors.
• Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source
and indoor unit.
1020
• Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or accu-
mulate.
• Note that water may drain from the unit during operation.
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy
22 snow fall is anticipated, special precautions such as raising the installation loca-
5
60 tion or installing a hood on the air intake must be taken to prevent the snow from
0 0 blocking the air intake or blowing directly against it. This can reduce the airflow
52
and a malfunction may result.
• Avoid locations exposed to oil, steam, or sulfuric gas.
Fig. 1-18 • Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the unit
is carried from the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
Outline dimensions (Outdoor unit) (Fig. 1-18)
Ventilation and service space

(1) Windy location installation
When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from
the wind, situate the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong
winds. Strong wind entering the air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a mal-
function may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 35 cm away from the
wall. (Fig. 1-19)
from a typhoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 1-20) A Air outlet guide
Fig. 1-19 3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal wind
B Wind direction
sions, indicated.
A 2 Obstacles at rear and above only (Fig. 1-23)
• Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow.
Leave 50 mm space or more between the units.
Fig. 1-20 Refer to the figures for each case.
• No more than 3 units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
shown.
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clear-
ance is 500 mm or more.
B * When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clear-
ance is 1000 mm or more.
• The units can be stacked up to two units high.
• No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave
Fig. 1-21 space as shown.
Note: The space should be provided for optimizing the performance of the
unit. Provide the proper space for water piping.
A-181
UNIT : mm
( ) : W112
00
Outdoor unit
x. 5 HW112,140
Ma
1000
10
0
0
100 200 10 20
0
Fig. 1-22 Fig. 1-23 Fig. 1-24
0
50
x.
Ma
1000
0
10 15
0
0 0
35 35 300
15
0
Fig. 1-25 Fig. 1-26 Fig. 1-27
00
x. 3
Ma
1000
10
00
00
20
0 10
0
30
Fig. 1-28 Fig. 1-29 Fig. 1-30
0
10
00
30
0 10
00 0
10 40
0
Fig. 1-31 35 Fig. 1-32
0
30
00
150
20
0 10
40 00
0
00 50
10
Fig. 1-33 Fig. 1-34
A-182
10.2 Split-type units ( Eco inverter / Power inverter )

SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
Outdoor unit
Refrigerant pipe (Fig. 1, 2)
(A) ► Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor
A A Indoor unit units, the length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe
B Outdoor unit are within the limits shown below.
(A) Pipe length (B) Height (C) Number of
(B) Models
(one way) difference bends (one way)
SUHZ-SW45 Max. 30 m Max. 30 m Max. of 10
B
• Height difference limitations are binding regardless of which unit, indoor or out-
door, is positioned higher.
(C) • Refrigerant adjustment ... If pipe length exceeds 7 m, additional refrigerant
Fig. 1 (R410A) charge is required.
(The outdoor unit is charged with refrigerant for pipe length up to 7 m.)
Up to 7 m No additional charge is required.
A Indoor unit Pipe length Additional charge is required.
B Outdoor unit Exceeding 7 m
(Refer to the table below.)
A ø6.35
ø12.7 Refrigerant
SUHZ-SW45 25 g × (refrigerant piping length (m) -7)
B to be added
Piping preparation
Fig. 2 • Refrigerant pipes of 3, 5, 7, 10 and 15 m are available as optional items.
840 81 (mm) (1) Table below shows the specifications of pipes commercially available.
417.5 Outer diameter Min. wall Insulation Insulation
Model Pipe
mm inch thickness thickness material
Air inlet Drainage hole
(ø42) Heat resisting
For liquid 6.35 1/4 0.8 mm 8 mm
40 SUHZ- foam plastic
SW45 0.045 specific
For gas 12.7 1/2 0.8 mm 8 mm
50
gravity
(2) Ensure that the 2 refrigerant pipes are well insulated to prevent condensation.
330
360
Air inlet
(3) Refrigerant pipe bending radius must be 100 mm or more.
Caution:
Air outlet Using careful insulation of specified thickness. Excessive thickness prevents
175 500 storage behind the indoor unit and smaller thickness causes dew drippage.
2-10 mm × 21 mm slot
Ventilation and service space (Fig. 3, 4)

840 81
109 A 100 mm or more
B 350 mm or more
C 500 mm or more
When the piping is to be attached to a wall containing metals (tin plated) or metal
netting, use a chemically treated wooden piece 20 mm or thicker between the wall
and the piping or wrap 7 to 8 turns of insulation vinyl tape around the piping.
880
Units should be installed by licensed contractor accordingly to local code re-

quirement.
452
Note:
When operating the outdoor unit in low outside temperature, be sure to fol-
low the instructions described below.
• Never install the outdoor unit in a place where its air inlet/outlet side may be ex-
posed directly to wind.
Fig. 3 • To prevent exposure to wind, install the outdoor unit with its air inlet side facing
the wall.
• To prevent exposure to wind, it is recommended to install a baffle board on the
air outlet side of the outdoor unit.
C
A A
B
Fig. 4
A-183
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
PUHZ-SW75–120VHA(-BS), PUHZ-SW100/120YHA(-BS), PUHZ-SW160/200YKA(-BS)
Outdoor unit
A ■ Refrigerant pipe (Fig. 2-1)

D ► Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor
units, the length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe
are within the limits shown below.
A Pipe length B Height C Number of bends
B Models
(one way) difference (one way)
SW50 2 m - 40 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
E
SW75 2 m - 40 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
SW100,120 2 m - 75 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
SW160,200 2 m - 80 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
C D Indoor unit E Outdoor unit
Fig. 2-1 • Height difference limitations are binding regardless of which unit, indoor or out-
door, is positioned higher.
■ Choosing the outdoor unit installation location
• Avoid locations exposed to direct sunlight or other sources of heat.
• Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience neighbors.
■ SW50 ■ SW75 • Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source and indoor unit.
23 30 • Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or accumulate.
00
+ 0+
3 33
80 • Note that water may drain from the unit during operation.
9 95
0 • Select a level location that can bear the weight and vibration of the unit.
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy snow fall
is anticipated, special precautions such as raising the installation location or installing
630
943
a hood on the air intake must be taken to prevent the snow from blocking the air intake or
blowing directly against it. This can reduce the airflow and a malfunction may result.
15 • Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the unit is carried
4.
5 from the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
50 17
0 0
36 5
62 60
0 ■ Outline dimensions (Outdoor unit) (Fig. 2-2)
0
37
■ SW100, 120 ■ SW160, 200 ■ Ventilation and service space
+3
0 (1) Windy location installation
0
33 +40 When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from the wind,
95 330
0 105 situate the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong winds. Strong wind
0
entering the air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a malfunction may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 50 cm away from the wall.
(Fig. 2-3)
1350
1338
from a typhoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 2-4)
A Air protection guide
3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal wind
B Wind direction
17
5 225
60
0 600 (2) When installing a single outdoor unit (Refer to the next page)
0 Minimum dimensions are as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum dimensions,
37 370
indicated.
Fig. 2-2 The figures in parentheses are for SW100-200 models.
* 350 for SW50.
* When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance for SW100-200 models is 500 mm or more.
* 350 for SW50.
Leave 350 mm for SW50 and 10 mm for SW75-120 and 50 mm for SW160, 200 space or
more between the units. The figures in parentheses are for SW100-200 models.
Fig. 2-3 • No more than 3 units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
A B 5 Single parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 2-16)
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 500 (1000) mm
or more.
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 1000 (1500) mm
or more.
Fig. 2-4 Fig. 2-5 7 Stacked unit arrangement (Fig. 2-18)
• No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
A-184
Outdoor unit
00 UNIT : mm
x. 5
Ma ( ) : SW100-200
1000
10
0(
) 20
50 )
0) 0)
0
(1 00 10 ( 30
10 (3 0( 0
0 20 20
20 0 )*
Fig. 2-6 Fig. 2-7 Fig. 2-8

0
50
x.
Ma
1000 (1500)
0)
( 15 15
1 00 0(
25
) 0) 0)
00 00 300 (500)
0 ( 10 0
(1 15
0(
50 50 25
0 )*
Fig. 2-9 Fig. 2-10 Fig. 2-11
1000 (1500)
00
x. 3
Ma
10
00
(1
500
)
)
) 00
(3 00 0) 0 ( 15
2 00 ( 50 100
0
Fig. 2-12 Fig. 2-13 30 Fig. 2-14
0)
0 ( 15
10
0) 00
)
( 50 ( 20
0
30 00
) 10
00 0)
15 ( 60
0 0( 0
10 ) 40
Fig. 2-15 10
00 Fig. 2-16
0(
50
0)
0 ( 50
30
)
00
150
( 30
00
20
0)
0 ( 60 10
00
40 (1 )
0) 5 00 ) 00
50 (8
1 00
0 0( 5
10
Fig. 2-17 Fig. 2-18
A-185
PUHZ-SW75/100VAA(-BS), PUHZ-SW75/100YAA(-BS)
Refrigerant pipe (Fig. 2-19)
Outdoor unit
A ► Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor units, the
D length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe are within the limits
shown below.
A Pipe length BHeight C Number of
Model
B (one way) difference bends (one way)
SW75 2 m - 40 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
SW100 2 m - 75 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
E
• Height difference limitation is defined regardless of which unit, indoor or outdoor, is positioned
higher.
D Indoor unit
C E Outdoor unit
Fig. 2-19
0 30 • Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience neighbors.
48 0+
33 • Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source and indoor unit.
10
943 (1350)
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy snow fall is antici-
1020
pated, special precautions such as raising the installation location or installing a hood on the air
intake must be taken to prevent the snow from blocking the air intake or blowing directly against
it. This can reduce the airflow and a malfunction may result.
• Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the unit is carried from
22 the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
5 17
5
60
0 60
0
0
52 0
37
Fig. 2-20 Ventilation and service space

When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from the wind, situate
the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong winds. Strong wind entering the
air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a malfunction may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 35 cm away from the wall. (Fig.
2-21)
2 Install an optional air guide if the unit is installed in a location where strong winds from a ty-
phoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 2-22)
A Air outlet guide
3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal wind direction, if
Fig. 2-21 possible. (Fig. 2-23)
B Wind direction
Minimum dimensions are as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum dimensions, indicated.
A 1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 2-24)
Fig. 2-22 (3) When installing multiple outdoor units (Refer to the next page)
• No more than 3 units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 500 mm
or more.
B 6 Multiple parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 2-35)
or more.
Fig. 2-23 • No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
shown.
A-186
UNIT : mm
00
x. 5
Outdoor unit
Ma
1000
10
0
0 0 0
10 20 10 20
0
Fig. 2-24 Fig. 2-25 Fig. 2-26
0
50
x.
Ma
1000
0
10 15
0
0 0
35 35 300
15
0
Fig. 2-27 Fig. 2-28 Fig. 2-29
00
x. 3
Ma 1000
10
00
0 00
20 10
00
Fig. 2-30 Fig. 2-31 3 Fig. 2-32
0
10
00
30
0 10
00 0
10 40
0
Fig. 2-33 35 Fig. 2-34
0
30
00
150
20
0 10
40 00
0
00 50
10
Fig. 2-35 Fig. 2-36
A-187
10.3 Split-type units ( Mr.SLIM+ ) Refrigerant pipe (Fig. 3-1)

► Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Outdoor unit
units, the length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe
A
D A,G Pipe length C,I Number of bends
F B,H Height difference
(one way) (one way)
Max. 30 m for each Max. 20 m for each Max. 15 for each
G
B
H
• Height difference limitations are binding regardless of which unit, indoor or
E outdoor, is positioned higher.
D Indoor unit
E Outdoor unit
C I F Cylinder unit or Hydrobox
Fig. 3-1 Choosing the outdoor unit installation location

• Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience
25 neighbors.
0 0+
0 +3 33 • Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source
33 and indoor unit.
95
95 0
0 • Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or ac-
cumulate.
943 (1350)
• Note that water may drain from the unit during operation.
943
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy
snow fall is anticipated, special precautions such as raising the installation lo-
cation or installing a hood on the air intake must be taken to prevent the snow
from blocking the air intake or blowing directly against it. This can reduce the
17 airflow and a malfunction may result.
5
6 • Avoid locations exposed to oil, steam, or sulfuric gas.
17 00
5 0 • Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the
37
60 unit is carried from the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
0
0
37
Fig. 3-2
When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from
the wind, situate the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong
winds. Strong wind entering the air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a
malfunction may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 50 cm away from
the wall. (Fig. 3-3)
2 Install an optional air guide if the unit is installed in a location where strong
winds from a typhoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 3-4)
Fig. 3-3 A Air protection guide
3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal
wind direction, if possible. (Fig. 3-5)
B Wind direction
(2) When installing a single outdoor unit (Refer to the last page)
Minimum dimensions are indicated as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum
dimensions.
A 4 Obstacles at front only (Fig. 3-9)
Fig. 3-4 (3) When installing multiple outdoor units (Refer to the last page)
B * When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance should
be 500 mm or more.
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance should
be 1000 mm or more.
• No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
Fig.3-5 shown.
A-188
UNIT : mm
5 00
ax.
Outdoor unit
M
1000
10
0
00 0
1 0 10 20
20 0
Fig. 3-6 Fig. 3-7 Fig. 3-8
00
x .5
Ma
1000
0 15
10 0
0 0 0
50 50 10 30
0
Fig. 3-9 Fig. 3-10 Fig. 3-11
00
x. 3
Ma
1000
10
00
00
0 10
20 0
30
Fig. 3-12 Fig. 3-13 Fig. 3-14
0
10
00
30
0 10
00 40
0
10
Fig. 3-15 0 Fig. 3-16
50
0
30
00
20
0 10 150
40 00
100
0 Fig. 3-17 Fig. 3-18 50
0
A-189
10.4 Split-type units ( ZUBADAN )
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS), PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS), Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor
Outdoor unit
PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS), PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS), units, the length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2 A Pipe length BHeight C Number of bends
A Models
(one way) difference (one way)
D SHW80,112,140 2 m - 75 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
SHW230 2 m - 80 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
• Height difference limitations are binding regardless of which unit, indoor or out-
B door, is positioned higher.
E DIndoor unit EOutdoor unit
Choosing the outdoor unit installation location

C Fig. 4-1 • Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience
neighbors.
30 • Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source
0+
SHW80,112,140 33 and indoor unit.
95 • Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or ac-
0
cumulate.
0
0 +3 • Note that water may drain from the unit during operation.
33
95
0 • Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy
1350
snow fall is anticipated, special precautions such as raising the installation lo-
943 (1350)
cation or installing a hood on the air intake must be taken to prevent the snow
from blocking the air intake or blowing directly against it. This can reduce the
airflow and a malfunction may result.
• Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the
unit is carried from the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
17
5 175 Outline dimensions (Outdoor unit) (Fig. 4-2)
60 60
SHW230 0 0
070
37 3
25 (1) Windy location installation
0+ When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from
33
10 the wind, situate the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong
50
winds. Strong wind entering the air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a
malfunction may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 50 cm away from
the wall. (Fig. 4-3)
1338
2 Install an optional air guide if the unit is installed in a location where strong
winds from a typhoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 4-4)
AAir protection guide
3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal
wind direction, if possible. (Fig. 4-5)
BWind direction
22 (2) When installing a single outdoor unit (Refer to the next page)
5
60
Fig. 4-2 0 sions, indicated.
0 Refer to the figures for each case.
37
*When using the optional air outlet guides, the clearance is 500 mm or more.
A 6 Obstacles at rear, sides, and above only (Fig. 4-11)
•No more than 3 units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
Fig. 4-4 •Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow.
*When using the optional air outlet guides installed for upward airflow, the clearance is 1000
mm or more.
*When using the optional air outlet guides installed for upward airflow, the clearance is
1500 mm or more.
•The units can be stacked up to 2 units high.
•No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
Fig. 4-5 B shown.
A-190
Outdoor unit
0 UNIT : mm
x. 50
Ma
1000
20
0
0 0 00
15 0 20
0 30 10
30
Fig. 4-6 Fig. 4-7 Fig. 4-8 Fig. 4-9
0
50
x.
Ma
1500
0 25
15 0
00 500 0
10 25 30
0
Fig. 4-10 Fig. 4-11 Fig. 4-12
00
x. 3
Ma
1500
15
00
0
50
0 00 00
50 15 15
Fig. 4-13 Fig. 4-14 Fig. 4-15
0 0
15 50
150
00 00
20 30
0
60 60
0 15
0 00
00 00
0
1
15 80
Fig. 4-16 Fig. 4-17 Fig. 4-18
A-191
PUHZ-SHW80/112VAA(-BS), PUHZ-SHW80/112YAA(-BS)
Outdoor unit

A ► Check that the difference between the heights of the indoor and outdoor units, the
D length of refrigerant pipe, and the number of bends in the pipe are within the limits
shown below.
A Pipe length BHeight C Number of
Model
B (one way) difference bends (one way)
SHW80, 112 2 m - 75 m Max. 30 m Max. 15
E • Height difference limitation is defined regardless of which unit, indoor or outdoor, is positioned
higher.
D Indoor unit
E Outdoor unit
C
Fig. 4-19
0 30 • Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience neighbors.
48 0+
33 • Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source and indoor unit.
10
943 (1350)
• Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy snow fall is antici-
1020
pated, special precautions such as raising the installation location or installing a hood on the air
intake must be taken to prevent the snow from blocking the air intake or blowing directly against
it. This can reduce the airflow and a malfunction may result.
• Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the unit is carried from
22 the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.
5 17
5
60
0 60
0
0
52
3 70
Fig. 4-20 Ventilation and service space

When installing the outdoor unit on a rooftop or other location unprotected from the wind, situate
the air outlet of the unit so that it is not directly exposed to strong winds. Strong wind entering the
air outlet may impede the normal airflow and a malfunction may result.
1 Face the air outlet towards the nearest available wall about 35 cm away from the wall. (Fig.
4-21)
2 Install an optional air guide if the unit is installed in a location where strong winds from a ty-
phoon, etc. may directly enter the air outlet. (Fig. 4-22)
A Air outlet guide
3 Position the unit so that the air outlet blows perpendicularly to the seasonal wind direction, if
Fig. 4-21 possible. (Fig. 4-23)
B Wind direction
Minimum dimensions are as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum dimensions, indicated.
A 1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 4-24)
or more.
B 6 Multiple parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 4-35)
or more.
Fig. 4-23 • No more than 2 stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as
shown.
A-192
UNIT : mm
00
Outdoor unit
5
Max.
1000
10
0
0
100 200 10 20
0
Fig. 4-24 Fig. 4-25 Fig. 4-26
0
50
x.
Ma
1000
0
10 15
0
350 3 50 300
15
0
Fig. 4-27 Fig. 4-28 Fig. 4-29
00
x. 3
Ma 1000
10
00
0 00
20 10
0
Fig. 4-30 Fig. 4-31 30 Fig. 4-32
0
10
00
30
0 10
00 0
10 40
0
Fig. 4-33 35 Fig. 4-34
0
30
00
150
20
0 10
40 00
0
00 50
10
Fig. 4-35 Fig. 4-36
A-193
Refrigerant pipe
10.5 Split-type units ( Inverter Multi ) Refer to Fig. 5-16 and Fig. 5-17(a)(b).
Outdoor unit
PUMY-P112/125/140VKM4(-BS) Choosing the outdoor unit installation location

PUMY-P112/125/140YKM4(-BS) •
Avoid locations exposed to direct sunlight or other sources of heat.
PUMY-P112/125/140YKME4(-BS) •
Select a location from which noise emitted by the unit will not inconvenience neighbors.
•
Select a location permitting easy wiring and pipe access to the power source and indoor unit.
•
Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or accumulate.
40
0+ •
Note that water may drain from the unit during operation.
33
105 •
Select a level location that can bear the weight and vibration of the unit.
0 (mm)
•
Avoid locations where the unit can be covered by snow. In areas where heavy
snow fall is anticipated, special precautions such as raising the installation loca-
tion or installing a hood on the air intake must be taken to prevent the snow from
blocking the air intake or blowing directly against it. This can reduce the airflow
and a malfunction may result.
1338
•
Avoid locations exposed to oil, steam, or sulfuric gas.
•
Use the transportation handles of the outdoor unit to transport the unit. If the unit
is carried from the bottom, hands or fingers may be pinched.

Constraints on indoor unit installation
You should note that indoor units that can be connected to this outdoor unit are
225
the following models.
600 •
Indoor units with model numbers 15-140 can be connected.
37
0 When using Branch box, Indoor units with model numbers 15-100 can be connected.
Refer to the table 1 below for possible room, indoor unit combinations.
Fig. 5-1 Verification
The rated capacity should be determined by observing the table below. The unit’s
quantities are limited as shown in the following table 2. For the next step, make
Table2 Connectable indoor units quantities sure that the total rated capacity selected will stay in a range of 50% – 130% of
the outdoor unit capacity.
• City Multi indoor units
• PUMY-P112 6.3 – 16.2 kW
P112 1-9 *1 • PUMY-P125 7.1 – 18.2 kW
P125 1-10 *2 • PUMY-P140 8.0 – 20.2 kW
P140 1-12 *3 Table 1-1 City Multi indoor units (P·FY series)
Indoor unit type P15* P20 P25 P32 P40 P50 P63 P71 P80 P100 P125 P140
*1 When connecting M series indoor units via Connection kit, 10 indoor units Rated capacity
1.7 2.2 2.8 3.6 4.5 5.6 7.1 8.0 9.0 11.2 14.0 16.0
can be connected. (Cooling) (kW)
*2 When connecting M series indoor units via Connection kit, 12 indoor units Table 1-2 (M series, P series, S series)
can be connected.
*3 When all the indoor units are P15 models, 12 indoor units can be con- Indoor unit type 15 20 22 25 35 42 50 60 71 80 100
nected. Rated capacity
1.5 2.0 2.2 2.5 3.5 4.2 5.0 6.0 7.1 8.0 10.0
(Cooling) (kW)
• Branch Box system (M, S, P series indoor units via Branch box)
Combinations in which the total capacity of indoor units exceeds the capacity of
P112 2-8
the outdoor unit will reduce the cooling capacity of each indoor unit below their
P125 2-8 rated cooling capacity. Thus, combine indoor units with an outdoor unit within the
P140 2-8 outdoor unit’s capacity, if possible.
* When all the indoor units are P15 models, 12 indoor units can be connected to 1 outdoor unit.
• Mixed system (City Multi indoor units and M, S, P series indoor units via
Branch box)
One Branch box Two Branch boxes
Via Branch box City Multi indoor Via Branch box City Multi indoor
Max. 7 Max. 3*1
P112 Max. 5 Max. 5*1
Max. 8 Max. 2*1
P125 Max. 5 Max. 5*1 Max. 8 Max. 3*1
P140 Max. 5 Max. 5*1 Max. 8 Max. 3*1
*1 PKFY-P·VBM, PFFY-P·VKM, and PFFY-P·VL* type indoor units cannot be

used in a mixed system.
A-194
Connecting a Cylinder (EHST20C) or Hydrobox (EHSC) unit
Outdoor unit
When connecting a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit, be aware of the following points because the Cylinder and Hydrobox unit are different from other indoor units.
(1) Connection restrictions
• Only 1 Cylinder (EHST20C) or 1 Hydrobox (EHSC) unit can be connected.
(EHST20C-MEC, EHST20D series, EHPT20X series, EHSD series, EHSC-MEC, ERSD series, ERSC series and EHPX series cannot be connected.)
• When connecting Ecodan systems, use a PAC-MK32/33/52/53BC(B) branch box. (A PAC-MK31/51BC(B) branch box cannot be used.)
• PWFY units cannot be connected at the same time as a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit.
• ATA indoor units*1 with a total rated capacity of 50% – 130% of the outdoor unit capacity and 1 Cylinder or 1 Hydrobox unit can be connected.
*1 ATA indoor unit: An indoor unit excluding a PWFY, Cylinder unit, and Hydrobox unit.
PUMY-P112 1 Cylinder or 1 Hydrobox + ATA indoor units [max 16.2 (1.3*2) kW]
*2 In case of the operating a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit in Heating mode / DHW mode and operating ATA indoor units at the same time.
However, the following combinations can be connected.
∙ PUMY-P112: MSZ-SF15VA or MSZ-AP15VF × 1
(2) Indoor unit specifications
When connecting a Cylinder or a Hydrobox unit, the following specifications will change.
• The Cylinder or Hydrobox unit cannot operate in cooling mode.
• The operation mode of the Cylinder or Hydrobox unit always has priority.
• The DHW operation eco mode cannot be used.
• Maximum flow temperature is 55°C. (Dip SW1-2 on the Cylinder or Hydrobox unit must be changed to OFF.)
• Energy monitoring can be used only when an external power meter is connected.
• Multiple outdoor units cannot be controlled.
• A Cylinder or Hydrobox unit cannot be connected to an M-NET remote controller and a centralized controller.
• Boiler interlock can be used only when switching to the outside air temperature.
• A Cylinder or Hydrobox unit cannot be grouped with an ATA indoor unit.
• In case of the operating a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit in the Heating mode and operating ATA indoor units at the same time, be aware of the following points.
∙ Heating flow temperature range of Cylinder or Hydrobox unit is 45°C - 55°C.
Please set the flow temperature range in reference to the Cylinder or Hydrobox installation Manual.
∙ The outdoor temperature must be −10°C or more. When the outdoor temperature is less than 7°C, the flow temperature and blow off temperature are lowered.
• When operating a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit in the DHW mode and operating ATA indoor units at the same time, the outdoor temperature must be 7°C or more.
When the outdoor temperature is less than 7°C, they cannot operate at the same time.
(3) Switch settings
When connecting a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit to a PUMY unit, set the DIP switch SW1-2 on Cylinder or Hydrobox unit to OFF.
(4) Test run
Perform the test run for the Cylinder or Hydrobox unit from the indoor unit.
(For details about the test run, refer to the installation manual for the Cylinder or Hydrobox unit.)
(5) Refrigerant collecting (Pump down)
Perform the procedures below.
Refrigerant collecting (Pump down)

Perform the following procedures to collect the refrigerant when moving the indoor unit or the outdoor unit.
1 Turn off the circuit breaker.
2 Connect the low pressure side of the gauge manifold to the service port of the gas side stop valve.
3 Close the liquid stop valve.
4 Supply power (circuit breaker).
* Start-up of the indoor-outdoor communication takes about 3 minutes after the power (circuit breaker) is turned on. Start the pump-down operation 3 to 4 min-
utes after the power (circuit breaker) is turned ON.
5 Operate all of the indoor units, excluding a Cylinder or Hydrobox unit, in cooling mode.
6 Fully close the gas stop valve when the pressure reading on the gauge drops 0.05 - 0.00 MPa (approximately 0.5 - 0.0 kgf/cm2)
7 Stop the air conditioner operation.
8 Turn off the power supply (circuit breaker).
* If too much refrigerant has been added to the air conditioner system, the pressure may not drop to 0.05 MPa (0.5 kgf/cm2). If this occurs, use a refrigerant
collecting device to collect all of the refrigerant in the system, and then recharge the system with the correct amount of refrigerant after the indoor and outdoor
units have been relocated.
Warning:
When pumping down the refrigerant, stop the compressor before disconnecting the refrigerant pipes. The compressor may burst and cause injury if any
foreign substance, such as air, enters the system.
A-195

(1) When installing a single outdoor unit (2) When installing multiple outdoor units
Outdoor unit
Minimum dimensions are as follows, except for Max., meaning Maximum Leave 25 mm space or more between the units.
dimensions, indicated. 1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 5-9)
Refer to the figures for each case. 2 Obstacles at rear and above only (Fig. 5-10)
1 Obstacles at rear only (Fig. 5-3) • No more than three units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
2 Obstacles at rear and above only (Fig. 5-4) • Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow.
• Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow. 3 Obstacles at front only (Fig. 5-11)
3 Obstacles at rear and sides only (Fig. 5-5) * When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance is 1000 mm or more.
4 Obstacles at front only (Fig. 5-6) 4 Obstacles at front and rear only (Fig. 5-12)
* When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance is 500 mm or more. * When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance is 1000 mm or more.
5 Obstacles at front and rear only (Fig. 5-7) 5 Single parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 5-13)
* When using an optional air outlet guide, the clearance is 500 mm or more. * When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is
6 Obstacles at rear, sides, and above only (Fig. 5-8) 1000 mm or more.
• Do not install the optional air outlet guides for upward airflow. 6 Multiple parallel unit arrangement (Fig. 5-14)
* When using an optional air outlet guide installed for upward airflow, the clearance is
1500 mm or more.
• No more than two stacked units must be installed side by side. In addition, leave space as shown.
00
x.5
Ma
1000
20
0
*
150 20 30
0 00
0 0 10
30
Fig. 5-3 Fig. 5-4 Fig. 5-5 Fig. 5-6
00
x.5
Ma
1500
0 25
15 0
* 0
00 50
0
25 30
10 0
Fig. 5-7 Fig. 5-8 Fig. 5-9
00
x.3
Ma
1500
15
00
0
* 50
0 00
50 15 0*
0
15
Fig. 5-10 Fig. 5-11 Fig. 5-12
0
0 50
15
*
00
150
*
20 00
30
0
60 0 15
00 60 00
10 0 80
0
150
Fig. 5-13 Fig. 5-14 Fig. 5-15
A-196
A Outdoor unit
A Pipe length and height difference
B Branch box
Outdoor unit
C Indoor unit
(1) Connection with Branch Box (Fig. 5-16)
L • This unit has flared connections on each indoor unit and branch box and
c1 outdoor unit sides.
D b1 b2 • Remove the valve cover of the outdoor unit, then connect the pipe.
B • Refrigerant pipes are used to connect the branch box and outdoor unit.
B h2 I
H
h1 a1
a5 a6 a7 a8
a2 a3 a4
C
C C C C C
C
h3
C
Fig. 5-16
Total piping length c1 + b1 + b2 + a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 [ 150 m
Farthest piping length (L) c1 + b2 + a8 [ 80 m
Permissible Piping length between outdoor unit and branch boxes c1 + b1 + b2 [ 55 m
length
Farthest branch box from the first joint (b2) b2 [ 30 m
(one-way)
Farthest piping length after branch box (l) a8 [ 25 m
Total piping length between branch boxes and indoor units a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 [ 95 m
H [ 50 m (In case of outdoor unit is set higher than indoor unit)
In indoor/outdoor section (H)*1
Permissible H [ 40 m (In case of outdoor unit is set lower than indoor unit)
height In branch box/indoor unit section (h1) h1 + h2 [ 15 m
difference
In each branch unit (h2) h2 [ 15 m
(one-way)
In each indoor unit (h3) h3 [ 12 m
| c1 + b1 + a1 |, | c1 + b1 + a2 |, | c1 + b1 + a3 |, | c1 + b1 + a4 |, | c1 + b1 + a5|,
Number of bends
| c1 + b2 + a6 |, | c1 + b2 + a7 |, | c1 + b2 + a8 | [ 15
*1 Branch box should be placed within the level between the outdoor unit and indoor units.
(2) Mixed system (City Multi indoor units and M/S/P series indoor units via Branch box) (Fig. 5-17)
1. In case of using 1-Branch boxes
A
L1
e1 L2
B
d2
C
d1
c1 b1
H
D
A Outdoor Unit
a2 a3 B First joint
a1
c2 b2 C Branch header (CMY)
E E
h1
a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 D Branch box
E E F E CityMulti Indoor unit
E
h3
F F F F M/S/P series Indoor unit, Cylinder unit or Hydrobox unit

F
Fig. 5-17 (a)

Permissible e1 + d1 + d2 + c1 + c2 + b1 + b2 + a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 [
Total piping length
length (One-way) 300 m *3
Farthest piping length (L1) e1 + d2 + a1 or e1 + d1 + c1 + b2 [ 85 m
Farthest piping length. Via Branch box (L2) e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a8 [ 80 m
Piping length between outdoor unit and branch box e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 [ 55 m
Farthest piping length from the first joint d1 + c1 + b1, d1 + c1 + b2, d1 + c2 or d2 + c1 [ 30 m
Farthest piping length after branch box a8 [ 25 m
Total piping length between branch boxes and indoor units a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 [ 95 m
Permissible H [ 50 m (In case of outdoor unit is set higher than indoor unit)
In indoor/outdoor section (H) *2
height difference H [ 40 m (In case of outdoor unit is set lower than indoor unit)
(One-way) In branch box/indoor unit section (h1) h1 [ 15 m
Number of bends |e1 + d2 + a1|, |e1 + d2 + a2|, |e1 + d2 + a3|, |e1 + d1 + c2|, |e1 + d1 + c1 + b2|,
|e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a4|, |e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a5|, |e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a6|,
|e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a7|, |e1 + d1 + c1 + b1 + a8| [ 15
*2: Branch box should be placed within the level between the outdoor unit and indoor units.
*3: When a Cylinder unit or Hydrobox unit is connected, the maximum piping length is 150 m.
A-197
2. In case of using 2-Branch boxes

Outdoor unit
L1
d1 L2
B
c1
C
c2
b2
b1
D
D
h2
H
a2 a3
A Outdoor Unit
h1
a4 a5 a6 a7 a8 a9 a10 a11
a1 B First joint
E E
F F C Branch header (CMY)
F
F F F D Branch box
E F E CityMulti Indoor unit
h3
F F M/S/P series Indoor unit, Cylinder unit or Hydrobox unit
Fig. 5-17 (b)

Permissible Total piping length d1 + c1 + c2 + b1 + b2 + a1 + a2 + a3 + a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 + a9 + a10 + a11 [ 240 m *3
length (One-way) Farthest piping length (L1) d1 + c1 + a1 [ 85 m
Farthest piping length. Via Branch box (L2) d1 + c2 + b2 + a11 [ 80 m
Piping length between outdoor unit and branch boxes d1 + c2 + b1 + b2 [ 55 m
Farthest piping length from the first joint c2 + b2 or c1 + a1 [ 30 m
Farthest piping length after branch box a11 [ 25 m
Farthest branch box from outdoor unit d1 + c2 + b2 [ 55 m
Total piping length between branch boxes and indoor units a4 + a5 + a6 + a7 + a8 + a9 + a10 + a11 [ 95 m
Permissible H [ 50 m (In case of outdoor unit is set higher than indoor unit)
In indoor/outdoor section (H) *2
height difference H [ 40 m (In case of outdoor unit is set lower than indoor unit)
(One-way) In branch box/indoor unit section (h1+h2) h1 + h2 [ 15 m
In each branch unit (h1) h2 [ 15 m
Number of bends |d1 + c1 + a1|, |d1 + c1 + a2|, |d1 + c1 + a3|, |d1 + c2 + b1 + a4|, |d1 + c2 + b1 + a5|,
|d1 + c2 + b1 + a6|, |d1 + c2 + b1 + a7|, |d1 + c2 + b1 + a8|, |d1 + c2 + b2 + a9|,
|d1 + c2 + b2 + a10|, |d1 + c2 + b2 + a11| [ 15
*2: Branch box should be placed within the level between the outdoor unit and indoor units.
*3: When a Cylinder unit or Hydrobox unit is connected, the maximum piping length is 150 m.
A-198
Contents
1 Specifications.........................................................B-2
1.1 Combination table............................................................. B-2
1.2 Cylinder unit...................................................................... B-4
1.3 Hydrobox........................................................................... B-8
Cylinder / Hydrobox
2 Outlines and dimensions.....................................B-12
2.1 Cylinder unit.................................................................... B-12
2.2 Hydrobox......................................................................... B-13
2.3 System configuration...................................................... B-15
2.4 Service access diagrams................................................ B-15
3 Wiring diagrams....................................................B-16
3.1 Cylinder unit.................................................................... B-16
3.2 Hydrobox......................................................................... B-29
3.3 Using SD memory card................................................... B-46
3.4 Caution on connecting DHW tank(Hydrobox)................. B-47
3.5 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control............................ B-49
4 Water circuit diagrams.........................................B-50

4.1 Water quality and system preparation............................. B-56
4.2 Water pipe work................................................................ B-56
4.3 Performance curve external pressure................................. B-59
4.4 Safety device discharge arrangements for UK(G3)........ B-61
5 Performance data.................................................B-63
5.1 Combination Performance.............................................. B-63
5.2 Heat time data (DHW mode)........................................... B-68
6 Noise criterion curves..........................................B-75
7 System Set Up.......................................................B-76
8 Troubleshooting....................................................B-91
8.1 Cylinder unit.................................................................... B-91
8.2 Hydrobox....................................................................... B-100
9 Supplementary information............................... B-111
Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
B-1
1 Specifications Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
1.1 Combination table

MODELS POWER INVERTER ZUBADAN POWER INVERTER Mr.SLIM+
PACKAGE SPLIT
TYPE
Heat pump
REFRIGERANT R410A
PUHZ-HW140VHA2
PUHZ-HW140YHA2
PUHZ-HW112YHA2
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
PUHZ-SW100VHA
PUHZ-SW100YHA
PUHZ-SW120VHA
PUHZ-SW120YHA
PUHZ-SW160YKA
PUHZ-SW200YKA
PUHZ-SW100VAA
PUHZ-SW100YAA
PUHZ-SW75VHA
PUHZ-SW50VKA
PUHZ-W50VHA2
PUHZ-W85VHA2
PUHZ-SW75VAA
PUHZ-SW75YAA
PUHZ-W112VHA
PUHZ-W112VAA
PUHZ-W112YAA
PUHZ-W85VAA
PUHZ-W85YAA
TYPE
Model name
Cylinder / Hydrobox
EHST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM6C
EHST20C-YM9C
EHST20C-TM9C
EHST20C-VM2EC
EHST20C-VM6EC
EHST20C-YM9EC
EHST20C-MEC
EHST20C-MHCW
EHST20D-VM2C
EHST20D-MEC
CYLINDER
EHST20D-MHC
EHST20D-MHCW
EHST20D-VM2EC
EHST20D-YM9C
ERST20C-MEC
ERST20C-VM2C
ERST20D-MEC
ERST20D-VM2C
EHPT20X-VM2C
EHPT20X-VM6C
EHPT20X-YM9C
EHPT20X-TM9C
EHPT20X-MHCW
EHSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM2EC
EHSC-VM6C
EHSC-VM6EC
EHSC-YM9C
EHSC-YM9EC
EHSC-TM9C
EHSC-MEC
EHSD-VM2C
EHSD-YM9C
HYDROBOX
EHSD-MEC
EHSD-MC
ERSC-VM2C
ERSC-MEC
ERSD-VM2C
EHPX-VM2C
EHPX-VM6C
EHPX-YM9C
EHSE-YM9EC
EHSE-MEC
ERSE-YM9EC
ERSE-MEC
: Combination is available.
Blank: Combination is NOT available.
B-2
MODEL ZUBADAN INVERTER MULTI
SPLIT
TYPE
Heat pump
REFRIGERANT R410A
PUHZ-SHW230YKA2
PUHZ-SHW140YHA
PUHZ-SHW112VHA
PUHZ-SHW112YHA
PUHZ-SHW112VAA
PUHZ-SHW112YAA
PUMY-P125YKME4
PUMY-P140YKME4
PUMY-P112YKME4
PUHZ-SHW80VHA
PUHZ-SHW80VAA
PUHZ-SHW80YAA
PUMY-P125VKM4
PUMY-P125YKM4
PUMY-P140VKM4
PUMY-P140YKM4
PUMY-P112VKM4
PUMY-P112YKM4
TYPE
Model name
Cylinder / Hydrobox
EHST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM6C
EHST20C-YM9C
EHST20C-TM9C
EHST20C-VM2EC
EHST20C-VM6EC
EHST20C-YM9EC
EHST20C-MEC
EHST20C-MHCW
EHST20D-VM2C
EHST20D-MEC
CYLINDER
EHST20D-MHC
EHST20D-MHCW
EHST20D-VM2EC
EHST20D-YM9C
ERST20C-MEC
ERST20C-VM2C
ERST20D-MEC
ERST20D-VM2C
EHPT20X-VM2C
EHPT20X-VM6C
EHPT20X-YM9C
EHPT20X-TM9C
EHPT20X-MHCW
EHSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM2EC
EHSC-VM6C
EHSC-VM6EC
EHSC-YM9C
EHSC-YM9EC
EHSC-TM9C
EHSC-MEC
EHSD-VM2C
EHSD-YM9C
HYDROBOX
EHSD-MEC
EHSD-MC
ERSC-VM2C
ERSC-MEC
ERSD-VM2C
EHPX-VM2C
EHPX-VM6C
EHPX-YM9C
EHSE-YM9EC
EHSE-MEC
ERSE-YM9EC
ERSE-MEC
: Combination is available.
Blank: Combination is NOT available.
B-3
1.2 Cylinder unit
Model name EHST20C-VM2C EHST20C-VM6C EHST20C-YM9C EHST20C-TM9C EHST20C-VM2EC EHST20C-VM6EC
Dimensions Without package Height mm 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
Width mm 595 595 595 595 595 595
Depth mm 680 680 680 680 680 680
With package Height mm 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850 1850
Width mm 660 660 660 660 660 660
Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800
Casing Munsell - 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Material - Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal
Product weight (empty) kg 110 111 112 112 104 105
Product weight (full) kg 320 321 322 322 314 315
Gross weight kg 127 128 129 129 121 122
Water volume of heating circuit in the unit *1 L 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
Type of Installation - Floor standing Floor standing Floor standing Floor standing Floor standing Floor standing
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Electrical data Control board *2 Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N
(Including 4 pumps) V 230 230 230 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N 3~ 3~ ~/N ~/N
V 230 230 400 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
Capacity kW 2 2+4 3+6 3+6 2 2+4
Heater step - 1 3 3 3 1 3
Current A 9 26 13 23 9 26
Breaker A 16 32 16 32 16 32
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - - -
V - - - - - -
Hz - - - - - -
Capacity kW - - - - - -
Current A - - - - - -
Breaker A - - - - - -
Water circulation Type - DC motor
pump Input Speed 1 W 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29
(Primary circuit) (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 W 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
Performance Current Speed 1 A 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2
curve: (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 A 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3
please refer
to section 4.3 Speed 3 A 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
Head difference 0L/min@Speed 5 m 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Water circulation Input Speed W 58 58 58 58 58 58
pump Speed (Default setting) W 72 72 72 72 72 72
(DHW circuit) Speed W 83 83 83 83 83 83
Current Speed A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
Speed (Default setting) A 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33
Speed A 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36
Flow rate Speed L/min 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5
Speed (Default setting)L/min 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0 21.0
Speed L/min 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2
Flow rate Primary circuit Max.*4 L/min 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate
Primary circuit water - Domestic hot water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate
Domestic hot water Volume L 200 200 200 200 200 200
tank Material Duplex 2304 stainless Duplex 2304 stainless Duplex 2304 stainless Duplex 2304 stainless Duplex 2304 stainless Duplex 2304 stainless
-
steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088)
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C *6 min 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75 22.75
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C *6 min 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17 17.17
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91
Expansion vessel Volume L 12 12 12 12 - -
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 - -
Safety device Primary circuit Control thermistor °C 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80
Pressure relief valve MPa 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Flow sensor (Min. flow) L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 90 90 90 90 90
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 121 121 121 121 121
DHW tank Control thermistor °C 75 75 75 75 75 75
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - - -
Temperature & pressure °C - - - - - -
relief valve MPa 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Connections Water Primary circuit mm φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28
DHW circuit mm φ22 φ22 φ22 φ22 φ22 φ22
Refrigerant Gas mm φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88
Liquid mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
Refrigerant *8 - R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A
Guaranteed oper- Ambient °C 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80 80
Outdoor temperature Heating °C See outdoor unit spec table
Cooling °C -
Operating range Heating Room temperature °C 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30
Flow temperature °C 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60
Cooling Room temperature °C - - - - - -
Flow temperature °C - - - - - -
DHW *10 °C 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60
Legionella prevention *10 °C 60~70 60~70 60~70 60~70 60~70 60~70
Sound pressure level dB(A) 28 28 28 28 28 28
Sound power level dB(A) 40 40 40 40 40 40
*1 Volume of sanitary water circuit, primary DHW circuit (from 3-way valve to confluent point with *6 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc.
Heating circuit), piping to Expansion vessel, and Expansion vessel is not included in this value. *7 Calculated from 24h temperature decay at top of the tank from 65degC (ambient temperature
*2 When powered from independent source. approx. 20degC). Tested by WRc.
*3 Allowable flow rate range differs depending on connected outdoor unit. Please refer to section 4.2. *8 Refrigerant of outdoor unit connected to cylinder unit.
*4 If the water flow rate exceeds maximum, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5 m/s, which could *9 The environment must be frost-free.
corrode the pipes. *10 For the model without both booster heater and immersion heater, the max. hot water temperature is [Max.
*5 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated. outlet water of outdoor unit -3°C]. For the max. outlet of outdoor unit, refer to outdoor unit spec table.
B-4
Model name EHST20C-YM9EC EHST20C-MEC EHST20D-VM2C EHST20D-MEC EHST20D-MHC EHPT20X-VM2C

Width mm 595 595 595 595 595 595
Depth mm 680 680 680 680 680 680
Width mm 660 660 660 660 660 660
Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Gross weight kg 123 120 120 113 120 115
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph 3~ - ~/N - - ~/N
V 400 - 230 - - 230
Hz 50 - 50 - - 50
Capacity kW 3+6 - 2 - - 2
Heater step - 3 - 1 - - 1
Current A 13 - 9 - - 9
Breaker A 16 - 16 - - 16
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - ~/N -
V - - - - 230 -
Hz - - - - 50 -
Capacity kW - - - - 3 -
Current A - - - - 13 -
Breaker A - - - - 16 -
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
please refer
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Current Speed A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
Speed A 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36
Speed L/min 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate -
-
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91
Expansion vessel Volume L - - 12 - 12 12
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa - - 0.1 - 0.1 0.1
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 - 90 - - 90
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 - 121 - - 121
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - 85 -
relief valve MPa 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Refrigerant Gas mm φ15.88 φ15.88 φ12.7 φ12.7 φ12.7 -
Liquid mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ6.35 φ6.35 φ6.35 -
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C -
DHW *10 °C 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60
B-5
Model name EHPT20X-VM6C EHPT20X-YM9C EHPT20X-TM9C EHPT20X-MHCW EHST20C-MHCW EHST20D-MHCW

Width mm 595 595 595 595 595 595
Depth mm 680 680 680 680 680 680
Width mm 660 660 660 660 660 660
Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Gross weight kg 116 117 117 115 127 120
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph ~/N 3~ 3~ - - -
V 230 400 230 - - -
Hz 50 50 50 - - -
Capacity kW 2+4 3+6 3+6 - - -
Heater step - 3 3 3 - - -
Current A 26 13 23 - - -
Breaker A 32 16 32 - - -
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - ~/N ~/N ~/N
V - - - 230 230 230
Hz - - - 50 50 50
Capacity kW - - - 3 3 3
Current A - - - 13 13 13
Breaker A - - - 16 16 16
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
please refer
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Current Speed A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
Speed A 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36
Speed L/min 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - - - - - Plate Plate
-
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91
Expansion vessel Volume L 12 12 12 12 12 12
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 90 90 - - -
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 121 121 - - -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - 85 85 85
Temperature & pressure °C - - - 90 90 90
relief valve MPa 1.0 1.0 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.7
Refrigerant Gas mm - - - - φ15.88 φ12.7
Liquid mm - - - - φ9.52 φ6.35
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C -
DHW *10 °C 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60
B-6
Model name EHST20D-VM2EC EHST20D-YM9C ERST20C-VM2C ERST20C-MEC ERST20D-VM2C ERST20D-MEC

Width mm 595 595 595 595 595 595
Depth mm 680 680 680 680 680 680
Width mm 660 660 660 660 660 660
Depth mm 800 800 800 800 800 800
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Gross weight kg 114 122 127 120 120 113
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph ~/N 3~ ~/N - ~/N -
V 230 400 230 - 230 -
Hz 50 50 50 - 50 -
Capacity kW 2 3+6 2 - 2 -
Heater step - 1 3 1 - 1 -
Current A 9 13 9 - 9 -
Breaker A 16 16 16 - 16 -
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - - -
V - - - - - -
Hz - - - - - -
Capacity kW - - - - - -
Current A - - - - - -
Breaker A - - - - - -
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/49/60 34/49/60 34/49/60 34/49/60
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/65/70 45/65/70 45/65/70 45/65/70
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/70/70 57/70/70 57/70/70 57/70/70
please refer
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.6
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.5/0.6/0.6
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Current Speed A 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27
Speed A 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36 0.36
Speed L/min 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2 25.2
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate
- steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088) steel (EN10088)
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91 1.91
Expansion vessel Volume L - 12 12 - 12 -
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa - 0.1 0.1 - 0.1 -
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 90 90 - 90 -
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 121 121 - 121 -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - - -
relief valve MPa 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
Refrigerant Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ12.7 φ12.7
Liquid mm φ6.35 φ6.35 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ6.35 φ6.35
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C - - 10~46 (*11)
Flow temperature °C - - 5~25 5~25 5~25 5~25
DHW *10 °C 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60 40~60
*1 Volume of sanitary water circuit, primary DHW circuit (from 3-way valve to confluent point with *7 Calculated from 24h temperature decay at top of the tank from 65degC (ambient temperature
Heating circuit), piping to Expansion vessel, and Expansion vessel is not included in this value. approx. 20degC). Tested by WRc.
*2 When powered from independent source. *8 Refrigerant of outdoor unit connected to cylinder unit.
*3 Allowable flow rate range differs depending on connected outdoor unit. Please refer to section 4.2. *9 The environment must be frost-free.
*4 If the water flow rate exceeds maximum, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5 m/s, which could *10 For the model without both booster heater and immersion heater, the max. hot water temperature is [Max.
corrode the pipes. outlet water of outdoor unit -3°C]. For the max. outlet of outdoor unit, refer to outdoor unit spec table.
*5 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated. *11 Cooling mode is not available in low outdoor temperature. If you use our system in cooling mode at the low
*6 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc. ambient temperature (10°C or below), there are some risks of plate heat exchanger breaking by frozen water.
B-7
1.3 Hydrobox
Model name EHSD-MEC EHSD-VM2C EHSC-MEC EHSC-VM2C EHSC-VM2EC
Dimensions Without package Height mm 800 800 800 800 800
Width mm 530 530 530 530 530
Depth mm 360 360 360 360 360
With package Height mm 990 990 990 990 990
Width mm 600 600 600 600 600
Depth mm 560 560 560 560 560
Casing Munsell - 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Material - Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal
Product weight (empty) kg 38 44 42 48 43
Product weight (full) kg 44 50 49 55 50
Gross weight kg 51 57 55 61 56
Water volume of heating circuit in the unit *1 L 5.2 5.2 6.1 6.1 6.1
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Type of Installation - Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted
Electrical data Control board *2 Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N
(Including 4 pumps) V 230 230 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph - ~/N - ~/N ~/N
V - 230 - 230 230
Hz - 50 - 50 50
Capacity kW - 2 - 2 2
Heater step - - 1 - 1 1
Current A - 9 - 9 9
Breaker A - 16 - 16 16
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - -
V - - - - -
Hz - - - - -
Capacity kW - - - - -
Current A - - - - -
Breaker A - - - - -
pump Input Speed 1 W 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29
(Primary circuit) (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 W 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
Performance Current Speed 1 A 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2
curve: (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 A 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3
please refer
to section 4.3 Speed 3 A 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
Head difference 0L/min@Speed 5 m 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Water circulation Input Speed W - - - - -
pump Speed (Default setting) W - - - - -
(DHW circuit) Speed W - - - - -
Current Speed A - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) A - - - - -
Speed A - - - - -
Flow rate Speed L/min - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) L/min - - - - -
Speed L/min - - - - -
Flow rate Primary circuit Max.*4 L/min 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate
Primary circuit water - Domestic hot water - - - - - -
Domestic hot water Volume L - - - - -
tank Material - - - - - -
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C *6 min - - - - -
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C *6 min - - - - -
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h - - - - -
Expansion vessel Volume L - 10 - 10 -
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa - 0.1 - 0.1 -
Safety device Primary circuit Control thermistor °C 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80
Pressure relief valve MPa 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Flow sensor (Min. flow) L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
BH manual reset thermostat °C - 90 - 90 90
BH thermal Cut Off °C - 121 - 121 121
DHW tank Control thermistor °C - - - - -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - -
Temperature & pressure °C - - - - -
relief valve MPa - - - - -
Connections Water Primary circuit mm φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28
DHW circuit mm - - - - -
Refrigerant Gas mm φ12.7 φ12.7 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88
Liquid mm φ6.35 φ6.35 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
Refrigerant *8 - R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A
Guaranteed oper- Ambient °C 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C -
Operating range Heating Room temperature °C 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30
Flow temperature °C 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60
Cooling Room temperature °C - - - - -
Flow temperature °C - - - - -
DHW °C - - - - -
Legionella prevention °C - - - - -
Sound pressure level dB(A) 28 28 28 28 28
Sound power level dB(A) 40 40 40 40 40
*1 Volume of sanitary water circuit, primary DHW circuit (from 3-way valve to confluent point with *5 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated.
Heating circuit), piping to Expansion vessel, and Expansion vessel is not included in this value. *6 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc.
*2 When powered from independent source. *7 Calculated from 24h temperature decay at top of the tank from 65degC (ambient temperature
*3 Allowable flow rate range differs depending on connected outdoor unit. Please refer to section 4.2. approx. 20degC). Tested by WRc.
*4 If the water flow rate exceeds maximum, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5 m/s, which could *8 Refrigerant of outdoor unit connected to cylinder unit.
corrode the pipes. *9 The environment must be frost-free.
B-8
Model name EHSC-VM6C EHSC-VM6EC EHSC-YM9C EHSC-YM9EC EHSC-TM9C

Dimensions Without package Height mm 800 800 800 800 800
Width mm 530 530 530 530 530
Depth mm 360 360 360 360 360
With package Height mm 990 990 990 990 990
Width mm 600 600 600 600 600
Depth mm 560 560 560 560 560
Casing Munsell - 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Material - Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal
Product weight (empty) kg 49 44 49 44 49
Product weight (full) kg 56 51 56 51 56
Gross weight kg 62 57 62 57 62
Water volume of heating circuit in the unit *1 L 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1 6.1
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Type of Installation - Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted
Electrical data Control board *2 Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N
(Including 4 pumps) V 230 230 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N 3~ 3~ 3~
V 230 230 400 400 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50
Capacity kW 2+4 2+4 3+6 3+6 3+6
Heater step - 3 3 3 3 3
Current A 26 26 13 13 23
Breaker A 32 32 16 16 32
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - -
V - - - - -
Hz - - - - -
Capacity kW - - - - -
Current A - - - - -
Breaker A - - - - -
pump Input Speed 1 W 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29
(Primary circuit) (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 W 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41
Speed 3 W 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
Performance Current Speed 1 A 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2
curve: (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 A 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3
please refer
to section 4.3 Speed 3 A 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4
Speed 4 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
Head difference 0L/min@Speed 5 m 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Water circulation Input Speed W - - - - -
pump Speed (Default setting) W - - - - -
(DHW circuit) Speed W - - - - -
Current Speed A - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) A - - - - -
Speed A - - - - -
Flow rate Speed L/min - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) L/min - - - - -
Speed L/min - - - - -
Flow rate Primary circuit Max.*4 L/min 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate
Primary circuit water - Domestic hot water - - - - - -
Domestic hot water Volume L - - - - -
tank Material - - - - - -
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C *6 min - - - - -
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C *6 min - - - - -
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h - - - - -
Expansion vessel Volume L 10 - 10 - 10
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa 0.1 - 0.1 - 0.1
Safety device Primary circuit Control thermistor °C 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80
Pressure relief valve MPa 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Flow sensor (Min. flow) L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 90 90 90 90
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 121 121 121 121
DHW tank Control thermistor °C - - - - -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - -
Temperature & pressure °C - - - - -
relief valve MPa - - - - -
Connections Water Primary circuit mm φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28
DHW circuit mm - - - - -
Refrigerant Gas mm φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ15.88
Liquid mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
Refrigerant *8 - R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A
Guaranteed oper- Ambient °C 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35
ating range *9 %RH 80 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C -
Operating range Heating Room temperature °C 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30
Flow temperature °C 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60
Cooling Room temperature °C - - - - -
Flow temperature °C - - - - -
DHW °C - - - - -
Legionella prevention °C - - - - -
Sound pressure level dB(A) 28 28 28 28 28
Sound power level dB(A) 40 40 40 40 40
*1 Volume of sanitary water circuit, primary DHW circuit (from 3-way valve to confluent point with *5 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated.
Heating circuit), piping to Expansion vessel, and Expansion vessel is not included in this value. *6 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc.
*2 When powered from independent source. *7 Calculated from 24h temperature decay at top of the tank from 65degC (ambient temperature
*3 Allowable flow rate range differs depending on connected outdoor unit. Please refer to section 4.2. approx. 20degC). Tested by WRc.
*4 If the water flow rate exceeds maximum, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5 m/s, which could *8 Refrigerant of outdoor unit connected to cylinder unit.
corrode the pipes. *9 The environment must be frost-free.
B-9
Model name ERSD-VM2C ERSC-MEC ERSC-VM2C EHSD-YM9C EHSD-MC EHPX-VM2C EHPX-YM9C EHPX-VM6C
Dimensions Without package Height mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Width mm 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530
Depth mm 360 360 360 360 360 360 360 360
With package Height mm 990 990 990 990 990 990 990 990
Width mm 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600
Depth mm 560 560 560 560 560 560 560 560
Casing Munsell - 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Material - Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal
Product weight (empty) kg 45 43 49 45 43 37 38 38
Product weight (full) kg 51 50 56 51 49 42 43 43
Gross weight kg 58 56 62 58 56 50 51 51
Water volume of heating circuit in the unit *1 L 5.5 6.4 6.4 5.2 5.2 4.5 4.5 4.5
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Type of Installation - Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted
Electrical data Control board *2 Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N
(Including 4 pumps) V 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30 0.30
Current A 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95 1.95
Breaker A 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph ~/N - ~/N 3~ - ~/N 3~ ~/N
V 230 - 230 400 - 230 400 230
Hz 50 - 50 50 - 50 50 50
Capacity kW 2 - 2 3+6 - 2 3+6 2+4
Heater step - 1 - 1 3 - 1 3 3
Current A 9 - 9 13 - 9 13 26
Breaker A 16 - 16 16 - 16 16 32
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - - - - - -
V - - - - - - - -
Hz - - - - - - - -
Capacity kW - - - - - - - -
Current A - - - - - - - -
Breaker A - - - - - - - -
pump Input Speed 1 W 19/26/32 19/26/32 19/26/32 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29 18/25/29
(Primary circuit) (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 W 26/37/45 26/37/45 26/37/45 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41 25/34/41
Speed 3 W 34/49/60 34/49/60 34/49/60 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56 34/46/56
Speed 4 W 45/65/70 45/65/70 45/65/70 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63 45/60/63
Speed 5 W 57/70/70 57/70/70 57/70/70 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63 57/63/63
Performance Current Speed 1 A 0.2/0.2/0.3 0.2/0.2/0.3 0.2/0.2/0.3 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2 0.1/0.2/0.2
curve: (10/20/27.7 L/min)*3 Speed 2 A 0.2/0.3/0.4 0.2/0.3/0.4 0.2/0.3/0.4 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3 0.2/0.3/0.3
please refer
to section 4.3 Speed 3 A 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4 0.3/0.3/0.4
Speed 4 A 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.6 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5 0.3/0.4/0.5
Speed 5 A 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.5/0.6/0.6 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
Head difference 0L/min@Speed 5 m 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0 7.0
20L/min@Speed 5 m 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9
27.7L/min@Speed 5 m 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7
Water circulation Input Speed W - - - - - - - -
pump Speed (Default setting) W - - - - - - - -
(DHW circuit)
Speed W - - - - - - - -
Current Speed A - - - - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) A - - - - - - - -
Speed A - - - - - - - -
Flow rate Speed L/min - - - - - - - -
Speed (Default setting) L/min - - - - - - - -
Speed L/min - - - - - - - -
Flow rate Primary circuit Max.*4 L/min 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7 27.7
Min.*5 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate Plate - - -
Primary circuit water - Domestic hot water - - - - - - - - -
Domestic hot Volume L - - - - - - - -
water tank Material - - - - - - - - -
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C *6 min - - - - - - - -
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C *6 min - - - - - - - -
Heat loss *7 kWh/24h - - - - - - - -
Expansion vessel Volume L 10 - 10 10 10 10 10 10
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa 0.1 - 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Safety device Primary circuit Control thermistor °C 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80
Pressure relief valve MPa 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Flow sensor (Min. flow) L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 - 90 90 - 90 90 90
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 - 121 121 - 121 121 121
DHW tank Control thermistor °C - - - - - - - -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - - - - - -
Temperature & pressure °C - - - - - - - -
relief valve MPa - - - - - - - -
Connections Water Primary circuit mm G1-A G1-A G1-A φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28 φ28
DHW circuit mm - - - - - - - -
Refrigerant Gas mm φ12.7 φ15.88 φ15.88 φ12.7 φ12.7 - - -
Liquid mm φ6.35 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ6.35 φ6.35 - - -
Refrigerant *8 - R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A R410A
Guaranteed Ambient °C 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35
operating range %RH 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
*9
Outdoor tempera- Heating °C See outdoor unit spec table
ture Cooling °C 10~46 (*10) -
Operating range Heating Room temperature °C 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30
Flow temperature °C 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60
Cooling Room temperature °C - - - - - - - -
Flow temperature °C 5~25 5~25 5~25 - - - - -
DHW °C - - - - - - - -
Legionella prevention °C - - - - - - - -
Sound pressure level dB(A) 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28
Sound power level dB(A) 40 40 40 40 40 40 40 40
*3 Allowable flow rate range differs depending on connected outdoor unit. Please refer to section 4.2. *9 The environment must be frost-free.
*4 If the water flow rate exceeds maximum, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5 m/s, which could corrode the pipes. *10 Cooling mode is not available in low outdoor temperature.
*5 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated. If you use our system in cooling mode at the low ambient temperature (10°C or below), there are
*6 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc. some risks of plate heat exchanger breaking by frozen water.
B-10
Model name EHSE-YM9EC EHSE-MEC ERSE-YM9EC ERSE-MEC

Dimensions Without package Height mm 950 950 950 950
Width mm 600 600 600 600
Depth mm 360 360 360 360
With package Height mm 1150 1150 1150 1150
Width mm 690 690 690 690
Depth mm 560 560 560 560
Casing Munsell - 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9 6.2PB 9/0.9
RAL code - 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05 260 90 05
Material - Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal Pre-coated metal
Product weight (empty) kg 62 60 63 61
Product weight (full) kg 72 70 73 71
Gross weight kg 77 75 78 76
Water volume of heating circuit in the unit *1 L 10 10 10 10
Type of Installation - Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted Wall mounted
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Electrical data Control board *2 Power supply Ph ~/N ~/N ~/N ~/N
(Including 4 pumps) V 230 230 230 230
Hz 50 50 50 50
Input kW 0.34 0.34 0.34 0.34
Current A 2.56 2.56 2.56 2.56
Breaker A 10 10 10 10
Booster heater Power supply Ph 3~ - 3~ -
V 400 - 400 -
Hz 50 - 50 -
Capacity kW 3+6 - 3+6 -
Heater step - 3 - 3 -
Current A 13 - 13 -
Breaker A 16 - 16 -
Immersion heater Power supply Ph - - - -
V - - - -
Hz - - - -
Capacity kW - - - -
Current A - - - -
Breaker A - - - -
pump Input Speed 1 W 31/37/38 31/37/38 31/37/38 31/37/38
(Primary circuit) (26/45/61.5 L/min) Speed 2 W 51/63/68 51/63/68 51/63/68 51/63/68
Speed 3 W 75/94/105 75/94/105 75/94/105 75/94/105
Speed 4 W 106/134/153 106/134/153 106/134/153 106/134/153
Speed 5 W 148/180/180 148/180/180 148/180/180 148/180/180
Performance Current Speed 1 A 0.3/0.3/0.3 0.3/0.3/0.3 0.3/0.3/0.3 0.3/0.3/0.3
curve: (26/45/61.5 L/min) Speed 2 A 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5 0.4/0.5/0.5
please refer
to section 4.3 Speed 3 A 0.6/0.7/0.8 0.6/0.7/0.8 0.6/0.7/0.8 0.6/0.7/0.8
Speed 4 A 0.9/1.1/1.2 0.9/1.1/1.2 0.9/1.1/1.2 0.9/1.1/1.2
Speed 5 A 1.2/1.4/1.4 1.2/1.4/1.4 1.2/1.4/1.4 1.2/1.4/1.4
Head difference 0L/min@Speed 5 m 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7
45L/min@Speed 5 m 11 11 11 11
61.5L/min@Speed 5 m 9.5 9.5 9.5 9.5
Water circulation Input Speed W - - - -
pump Speed (Default setting) W - - - -
(DHW circuit) Speed W - - - -
Current Speed A - - - -
Speed (Default setting) A - - - -
Speed A - - - -
Flow rate Speed L/min - - - -
Speed (Default setting) L/min - - - -
Speed L/min - - - -
Flow rate Primary circuit Max.*3 L/min 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5
Min.*4 L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Heat exchanger Refrigerant - Primary circuit water - Plate Plate Plate Plate
Primary circuit water - Domestic hot water - - - - -
Domestic hot water Volume L - - - -
tank Material - - - - -
Time to raise DHW tank temp 15 - 65°C *5 min - - - -
Time to reheat 70% of DHW tank to 65°C *5 min - - - -
Heat loss *6 kWh/24h - - - -
Expansion vessel Volume L - - - -
(Primary circuit) Charge pressure MPa - - - -
Safety device Primary circuit Control thermistor °C 1~80 1~80 1~80 1~80
Pressure relief valve MPa 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
Flow sensor (Min. flow) L/min 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
BH manual reset thermostat °C 90 - 90 -
BH thermal Cut Off °C 121 - 121 -
DHW tank Control thermistor °C - - - -
IH manual reset thermostat °C - - - -
Temperature & pressure °C - - - -
relief valve MPa - - - -
Connections Water Primary circuit - G1-1/2B G1-1/2B G1-1/2B G1-1/2B
DHW circuit - - - - -
Refrigerant Gas mm φ25.4(Brazing) φ25.4(Brazing) φ25.4(Brazing) φ25.4(Brazing)
Liquid mm φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52 φ9.52
Refrigerant *7 - R410A R410A R410A R410A
Guaranteed oper- Ambient °C 0~35 0~35 0~35 0~35
ating range *8 %RH 80 80 80 80
Cooling °C - - 10~46 (*9)
Operating range Heating Room temperature °C 10~30 10~30 10~30 10~30
Flow temperature °C 25~60 25~60 25~60 25~60
Cooling Room temperature °C - - - -
Flow temperature °C - - 5~25 5~25
DHW °C - - - -
Legionella prevention °C - - - -
Sound pressure level dB(A) 30 30 30 30
Sound power level dB(A) 45 45 45 45
corrode the pipes. *9 Cooling mode is not available in low outdoor temperature. If you use our system in cooling mode at the
*4 If the water flow is less than the minimum, the flow error will be activated. low ambient temperature (10°C or below), there are some risks of plate heat exchanger breaking by
*5 Tested under BS7206 conditions(Primary flow to cylinder coil 80-82 deg C). Conducted by WRc. frozen water.
B-11
2 Outlines and dimensions Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
<Unit: mm>
2.1 Cylinder unit
<E**T20*-*M**C> Pressure relief valve Pressure relief valve <ERST20*-*M**C>
Air vent (Primary circuit) (Sanitary circuit)
120 ± 20
100 ± 20
G1/2
680 595
G1/2
123
118
Main remote
449
controller
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Terminal block
1600
1600
Front panel
1870
<Left side> <Front> <Right side>
270
A
552.7
542
B
0
0 0 Optional part <Front>

67.8 (PAC-DP01-E)
127.8
F/G
E/H
287.5
342.3
402.3
462.3 470.7
522.3 510.7
C J
D
<Top>
91.7
0
114.2
136.7
46.7
69.2
<EH*T20*-MHCW> Pressure relief valve

Air vent (Primary circuit)
100 ± 20
595
680
G1/2
118
1600
Main remote
controller
449
Temperature and
pressure relief valve
and it's access plate
30
Front panel CPF 15mm

Terminal block
<Left side> <Front>
863
552.7
470.7
B A
42.1
0
0 0
67.8 83 427
88.3
F/G
<Right side>
E/H
342.3
402.3
462.3 470.7
522.3 510.7
J
C
D
<Top>
0
91.7
114.2
136.7
46.7
69.2
Letter Pipe description Connection size/type

A DHW outlet connection 22 mm/Compression
B Cold water inlet connection 22 mm/Compression
C Space heating/cooling return connection 28 mm/Compression
D Space heating/cooling flow connection 28 mm/Compression
E Flow from heat pump connection (No plate heat exchanger) 28 mm/Compression
F Return to heat pump connection (No plate heat exchanger) 28 mm/Compression
Refrigerant (GAS) 12.7 mm/Flare (E*ST20D-*)
G
(With plate heat exchanger) 15.88 mm/Flare (E*ST20C-*)
Refrigerant (LIQUID) 6.35 mm/Flare (E*ST20D-*)
H
(With plate heat exchanger) 9.52 mm/Flare (E*ST20C-*)
Electrical cable inlets For inlets , and , run low-voltage wires including external input wires and thermistor wires.
For inlets and , run high-voltage wires including power cable, indoor-outdoor cable, and
J
external output wires.
*For a wireless receiver (option) cable and ecodan Wi-Fi interface (option) cable, use inlet .
<Table 2.1.1>
B-12
<Unit: mm>
2.2 Hydrobox
530
Hook
Automatic air vent
Front panel
Earth leakage circuit

breaker
Back panel
Cylinder / Hydrobox
800
Terminal block support

592
Main remote controller

260
110
Pressure
100±5
relief valve
G1/2 (242)
<Front> <Side> <Rear>
<EHSC/D> (Split model system for heating) Letter Pipe description Connection size/type
H B A G Space heating/Indirect 28 mm/Compression (EHS*-*and EHPX-*)
A DHW tank (primary) return
G1 nut (ERS*-*)
connection
Space heating/Indirect 28 mm/Compression (EHS*-*and EHPX-*)
B DHW tank (primary) flow
G1 nut (ERS*-*)
(348)
connection
357
291
6.35 mm/Flare (E*SD-*)

263
242
C Refrigerant (Liquid)
9.52 mm/Flare (E*SC-*)
164
12.7 mm/Flare (E*SD-*)

58
D Refrigerant (Gas)
48 15.88 mm/Flare (E*SC-*)
86 Flow connection from heat
124 E 28 mm/Compression (EHPX-*)
163
C D pump
310
353 Return connection to heat
395 F 28 mm/Compression (EHPX-*)
410 461 pump
Discharge pipe (by install-
<View from below> G er) from pressure relief
G1/2” female (valve port within hydrobox
casing)
valve
<ERSC/D> (Split model system for heating and cooling) For inlets and , run high-voltage wires
H G Electrical cable inlets including power cable, indoor-outdoor
cable, and external output wires.
A For inlets and , run low-voltage
H
wires including external input wires and
thermistor wires.
For a wireless receiver (option) cable,
(348)
357
use inlet .
291
263
242
I Drain socket O.D. ø20

134
<Table 2.2.1>
94
48
B 86
124 C D
133 163 223
308 365
461
I
<View from below>
<EHPX> (Packaged model system for heating)

H
G
F
(348)
357
291
263
242
103
48
78
86
124 163 B A
334 419 461 E
<View from below>
B-13
<EHSE> (Split model system for heating) <Unit: mm>
600
Hook
Automatic air vent
Front panel
Earth leakage
circuit breaker
Back panel
Terminal bed support
950
( )
Left: Power supply wiring
Cylinder / Hydrobox
(Indoor unit independent

power supply)
592
Right: Indoor/outdoor wiring

260
Manometer
110
Pressure relief valve
100±5
Space heating flow G1/2

Refrigerant (Liquid 3/8) a (ISO 228-1 G1-1/2-B) ( 242 )
Refrigerant (Gas) Space heating return Detail view a

* Refer to detail view a. (ISO 228-1 G1-1/2-B) <Side> <Rear>
Add an accessory to
<Front> A B E
( 187 )
refrigerant GAS PIPE.
(FLARING) 3/4F
F
Refrigerant (Gas) con-
nection (BRAZING)
I.D ø25.4
( 348 )
357
Letter Pipe description Connection size/type

291
263
242
A Space heating/Indirect DHW tank (primary) return connection G1-1/2 -B

124
110
B Space heating/Indirect DHW tank (primary) flow connection G1-1/2 -B

48
86
C Refrigerant (Liquid) 9.52 mm/Flare
124 D Refrigerant (Gas) Brazing connection I.D. ø25.4
163 C D E Discharge pipe (by installer) from pressure relief valve G1/2 female (valve port within hydrobox casing)
187
249
367
492
Electrical cable inlets For inlets and , run high-voltage wires including power
541
cable, indoor-outdoor cable, and external output wires.
<View from below> F For inlets and , run low-voltage wires including external
input wires and thermistor wires.
For a wireless receiver (option) cable, use inlet .
G Drain socket O.D. ø20
<ERSE> (Split model system for heating and cooling) <Table 2.2.2>
600 Hook
Automatic air vent
Front panel
Earth leakage
circuit breaker
Back panel
Terminal bed support
950
( )
Left: Power supply wiring
(Indoor unit independent
power supply)
592
Right: Indoor/outdoor wiring

260
Manometer
110
40
100±5
Pressure relief valve

Space heating flow
G1/2
Refrigerant (Liquid 3/8) a (ISO 228-1 G1-1/2-B) ( 232 )
Refrigerant (Gas) Space heating return <Side> <Rear>

* Refer to detail view a. (ISO 228-1 G1-1/2-B)
Drain pipe
PVC pipe: VP-20 [O.D.ø20]
GA B E
<Front>
F
Detail view a
Add an accessory to
( 348 )
357
( 187 )
refrigerant GAS PIPE.

291
263
242
(FLARING) 3/4F
193
124
110
Refrigerant (Gas) con-

48
86
nection (BRAZING)
124 I.D. ø25.4
163
187
249
C D
300
367
492
541
<View from below>
B-14
2.3 System configuration

Packaged model system Split model system
Model name EHPT20X- EHST20*-, ERST20*-
Plate heat exchanger Plate heat exchanger
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Cylinder unit
Interconnecting
Indoor cylinder unit Interconnecting Indoor cylinder unit
water pipes
refrigerant pipes
Outdoor heat pump unit
Outdoor heat pump unit
Model name EHPX- EHS*-, ERS*-
Plate heat exchanger

Plate heat exchanger
Hydrobox
Interconnecting Indoor hydrobox Interconnecting Indoor hydrobox

water pipes refrigerant pipes
Outdoor heat pump unit Outdoor heat pump unit
2.4 Service access diagrams

Cylinder unit Hydrobox
Service access Service access
Parameter Dimension (mm) Parameter Dimension (mm)
a 300* a 200
b 150 b 150
c (distance behind unit not visible in Figure 2.4.1> 10 c 500
d 500 d 500
Sufficient space MUST be left for the provision of discharge pipework as Sufficient space MUST be left for the provision of discharge pipework as de-
detailed in National and Local Building Regulations. tailed in National and Local building regulations.
a
a
b b * An additional 300 mm of space

(total 600 mm) is required ,
when installing the optional b
b
2-zone kit (PAC-TZ01-E) on top d
of the cylinder unit.
<Figure 2.4.1> <Figure 2.4.2>

Service access Service access
The cylinder unit must be located indoors and in a frost-free environment, The hydrobox must be located indoors and in a frost-free environment, for
for example in a utility room, to minimise heat loss from stored water. example in a utility room.
B-15
3 Wiring diagrams Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
3.1 Cylinder unit

3.1.1 Wiring diagrams
EHST20C-VM2C, EHST20C-VM2EC, EHST20D-VM2C, EHPT20X-VM2C,
EHST20D-VM2EC, ERST20C-VM2C, ERST20D-VM2C
Indoor unit powered Indoor unit powered
via outdoor unit by independent source
To outdoor Power supply To outdoor

Power supply Immersion heater (1Ph3kW)(Option) 1 unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
to Booster heater Power supply
<How to use TBO.1 to 4>
2 Connect them using either way as shown below.
~/N 230V 50Hz to Immersion heater
4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
L N
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3
ECB1 ECB2 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1

3
2 4
CNP1
TBO.1 Conductor Conductor
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
M 1 Outline view Top view
Cylinder / Hydrobox
RD
BU
1~
2
RD
BU
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
1 3 5 A1 IHC 1 3 5 A1 M
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3 3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
RD 1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
BU MP4 3 6 F2 F1 6 6
CNP4
RD
BU
IEC T6.3AL250V IEC T10AL250V

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 A B 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
M N (BU) 3 CN3C 1 CN3C 1
1~ Open 2 5 8 LED1 (BU) OG (BU) OG
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 X4 1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
2 4 6 A2 IHT 3 4 1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
M 5
IH 1~ 5 2
6
VT
VT
3WV 5 3
CNV1 6 1 1
4
1. S
ymbols used in wiring diagram
(WH) CNRF
5 Wireless receiver
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
(WH) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3
are, : connector, :
X10 7 LED2
Signal output 1 8 8 1
(Boiler) 2 1 CN105 WiFi adapter
BH1
2
1
CNIH
Signal output
(Error)
3 X11 1 TBO.4
2
LED3 (RD)
5
(Option) terminal block.
SW2
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit con-
3 4 3
2 2 (OG) X12
Signal output 5 4 1
8 CNIT
(Defrost) 5
BHF BHT
Signal output
6
7
X15 6 1
3
CNIH
(OG)
1 (BU)
5 necting wires have polarities, make
sure to match terminal numbers
(Comp. ON)
WH
WH
8 SW1 CN22 1
TBO.4 1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT
2
2 1
CNBHT
CNIH
(OG) M
2
1
X13
3 (GY) 3 (BK)
8
CN108 (S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings.
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric
3 2WV2a X9
(BK) 1 3 1 LED4
1 3 4 CNBH
wiring may change, be sure to
2 CNBC X8
3 (GY) Signal output 5 (WH)
(Cooling) 6 7
2
1
3
CNBH CN1A CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
check the outdoor unit electric wir-
(WH) 1
3
CNBHT
(WH)
1
(WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
1
1 1 1
ing diagram for service.
(BK) 2
4 2 4 3
CNBC
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
X6 TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
1
3
X7
5
7
CNBH TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
Symbol Name
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit> 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater

ECB2 Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
MP1 Water circulation pump 1
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
(Space heating/cooling & DHW)
(Space heating/cooling for Zone1)(Local supply)
MP4 Water circulation pump 4 (DHW)
3WV 3-way valve Table 1 Signal Inputs
2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply)
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply) IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IHT Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IH Immersion heater
IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
Refer to installation manual.
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
Smart grid ready input
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) damaged.
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) be reduced.
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen
THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
in the service menu.
IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply) Table 2 Outputs
IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply)
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1
OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — OFF ON
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) 2-way valve 2b output *2
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve output Heating DHW
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) TBO.2 1-2 Close
IN11 OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) TBO.2 2-3 Open
IN12 OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
IN1A Flow sensor OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5)
OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs> OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor>
OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V)
F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V) OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error
SW1-5 DIP switch *See 3.1.2 DIP switch functions. OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost
X1-15 Relay OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON
LED1 Power supply (FTC5) OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON
LED2 Power supply (Main remote controller) OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON
LED3 Communication (FTC5-Outdoor unit)
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field.
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card
*1. For 2-zone temperature control.
CNPWM Pump speed control signal for MP1 *2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
CN108 SD card connector
B-16
EHST20C-VM6C, EHST20C-VM6EC, EHPT20X-VM6C


~/N 230V 50Hz to Immersion heater
4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
L N
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3

3
2 4
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
RD
BU
1~
2
RD
BU
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
1 3 5 A1 IHC 1 3 5 A1 M
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3 3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
RD 2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
RD
BU
BU 3
Cylinder / Hydrobox
MP4 6 F2 F1 6
CNP4 6
RD
BU
(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 A B 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 IHT 4 1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
M 3
5
IH 1~ 5 2
PK
6
VT
VT
3WV 5 3
CNV1 6 1 1
(WH) 4
5
CNRF Wireless receiver
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
1. S
ymbols used in wiring
BU/No.3
BU/No.4
(WH) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
diagram are, : connec-
2 1 TBO.4
X11 (RD) (Option)
BH1 BH2
2 2 2
1
3
CNIH
Signal output
(Error)
3
4
2
3 SW2
LED3
5 tor, : terminal block.
2. Indoor unit and outdoor
(OG) X12
Signal output 5 4 1
8 CNIT
BHF BHT (Defrost) 6 5
(BU)
1
Signal output
(Comp. ON)
7
X15 6 1
3
CNIH
(OG)
5 unit connecting wires have
WH
WH
8 SW1
TBO.4
X13
1 CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
CN22
(BU)
1
2 polarities, make sure to match
2
2
1
3
CNBHT
(BK)
CNIH
(OG) M
2
1
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3)
2WV2a X9
2
1
3
CNBC
1
3
3
4
1
CNBH
LED4
for correct wirings.
3. S ince the outdoor unit side
(GY) X8
5 (WH)
1 6
2 7
2
3
5
CNBH
(WH) CN1A CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
electric wiring may change,
7 1
3
CNBHT
(WH)
1
(WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
1
1 1 1
be sure to check the outdoor
CNBC
(GY)
(BK)
4 2 4 3 2
unit electric wiring diagram for
1
3
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
service.
1
3
X7
5
7
Symbol Name CNBH

(WH) TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit> + - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21

(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
ECB2 Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
MP1 Water circulation pump 1(Space heating & DHW)

MP2 Water circulation pump 2 t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
(Space heating for Zone1)(Local supply)
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
3WV 3-way valve
2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply) Table 1 Signal Inputs
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply) IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater
IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH1 Booster heater 1
IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IHT Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1
IH Immersion heater IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2
IHC Contactor for immersion heater IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be dam-
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
aged.
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) reduced.
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) *3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen in
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) the service menu.
IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply) Table 2 Outputs
IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) *1
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — OFF ON
2-way valve 2b output *2
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve output Heating DHW
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply)
TBO.2 1-2 Close
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) TBO.2 2-3 Open
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5) OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs> OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor> OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V) OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON
F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V) OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON
SW1-5 DIP switch *See 3.1.2 DIP switch functions. OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON
X1-15 Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC5) *1. For 2-zone temperature control.
LED2 Power supply (Main remote controller) *2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
CNPWM Pump speed control signal for MP1
B-17
EHST20C-YM9C, EHST20C-YM9EC, EHST20D-YM9C, EHPT20X-YM9C


Immersion heater (1Ph3kW)(Option) 1 unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
Power supply
Power supply
to Booster heater 2 Connect them using either way as shown below.
to Immersion heater
3~ 400V 50Hz 4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
L1 L2 L3
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) (5) (1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3
3
2 4
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 6
RD
OG
X1
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
RD
BU
1~
2
WH
RD
BK
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
1 3 5 A1 IHC 1 3 5 A1 M
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3
3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
RD
2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
WH
1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
Cylinder / Hydrobox
MP4 3
BK
WH
6 F2 F1 6
RD
6
BK
CNP4
RD
BU

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 A B 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 IHT 4 1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
M 3
5
IH 1~ 5 2
PK
6
VT
VT
3WV 5 3
CNV1 6 1 1
4
(WH) CNRF Wireless receiver
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
WH/No.3
5
1. S
ymbols used in wiring
BU/No.4
BU/No.5
BU/No.6
(WH) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
diagram are, : connec-
2 1 TBO.4
X11 (RD) (Option)
tor, : terminal block.
1 Signal output 3 LED3
CNIH
2 5
3 (Error) 4 3
SW2
2 2 2 (OG) X12
BH1
BHF BHT
BH2 Signal output
(Defrost)
5
6
4
5 8
1
CNIT
(BU)
1
2. Indoor unit and outdoor
1
unit connecting wires have
X15 6 CNIH 5
Signal output 7
3 (OG)
(Comp. ON)
WH
WH
8 SW1 CN22 1
TBO.4
X13
1 CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
(BU) 2 polarities, make sure to match
1
terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3)
2 2 1 CNIH
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
CNBHT (OG) M
3 2
(BK) 2WV2a 3 X9
1
1 LED4
2 1
CNBC 3 4 CNBH
3 X8
3. S ince the outdoor unit side
(GY) Signal output 5 (WH)
2 1 (Cooling) 6 7
electric wiring may change,

3
CNBH
2 5 CN1A CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
(WH) 1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
be sure to check the outdoor
7
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1
unit electric wiring diagram for

(BK) 2 2
CNBC 4 4 3
(GY)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 service.
1
Symbol Name 3
X7
TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
5
7
ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater CNBH

(WH)
TBI.1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
TBI.3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
TBI.2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
ECB2 Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater + - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)

(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
(Space heating/cooling & DHW) 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2

(Space heating/cooling for Zone1)(Local supply) t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
3WV 3-way valve
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) Table 1 Signal Inputs
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IHT Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater
IH Immersion heater
IHC Contactor for immersion heater
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) damaged.
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) be reduced.
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) *3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option) in the service menu.
IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply) Table 2 Outputs
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — OFF ON
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve output Heating DHW
TBO.2 1-2 Close
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) TBO.2 2-3 Open
IN12
OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
IN1A Flow sensor
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5) OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs>
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor> OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V) OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
LED3 Communication (FTC5-Outdoor unit) Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field.
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card *1. For 2-zone temperature control.
B-18
EHST20C-TM9C, EHPT20X-TM9C Indoor unit powered Indoor unit powered


3~ 230V 50Hz to Immersion heater
4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
L1 L2 L3
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (5) (WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3

3
2 4
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 6 X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
RD
BU
1~
2
WH
RD
BK
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
1 3 5 A1 IHC 1 3 5 A1 M
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3 3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
RD
2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
WH
1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
MP4 3
BK
WH
6 F2 F1 6
RD
6
BK
CNP4
RD
BU
(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 A B 2
GY
GY
Cylinder / Hydrobox
TBO.2 X5A SW5
Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 IHT 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
M 3 (WH)
IH 1~ 5 2 5
PK
6
VT
VT
3WV 5 3
CNV1 6 1 1
(WH) 4
5
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
WH/No.3
BU/No.4
BU/No.5
BU/No.6
(WH) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
(Boiler)
1. S
ymbols used in wiring diagram are,
2 2 1 CN105 WiFi adapter
X11 1 TBO.4 (RD) (Option)
1 Signal output 3 LED3
CNIH
2 5
(Error) SW2
: connector, : terminal block.
3 4 3
BH1 BH2 2 2 2 (OG) X12
Signal output 5 4 1
8 CNIT
(Defrost) 5
BHF BHT
Signal output
6
7
X15 6 1
3
CNIH
(OG)
1 (BU)
5 2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connect-
(Comp. ON) 8 SW1
ing wires have polarities, make sure to
WH
WH
CN22 1
TBO.4 1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT
match terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3)
2 X13 8
CNIH 1 (GY) 3 (BK)
2
1
(OG) M 3 CN108
CNBHT 2
3
(BK) 2WV2a X9
1 3 1 LED4
2 1 3 4
CNBC CNBH
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric
3 X8
(GY) 5 (WH)
1 6 7
wiring may change, be sure to check
2
3
5
2 (WH)
the outdoor unit electric wiring diagram
1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
7
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1
for service.
(BK) 2
4 2 4 3
CNBC
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
Symbol Name 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2

ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
ECB2 Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
3WV 3-way valve
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) Table 1 Signal Inputs
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply)
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH1 Booster heater 1 IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BH2 Booster heater 2 IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1 IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IH Immersion heater IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1
IHC Contactor for immersion heater IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) Refer to installation manual.
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) Smart grid ready input
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) damaged.
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may
be reduced.
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option) in the service menu.
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) Table 2 Outputs
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) *1
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — OFF ON
IN11 TBO.2 1-2 Close
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop
IN12
TBO.2 2-3 Open
IN1A Flow sensor
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs>
OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor>
B-19
EHST20C-MEC, EHST20D-MEC, EHST20D-MHC, ERST20C-MEC, ERST20D-MEC


Immersion heater (1Ph3kW)(Option) 1 unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
Power supply
to Immersion heater
4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3
ECB2 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
3
2 4
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
RD
BU
1~
MP1 3 2
M X2
IHC 1 3 5 A1 1~
M 3
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
MP3 6 1
1 X14 3 1 CNP1 1
2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
Cylinder / Hydrobox
1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
MP4 3 6
CNP4
F2 F1 6 6
RD
BU

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
2 3 (RD)
A B TBO.2 X5A
Close
3 SW5 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 X4 1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
IHT 3 4 1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
M 5
IH 1~ 5 2
3WV 5 3 6
CNV1 6 1 1
(WH) 4
5
(WHT) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
2
1 Signal output 3 X11 1 TBO.4
2
LED3 (RD)
5
(Option) 1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are, :
connector, : terminal block.
CNIH (Error) 4 SW2
3 (OG) 3
X12 1
Signal output 5 4
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires
8 CNIT
(Defrost) 6 5
(BU)
X15 6 1 1
CNIH 5
Signal output 7
(Comp. ON) 8
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
have polarities, make sure to match terminal
CNIH
TBO.4
1
X13
1 CNBC 1
(GY) 3
CNBHT
(BK)
8
(BU) 2
numbers (S1, S2, S3) for correct wirings.
CN108
(OG) M
2WV2a
2
X9
3
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric wiring
1 3
may change, be sure to check the outdoor
1 LED4
3 4 CNBH
X8
Signal output
(Cooling)
5
6 7
(WH)
unit electric wiring diagram for service.
CN1A CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1
(BK) 2
4 2 4 3
CNBC
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
Symbol Name
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
MP1 Water circulation pump 1 t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
t° t° t° t° t° t°
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
(Space heating/cooling for Zone2)(Local supply) Table 1 Signal Inputs
MP4 Water circulation pump 4 (DHW) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
3WV 3-way valve IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply) IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply) IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
IHT Thermostat (fixed temp.) for immersion heater IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3
IH Immersion heater IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IHC Contactor for immersion heater IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be dam-
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) aged.
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option) reduced.
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen in the
THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option) service menu.
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) Table 2 Outputs
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) 2-way valve 2b output *2
IN11 TBO.2 1-2 Close
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop
IN12 TBO.2 2-3 Open
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs> OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor> OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V) OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
*2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
B-20
EHPT20X-MHCW, EHST20C-MHCW, EHST20D-MHCW


Immersion heater (1Ph3kW) 1 unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
Power supply
to Immersion heater
4
~/N 230V 50Hz F1
L N 6 Tool
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
(1) (3) CNPWM Tool
(WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3
3
2 4
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
RD
BU
1~
MP1 3 2
M X2
IHC 1 3 5 A1 1~
M 3
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
MP3 6 1
1 X14 3 1 CNP1 1
CN01 2
Cylinder / Hydrobox
2 4 6 A2 M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2
1~ 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
MP4 3 6
CNP4
F2 F1 6 6
RD
BU

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
2 3 (RD)
A B TBO.2 X5A
Close
3 SW5 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
MXV
3 X5B 6 1 3 3
1 X4 1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
IHT 3 4 1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
M 5
IH 1~ 5 2
3WV 5 3 6
CNV1 6 1 1
(WH) 4
5
(WH) (Option)
OG
OG
6 SW3 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
2 1 TBO.4
X11 (RD) (Option)
1
3
CNIH
Signal output
(Error)
3
4
2
3 SW2
LED3
5 1. S
ymbols used in wiring diagram
(OG)
Signal output
(Defrost)
5
X12 4
5 8 CNIT
1 are, : connector, :
6
Signal output 7
X15 6 1 CNIH
(OG)
1 (BU)
5 terminal block.
3
(Comp. ON) 8 SW1 CN22
(BU)
1 2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit
TBO.4 1 CNBC 1 2
CNIH
M
1
X13
3 (GY) 3
CNBHT
(BK)
8
CN108
connecting wires have polarities,
make sure to match terminal
(OG) 2
2WV2a X9
1 3 1 LED4
3 4
X8
CNBH numbers (S1, S2, S3) for correct
5 (WH)
6 7
wirings.
3. S ince the outdoor unit side elec-
1
3
(WH)
1
(WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
1 1 1
tric wiring may change, be sure
CNBHT 1
CNBC
(BK)
4 2 4 3 2 to check the outdoor unit electric
1
(GY)
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 wiring diagram for service.
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ - + - + -
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
Symbol Name
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit> 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2

t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
3WV 3-way valve Table 1 Signal Inputs
2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply) IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
MXV Mixing valve (Local supply) IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
IH Immersion heater IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3
IHC Contactor for immersion heater IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.1.2 DIP switch functions>.
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be damaged.
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be
THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option) reduced.
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen in the
service menu.
IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
Table 2 Outputs
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating & DHW) OFF ON
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating for Zone1) OFF ON
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating for Zone2) *1
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) 2-way valve 2b output *2
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve output Heating DHW
IN11
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) TBO.2 1-2 Close
TBO.2 2-3 Open
TBO.1-4 Terminal block <Outputs> OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
TBI.1-3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor> OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V) OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error
F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V) OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost
SW1-5 DIP switch *See 3.1.2 DIP switch functions. OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON
X1-15 Relay OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON
LED1 Power supply (FTC5) OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON
LED2 Power supply (Main remote controller) Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field.
LED3 Communication (FTC5-Outdoor unit) *1. For 2-zone temperature control.
LED4 Reading or writing data to SD card *2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
B-21
3.1.2 Dip switch functions (Cylinder unit) SW5

Located on the FTC printed circuit board are 4 sets of small white switches
known as Dip switches. The Dip switch number is printed on the circuit board
next to the relevant switches. The word ON is printed on the circuit board and on
the Dip switch block itself. To move the switch you will need to use a pin or the SW4
corner of a thin metal ruler or similar.
SW3
Dip switch settings are listed below in the table below.
Only an authorised installer can change DIP switch setting under one’s own re-
sponsibility according to the installation condition.
SW2
Make sure to turn off both indoor unit and outdoor unit power supplies before
changing the switch settings.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
SW1
<Figure 3.1.1>
Default settings:
DIP switch Function OFF ON
Indoor unit model
SW1 SW1-1 Boiler WITHOUT Boiler WITH Boiler OFF
SW1-2 Heat pump maximum outlet water temperature 55ºC 60ºC ON *1
SW1-3 DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank ON
OFF: E **T20*-*C
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater
ON : EH*T20*-*HC*
OFF: E**T20*-M*C*
SW1-5 Booster heater WITHOUT Booster heater WITH Booster heater
ON : E
**T20*-*M 2/6/9*C
OFF: E**T20*-M*C*
SW1-6 Booster heater function For heating only For heating and DHW
ON : E
**T20*-*M 2/6/9*C
OFF: E*ST20*-*M**C*
SW1-7 Outdoor unit type Split type Packaged type
ON : EHPT20X-*M**C*
SW1-8 Wireless remote controller WITHOUT Wireless remote controller WITH Wireless remote controller OFF
SW2 SW2-1 Room thermostat1 input (IN1) logic change Zone1 operation stop at thermostat short Zone1 operation stop at thermostat open OFF
SW2-2 Flow switch1 input (IN2) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open OFF
OFF: E xcept
SW2-3 Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active EH*T20*-VM2*C
ON : EH*T20*-VM2*C
OFF: EH*T20*-*M**C*
SW2-4 Cooling mode function Inactive Active
ON : ERST20*-*M**C
Automatic switch to backup heat source operation
SW2-5 Inactive Active *2 OFF
(When outdoor unit stops by error)
SW2-6 Mixing tank WITHOUT Mixing tank WITH Mixing tank OFF
SW2-7 2-zone temperature control Inactive Active *6 OFF
SW2-8 Flow sensor WITHOUT Flow sensor WITH Flow sensor ON
SW3 SW3-1 Room thermostat 2 input (IN6) logic change Zone2 operation stop at thermostat short Zone2 operation stop at thermostat open OFF
SW3-2 Flow switch 2 input (IN3) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open OFF
SW3-4 Electric energy meter WITHOUT Electric energy meter WITH Electric energy meter OFF
SW3-5 Heating mode function *3 Inactive Active ON
SW3-6 2-zone valve ON/OFF control Inactive Active OFF
SW3-7 Heat exchanger for DHW Coil in tank External plate HEX ON
SW3-8 Heat meter WITHOUT Heat meter WITH Heat meter OFF
SW4 SW4-1 — — — OFF
SW4-2 — — — OFF
SW4-3 — — — OFF
SW4-4 Indoor unit only operation (during installation work) *4 Inactive Active OFF
SW4-5 Emergency mode (Heater only operation) Normal Emergency mode (Heater only operation) OFF *5
SW4-6 Emergency mode (Boiler operation) Normal Emergency mode (Boiler operation) OFF *5
SW5 SW5-1 — — — OFF
OFF: Other than R1/R2 models
SW5-2 Advanced auto adaptation *7 Inactive Active
ON: R1/R2 models
SW5-3 Capacity code
SW5-4 SW5-3 SW5-4 SW5-5 SW5-6 SW5-7
SW5-5 E*ST20C-*M*C* ON ON ON ON OFF
SW5-6 E*ST20D-*M*C* ON OFF OFF ON OFF
EHPT20X-*M*C* OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
SW5-7
SW5-8 — — — OFF
<Table 3.1.1>
Notes: *1. W
hen the cylinder unit is connected with a PUMY-P/SUHZ-SW outdoor unit of which maximum outlet water temperature is 55ºC, DIP SW1-2 must be changed to OFF.
*2. External
output (OUT11) will be available. For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain errors. (In that case, system operation must be stopped and
only the water circulation pump keeps running.)
*3. T his switch functions only when the cylinder unit is connected with a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit. When another type of outdoor unit is connected, the heating mode
function is active regardless of the fact that this switch is ON or OFF.
*4. S pace heating and DHW can be operated only in indoor unit, like an electric boiler. (Refer to "5.5 Indoor unit only operation" in Installation Manual. )
*5. If emergency mode is no longer required, return the switch to OFF position.
*6. Active only when SW3-6 is set to OFF.
*7. SW5-2, "Advanced auto adaptation" is available only for R1 and R2 models.
B-22

Back-up heat source operation (*1) will automatically run when the outdoor unit stops abnormally. To enable the function, switch Dip SW 2-5 to ON. During the back-
up operation, an error code(s) and the contact number will be displayed alternately. External output (OUT11) will be available.
To clear the fault(s), reset the power breakers on the indoor and outdoor units.
<Applicable error codes (*2)>
E6 to E9, ED, P6, P8, U1 to U8, UD, UE, UF, UL, UP
(*1) Prolonged running of the back-up operation may affect the life of the heat source.
(*2) For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain faults. (System operation must be stopped and only pump keeps running.)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3.1.3 Connecting inputs/outputs (Cylinder unit)
1
1 TBO.1 CN01 2
2 (WH) 4
3 1 CNP1 6
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1 When the wires are wired to adjacent terminals
use ring terminals and insulate the wires.
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1
CNBH
FTC LED4
(WH)
7

(WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD)
1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
<Figure 3.1.2>
Signal inputs
IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <5.1 DIP Switch Functions>.
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <5.1 DIP Switch Functions>.
IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <5.1 DIP Switch Functions>.
IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2 *4
IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
Smart grid ready input *5
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor — —
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be damaged.
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be reduced.
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting“ screen in the service menu.
*4. Connectable electric energy meter and heat meter
● Pulse type Voltage free contact for 12VDC detection by FTC (TBI.3 1, 3 and 5 pins have a positive voltage.)
● Pulse duration Minimum ON time: 40ms
Minimum OFF time: 100ms
● Possible unit of pulse 0.1 pulse/kWh 1 pulse/kWh 10 pulse/kWh
100 pulse/kWh 1000 pulse/kWh
Those values can be set by the main remote controller. (Refer to the menu tree in "6. System Set Up".)
*5. As for the SG ready, refer to "5.6 Smart grid ready" in Installation Manual.
Wiring specification and local supply parts

Item Name Model and specifications
Signal input Signal input Use sheathed vinyl coated cord or cable.
function wire Max. 30 m
Wire type: CV, CVS or equivalent
Wire size: Stranded wire 0.13 mm² to 1.25 mm²
Solid wire: ø0.4 mm to ø1.2 mm
Switch Non-voltage “a” contact signals
Remote switch: minimum applicable load 12V DC, 1mA
B-23
Thermistor inputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item Optional part model
TH1 — CN20 Thermistor (Room temp.) (Option) PAC-SE41TS-E
TH2 — CN21 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) —
THW1 — CNW12 1-2 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) —
THW2 — CNW12 3-4 Thermistor (Return water temp.) —
THW5 — CNW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) —
THW6 TBI.2 3-4 — Thermistor (Zone1 flow water temp.) (Option) *1
PAC-TH011-E
THW7 TBI.2 5-6 — Thermistor (Zone1 return water temp.) (Option) *1
PAC-TH011-E
Cylinder / Hydrobox
THWB1 TBI.2 11-12 — Thermistor (Boiler flow water temp.) (Option) *1

PAC-TH011HT-E
THWB2 TBI.2 13-14 — Thermistor (Boiler return water temp.) (Option) *1
Ensure to wire thermistor wirings away from the power line and/or OUT1 to 15 wirings.
*1. The maximum length of the thermistor wiring is 30 m. When the wires are wired to adjacent terminals, use ring terminals and insulate the wires.
The length of the optional thermistors are 5 m. If you need to splice and extend the wirings, following points must be carried out.
1) Connect the wirings by soldering.
2) Insulate each connecting point against dust and water.
Outputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON Signal/Max. current Max. total
current
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max. 4.0A (a)
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve output Heating DHW 230V AC 0.1A Max.
TBO.2 1-2 Close
OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop 230V AC 0.1A Max.
TBO.2 2-3 Open
OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max. (Relay)
OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max. 3.0A (b)
OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max. (Relay)
OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error 230V AC 0.5A Max.
OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost 230V AC 0.5A Max.
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON 230V AC 0.1A Max.
OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp ON signal OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max.
non-voltage contact
·220-240V AC (30V DC)
OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON —
0.5A or less
·10mA 5V DC or more
*1 For 2-zone temperature control.
*2 For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L
TBO.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TBO.4 1 2 3 4 5 6
OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 Close Open OUT4 OUT10 OUT11OUT12 OUT15 OUT13 OUT9 OUT8
OUT5
Wiring specification and local supply parts How to use TBO.1 to 4

Item Name Model and specifications Tool
External output function Outputs wire Use sheathed vinyl coated cord or cable. Tool
Max. 30 m
Wire size: Stranded wire 0.25 mm² to 1.5 mm² Conductor
Solid wire: ø0.57 mm to ø1.2 mm Conductor
Outline view Top view
Connect them using either way as shown above.
Note:
1. When the cylinder unit is powered via outdoor unit, the maximum grand total current of (a)+(b) is 3.0 A.
2. Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1, OUT2, and OUT3). In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s).
3. Do not connect water circulation pumps to both TBO.1 1-2 and CNP1 at the same time.
4. Connect an appropriate surge absorber to OUT10 (TBO.3 1-2) depending on the load at site.
5. Stranded wire should be processed with insulation-covered bar terminal (DIN46228-4 standard compatible type).
B-24
3.1.4 Electrical Connection (Cylinder unit) The cylinder unit can be powered in two ways.
1. Power cable is run from the outdoor unit to the cylinder unit.
All electrical work should be carried out by a suitably qualified technician. Fail- 2. Cylinder unit has independent power source
ure to comply with this could lead to electrocution, fire, and death. It will also
invalidate product warranty. All wiring should be according to national wiring Connections should be made to the terminals indicated in the figures to the left
regulations. below depending on the phase.
Breaker abbreviation Meaning

Booster heater and immersion heater should be connected independently from
ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater one another to dedicated power supplies.
TB1 Terminal block 1
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Locally supplied wiring should be inserted through the inlets situated on the
ECB1 ECB2 ECB1 ECB2
top of the cylinder unit. (Refer to <Table 2.1.1>.)
A Wiring should be fed down the right hand side of the control and electrical
A
box and clamped in place using clips provided.
E
The wires should be inserted individually through the cable inlets as below.
F F
E B
Outputs wire
B
Signal input wire
Wireless receiver (option) wire
(PAR-WR51R-E)
and Power line and indoor-outdoor wire
Connect the outdoor unit – cylinder unit connecting cable to TB1.
D C D C
Connect the power cable for the booster heater to ECB1.
If immersion heater is present, connect the power cable to ECB2.
• Avoid contact between wiring and parts ( ).

• Make sure that ECB1 and ECB2 are ON.
TB1 TB1 • On completion of wiring ensure main remote controller cable is con-
<1 phase (with immersion heater)> <3 phase (with immersion heater)> nected to the relay connector.
Option 1: Cylinder unit powered via outdoor unit

Cylinder unit
<1 phase>
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near each TB1
wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units. L
Outdoor unit
N
Wiring
Earth circuit To control
leakage breaker board
Power circuit or L S1 S1
supply breaker Isolating
~/N *1, *2 N S2 S2
switch
230 V S3
50 Hz S3
ECB1
Wiring For
Power circuit L booster
supply breaker or heater
~/N Isolating N (Primary circuit)
230 V switch
50 Hz
ECB2 *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit

Wiring For
Power circuit Immersion
breaker does not have an over-current
breaker or L
supply heater protection function, install a breaker with
~/N Isolating
switch N (DHW tank) that function along the same power line.
230 V
50 Hz
<Figure 3.1.3>
Electrical connections 1 phase
Description Power supply Capacity Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 2 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
6 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 3 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
× size (mm²)
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *3 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring No.
Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth *3 1 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 230 V AC

Circuit
rating
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *4 24 V DC

*2. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all active phase conductors of the supply.
*3. Max. 45 m
If 2.5 mm² used, Max. 50 m
If 2.5 mm² used and S3 separated, Max. 80 m
*4. The values given in the table above are not always measured against the ground value.
Note: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
2. Indoor unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
Indoor unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each heater. Insufficient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
B-25
<3 phase>
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near each
wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units. Cylinder unit
TB1
L
Outdoor unit
N
To control
board
Wiring L1 S1 S1
Power Earth circuit
supply leakage breaker L2 S2 S2
3N~ circuit or
Cylinder / Hydrobox
400 V breaker Isolating L3 S3 S3

50 Hz *1, *2 switch
N
ECB1
Wiring For
circuit L1 booster
Power supply breaker
or L2 heater
(Primary circuit)
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (EH*T20*-YM*C)
3~ 230 V 50 Hz (EH*T20*-TM*C) Isolating
switch L3 *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker
does not have an over-current protection
function, install a breaker with that function
along the same power line.
Wiring ECB2
circuit For
Power breaker L Immersion
supply or heater
~/N Isolating N (DHW tank)
230 V switch
50 Hz
<Figure 3.1.4>
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring

3~ 400 V 50 Hz 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
Booster heater (Primary circuit)
3~ 230 V 50 Hz 9 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *3 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth *3 1 × Min. 1.5
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 230 V AC

Circuit
rating
*3. Max. 45 m
B-26
Option 2: Cylinder unit powered by independent source. L
BLACK
BLACK
N
If the cylinder unit and outdoor unit have separate power supplies, the following
Initial settings
requirements MUST be carried out: (Power supplied by
White
YELLOW
YELLOW
CN01
CN01
outdoor unit)
• Change the interconnected wiring in the control and electrical box of the S1 Cylinder unit
cylinder unit (see Figure 3.1.5) control board
• Turn the outdoor unit DIP switch SW8-3 to ON S2
• Turn on the outdoor unit BEFORE the cylinder unit. S3
• Power by independent source is not available for particular models of
outdoor unit model. For more detail, refer to the connecting outdoor unit
YELLOW
L
BLACK
Installation Manual.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Modified settings N
(Separate power White
YELLOW
supply to the cylinder CN01
BLACK
CN01
unit)
S1 Cylinder unit
control board
S2
S3
<1 phase> <Figure 3.1.5>

Affix label B that is included with the manuals near
each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units. Cylinder unit
Wiring TB1
Earth circuit
leakage
Power
circuit breaker L To control
supply or board
~/N breaker Isolating N
230 V *1, *2 switch
50 Hz
Outdoor unit
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit
Power circuit breaker L
or S1 S1
supply breaker
~/N Isolating
*1, *2
switch N S2 S2
230 V
50 Hz S3 S3
ECB1
Wiring
circuit For
Power breaker L booster
supply or heater
230 V switch *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker
50 Hz
Wiring ECB2
circuit For along the same power line.
supply or heater
230 V switch
50 Hz
<Figure 3.1.6>
Description Power supply Capacity Breaker Wiring
Booster heater (Primary circuit) ~/N 230 V 50 Hz 2 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
6 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
Cylinder unit power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz

Cylinder unit input capacity
*2 16 A
Main switch (Breaker)
Cylinder unit power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
Cylinder unit power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5

Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *3 2 × Min. 0.3

Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth —
Cylinder unit L - N *4 230 V AC
Circuit
rating
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 —

*3. Max. 120 m
B-27
<3 phase>
each wiring diagram for cylinder unit and outdoor units. Cylinder unit
Wiring TB1
Earth
leakage circuit
Power circuit breaker L To control
supply breaker or board
~/N *1, *2 Isolating N
230 V switch
50 Hz
Outdoor unit
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Wiring
L1 S1 S1
Earth
Power circuit L2
leakage breaker S2 S2
supply circuit
3N~ or L3
breaker Isolating S3 S3
400 V *1, *2
50 Hz switch N
ECB1
Wiring For
circuit L1
booster
Power supply breaker heater
or L2 (Primary circuit)
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (EH*T20*-YM*C) Isolating
3~ 230 V 50 Hz (EH*T20*-TM*C) switch L3 *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker
along the same power line.
Wiring ECB2
circuit For
supply or heater
230 V switch
50 Hz
<Figure 3.1.7>
Description Power supply Capacity (Indoor unit Ref.) Breaker Wiring

3~ 400 V 50 Hz 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
Booster heater (Primary circuit)
3~ 230 V 50 Hz 9 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
Cylinder unit power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz

Cylinder unit input capacity
*2 16 A
Cylinder unit power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
Cylinder unit power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5

Wiring
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit *3 2 × Min. 0.3

Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit earth —
Cylinder unit L - N *4 230 V AC
Circuit
rating
Cylinder unit - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 —

*3. Max. 120 m
<Before system set up>

1. A t factory setting, the main remote controller cable (Fig. 3.1.8) on the
main unit is not connected to the connector (Fig. 3.1.9) on the front panel.
After completing installation and wiring in the field, connect the main remote
controller cable to the connector, then turn on the power.
2. Insert the included SD memory card into the FTC control board.
(Refer to section 3.3.)
B-28
3.2 Hydrobox
3.2.1 Wiring diagrams
EHSC-MEC, EHSD-MEC, EHSD-MC, ERSC-MEC Indoor unit powered Indoor unit powered
by independent source
via outdoor unit

1 <How to use TBO.1 to 4> unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
4
F1 6 Tool
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
CNPWM Tool
(WH) CN01
1 F2
3 (WH)
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1 X1
BU
YE
YE
1~
MP1 3 2
M X2
1~
M 3
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 BK
M 1 TBO.1 CN01 2 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
Cylinder / Hydrobox
MP3 X14 6 1
1 3 1 CNP1 1
4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
3 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
CNP4 6 F2 F1 6 6
(RD) IEC T6.3AL250V IEC T10AL250V
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
TBO.2 X5A SW5
Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
M Open
N (BU) 3
1~ 2 5 8 CN3C 1 CN3C 1
LED1 (BU) 3 OG (BU) 3 OG
MXV 3 X5B 6 1
1 X4 1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
3 4 1 TBO.3 3
(WH) SW4 (WH) 3
*1 5 2 5
3
6
5
CNV1 6 1 1
4
TBO.3
5
6
7
SW3
LED2
(WH)
5
(Option) 1. S
ymbols used in wiring diagram are, : connec-
X10
Signal output
(Error)
3
4
X11 1 TBO.4
2
SW2
LED3 (RD)
5
(Option)
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires have
polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers (S1,
3
X12
Signal output 5 4 1
(Defrost) 5 8 CNIT
6
Signal output
(Comp. ON)
7
X15 6 1
3
CNIH
(OG)
1 (BU)
5 S2, S3) for correct wirings.
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change,
8 SW1 1
CN22
TBO.4 1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
be sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring diagram
1 X13
CNIH
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
(OG) M
2
for service.
2WV2a 3 X9
1 1 LED4
3 4 CNBH
X8
Signal output 5 (WH)
(Cooling) 6 7

1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2 3 2
CNBC 4 4 TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
X6 TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2 3WV 2WV1
1
3
X7
5
7
CNBH
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
Table 1 Signal Inputs Symbol Name
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short) TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit>
IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP1 Water circulation pump 1
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. (Space heating/cooling & DHW)
IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP2 Water circulation pump 2
IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3 (Space heating/cooling for Zone1)(Local supply)
IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3 MP3 Water circulation pump 3
IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
MP4 Water circulation pump 4 (DHW)(Local supply)
IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
3WV(2WV1) 3-way valve (2-way valve 1)(Local supply)
2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply)
Refer to installation manual. MXV Mixing valve (Local supply)
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
Smart grid ready input TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
damaged.
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)(Option)
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may
be reduced. THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
in the service menu. THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
Table 2 Outputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply)
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
2-way valve 2b output *2 IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply)
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve) output Heating DHW IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply)
TBO.2 1-2 Close IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply)
OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop
TBO.2 2-3 Open IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply)
OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply)
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply)
IN11
OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON Smart grid ready input (Local supply)
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor
OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error
OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost
TBO.1−4 Terminal block <Outputs>
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON
TBI.1−3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor>
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON
OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON
F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V)
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field. SW1−5 DIP switch *See <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
X1−15 Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC5)
LED2 Power supply (Main remote controller)
B-29
EHSC-VM2C, EHSC-VM2EC, EHSD-VM2C, ERSC-VM2C, ERSD-VM2C, EHPX-VM2C


Power supply unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
to Booster heater 1 <How to use TBO.1 to 4>
~/N 230V 50Hz
4
F1 Tool
BREAKER
6
CIRCUIT
L N CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (WH)
1 CN01
3 F2 (WH)
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1 X1
BU
YE
YE
1~
2
RD
BU
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
M
1 3 5 A1
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
YE
BHCP MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3 X14 6 1
1 3 1 CNP1 1
M 4 (WH) CN01 2
RD 1~ 3 CN01 2
MP4 3 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
BU CNP4 6 F2 F1 6 6
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5 CN3C 1

Cylinder / Hydrobox
3
Close
1 4 BN BN
M N (BU) 3 1 1
1~ Open 2 5 8 CN3C CN3C OG
LED1 (BU) 3 OG (BU) 3
MXV 3 X5B 6 1
1 CNPWM 1
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
*1 3 (WH)
5 2 5
5 6
VT
VT
3
CNV1 6 1 1
4
1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are, :
5
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
SW3 (WH) (Option)

6 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10

Signal output 3 LED3
BH1 2 5
(Error) 4 3
SW2
2 2 X12
1
Signal output 5 4
5 8 CNIT
BHF BHT (Defrost) 6
X15 6 1 1 (BU)
7 CNIH 5
Signal output (OG)
(Comp. ON) 3
8
WH
WH
SW1 1
CN22
TBO.4
1 1 CNBHT (BU) 2
X13 CNBC 8
2 CNIH 1 (GY) 3 (BK)
2 1 (OG) M 3 CN108
2
may change, be sure to check the outdoor unit
CNBHT
3 2WV2a 3 X9
(BK) 1 1 LED4
2 1 3 4
electric wiring diagram for service.

CNBC X8 CNBH
3 (GY) Signal output 5 (WH)
(Cooling) 6 7
2 1
3
(WH) 1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2 2
CNBC 4 4 3
TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
CNW12
TAB1
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. (Space heating for Zone1)(Local supply)
IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3 MP3 Water circulation pump 3
IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3 (Space heating for Zone2)(Local supply)
IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP4 Water circulation pump 4 (DHW)(Local supply)
IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. 3WV(2WV1) 3-way valve (2-way valve 1)(Local supply)
IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1 2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply)
IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2 2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply)
IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter MXV Mixing valve (Local supply)
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 — BHT Thermostat for booster heater
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 — BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor BH1 Booster heater 1
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be dam- BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1
aged. BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
reduced. TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen in THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
the service menu. THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
Table 2 Outputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
2-way valve 2b output *2 IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve) output Heating DHW IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply)
TBO.2 2-3 Open IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply)
OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply)
OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply)
OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply)
OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply)
OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error IN10 Heat meter (Local supply)
OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost IN11
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON Smart grid ready input (Local supply)
IN12
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON IN1A Flow sensor
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field. TBO.1−4 Terminal block <Outputs>
*1. For 2-zone temperature control. TBI.1−3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor>
*2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control. F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V)
SW1−5 DIP switch *See <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
X1−15 Relay
B-30
EHSC-VM6C, EHSC-VM6EC, EHPX-VM6C Indoor unit powered

via outdoor unit
Indoor unit powered
by independent source

Power supply unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
to Booster heater 1
~/N 230V 50Hz Connect them using either way as shown below.
2
4 Tool
BREAKER
L N F1
CIRCUIT
CNPWM 6 Tool
(1) (3) (WH)
1 CN01
3 F2
(WH)
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 X1
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
1~
2
RD
BU
M MP1 3
X2
1~
M 3
1 3 5 A1
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 BK
M 1 TBO.1 CN01 2 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3
1 X14 3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
RD M 4 (WH) 2
1~
3 CN01 CN01 2
3 5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
RD
BU
BU MP4
6 F2 F1 6
CNP4 6
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
BHC1 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 2 3
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
1
3
CN3C 1 BN
M N 4 (BU) 3 BN
CN3C 1 CN3C 1
Cylinder / Hydrobox
1~ Open 2 5 8 LED1 (BU) 3 OG (BU) 3 OG
MXV 3 X5B 6 1
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
*1 3 (WH)
5 2 5
PK
5 6
VT
VT
1. S
ymbols used in wiring diagram are, : connec-
CNV1 6 1 1
4
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
5
BU/No.3
BU/No.4
SW3 (WH) (Option)

6 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
BH1 BH2
(Boiler)
Signal output
2
3
X11 1 TBO.4
2
1
LED3
CN105
(RD)
5
WiFi adapter
(Option) 2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires have
2 2 2
(Error)
Signal output
4
5
X12
3
4
SW2
8
1 polarities, make sure to match terminal numbers (S1,
CNIT
S2, S3) for correct wirings.
BHF BHT (Defrost) 6 5
X15 6 1 1 (BU)
7 CNIH 5
Signal output (OG)
3
WH
WH
(Comp. ON)
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric wiring may
8 SW1 1
CN22
TBO.4 1 (BU) 2
X13 CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
2 2 1
3
CNBHT
(BK)
CNIH
(OG) M
1
2
2WV2a 3 X9
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
change, be sure to check the outdoor unit electric
1
wiring diagram for service.
1 1 LED4
2 CNBC
3 3 4
(GY) X8 CNBH
2 1 (Cooling) 6 7
3
CNBH
2 5 CN1A CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
(WH)
7 1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2 2
CNBC 4 4 3
TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
CNW12
TAB1
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP1 Water circulation pump 1(Space heating & DHW)
IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP2 Water circulation pump 2
IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1 2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply)
IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2 2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply)
IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter MXV Mixing valve (Local supply)
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 — BHT Thermostat for booster heater
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be BH2 Booster heater 2
damaged. BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2
may be reduced.
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting”
screen in the service menu. TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
Table 2 Outputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
2-way valve 2b output *2 THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve) output Heating DHW IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
TBO.2 2-3 Open IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply)
OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply)
IN11
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON Smart grid ready input (Local supply)
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field. FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5)
X1−15 Relay
B-31
EHSC-YM9C, EHSC-YM9EC, EHSD-YM9C, EHPX-YM9C


Power supply 1 <How to use TBO.1 to 4> unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
3~ 400V 50Hz 4
F1 6 Tool
BREAKER
L1 L2 L3
CIRCUIT
CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (5) (WH) CN01
1 (WH)
3 F2
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 6
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
1 X1
M Outline view Top view
1~
2
WH
RD
BK
M MP1 3
X2
1~
M 3
1 3 5 A1
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3
3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
RD (WH) 4
WH 5 (WH) 4
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3
BK
WH
6 F2 F1 6
RD
6
BK
CNP4 IEC T6.3AL250V IEC T10AL250V

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 (BU) 3 BN BN
M N
CN3C 1 CN3C 1
1~ Open 2 5 8 LED1 OG OG
X5B 6 (BU) 3 (BU) 3
MXV 3 1
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
*1 3
5 (WH)
5 2
PK
6
VT
VT
5 3
1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are,

CNV1 6 1 1
4
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
WH/No.3
5
BU/No.4
BU/No.5
BU/No.6
(WH) (Option)
SW3
6 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
(Boiler)
Signal output
2
3
X11 1 TBO.4
2
1
LED3
CN105
(RD)
5
WiFi adapter
(Option) 2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting
BH1 BH2
2 2 2
(Error)
Signal output
4
5
X12
3
4
SW2
1
wires have polarities, make sure to match
terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3) for correct
5 8 CNIT
BHF BHT (Defrost) 6
X15 6 1 1 (BU)
7 CNIH 5
Signal output (OG)
wirings.
(Comp. ON) 3
WH
WH
8 SW1 1
CN22
TBO.4 1 1 (BU) 2
2 1 X13 CNBC CNBHT 8
2 CNBHT CNIH 1 (GY) 3 (BK)
3 (OG) M 3 CN108
(BK) 2
2 1
3
CNBC
(GY)
1
3
2WV2a 3
4
X9
1
CNBH
LED4 may change, be sure to check the outdoor
2 1
3
Signal output
(Cooling)
5
6
X8
7
(WH)
unit electric wiring diagram for service.
CNBH
2 5
(WH)
7
1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2
CNBC 2 3
4 4 TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
CNW12
TAB1
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
Symbol Name
Table 1 Signal Inputs ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short) MP1 Water circulation pump 1(Space heating & DHW)
IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP2 Water circulation pump 2
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. (Space heating for Zone1)(Local supply)
IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3 MP4 Water circulation pump 4 (DHW)(Local supply)
IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3 3WV(2WV1) 3-way valve (2-way valve 1)(Local supply)
IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. 2WV2a 2-way valve (For Zone 1)(Local supply)
IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. 2WV2b 2-way valve (For Zone 2)(Local supply)
IN8 TBI.3 1-2 — Electric energy meter 1 MXV Mixing valve (Local supply)
IN9 TBI.3 3-4 — Electric energy meter 2 BHT Thermostat for booster heater
IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 — BH1 Booster heater 1
Smart grid ready input BH2 Booster heater 2
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection
damaged. TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
be reduced.
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
in the service menu. THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.)
Table 2 Outputs THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
2-way valve 2b output *2 IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply)
TBO.2 1-2 Close IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
OUT5 — Mixing valve output *1 Stop IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply)
TBO.2 2-3 Open
OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply)
OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply)
OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON IN10 Heat meter (Local supply)
IN11
OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error Smart grid ready input (Local supply)
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field. F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V)
*1. For 2-zone temperature control. F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V)
*2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control. SW1−5 DIP switch *See <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>.
X1−15 Relay
B-32
EHSC-TM9C

Power supply 1 unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
to Booster heater <How to use TBO.1 to 4>
3~ 230V 50Hz 4
F1 6 Tool
BREAKER
L1 L2 L3
CIRCUIT
CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (5) (WH) CN01
1 F2 (WH)
3

3
CNP1 Conductor Conductor
TBO.1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 6
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1 X1
BU
YE
YE
1~
2
WH
RD
BK
M MP1 3
1~ 3 X2
1 3 5 A1 M
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 BK
M 1 TBO.1 CN01 2 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3
1 X14 3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
M 4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
RD 1~ (WH) 4
WH MP4 3 5 (WH) 4
BK
WH
6 F2 F1 6
RD
6
BK
CNP4
(RD)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 (BU) 3 BN BN
M N
CN3C 1 CN3C 1
1~ Open 2 5 8 LED1 (BU) 3 OG (BU) 3 OG
MXV 3 X5B 6 1
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
*1 3 (WH)
5 2 5
PK
5 6
VT
VT
3
1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are, :
CNV1 6 1 1
4
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
WH/No.3
5
BU/No.4
BU/No.5
BU/No.6
(WH) (Option)
Signal output
TBO.3
1
X10
6
7
SW3
8
LED2
5
8 1
BH1 BH2
2 2 2
(Error) 4
X12
2
3
SW2
5
1
5 4
Signal output
(Defrost) 5 8 CNIT
BHF BHT 6 1 (BU)
X15 6 1 CNIH
7 5
Signal output
(Comp. ON) 3 (OG)
8 SW1
WH
WH
CN22 1
may change, be sure to check the outdoor unit

TBO.4 1 1 (BU) 2
X13 CNBC CNBHT 8
2 CNIH 1 (GY) 3 (BK)
2 1 M 3 CN108
electric wiring diagram for service.
CNBHT (OG) 2
3 (BK) X9
2WV2a 3
1 1 LED4
2 1 3 4
CNBC CNBH
3 X8
(GY) Signal output 5 (WH)
1 (Cooling) 6 7
2
3
2 5 (WH) 1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
7
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2 3 2
CNBC 4 4 TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
CNBH
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
CNW12
TAB1
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short) ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater
IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP1 Water circulation pump 1(Space heating & DHW)
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <3.2.2 DIP switch functions>. MP2 Water circulation pump 2
IN4 TBI.1 7-8 — Demand control input Normal Heat source OFF/ Boiler operation *3 MP3 Water circulation pump 3
IN10 TBI.3 5-6 — Heat meter BHT Thermostat for booster heater
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 — BH1 Booster heater 1
*1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be BHC1 Contactor for booster heater 1
damaged. BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection
be reduced. TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
*3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.)
in the service menu. THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.)
Table 2 Outputs THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1 THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
2-way valve 2b output *2 IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply)
TBO.2 2-3 Open IN4 Demand control (Local supply)
OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply)
OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply)
OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error IN10 Heat meter (Local supply)
OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost IN11
Smart grid ready input (Local supply)
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON IN12
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON IN1A Flow sensor
OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5)
Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field. TBI.1−3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor>
X1−15 Relay
B-33
EHSE-MEC, ERSE-MEC

1 <How to use TBO.1 to 4> unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
4
F1 6 Tool
BREAKER
CIRCUIT
CNPWM Tool
(WH) CN01
1 F2
3 (WH)
L N S1 S2 S3 TB1 L N S1 S2 S3 TB1
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1 X1
BU
YE
YE
1~
MP1 3 2
M X2
1~
M 3
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 BK
M 1 TBO.1 CN01 2 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
MP3 X14 6 1
1 3 1 CNP1 1
4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
5 (WH) 4 (WH) 4
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3
CNP4 6 F2 F1 6 6
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
TBO.2 X5A SW5
Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 BN BN
M Open
N (BU) 3
1~ 2 5 8 CN3C 1 CN3C 1
LED1 (BU) 3 OG (BU) 3 OG
MXV 3 X5B 6 1
1 X4 1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
3 4 1 TBO.3 3
(WH) SW4 (WH) 3
*1 5 2 5
1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are, : connector,
3
6
5
CNV1 6 1 1
4
TBO.3
5
6 SW3 (WH)
5
(Option) : terminal block.
Signal output 1
X10 7
8 8
LED2
1 2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting wires have polari-
(Boiler)
ties, make sure to match terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3) for
2 1 CN105 WiFi adapter
2 5
correct wirings.
(Error) 4 SW2
3
X12
Signal output 5 4 1
8
(Defrost)
Signal output
6
7
X15
5
6 1 CNIH
1
CNIT
(BU)
5
3. S ince the outdoor unit side electric wiring may change, be
(Comp. ON) 8
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1 sure to check the outdoor unit electric wiring diagram for
CNIH
TBO.4
1 X13
1
3
CNBC 1
(GY) 3
CNBHT
(BK)
8
(BU)
CN108
2
service.
(OG) M
2
2WV2a 3 X9
1 1 LED4
3 4 CNBH
X8
(Cooling) 6 7

1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2 3 2
CNBC 4 4 TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
CNBH
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
TAB1
CNW12
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2
t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5
IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
Symbol Name Table 1 Signal Inputs
TB1 Terminal block <Power supply, Outdoor unit> Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
MP1 Water circulation pump 1 IN1 TBI.1 13-14 — Room thermostat 1 input *1 Refer to SW2-1 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
(Space heating/cooling & DHW) IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
MP2 Water circulation pump 2 IN3 TBI.1 9-10 — Flow switch 2 input (Zone1) Refer to SW3-2 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
(Space heating/cooling for Zone2)(Local supply) IN5 TBI.1 5-6 — Outdoor thermostat input *2 Standard operation Heater operation/ Boiler operation *3
IN6 TBI.1 3-4 — Room thermostat 2 input *1 Refer to SW3-1 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
IN7 TBI.1 1-2 — Flow switch 3 input (Zone2) Refer to SW3-3 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option) Refer to installation manual.
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
TH2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) Smart grid ready input
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)(Option) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) damaged.
*2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may be
reduced.
THW8 Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option) *3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen in
THW9 Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option) the service menu.
Table 2 Outputs
IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) 2-way valve 2b output *2
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve) output Heating DHW
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) TBO.2 1-2 Close
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) TBO.2 2-3 Open
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5) OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
SW1−5 DIP switch *See "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
X1−15 Relay
LED1 Power supply (FTC5) Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field.
LED2 Power supply (Main remote controller) *1. For 2-zone temperature control.
B-34
EHSE-YM9EC, ERSE-YM9EC

Power supply 1 <How to use TBO.1 to 4> unit ~/N 230V 50Hz unit
3~ 400V 50Hz 4
F1 6 Tool
BREAKER
L1 L2 L3
CIRCUIT
CNPWM Tool
(1) (3) (5) (WH) CN01
1 (WH)
3 F2
3
CNP1
GNYE
(WH)
GNYE
2 4 6
RD
OG
RD
OG
BU
1
BU
YE
YE
1 X1
M Outline view Top view
1~
2
WH
RD
BK
M MP1 3
X2
1~
M 3
1 3 5 A1
OG
2WV2b
YE
1~ 4 BK
OG
BHCP
YE
MP2 X3 1 BK
5 CN01 2 BK
M 1 TBO.1 BK
1~ 6 2 (WH) 4
2 4 6 A2 MP3
3 1 CNP1 6 1 1
1 X14
4 3 (WH) CN01 2 CN01 2
RD
Cylinder / Hydrobox
(WH) 4
WH 3
5 (WH) 4
BK
WH
6 F2 F1 6
RD
6
BK
CNP4 IEC T6.3AL250V IEC T10AL250V

(RD) 1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4
BHC1 3 (RD)
1 3 5 A1 1 3 5 A1 BHC2 2
GY
GY
TBO.2 X5A SW5

Close
3 CN3C 1
1 4 (BU) 3 BN BN
M N
CN3C 1 CN3C 1
1~ Open 2 5 8 LED1 OG OG
X5B 6 (BU) 3 (BU) 3
MXV 3 1
1 CNPWM 1
PK
1 X4 CNV1
2 4 6 A2 2 4 6 A2 4 1 TBO.3 3 SW4 (WH) 3
*1 3
5 (WH)
5 2
PK
6
VT
VT
5 3
6
1. S ymbols used in wiring diagram are,
CNV1 4 1 1
WH/No.1
WH/No.2
WH/No.3
5
BU/No.4
BU/No.5
BU/No.6
(WH) (Option)
SW3
6 5
TBO.3 7 LED2
X10
(Boiler) 2
3
X11 1 TBO.4
1
LED3
CN105
(RD)
WiFi adapter
(Option)
2. Indoor unit and outdoor unit connecting
Signal output
2 2 2
(Error) 4
X12
2
3
SW2
5
1
wires have polarities, make sure to match
5 4
terminal numbers (S1, S2, S3) for correct
BH1 BH2 Signal output
5 8 CNIT
BHF BHT (Defrost) 6
X15 6 1 1 (BU)
CNIH 5
wirings.
Signal output 7
3 (OG)
(Comp. ON)
WH
WH
8 SW1 1
CN22
2 2 1
CNBHT CNIH
TBO.4
1
X13
1
CNBC
1
(GY) 3
CNBHT
(BK)
8
(BU)
CN108
2
3. Since the outdoor unit side electric wir-
M 3
3
1
(BK) (OG)
1
2
2WV2a 3 X9
1 LED4
ing may change, be sure to check the
2
outdoor unit electric wiring diagram for
CNBC
3 (GY) 3 4 CNBH
X8
2 1
3
CNBH
(Cooling) 6 7 service.
2 5
(WH)
7
1 (WH) (WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) *1
3 1 1 1
CNBHT 1 1 3WV 2WV1
(BK) 2
CNBC 2 3
4 4 TBO.2 4 5 6 TBO.2 4 5 6
(GY)
1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
3 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 M M
1~ 1~
1
3
X7
5
7
(WH)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
+ – + – + –
CNW12
TAB1
CN22
CNW5
(RD)
CN1A
CN20
(WH)
CN21
(RD)
(YE)
(BU)
(WH)
Symbol Name 1 2 1 4 1 3 1 2 1 4 1 2

ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t° t°
Main remote
Sensor
controller
TH2
TH1
Flow
THW1
THW2
THW5

IN7
IN6
IN5
IN4
IN3
IN2
IN1
IN8
IN9
IN10
IN11
IN12
THW6
THW7
THW8
THW9
THWB1
THWB2
(Space heating/cooling for Zone1)(Local supply) Table 1 Signal Inputs
MP3 Water circulation pump 3 Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) ON (Short)
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in "3.2.3 DIP switch setting".
BHT Thermostat for booster heater
BHF Thermal fuse for booster heater
BHC2 Contactor for booster heater 2 Refer to installation manual.
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
BHCP Contactor for booster heater protection Smart grid ready input
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
TH1 Thermistor (Room temp.)(Option)
THW1 Thermistor (Flow water temp.) *1. Set the ON/OFF cycle time of the room thermostat for 10 minutes or more; otherwise the compressor may be
damaged.
THW2 Thermistor (Return water temp.) *2. If using outdoor thermostat for controlling operation of heaters, the lifetime of the heaters and related parts may
THW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)(Option) be reduced.
THW6 Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option) *3. To turn on the boiler operation, use the main remote controller to select “Boiler” in “External input setting” screen
THW7 Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option) in the service menu.
THWB1 Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option) Table 2 Outputs
THWB2 Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option) Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON
IN1 Room thermostat 1 (Local supply) OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output (Space heating/cooling & DHW) OFF ON
IN2 Flow switch 1 (Local supply) OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone1) OFF ON
IN3 Flow switch 2 (Local supply) Water circulation pump 3 output (Space heating/cooling for Zone2)
IN4 Demand control (Local supply) OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — *1 OFF ON
IN5 Outdoor thermostat (Local supply) 2-way valve 2b output *2
IN6 Room thermostat 2 (Local supply) OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve) output Heating DHW
IN7 Flow switch 3 (Local supply) TBO.2 1-2 Close
IN8 Electric energy meter 1 (Local supply) TBO.2 2-3 Open
IN9 Electric energy meter 2 (Local supply) OUT6 — CNBH 1-3 Booster heater 1 output OFF ON
IN10 Heat meter (Local supply) OUT7 — CNBH 5-7 Booster heater 2 output OFF ON
IN11 OUT8 TBO.4 5-6 — Cooling signal output OFF ON
Smart grid ready input (Local supply) OUT9 TBO.4 3-4 CNIH Immersion heater output OFF ON
IN12
IN1A Flow sensor OUT10 TBO.3 1-2 — Boiler output OFF ON
FLOW TEMP. CONTROLLER (FTC5) OUT11 TBO.3 3-4 — Error output Normal Error
TBO.1−4 Terminal block <Outputs> OUT12 TBO.3 5-6 — Defrost output Normal Defrost
TBI.1−3 Terminal block <Signal Inputs, Thermistor> OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2a output *2 OFF ON
F1 Fuse (IEC T10AL250V) OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON
F2 Fuse (IEC T6.3AL250V) OUT15 TBO.3 7-8 — Comp. ON signal OFF ON
SW1−5 DIP switch *See "3.2.3 DIP switch setting". Do not connect to the terminals that are indicated as “—” in the “Terminal block” field.
X1−15 Relay *1. For 2-zone temperature control.
LED1 Power supply (FTC5) *2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
B-35
3.2.2 Dip switch functions (1)

(Hydrobox, except for EHSE/ERSE series)
SW5
known as DIP switches. The DIP switch number is printed on the circuit board
next to the relevant switches. The word ON is printed on the circuit board and on SW4
the DIP switch block itself. To move the switch you will need to use a pin or the
SW3
DIP switch settings are listed in the table below.
Only an authorised installer can change DIP switch setting under one’s own re- SW2
Cylinder / Hydrobox
changing the switch settings. SW1
<Figure 3.2.1>
DIP switch Function OFF ON Default settings:
Indoor unit model
SW1-3 DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank OFF
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater OFF
OFF: E***-M*C
ON : E***-*M2/6/9C
OFF: E***-M*C
ON : E***-*M2/6/9C
OFF: E*S*-*M*C
ON : EHPX-*M*C
OFF: E xcept E***-VM2*C
SW2-3 Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active
ON : E***-VM2*C
OFF: Except ERS*-*M**C
ON : ERS*-*M**C
Automatic switch to backup heat source opera-
tion (When outdoor unit stops by error)
SW3-7 Heat exchanger for DHW Coil in tank External plate HEX OFF
SW4 SW4-1 Multiple outdoor units control Inactive Active OFF
SW4-2 Position of multiple outdoor units control *7 Slave Master OFF
SW4-3 — — — OFF
SW5 SW5-1 DHW tank water temperature over heat protection (L4) Active Inactive *8 OFF
OFF: Other than R1/R2 models
SW5-2 Advanced auto adaptation *9 Inactive Active
ON: R1/R2 models
SW5-3 Capacity code
SW5-4 SW5-3 SW5-4 SW5-5 SW5-6 SW5-7
SW5-5 E*SC-*M*C ON ON ON ON OFF
E*SD-*M*C ON OFF OFF ON OFF
SW5-6
EHPX-*M*C OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
SW5-7
SW5-8 — — — OFF
<Table 3.2.1>
Notes:
*1. When the hydrobox is connected with a PUMY-P/SUHZ-SW outdoor unit of which maximum outlet water temperature is 55ºC, DIP SW1-2 must be changed to OFF.
*2. O UT11 will be available. For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain errors. (In that case, system operation must be stopped and only the water circulation pump keeps running.)
*3 This switch functions only when the hydrobox is connected with a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit. When another type of outdoor unit is connected, the heating mode function is active
regardless of the fact that this switch is ON or OFF.
*4. Space heating and DHW can be operated only in indoor unit, like an electric boiler. (Refer to “5.5 Indoor unit only operation” in Installation Manual. )
*7. Active only when SW4-1 is set to ON.
*8. Please make sure to have necessary overheat protection on locally supplied solar thermal system side to secure safety, as the tank temperature could be much higher (than current).
*9. SW5-2, "Advanced auto adaptation" is available only for R1 and R2 models.
B-36
3.2.3 Dip switch functions (2)

SW5
(Hydrobox, EHSE/ERSE series)
known as DIP switches. The DIP switch number is printed on the circuit board SW4
next to the relevant switches. The word ON is printed on the circuit board and on
the DIP switch block itself. To move the switch you will need to use a pin or the SW3
DIP switch settings are listed in the table below. SW2

Only an authorised installer can change DIP switch setting under one’s own re-
SW1
Cylinder / Hydrobox
changing the switch settings.
<Figure 3.2.2>
DIP switch Function OFF ON Default settings:
Indoor unit model
SW1-3 DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank OFF
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater OFF
OFF: E*SE-MEC
ON: E*SE-YM9EC
OFF: E*SE-MEC
ON: E*SE-YM9EC
SW1-7 Outdoor unit type Split type Packaged type OFF
SW2-3 Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active OFF
OFF: EHSE-*M*EC
ON: ERSE-*M*EC
(When outdoor unit stops by error)
SW4 SW4-1 Multiple outdoor units control Inactive Active OFF
SW4-2 Position of multiple outdoor units control *7 Slave Master OFF
SW4-3 — — — OFF
SW5 SW5-1 — — — OFF
8 OFF: Other than R1/R2 models
SW5-2 Advanced auto adaptation * Inactive Active
ON: R1/R2 models
SW5-3 — — OFF
SW5-4 — — ON
SW5-5 Capacity code — — ON
SW5-6 — — OFF
SW5-7 — — ON
SW5-8 — — — OFF
<Table 3.2.2>
*1 W hen the hydrobox is connected with a outdoor unit of which maximum outlet water temperature is 55ºC, DIP SW1-2 must be changed to OFF.
*2 OUT11 will be available. For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain errors. (In that case, system operation must be stopped and only the water circulation pump keeps running.)
*3 T his switch functions only when the hydrobox is connected with a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit. When another type of outdoor unit is connected, the heating mode function is active
regardless of the fact that this switch is ON or OFF.
*4 S pace heating and DHW can be operated only in indoor unit, like an electric boiler. (Refer to “5.5 Indoor unit only operation” in Installation Manual. )
*5 If emergency mode is no longer required, return the switch to OFF position.
*6 Active only when SW3-6 is set to OFF.
*7 Active only when SW4-1 is set to ON.
*8. SW5-2, "Advanced auto adaptation" is available for R1 and R2 models.
B-37
Automatic switch to heat source only operation

Back-up heat source operation (*1) will automatically run when the outdoor unit stops abnormally. To enable the function, switch DIP SW 2-5 to ON. During the back-up operation, an er-
ror code(s) and the contact number will be displayed alternately. External output (OUT11) will be available. To clear the fault(s), reset the power breakers on the indoor and outdoor units.
<Applicable error codes (*2)>
E6 to E9, ED, P6, P8, U1 to U8, UD, UE, UF, UL, UP
(*1) Prolonged running of the back-up operation may affect the life of the heat source.
(*2) For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain faults. (System operation must be stopped and only pump keeps running.)
3.2.4 Connecting inputs/outputs (Hydrobox)

Cylinder / Hydrobox
1 TBO.1
1
CN01 2
When the wires are wired to adjacent terminals
2
3 1 CNP1
(WH) 4
6
use ring terminals and insulate the wires.
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1
CNBH
FTC LED4
(WH)
7

1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
<Figure 3.2.3>
Signal inputs
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor — —
● Pulse type Voltage free contact for 12VDC detection by FTC (TBI.3 1, 3 and 5 pins have a positive voltage.)
Those values can be set by the main remote controller. (Refer to the menu tree in "6. System Set Up".)
*5. As for the smart grid ready, refer to "5.6 Smart grid ready" in Installation Manual.

B-38
Thermistor inputs
TH1 — CN20 Thermistor (Room temp.) (Option) PAC-SE41TS-E
THW5 — CNW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) (Option) *1 PAC-TH011TK-E (5 m) / PAC-TH011TKL-E (30 m)
PAC-TH011-E
PAC-TH011-E
Cylinder / Hydrobox
PAC-TH011HT-E
Outputs
Name Terminal Connector Item OFF ON Signal/Max. current Max. total
block current
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT2 TBO.1 3-4 — Water circulation pump 2 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
(Space heating/cooling for Zone1)
4.0A (a)
OUT3 TBO.1 5-6 — Water circulation pump 3 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
(Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *2
OUT14 *1 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve 1) output Heating DHW 230V AC 0.1A Max.
TBO.2 1-2 Close
TBO.2 2-3 Open
non-voltage contact
· 220-240V AC (30V DC)
0.5A or less
· 10mA 5V DC or more
*1 Except for EHSE/ERSE series.
N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L
TBO.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TBO.4 1 2 3 4 5 6
OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 Close Open OUT4 OUT10 OUT11OUT12 OUT15 OUT13 OUT9 OUT8
OUT5
How to use TBO.1 to 4
External output function Outputs wire Use sheathed vinyl coated cord or cable.
Max. 30 m Tool
Wire type: CV, CVS or equivalent Tool
Solid wire: 0.25 mm² to 1.5 mm²
Note: Conductor
1. When the hydrobox is powered via outdoor unit, the maximum grand total current of (a)+(b) Conductor
is 3.0 A. Outline view Top view
2. Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1, OUT2, and
OUT3). In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s). Connect them using either way as shown above.
3. Do not connect water circulation pumps to both TBO.1 1-2 and CNP1 at the same time.
5. Stranded wire should be processed with insulation-covered bar terminal (DIN46228-4
standard compatible type).
B-39
3.2.5 Electrical Connection The hydrobox can be powered in two ways.

1. Power cable is run from the outdoor unit to the hydrobox.
All electrical work should be carried out by a suitably qualified technician. Fail- 2. Hydrobox has independent power source.
invalidate product warranty. All wiring should be according to national wiring Connections should be made to the terminals indicated in the figures to the left
regulations. below depending on the phase.

Booster heater and immersion heater should be connected independently from
ECB1 Earth leakage circuit breaker for booster heater one another to dedicated power supplies.
TB1 Terminal block 1
Except for EHSE/ERSE series

Cylinder / Hydrobox
ECB1 ECB1 Locally supplied wiring should be inserted through the inlets situated on the
base of the hydrobox. (Refer to <Table 2.2.1 and 2.2.2>.
Wiring should be fed down the left hand side of the control and electrical box
and clamped in place using clips provided.
The wires should be inserted individually through the cable inlets as below.
Power line (B.H.)
E Power line (I.H.) (option)
E
Indoor-Outdoor wire
24 5 8
TB1 Output wires
Signal input wires
Wireless receiver (option) wire 1 3 6 7
(PAR-WR51R-E)
C D C D
B B Connect the outdoor unit – hydrobox connecting cable to TB1.
Connect the power cable for the booster heater to ECB1.
• Make sure that ECB1 is ON.
A A
1 phase 3 phase
<Figure 3.2.4>
EHSE/ERSE series
ECB1
TB1
C D
B
<Figure 3.2.5>
Hydrobox NOTICE Relay

1. When the hydrobox leaves the factory, the main remote controller cable (Fig. connector
3.2.6) on the main unit is not connected to the controller’s relay connector (Fig.
3.2.7) on the front panel.
After completing installation and wiring in the field, connect the main remote
controller cable to the relay connector, then turn on the power.
Main unit Front panel (back view)

2. Before setting up the system, insert the included SD memory card.
(For more details, refer to section 3.3.)
Main unit
<Figure 3.2.8>
B-40

Option 1: Hydrobox powered via outdoor unit
<1 phase>
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near each Hydrobox
wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units. TB1
L
Outdoor unit
N
Earth Wiring To control

leakage circuit board
Power circuit breaker or L S1 S1
supply *1 I f the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
Cylinder / Hydrobox
breaker Isolating
~/N *1, *2 switch N S2 S2 not have an over-current protection function, install a
230 V breaker with that function along the same power line.
50 Hz S3 S3
ECB1
Wiring
circuit For
Power supply L booster Description Power Capacity Breaker Wiring
~/N breaker or
Isolating heater supply
230 V
switch
N (Primary circuit)
50 Hz Booster heater ~/N 230 V 2 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
(Primary circuit) 50 Hz 6 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
<Figure 3.2.9>
<3 phase> Hydrobox
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near each TB1
wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units.
L1
Outdoor unit
L2
To control
board
L1 S1 S1
Earth Wiring
Power leakage circuit L2 S2 S2
supply circuit breaker or *1 I f the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
3N~ breaker Isolating L3 S3 S3 not have an over-current protection function, install a
400 V *1, *2 switch
N breaker with that function along the same power line.
50 Hz
ECB1
Description Power Capacity Breaker Wiring
Wiring L1 For
supply
circuit booster
Power supply breaker or L2 3~ 400 V 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
heater
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (EH**-YM9(E)C) Isolating (Primary circuit) Booster heater 50 Hz
3~ 230 V 50 Hz (EHSC-TM9C) switch L3
(Primary circuit) 3~ 230 V 9 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
50 Hz
<Figure 3.2.10>
Wiring No.
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit *3 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring
(mm²)
× size
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit earth *3 1 × Min. 1.5
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 230 V AC

Circuit
rating
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *4 24 V DC
*3. Max. 45 m
Notes: 1. Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
B-41
Except for EHSE/ERSE series L
BLACK
BLACK
Option2: Hydrobox powered by independent source N
White
YELLOW
YELLOW
Initial settings CN01
If the hydrobox and outdoor units have separate power supplies, the following
CN01
(Power supplied
requirements MUST be carried out: by outdoor unit) S1 Hydrobox
• Change connector connections in hydrobox control and electrical box control board
(see Figure 3.2.11). S2
• Turn the outdoor unit DIP switch SW8-3 to ON. S3
• Turn on the outdoor unit BEFORE the hydrobox.
YELLOW
L
BLACK
outdoor unit model.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
For more detail, refer to the connecting outdoor unit installation manual. N
Modified settings
YELLOW
BLACK
CN01
CN01
supply to
the hydrobox) S1 Hydrobox
control board
S2
S3
<Figure 3.2.11>
<1 phase>
each wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units. Hydrobox
TB1
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit
Power circuit breaker or L
~/N *1, *2 switch N
230 V
50 Hz
Outdoor unit
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
Power circuit breaker or L S1 S1 not have an over-current protection function, in-
supply breaker Isolating To control
~/N *1, *2 switch N S2 S2 board stall a breaker with that function along the same
230 V power line.
50 Hz S3 S3
ECB1
Wiring For
Power circuit L booster
supply breaker or heater
230V switch Description Power Capacity Breaker Wiring
50Hz supply
Booster heater ~/N 230 V 2 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
(Primary circuit) 50 Hz 6 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
<Figure 3.2.12>
Hydrobox power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz

Hydrobox input capacity
*2 16 A
Hydrobox power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
Hydrobox power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5

Wiring
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit *3 2 × Min. 0.3

Hydrobox - Outdoor unit earth —
Hydrobox L - N *4 230 V AC
Circuit
rating
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 —

*3. Max. 120 m
B-42

<3 phase>
TB1
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit
~/N *1, *2 switch N
230 V
50 Hz
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Outdoor unit To control
board
L1 S1 S1
Power
Earth Wiring *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not
supply
leakage circuit L2 S2 S2 have an over-current protection function, install a breaker
circuit breaker or
3N~ breaker L3 S3
400 V Isolating S3 with that function along the same power line.
*1,*2 switch
50 Hz N

ECB1 supply
Wiring L1 For 3~ 400 V 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
circuit booster 50 Hz
Power supply Booster heater
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (EH**-YM9(E)C) breaker or L2 heater
Isolating (Primary circuit) (Primary circuit) 3~ 230 V 9 kW 32 A *2 6.0 mm²
3~ 230 V 50 Hz (EHSC-TM9C) switch L3
50 Hz
<Figure 3.2.13>
Hydrobox power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz
Hydrobox input capacity
*2 16 A
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.

Wiring
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit *3 2 × Min. 0.3

Circuit
rating

*3. Max. 120 m
B-43
EHSE/ERSE series
Option 1: Hydrobox powered via outdoor unit
<1 phase>
Hydrobox
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near
each wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units. TB1
L
Outdoor unit
N *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
not have an over-current protection function, install a
Earth Wiring To control
leakage board breaker with that function along the same power line.
circuit
Power circuit breaker or L S1 S1
supply
Cylinder / Hydrobox
breaker Isolating
~/N *1, *2 switch N S2 S2
230 V
50 Hz S3 S3
<Figure 3.2.14>
<3 phase>
Affix label A that is included with the manuals near
TB1
L1
Outdoor unit
L2
To control
board
L1 S1 S1
Earth Wiring
Power leakage circuit L2 S2 S2
supply circuit breaker or *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
3N~ breaker Isolating L3 S3 S3
*1, *2 switch not have an over-current protection function, install a
400 V
50 Hz
N breaker with that function along the same power line.
ECB1
Wiring L1 For
supply
circuit
booster
Power supply breaker or L2 heater Booster heater 3~ 400 V
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (E*SE-YM9EC) Isolating 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
switch L3 (Primary circuit) (Primary circuit) 50 Hz
<Figure 3.2.15>
Wiring No.
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit *3 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring
(mm²)
× size
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit earth *3 1 × Min. 1.5
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *4 230 V AC

Circuit
rating
*3. Max. 45 m
B-44
BLACK
BLACK
EHSE/ERSE series
N
Option2: Hydrobox powered by independent source
White
YELLOW
YELLOW
Initial settings CN01
CN01
If the hydrobox and outdoor units have separate power supplies, the following (Power supplied
S1 Hydrobox
by outdoor unit)
requirements MUST be carried out: control board
• Change connector connections in hydrobox control and electrical box S2
(see Figure 3.2.16). S3
• Turn the outdoor unit DIP switch SW8-3 to ON.
• Turn on the outdoor unit BEFORE the hydrobox.
YELLOW
L
BLACK
outdoor unit model. N
Cylinder / Hydrobox
For more detail, refer to the connecting outdoor unit installation manual. Modified settings
YELLOW
BLACK
CN01
CN01
supply to
the hydrobox) S1 Hydrobox
control board
S2
<1 phase> S3
each wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units. <Figure 3.2.16>
Hydrobox
Earth Wiring TB1

leakage circuit
supply ~/ breaker Isolating
N *1, *2 switch N
230 V
50 Hz
Outdoor unit
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit
Power circuit breaker or L S1 S1 *1 I f the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does
supply ~/ breaker Isolating To control
N *1, *2 switch N S2 S2 board not have an over-current protection function, install a
230 V breaker with that function along the same power line.
50 Hz S3 S3
<Figure 3.2.17>
<3 phase>
Affix label B that is included with the manuals near Hydrobox
each wiring diagram for hydrobox and outdoor units.
TB1
Earth Wiring
leakage circuit
supply ~/ breaker Isolating
N *1, *2 switch N
230 V
50 Hz
Outdoor unit To control

board
L1 S1 S1
Earth Wiring
Power leakage circuit L2 S2 S2 *1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not
supply circuit breaker or
3N~ breaker
have an over-current protection function, install a break-
Isolating L3 S3 S3
400 V *1, *2 switch er with that function along the same power line.
50 Hz N

ECB1
supply
Wiring L1 For Booster heater 3~ 400 V
circuit booster 9 kW 16 A *2 2.5 mm²
Power supply breaker or L2 heater (Primary circuit) 50 Hz
Isolating (Primary circuit)
3~ 400 V 50 Hz (E*SE-YM9EC) L3
switch
<Figure 3.2.18>
Hydrobox power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz *2. A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole
Hydrobox input capacity shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
*2 16 A The breaker shall be provided to ensure disconnection of all ac-
tive phase conductors of the supply.
× size (mm²)
*3. Max. 120 m

Wiring No.

Wiring
*4. The values given in the table above are not always measured
Hydrobox - Outdoor unit *3 2 × Min. 0.3 against the ground value.
Circuit
rating

B-45
3.3 Using SD memory card

(a) F
or insertion, push on the SD memory card until it clicks into place.
The hydrobox is equipped with an SD memory card interface in FTC.
(b) F
or ejection, push on the SD memory card until it clicks.
Using an SD memory card can simplify main remote controller settings and can
Note: To avoid cutting fingers, do not touch sharp edges of the SD
store operating logs. *1
memory card connector (CN108) on the FTC control board.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
(a)
(b)
<Handling precautions>
(1) Use an SD memory card that complies with the SD standards. Check that the
SD memory card has a logo on it of those shown to the right.
(2) SD memory cards to the SD standards include SD, SDHC, miniSD, micro SD,
and microSDHC memory cards. The capacities are available up to 32 GB. Logos
Choose that with a maximum allowable temperature of 55ºC.
(3) When the SD memory card is a miniSD, miniSDHC, microSD, or micro SDHC
memory card, use an SD memory card converter adapter.
(4) Before writing to the SD memory card, release the write-protect switch.
2 GB
(5) Before inserting or ejecting an SD memory card, make sure to power off the
system. If an SD memory card is inserted or ejected with the system powered
on, the stored data could be corrupted or the SD memory card be damaged.
*An SD memory card is live for a short duration after the system is powered
off. Before insertion or ejection wait until the LED lamps on the FTC control
Capacities
board are all off.
(6) The read and write operations have been verified using the following SD 2 GB to 32 GB *2
memory cards, however, these operations are not always guaranteed as the
specifications of these SD memory cards could change. SD speed classes
All
Manufacturer Model Tested in
• The SD Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Verbatim #44015 Mar. 2012 The miniSD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
SanDisk SDSDB-002G-B35 Oct. 2011 The microSD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Panasonic RP-SDP04GE1K Oct. 2011
Arvato 2GB PS8032 TSB 24nm MLC Jun. 2012 *1 To edit main remote controller settings or to check operating data, an Ecodan
Arvato 2GB PS8035 TSB A19nm MLC Jul. 2014 service tool (for use with PC) is required.
*2 A 2-GB SD memory card stores up to 30 days of operation logs.
SanDisk SDSDUN-008G-G46 Oct. 2016
Verbatim #43961 Oct. 2016
Before using a new SD memory card (including the card that comes with the
unit), always check that the SD memory card can be safely read and written
to by the FTC controller.
<How to check read and write operations>
a) Check for correct wiring of power supply to the system. For more
details, refer to section 3.1.4 or 3.2.5.
(Do not power on the system at this point.)
b) Insert an SD memory card.
c) Power on the system.
d) The LED4 lamp lights if the read and write operations are successfully
completed. If the LED4 lamp continues blinking or does not light, the
SD memory card cannot be read or written to by the FTC controller.
(7) Make sure to follow the instruction and the requirement of the SD memory
card’s manufacturer.
(8) Format the SD memory card if determined unreadable in step (6). This
could make it readable.
Download an SD card formatter from the following site.
SD Association homepage: https://www.sdcard.org/home/
(9) FTC supports FAT file system but not NTFS file system.
(10) M itsubishi Electric is not liable for any damages, in whole or in part,
including failure of writing to an SD memory card, and corruption and loss
of the saved data, or the like. Back up saved data as necessary.
(11) Do not touch any electronic parts on the FTC control board when inserting
or ejecting an SD memory card, or else the control board could fail.
B-46
3.4 Caution on connecting DHW tank

Specification of 2-way valve (local supply)
(Hydrobox) • Power supply: 230V AC
Note: • Current: 0.1A Max (If over 0.1A you must use a relay)
• Be aware that the respective DHW operations are greatly effected by • Type: Normally closed
the selections of the components such as tank, immersion heater, or
Installation Electrical connection Output signal
the like. position terminal block Heating DHW System
• Follow your local regulations to perform system configuration.
OFF
2-way valve1 DHW TBO.2 4-5 OFF ON OFF
1. To enable switching of the water circulation circuit between the DHW mode
(closed) (open) (closed)
and the heating mode, install a 3-way valve (local supply). The 3-way valve
2-way valve2 Heating TBO.4 1-2 ON OFF OFF
and the DHW tank should be positioned as shown in the system diagram on
(open) (closed) (closed)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
the page B-53, Figure 4.5 or 4.6 as applicable.
The use of two 2-way valves can perform the same function as a 3-way Note: Should the 2-way valve become blocked the water circulation will stop.
valve. A by-pass valve or circuit should be installed between pump and 2-way
2. Install the optional thermistor THW5 (optional part PAC-TH011TK-E/PAC- valve for safety.
TH011TKL-E) on the DHW tank. The TBO.4 1-2 terminals on the FTC are shown in the wiring diagram.
It is recommended to position the thermistor at the mid point of the DHW The 2-way valve (local supply) should be installed according to the in-
tank capacity. Insulate thermistor from ambient air. Especially for double structions supplied with it. Follow 2-way valve’s manufacturer’s instruc-
(insulated) tank, thermistor should be attached to the inner side (to detect the tions as to whether to connect an earth cable or not.
water temperature). • For the 2-way valve, choose the one that slowly opens and shuts off to
3. Connect the thermistor lead to the CNW5 connector on the FTC. prevent water hammer sound.
If the thermistor lead is too long bundle it with a strap to adjust the length. • Choose the 2-way valve equipped with manual override, which is nec-
4. The output terminals for the 3-way valve is TBO.2 4-5 (OUT4). essary for topping up or draining of water.
The TBO.2 4-5 terminals on the FTC are shown in the wiring diagram on
B-38. 5. Turn the DIP SW1-3 on the FTC to ON.
Choose the terminals that the 3-way valve is connected to between TBO.2
4-5, or TBO.2 4-6, according to the rated voltage. 6. When using an immersion heater (local supply), connect a contact relay ca-
When the rated current of the 3-way valve exceeds 0.1A, be sure to use ble for the immersion heater to TBO.4 3-4 (OUT9), and turn the DIP SW1-4
a relay with maximum voltage and current ratings of 230V AC / 0.1A when to ON. Do NOT directly connect the power cable to the FTC.
connecting to the FTC. Do not directly connect the 3-way valve cable to the
FTC. Connect the relay cable to the TBO.2 4-5 terminals. Note:
3-way valve must be of SPST type. SPDT type can NOT be used. • When an immersion heater is installed, select appropriate breaker capacity
For systems using 2-way valves instead of a 3-way valve please read the and a cable with appropriate diameter on the basis of heater output.
following; • When wiring an immersion heater in the field, always install an earth leakage
breaker to prevent accidental electric shock.
TBO.2 4-5
TBO.4 1-2
DIP-SW1
Connector CNW5
WARNING: When connecting DHW tank

(1) Attach the optional thermistor THW5 (PAC-TH011TK-E / PAC-TH011TKL-E).
(2) Always use earth leakage breaker when connecting immersion heater.
(3) When installing an immersion heater, be sure that the immersion heater has a built-in direct cut-off thermostat.
(4) Connect a pressure relief valve on the sanitary water side.
(5) It is essential that no check valve or isolating valve is fitted between the hydrobox and the pressure relief valve.
B-47
Recommended DHW system

Where system involves a DHW tank:
Immersion Booster
DHW tank BH function System diagram Thermistor
heater heater
Present Absent Present For space heating/ THW1: Flow water temp.
cooling and DHW THW2: Return water temp.
DHW tank
THW5 THW5: Tank water temp.
(optional part
Hydrobox PAC-TH011TK-E /
PAC-TH011TKL-E)
THW1
Heat emitter
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Booster heater
THW2 3-way valve (*)
Present Present Present For space heating/ THW1: Flow water temp.
cooling and DHW THW2: Return water temp.
DHW tank THW5: Tank water temp.
THW5 (optional part
Immersion heater PAC-TH011TK-E /
Hydrobox PAC-TH011TKL-E)
THW1
Booster heater Heat emitter
THW2 3-way valve (*)
*The use of two 2-way valves can perform same function as a 3-way valve.
B-48
3.5 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control

1. Water circulation pump 2 (Zone1 water circulation pump) / Water circulation pump 3 (Zone2 water circulation pump)
Electrically wire water circulation pumps 2 and 3 to the appropriate output terminals. (Refer to “Outputs” in 3.1.3 or 3.2.4.)
2.Flow switch 2 (Zone1 flow switch) / Flow switch 3 (Zone2 flow switch)
Connect flow switches 2 and 3 to the appropriate terminals. (Refer to “Signal inputs” in 3.1.3 or 3.2.4.)
Set DIP switches 3-2 and 3-3 according to the functions of individual flow switches 2 and 3.
(Refer to “DIP switch functions” in 3.1.2, 3.2.2. or 3.2.3)
3. Thermistor
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone1 flow temperature to the THW6 (TBI. 2-3 and 2-4) terminals.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone1 return temperature to the THW7 (TBI. 2-5 and 2-6) terminals.
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone2 flow temperature to the THW8 (TBI. 2-7 and 2-8) terminals.
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone2 return temperature to the THW9 (TBI. 2-9 and 2-10) terminals.
The maximum length of the thermistor wiring is 30 m. The length of the optional thermistors are 5 m. If you need to splice and extend the wirings, following points
must be carried out.
4. Motorized mixing valve

Connect three wires coming from the motorized mixing valve to the appropriate terminals referring to “Outputs” in 3.1.3 or 3.2.4.
Note: Connect the signal line to open Port A (hot water inlet port) to TBO. 2-3 (Open), the signal line to open Port B (cold water inlet port) to TBO. 2-1 (Close),
and the neutral terminal wire to TBO. 2-2 (N).
N L
to Zone2
from mixing tank heat emitter
FTC A
Motorized mixing
B valve
TBO.2 1 2 3 to mixing tank from Zone2

heat emitter
Close N Open
B-49
4 Water circuit diagrams Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
Cylinder unit
No. Part name E*ST20*-*M2/6/9C E*ST20*-*M2/6/9EC E*ST20*-MEC EHST20D-MHC EHPT20X-*M2/6/9C EHPT20X-MHCW EHST20*-MHCW
A DHW outlet pipe
B Cold water inlet pipe
C Water pipe (Space heating/cooling return connection)
D Water pipe (Space heating/cooling flow connection)
E Water pipe (Flow from heat pump connection) — — — — —
F Water pipe (Return to heat pump connection) — — — — —
G Refrigerant pipe (Gas) — —
H Refrigerant pipe (Liquid) — —
1 Control and electrical box
2 Main remote controller
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3 Plate heat exchanger (Refrigerant - Water) — —

4 Booster heater 1,2 — — — —
5 3-way valve
6 Manual air vent
7 Drain cock (Primary circuit)
8 Manometer
9 Pressure relief valve (3bar)
10 Automatic air vent
11 Expansion vessel — —
12 Flow sensor
13 Strainer valve
14 Water circulation pump 1 (Primary circuit)
15 Pump valve
16 DHW tank
17 Plate heat exchanger (Water - Water)
18 Scale trap
19 Water circulation pump (Sanitary circuit)
20 Immersion heater — — — —
21 Temperature and pressure relief valve — — — — —
22 Pressure relief valve (10bar) (DHW Tank) — —
23 Drain cock (DHW tank)
24 Drain cock (Sanitary circuit)
25 Flow water temp. thermistor (THW1)
26 Return water temp. thermistor (THW2)
27 DHW tank water temp. thermistor (THW5)
28 Refrigerant liquid temp. thermistor (TH2) — —
29 Outdoor unit — — — — — — —
30 Drain pipe (Local supply) — — — — — — —
31 Back flow prevention device (Local supply) — — — — — — —
32 Isolating valve (Local supply) — — — — — — —
33 Magnetic filter (Local supply) (Recommended) — — — — — — —
34 Strainer (Local supply) — — — — — — —
35 Inlet control group *1 — — — — — — —
36 Filling loop (Ball valves, check valves and flexible hose) *1 — — — — — — —
37 Potable expansion vessel *1 — — — — — — —
*1 Supplied with UK model ONLY. Please refer to PAC-WK01UK-E Installation Manual for more information on accessories.
<Note> For installation of E*ST20*-*M*EC model, make sure to install a primary-side expansion vessel in the field. (See figure 4.2.3)
<E*ST20*-*M**C > (Split model system)
Refrigerant pipe
Water pipe
DHW
Cold water 31
30 30 B
9 22
10
A
11 Note
Drain
• To enable draining of the cylinder
8
Pa
unit an isolating valve should be po-
32 sitioned on both the inlet and outlet
16 Local system pipework.
19 *1 • Be sure to install a strainer on the inlet
27 pipework to the cylinder unit.
18 20
17 33 • Suitable drain pipework should be
32 attached to all relief valves in accord-
23 31 ance with your country’s regulations.
7 24
• A backflow prevention device must
6 Water Drain be installed on the cold water supply
29 supply pipework (IEC 61770)
5 • When using components made from
25
different metals or connecting pipes
28 4 made of different metals insulate the
3 7 15 14 13 26 12 *1 R
efer to the following section joints to prevent any corrosive reac-
[Local system]. tion taking place which may damage
Flare connection Cylinder unit the pipework.
<Figure 4.1>
B-50
<EHST20*-MHCW> (UK Split model system) <Example>

Refrigerant pipe Note
Water pipe • To enable draining of the cylinder
37 unit an isolating valve should be po-
35 DHW sitioned on both the inlet and outlet
Cold water
pipework. No valve should be fitted
30 between the expansion valve (item
B
9 35) and the cylinder unit (safety mat-
10 30
Drain
A ter).
• Be sure to install a strainer on the
11 inlet pipework to the cylinder unit.
Drain
• Suitable drain pipework should be
Cylinder / Hydrobox
8
Pa
21 attached to all relief valves in accord-
32 ance with your country’s regulations.
30 16 Local system • When using components made from
19
*1 different metals or connecting pipes
27 made of different metals insulate the
18
20
Drain 17 33 joints to prevent any corrosive reac-
32 tion taking place which may damage
7 23
any pipework.
24 • Filling loop’s flexible hose must be re-
Drain
6 moved following the filling procedure.
Item provided with unit as loose ac-
29 5 Flexible hose cessory.
25 (Temporary connection) • Install the inlet control group (item
4 35) above the level of the T&P relief
28
valve (item 21). This will ensure
15 14 26 12 DHW tank will not require drain-down
3 7 13
36 to service/maintain the inlet control
Flare connection
Cylinder unit *1 R
efer to the following group.
section [Local system].
<Figure 4.2>
<EHPT20X-MHCW> (UK Packaged model system) <Example>

Water pipe
37
35 DHW Note
Cold water • To enable draining of the cylinder unit
B an isolating valve should be positioned
34
on both the inlet and outlet pipework.
30 9 30
10 A No valve should be fitted between the
Drain expansion valve (item 35) and the cyl-
11 inder unit (safety matter).
Drain 8 32 • Be sure to install a strainer on the inlet
Pa 21
Local system
pipework to the cylinder unit.
• Suitable drain pipework should be
*1
30 16 attached to all relief valves in accord-
19
33 ance with your country’s regulations.
27 32 • When using components made from
18
Drain 17
20 different metals or connecting pipes
Drain
made of different metals insulate the
joints to prevent any corrosive reac-
7 24 23 Flexible hose tion taking place which may damage
(Temporary connection) any pipework.
6
• Filling loop’s flexible hose must be re-
29 3 moved following the filling procedure.
32 5
25 Item provided with unit as loose ac-
4 cessory.
7 36
• Install the inlet control group (item 35)
26 Main water supply above the level of the T&P relief valve
15 13 12
7 14 (item 21). This will ensure DHW tank
34 32 *1 R
efer to the following will not require drain-down to service/
Cylinder unit section [Local system]. maintain the inlet control group.
<Figure 4.3>
Model name EHPT20X-MHCW EHST20C-MHCW EHST20D-MHCW

Maximum supply pressure to the pressure reducing valve 16 bar 16 bar 16 bar
Operating pressure (Potable side) 3.5 bar 3.5 bar 3.5 bar
Expansion vessel charge setting pressure (Potable side) 3.5 bar 3.5 bar 3.5 bar
Expansion valve setting pressure (Potable side) 6.0 bar 6.0 bar 6.0 bar
Immersion heater specification (Potable side) * 3000 W, 230 V 3000 W, 230 V 3000 W, 230 V
DHW tank capacity 200 L 200 L 200 L
Mass of the unit when full 307 kg 320 kg 312 kg
Maximum primary working pressure 2.5 bar 2.5 bar 2.5 bar
* EN60335/Type 3000W single phase 230V 50Hz, length 460 mm.
Use only Mitsubishi Electric service parts as a direct replacement.
<Table 4.1>
B-51
<EHPT20X-*M*C> (Packaged model system)
Water pipe
31 DHW
Cold water
34 30 B
22
30 9 10
A
11
Note
Drain 8 • To enable draining of the cylinder
Pa unit an isolating valve should be po-
Cylinder / Hydrobox
32
sitioned on both the inlet and outlet
16 Local system pipework.
19
*1 • Be sure to install a strainer on the
27 inlet pipework to the cylinder unit.
18 20 33
17 • Suitable drain pipework should be
32 attached to all relief valves in ac-
31 cordance with your country’s regu-
7 23
24 lations.
• A backflow prevention device must
6
Water Drain be installed on the cold water sup-
29 3 supply ply pipework (IEC 61770)
32 5
25 • When using components made from
different metals or connecting pipes
7 4 made of different metals insulate
15 14 26 12 the joints to prevent any corrosive
7 13 reaction taking place which may
34 32 *1 R
efer to the following damage the pipework.)
Cylinder unit section [Local system].
<Figure 4.4>
B-52
Hydrobox (Except for EHSE/ERSE series)
No. Part name EHS*-MEC EHSD-MC EHS*-*M*C EHSC-*M*EC ERS*-VM2C ERSC-MEC EHPX-*M*C
3 Plate heat exchanger (Refrigerant - Water) -
4 Water circulation pump 1
5 Pump valve
7 Booster heater 1, 2 - - -
8 Flow sensor
9 Manometer
10 Pressure relief valve (3 bar)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
12 Expansion vessel - - -
13 Strainer valve
14 Drain pan - - - - -
15 THW1
16 THW2
17 TH2 -
18 THW5 (Optional part PAC-TH011TK-E or PAC-TH011TKL-E) - - - - - - -
19 Outdoor unit - - - - - - -
20 Drain pipe (Local supply) - - - - - - -
21 3-way valve (Local supply) - - - - - - -
22 DHW indirect unvented tank (Local supply) - - - - - - -
23 Cold water inlet pipe (Local supply) - - - - - - -
24 DHW outlet pipe (Local supply) - - - - - - -
25 Back flow prevention device (Local supply) - - - - - - -
26 Isolating valve (Local supply) - - - - - - -
27 Magnetic filter (Local supply) (Recommended) - - - - - - -
28 Strainer (Local supply) - - - - - - -
<EHS*> (Split model system) Refrigerant pipe

<ERS*> (Split model system for heating and cooling) Water pipe
Hydrobox Cold
DHW water
11 12
24 25
23
22
7
8
5
4 6 18
17 16
15
3 13 10 Pa 9
19 20
27
26
Local
Drain 21 system
*1
26
Flare connections
25
*1 Refer to the following section [Local system]. Water supply Drain
<Figure 4.5>
<EHPX> (Packaged model system)

Water pipe Note
• Be sure to follow your local regulations to per-
Hydrobox Cold form system configuration of the DHW connec-
DHW water tions.
11 12
• DHW connections are not included in the hy-
24 25
drobox package. All required parts are to be
23
sourced locally.
22 • To enable draining of the hydrobox an isolating
valve should be positioned on both the inlet and
7 8
6 18 outlet pipework.
16
15 • Be sure to install a strainer on the inlet pipe
5
4 13 10 Pa 9 work to the hydrobox.
• Suitable drain pipework should be attached to
19 3 20
26 28 27 all relief valves in accordance with your coun-
26 try's regulations.
Local • A backflow prevention device must be installed
Drain 21 system
*1 on water supply pipework (IEC 61770).
• When using components made from different
28 26 26 metals or connecting pipes made of different
metals insulate the joints to prevent a corrosive
25 reaction taking place which will damage the
pipework.
Water Drain
*1 Refer to the following section [Local system]. supply
<Figure 4.6>
B-53
Hydrobox (EHSE/ERSE series)

No. Part name EHSE-YM9EC EHSE-MEC ERSE-YM9EC ERSE-MEC
3 Plate heat exchanger (Refrigerant - Water)
4 Water circulation pump
5 Pump valve
7 Booster heater 1, 2 - -
8 Flow sensor
Cylinder / Hydrobox
9 Manometer
10 Pressure relief valve (3 bar)
12 Strainer valve
13 Drain pan - -
14 THW1
15 THW2
16 TH2
THW5
17 - - - -
(Optional part PAC-TH011TK-E or PAC-TH011TKL-E)
18 Outdoor unit - - - -
19 Drain pipe (Local supply) - - - -
20 3-way valve (Local supply) - - - -
21 DHW indirect unvented tank (Local supply) - - - -
22 Cold water inlet pipe (Local supply) - - - -
23 DHW outlet pipe (Local supply) - - - -
24 Back flow prevention device (Local supply) - - - -
25 Isolating valve (Local supply) - - - -
26 Magnetic filter (Local supply) (Recommended) - - - -
27 Strainer (Local supply) - - - -
<EHS*> (Heating system)

<ERS*> (Heating and cooling system) Refrigerant pipe
Water pipe
Cold Note
Hydrobox DHW water • Be sure to follow your local regulations to per-
11 form system configuration of the DHW connec-
23 24 tions.
22 • DHW connections are not included in the hy-
drobox package. All required parts are to be
21
5
7 sourced locally.
8
4 6 17
• To enable draining of the hydrobox an isolating
15
16
valve should be positioned on both the inlet and
18 3 12 14 10 Pa 9 outlet pipework.
• Be sure to install a strainer on the inlet pipe
26
19 work to the hydrobox.
25 Drain • Suitable drain pipework should be attached to
Local all relief valves in accordance with your coun-
20 system
try's regulations.
*1
• A backflow prevention device must be installed
25 on water supply pipework (IEC 61770).
Flare connections
• When using components made from different
24 metals or connecting pipes made of different
metals insulate the joints to prevent a corrosive
Water Drain reaction taking place which will damage the
supply pipework.
<Figure 4.7>
B-54
Local system
1-zone temperature control
Zone1
Zone1
3
Cylinder / Hydrobox
4
1
2 6
2-zone temperature control 1-zone temperature control with boiler

13
Zone1
14
3
15 Zone1
5
4
11 3
6 1
11 Zone2 5
7 10
2 8
4
11 1
9
2 6
12
2-zone temperature control with boiler 1-zone temperature control (2-zone valve ON/OFF control)
13
14
Zone1
15 Zone1 16
3
5 18
4
Zone2
6 1
17
Zone2
7 10
2 8
11
9
12
1. Zone1 heat emitters (e.g. radiator, fan coil unit) (local supply) 10. Zone2 water circulation pump (local supply)
2. Mixing tank (local supply) 11. Zone2 flow switch (local supply) *
3. Zone1 flow water temp. thermistor (THW6) 12. Zone2 heat emitters (e.g. underfloor heating) (local supply)
Optional part : PAC-TH011-E
4. Zone1 return water temp. thermistor (THW7) 13. Boiler flow water temp. thermistor (THWB1) Optional part :
14. Boiler return water temp. thermistor (THWB2) PAC-TH011HT-E
5. Zone1 water circulation pump (local supply)
15. Boiler (local supply)
6. Zone1 flow switch (local supply) * 16. Zone1 2-way valve (local supply)
7. Motorized mixing valve (local supply) 17. Zone2 2-way valve (local supply)
8. Zone2 flow water temp. thermistor (THW8) 18. Bypass valve (local supply)
Optional part : PAC-TH011-E
9. Zone2 return water temp. thermistor (THW9)
* Flow switch specifications: 12 V DC / 1 mA / Both normally-open and normally-closed types can be used. (Set DIP switch 3 to select the logics. Refer to “3.1.2 DIP switch setting (cyl-
inder)” or “3.2.2/3.2.3 DIP switch setting (hydrobox)”.)
B-55
4.1 Water Quality and System Preparation inimum amount of water required in the space
M
General heating / cooling circuit
• The water in both primary and sanitary circuit should be clean and with pH Outdoor heat pump unit Minimum water quantity [L]
value of 6.5-8.0 Packaged model PUHZ-W50 29
• The followings are the maximum values; PUHZ-W85 37
Calcium: 100mg/L, Ca hardness: 250mg/L PUHZ-W112 48
Chlorine: 100mg/L, Copper: 0.3mg/L PUHZ-HW112 48
PUHZ-HW140 60
• Other constituents should be to European Directive 98/83 EC standards. Split model SUHZ-SW45 17
• In known hard water areas, to prevent/minimise scaling, it is beneficial to
PUHZ-SW50 22
restrict the routine stored water temperature (DHW max. temp.) to 55°C.
PUHZ-FRP71 32
Cylinder / Hydrobox
PUHZ-SW75 32
Anti-Freeze PUHZ-SW100 43
Anti-freeze solutions should use propylene glycol with a toxicity rating of Class 1 PUHZ-SW120 54
as listed in Clinical Toxicology of Commercial Products, 5th Edition. PUHZ-SW160 69
Note:
PUHZ-SW200 86
1. Ethylene glycol is toxic and should NOT be used in the primary water
PUHZ-SHW80 34
circuit in case of any cross-contamination of the potable circuit.
2. For 2-zone valve ON/OFF control, propylene glycol should be used. PUHZ-SHW112 48
PUHZ-SHW140 60
PUHZ-SHW230 99
New Installation (primary water circuit) PUMY-P112 80
• Before connecting outdoor unit, thoroughly cleanse pipework of building
PUMY-P125 80
debris, solder etc using a suitable chemical cleansing agent.
PUMY-P140 80
• Flush the system to remove chemical cleanser.
• For all packaged model systems add a combined inhibitor and anti-freeze
solution to prevent damage to the pipework and system components.
• For split model systems the responsible installer should decide if anti-freeze
solution is necessary for each site’s conditions. Corrosion inhibitor however Note:
should always be used. For 2-zone temperature control system, the value in the table above
excludes the amount of stored water in zone 2.
Existing Installation (primary water circuit)
• Before connecting outdoor unit the existing heating circuit MUST be chemically
cleansed to remove existing debris from the heating circuit.
• Flush the system to remove chemical cleanser.
• For all packaged model systems, and the split model without booster heater,
add a combined inhibitor and anti-freeze solution to prevent damage to the
pipework and system components.
• For split model systems the responsible installer should decide if anti-freeze
solution is necessary for each site’s conditions. Corrosion inhibitor however
should always be used.
When using chemical cleansers and inhibitors always follow manufacturer’s

instructions and ensure the product is appropriate for the materials used in
the water circuit
4.2 Water Pipe Work Pipework Connections (EHSE/ERSE series)

Note: P
revent the field piping from straining the piping on the cylinder unit/ Connections to the hydrobox should be made using the G1-1/2 nut as
hydrobox by fixing it to a wall or applying other methods. appropriate. (The hydrobox has G1-1/2 (male) thread connections.)
Hot Water Pipework Please apply a gasket not to leak water.
The function of the following safety components of the cylinder unit/hydrobox Use two wrenches to tighten piping connection (see <Figure 4.2.1>).
should be checked on installation for any abnormalities;
• Pressure relief valve
• Expansion vessel pre-charge (gas charge pressure)
The instruction on the following pages regarding safe discharge of hot water
from Safety devices should be followed carefully.
• The pipework will become very hot, so should be insulated to prevent burns.
• When connecting pipework, ensure that no foreign objects such as debris or
the like do not enter the pipe.
Hydraulic Filter Work (ONLY EHPX series)

Install a hydraulic filter or strainer (local supply) at the water intake (“Pipe E” in
Table 2.1.1)
Negative pressure prevention (ONLY CYLINDER unit) Pipes

To prevent negative pressure effecting DHW tank, installer should install <Figure 4.2.1>
appropriate pipework or use appropriate devices.
Insulation of Pipework
Pipework Connections (Except for EHSE/ERSE series) • All exposed water pipework should be insulated to prevent unnecessary heat
Connections to the cylinder unit / hydrobox should be made using the 22 mm or loss and condensation. To prevent condensate entering the hydrobox, the
28 mm compression as appropriate. (except for ERSC series) pipework and connections at the top of the cylinder unit / hydrobox should be
Do not over-tighten compression fittings as this will lead to deformation of the carefully insulated.
olive ring and potential leaks. • Cold and hot water pipework should not be run close together where possible,
Note: T o weld the pipes in the field, cool the pipes on the cylinder unit / to avoid unwanted heat transfer.
hydrobox using wet towel etc. • Pipework between outdoor heat pump unit and cylinder unit / hydrobox should
ERSC series have G1 (male) thread connections. be insulated with suitable pipe insulation material with a thermal conductivity of
≤ 0.04 W/m.K.
B-56
Filling the System (Primary Circuit)

1. Check and charge expansion vessel.
2. Check all connections including factory fitted ones are tight.
3. Insulate pipework between cylinder unit/hydrobox and outdoor unit.
4. Thoroughly clean and flush, system of all debris. (see section 4.1 for
instruction.)
5. Fill cylinder unit/hydrobox with potable water. Fill primary heating circuit with
5
water and suitable anti-freeze and inhibitor as necessary. Always use a
filling loop with double check valve when filling the primary circuit to
Freezing temperature [°C]

0
avoid back flow contamination of water supply.
-5
• Anti-freeze should always be used for packaged model systems (see
Cylinder / Hydrobox
section 4.1 for instruction). It is the responsibility of the installer to decide -10
if anti-freeze solution should be used in split model systems depending
on each site’s conditions. Corrosion inhibitor should be used in both split -15
model and packaged model systems.
Figure 4.2.2 shows freezing temperature against anti-freeze concentra- -20
tion. This figure is an example for FERNOX ALPHI-11. For other anti-
freeze, please refer to relevant manual. -25
0 10 20 30 40 50
• When connecting metal pipes of different materials insulate the joints to
Anti-freeze concentration [%]
prevent a corrosive reaction taking place which will damage the pipework.
<Figure 4.2.2>
6. Check for leakages. If leakage is found, retighten the nut onto the connections.
7. Pressurise system to 1 bar.
8. Release all trapped air using air vents during and following heating period.
9. Top up with water as necessary. (If pressure is below 1 bar)
Sizing Expansion Vessels

Expansion vessel volume must fit the local system water volume.
To size an expansion vessel both for the heating and cooling circuits the Expansion vessel sizing
following formula and graph can be used. 25
Expansion vessel volume [L]
<Except for EHSE/ERSE series> 20

When the necessary expansion vessel volume exceeds the volume of an
built-in expansion vessel, install an additional expansion vessel so that the sum
15
of the volumes of the expansion vessels exceeds the necessary expansion
vessel volume.
•F
or installation of an E*S*-*M*EC model, provide and install an expansion 10
vessel in the field as the model does not come fitted with an expansion vessel.
5
ε×G Where;
V= P + 0.098 V : Necessary expansion vessel volume [L] 0
1 − P¹ + 0.098 ε : Water expansion coefficient 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
² G : Total volume of water in the system [L]
P¹ : Expansion vessel setting pressure [MPa]
System water volume [L]
P² : Max pressure during operation [MPa]
<Figure 4.2.3>
Graph to the right is for the following values
ε : at 70 °C = 0.0229
P¹ : 0.1 MPa
P² : 0.3 MPa
Note: 30% safety margin has been added.
B-57
Outdoor heat pump unit Water flow rate range [L/min]

Water Circulation Pump Characteristics Packaged model PUHZ-W50 6.5 - 14.3
(Except for EHSE/ERSE series) PUHZ-W85 10.8 - 25.8
1. Primary circuit PUHZ-W112 14.4 - 27.7
Pump speed can be selected by main remote controller setting (see Section 4.3). PUHZ-HW112 14.4 - 27.7
Adjust the pump speed setting so that the flow rate in the primary circuit is appropri- PUHZ-HW140 17.9 - 27.7
ate for the outdoor unit installed (see Table 4.2.1). It may be necessary to add an Split model SUHZ-SW45 7.1 - 12.9
additional pump to the system depending on the length and lift of the primary circuit. PUHZ-SW50 6.5 - 17.2
For outdoor unit model not listed in the <Table 4.2.1>, refer to Water flow rate PUHZ-FRP71 11.5 - 22.9
range in the specification table of outdoor unit Data Book. In such case, make
PUHZ-SW75 9.5 - 22.9
sure that the flow rate is greater than 7.1 L/min and less than 27.7 L/min.
PUHZ-SW100 13.0 - 27.7
Cylinder / Hydrobox
PUHZ-SW120 17.9 - 27.7

<Second pump >
If a second pump is required for the installation please read the following carefully. PUHZ-SHW80 10.2 - 22.9
If a second pump is used in the system it can be positioned in 2 ways. PUHZ-SHW112 14.4 - 27.7
The position of the pump influences which terminal of the FTC the signal cable PUHZ-SHW140 17.9 - 27.7
should be wired to. If the additional pump(s) have current greater than 1A please PUMY-P112 17.9 - 27.7
use appropriate relay. Pump signal cable can either be wired to TBO.1 1-2 or PUMY-P125 17.9 - 27.7
CNP1 but not both. PUMY-P140 17.9 - 27.7
Option 1 (Space heating/cooling only)

<Table 4.2.1>
If the second pump is being used for the heating circuit only then the signal cable * If the water flow rate is less than 7.1 L/min, the flow rate error will be acti-
should be wired to TBO.1 terminals 3 and 4 (OUT2). In this position the pump vated.
can be run at a different speed to the hydrobox’s in-built pump. If the water flow rate exceeds 27.7 L/min, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5
m/s, which could erode the pipes.
Option 2 (Primary circuit DHW and space heating/cooling)
If the second pump is being used in the primary circuit between the hydrobox
and the outdoor unit (Package system ONLY) then the signal cable should be 2. Sanitary circuit
wired to TBO.1 terminals 1 and 2 (OUT1). In this position the pump speed MUST Default setting: Speed 2
match the speed of the hydrobox’s in-built pump. DHW circulation pump MUST be set to speed 2.
Note: Refer to 3.1.3 (cylinder) or 3.2.4 (hydrobox) Connecting inputs/outputs.
Water Circulation Pump Characteristics

(EHSE/ERSE series)
Pump speed can be selected by main remote controller setting (see Section 4.3). Option 2 (Primary circuit DHW and space heating/cooling)
Adjust the pump speed setting so that the flow rate in the primary circuit is ap- If the second pump is being used in the primary circuit between the hydrobox
propriate for the outdoor unit installed (see Table 4.2.2). It may be necessary and the outdoor unit (Package system ONLY) then the signal cable should
to add an additional pump to the system depending on the length and lift of the be wired to TBO.1 terminals 1 and 2 (OUT1). In this position the pump speed
primary circuit. MUST match the speed of the hydrobox’s in-built pump.
Note: Refer to 3.2.4 (hydrobox) Connecting inputs/outputs.
<Second pump>
If a second pump is required for the installation please read the following care- Outdoor heat pump unit Water flow rate range [L/min]
fully. PUHZ-SW160 23.0 - 61.5
If a second pump is used in the system it can be positioned in 2 ways.
PUHZ-SW200 28.7 - 61.5
The position of the pump influences which terminal of the FTC the signal ca-
PUHZ-SHW230 28.7 - 61.5
ble should be wired to. If the additional pump(s) have current greater than 1A
please use appropriate relay. Pump signal cable can either be wired to TBO.1 <Table 4.2.2>
1-2 or CNP1 but not both.
* If the water flow rate is less than 7.1 L/min, the flow rate error will be activated.
Option 1 (Space heating/cooling only) * If the water flow rate exceeds 61.5 L/min, the flow speed will be greater than 1.5
If the second pump is being used for the heating circuit only then the signal m/s, which could erode the pipes.
cable should be wired to TBO.1 terminals 3 and 4 (OUT2). In this position the
pump can be run at a different speed to the hydrobox’s in-built pump.
B-58
4.3 Performance curve external pressure

Cylinder unit
E*ST20C series E*ST20D series
80.0 80.0
External static pressure [kPa]

Speed 5 (Default setting) Speed 5 (Default setting)
70.0 Speed 4 70.0 Speed 4
Speed 2 Speed 2
40.0 40.0
30.0 30.0
Cylinder / Hydrobox
20.0 20.0
10.0 10.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
Flow rate [L/min] Flow rate [L/min]
E*PT20X series
80.0
Speed 5 (Default setting)

70.0 Speed 4
60.0 Speed 3
Speed 2
50.0 Speed 1
40.0
30.0
*For installation of EHPT20 series, set its pump speed with a pressure drop
20.0 between the cylinder unit and the outdoor unit factored into the external
10.0 static pressure.
0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
Flow rate [L/min]
Hydrobox
EHSC series EHSD series
80.0 80.0

70.0 Speed 4
70.0 Speed 4
Speed 2 Speed 2
40.0 40.0
30.0 30.0
20.0 20.0
10.0 10.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
ERSC series ERSD series
80.0 80.0

70.0 Speed 4
70.0 Speed 4
Speed 2 Speed 2
40.0 40.0
30.0 30.0
20.0 20.0
10.0 10.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0
EHPX series EHSE/ERSE series

80.0 140.0

70.0
Speed 4 120.0 Speed 4

60.0 Speed 3 Speed 3
Speed 2 100.0 Speed 2
50.0 Speed 1 Speed 1
80.0
40.0
60.0
30.0
20.0 40.0
10.0 20.0
0.0 0.0
0.0 5.0 10.0 15.0 20.0 25.0 30.0 35.0 40.0 45.0 0.0 10.0 20.0 30.0 40.0 50.0 60.0 70.0 80.0 90.0
*F
or installation of EHPX series, set its pump speed with a pressure drop between the hydrobox and the outdoor unit factored into the external static pressure.
B-59
Safety Device Connections <Cylinder unit> <UK models>

The expansion relief valve on the secondary hot water side, and the temperature
and pressure (T&P) relief valve (*1), both need appropriate discharge pipework.
EHPT20X-MHCW
EHST20C-MHCW
*1 EHPT20X-MHCW, EHST20C-MHCW and EHST20D-MHCW are equipped EHST20D-MHCW
with T & P relief valve, and any other models are equipped with Pressure relief 1
valve.
DHW Cold water inlet
Note : 1. D o not secure the screws excessively when connecting the Discharge
pipe, otherwise it may result in damage to the cylinder unit. 2
<For UK>
The right side panel has a window (*2) so that connection can be made to the PRV (primary) to discharge to
safe & visible location
Cylinder / Hydrobox
factory fitted temperature and pressure relief valve. If you wish to make the con- 3
nection in a different position you will have to cut a hole in the side panel yourself.
However it remains necessary that the drainage parameters outlined in the ap-
propriate Building Regulations are complied with.
*2 Unscrew the plate on the right-side panel, connect the Pressure relief valve
to the discharge pipework, and refit the plate. Always replace the plate so Tundish
that no gaps exist between the plate and side panel and the plate and drain
pipe to avoid heat loss.
In accordance with Building Regulations a tundish must be fitted into the
pipework within 500 mm of the safety device (also see Figure 4.4.1). Due to
the distance between the two safety devices it may be necessary to fit each
safety device with its own tundish before you run the pipework together to a
safe discharge (see Figure 4.3.1).
Note : 2. Alternatively the discharges from the expansion relief valve and
T&P relief valve may commonly discharge to a singular tundish,
so long as this tundish is located within 500 mm of the T&P relief
valve in UK. When connecting discharge pipes to the safety de-
<Other models> The expansion vessel on the sanitary water side shall
vices, beware not to strain the inlet connections. be installed as necessary in accordance with your lo-
cal regulations.
Diagram Description Connection Connection
part No. size type 4
Expansion relief valve 15 mm Compression Cold water inlet
1 DHW
(part of inlet control group) 2
2 Pressure relief valve G 1/2 Female
T&P relief valve 15 mm /G 1/2 Compression/
3
Female
4 Pressure relief valve G 1/2 Female
<Table 4.3.1>
Always refer to local regulations when installing discharge pipework.

Install discharge pipework in a frost-free environment.
It is necessary to provide appropriate drainage from the pressure relief
valve situated on top of the cylinder unit to prevent damage to the unit and
the surrounding area from any steam or hot water released. Relief valves
MUST NOT be used for any other purpose. <Figure 4.3.1>
For UK use WK01UK-E kit, for other countries please see below;
• Any discharge pipework should be capable of withstanding discharge of hot
water. Discharge pipework should be installed in a continuously downward
direction. Discharge pipework must be left open to the environment.
B-60
4.4 Safety Device Discharge Arrangements (G3) i. Ideally below a fixed grating and above the water seal in a trapped gully.
The following instructions are a requirement of UK Building Regulations ii. Downward discharges at low level; i.e. up to 100 mm above external sur-
and must be adhered to. For other countries please refer to local legisla- faces such as car parks, hard standings, grassed areas etc. are acceptable
tion. If you are in any doubt please seek advice from local building plan- providing that where children may play or otherwise come into contact with
ning office. discharges a wire cage or similar guard is positioned to prevent contact,
whilst maintaining visibility.
1. Position the inlet control group so that discharge from both safety valves can iii. Discharges at high level; e.g. into a metal hopper and metal down pipe with
be joined together via a 15 mm end feed Tee. the end of the discharge pipe clearly visible (tundish visible or not) or onto a
2. Connect the tundish and route the discharge pipe as shown in Figure 4.4.1. roof capable of withstanding high temperature discharges of water and 3 m
3. The tundish should be fitted vertically and as close to the safety device as from any plastic guttering system that would collect such discharges (tundish
possible and within 500 mm of the device. visible).
Cylinder / Hydrobox
4. The tundish should be visible to occupants and positioned away from electri-
cal devices. iv. Where a single pipe serves a number of discharges, such as in blocks of
5. The discharge pipe (D2) from the tundish should terminate in a safe place flats, the number served should be limited to not more than 6 systems so
where there is no risk to persons in the vicinity of the discharge, be of metal that any installation discharging can be traced reasonably easily. The single
construction and: common discharge pipe should be at least one pipe size larger than the larg-
est individual discharge pipe (D2) to be connected. If unvented hot water
A) Be at least one pipe size larger than the nominal outlet size of the safety de- storage systems are installed where discharges from safety devices may not
vice unless its total equivalent hydraulic resistance exceeds that of a straight be apparent i.e. in dwellings occupied by blind, infirm or disabled people,
pipe 9 m long i.e. discharge pipes between 9 m and 18 m equivalent resist- consideration should be given to the installation of an electronically operated
ance length should be at least two sizes larger than the nominal outlet size device to warn when discharge takes place.
of the safety device, between 18 and 27 m at least 3 sizes larger, and so on.
Bends must be taken into account in calculating the flow resistance. Refer to Note: The discharge will consist of scalding water and steam. Asphalt,
Figure 4.4.1, Table 4.4.1 and the worked example. An alternative approach roofing felt and nonmetallic rainwater goods may be damaged by
for sizing discharge pipes would be to follow BS 6700: 1987 specification for such discharges.
design installation, testing and maintenance of services supplying water for
domestic use within buildings and their cartilages. Worked example: The example below is for a G½ temperature relief valve with
a discharge pipe (D2) having 4 No. elbows and length of 7 m from the tundish
B) Have a vertical section of pipe at least 300 mm long, below the tundish be- to the point of discharge.
fore any elbows or bends in the pipework.
From Table 4.4.1: Maximum resistance allowed for a straight length of 22 mm
C) Be installed with a continuous fall. copper discharge pipe (D2) from a G½ temperature relief valve is: 9.0 m sub-
tract the resistance for 4 No. 22 mm elbows at 0.8 m each = 3.2 m. Therefore
D) Have discharges visible at both the tundish and the final point of discharge the maximum permitted length equates to: 5.8 m. 5.8 m is less than the actual
but where this is not possible or is practically difficult there should be clear length of 7 m, therefore calculate the next largest size. Maximum resistance
visibility at one or other of these locations. Examples of acceptable discharge allowed for a straight length of 28 mm pipe (D2) from a G½ temperature relief
arrangements are: valve equates to: 18 m
Subtract the resistance for 4 No. 28 mm elbows at 1.0 m each = 4 m. Therefore
the maximum permitted length equates to: 14 m. As the actual length is 7 m, a
28 mm (D2) copper pipe will be satisfactory.
Metal discharge pipe (D1)
temperature relief valve to tundish
Safety device
(e.g.temperature
relief valve) 500 mm maximum
Tundish
300 mm
minimum
Discharge below fixed grating

(Point 5.D gives alternative points of
Metal discharge pipe (D2) from tundish, discharge)
with continuous fall. See Point 5.D i-iv,
Table 4.4.1 and worked example
Fixed grating
Trapped gulley
<Figure 4.4.1>
Valve outlet Minimum size of Minimum size of discharge Maximum resistance allowed, expressed as a Resistance created by
size discharge pipe D1 pipe D2 from tundish length of straight pipe (no elbows or bends) each elbow or bend
G 1/2 15 mm 22 mm Up to 9 m 0.8 m
28 mm Up to 18 m 1.0 m
35 mm Up to 27 m 1.4 m
G 3/4 22 mm 28 mm Up to 9 m 1.0 m
35 mm Up to 18 m 1.4 m
42 mm Up to 27 m 1.7 m
G1 28 mm 35 mm Up to 9 m 1.4 m
42 mm Up to 18 m 1.7 m
54 mm Up to 27 m 2.3 m
<Table 4.4.1>
B-61
(Except for EHSE/ERSE series)

Safety Device Connections <Hydrobox>
The hydrobox contains a pressure relief valve. (see <Figure 4.4.2/4.4.3>) The
connection size is G1/2” female. The installer MUST connect appropriate dis-
charge pipework from this valve in accordance with local and national regula-
tions.
Failure to do so will result in discharge from the pressure relief valve directly into
the hydrobox and cause serious damage to the product.
All pipework used should be capable of withstanding discharge of hot water.

Relief valves should NOT be used for any other purpose, and their discharges
should terminate in a safe and appropriate manner in accordance with local
regulation requirements.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Note: B
eware that the manometer and the pressure relief valve are NOT
strained on its capillary side and on its inlet side respectively. Factory-fitted pressure relief valve
If a pressure relief valve is added, it is essential that no check valve (G1/2” female connection)
or isolation valve is fitted between the hydrobox connection and the
added pressure relief valve (safety matter).
Discharge to drain
(pipe MUST be fitted by installer).
<Figure 4.4.2>
(EHSE/ERSE series)
Factory-fitted pressure relief valve

(G1/2” female connection)
Discharge to drain
(pipe MUST be fitted by installer).
<Figure 4.4.3>
Piping diagram for 2-zone temperature control

Connect the pipe work and locally supplied parts according to the relevant circuit diagram shown in Section 3. Technical Information, of this manual.
For more details on wiring, refer to “3.5 Wiring for 2-zone temperature controls”.
Note: D
o not install the thermistors on the mixing tank. This could affect correct monitoring of flow and return temperatures through each zone.
Install the Zone2 flow temp. thermistor (THW8) near the mixing valve.
B-62
5 Performance data Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
5.1 Combination performance

Combination performance ( Split type )
Cylindr unit Hydrobox
EHST20D-VM2EC
EHST20D-MHCW
ERST20D-VM2C
EHST20D-VM2C
EHST20D-YM9C
EHST20D-MHC
ERST20D-MEC
EHST20D-MEC
ERSD-VM2C
EHSD-VM2C
EHSD-YM9C
EHSD-MEC
EHSD-MC
Outdoor unit SUHZ-SW45VA/VAH
Cylinder / Hydrobox
A7/W35 COP - 5.06
Power input(*) kW 0.89
A7/W45 COP - 3.70
A2/W35 COP - 3.40 / 3.04
Power input(*) kW 1.03 / 1.15
Cooling Capacity kW 4.00 - 4.00 -
A35/W7 EER - 2.73 - 2.73 -
Power input(*) kW 1.47 - 1.47 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.28 - 4.28 -
Power input(*) kW 0.89 - 0.89 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.42
A7/W45 COP - 3.32
A2/W35 COP - 2.97
A35/W7 EER - 2.76 - 2.76 -
Power input(*) kW 1.63 - 1.63 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.60 - 4.60 -
Power input(*) kW 1.09 - 1.09 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.40
A7/W45 COP - 3.40
A2/W35 COP - 3.40
A35/W7 EER - 2.82 - 2.82 -
Power input(*) kW 2.34 - 2.34 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.43 - 4.43 -
Power input(*) kW 1.60 - 1.60 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW75VAA/YAA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.40
A7/W45 COP - 3.40
A2/W35 COP - 3.40
A35/W7 EER - 2.70 - 2.70 -
Power input(*) kW 2.63 - 2.63 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.43 - 4.43 -
Power input(*) kW 1.60 - 1.60 -
* The pump input value is not included.
Heating A7W35: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 35°C (ΔT=5°C)
A7W45: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 45°C (ΔT=5°C)
A2W35: Heating outside air DB 2°C/WB 1°C, Water outlet temperature 35°C ( ΔT=5°C)
Cooling A35/W7: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 7°C (ΔT=5°C)
A35/W18: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 18°C (ΔT=5°C)
B-63
EHST20C-VM2EC
EHST20C-VM6EC
EHST20C-YM9EC
EHST20C-MHCW
ERST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM6C
EHST20C-YM9C
EHST20C-TM9C
ERST20C-MEC
EHST20C-MEC
EHSC-VM2EC
EHSC-VM6EC
EHSC-YM9EC
ERSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM6C
EHSC-YM9C
EHSC-TM9C
ERSC-MEC
EHSC-MEC
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.40
A7/W45 COP - 3.40
Cylinder / Hydrobox

A2/W35 COP - 3.40
A35/W7 EER - 2.82 - 2.82 -
Power input(*) kW 2.34 - 2.34 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.43 - 4.43 -
Power input(*) kW 1.60 - 1.60 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW100VHA/YHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.45
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
A2/W35 COP - 3.32
A35/W7 EER - 2.75 - 2.75 -
Power input(*) kW 3.31 - 3.31 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.35 - 4.35 -
Power input(*) kW 2.30 - 2.30 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW120VHA/YHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.10
A7/W45 COP - 3.23
A2/W35 COP - 3.24
A35/W7 EER - 2.32 - 2.32 -
Power input(*) kW 5.39 - 5.39 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.08 - 4.08 -
Power input(*) kW 3.43 - 3.43 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW100VAA/YAA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.46
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
A2/W35 COP - 3.32
A35/W7 EER - 2.83 - 2.83 -
Power input(*) kW 3.53 - 3.53 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.47 - 4.47 -
Power input(*) kW 2.24 - 2.24 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
A7/W35 COP - 4.08
A7/W45 COP - 3.22
A2/W35 COP - 2.83
Cooling Capacity kW -
A35/W7 EER - -
Power input(*) kW -
Cooling Capacity kW -
A35/W18 EER - -
Power input(*) kW -
Heating A7W35: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 35°C (ΔT=5°C) Cooling A35/W7: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 7°C (ΔT=5°C)
A7W45: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 45°C (ΔT=5°C) A35/W18: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 18°C (ΔT=5°C)
B-64
EHST20C-VM2EC
EHST20C-VM6EC
EHST20C-YM9EC
EHST20C-MHCW
ERST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM6C
EHST20C-YM9C
EHST20C-TM9C
ERST20C-MEC
EHST20C-MEC
EHSC-VM2EC
EHSC-VM6EC
EHSC-YM9EC
ERSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM6C
EHSC-YM9C
EHSC-TM9C
ERSC-MEC
EHSC-MEC
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.65
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
Cylinder / Hydrobox
A2/W35 COP - 3.55
A35/W7 EER - 3.31 - 3.31 -
Power input(*) kW 2.15 - 2.15 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.52 - 4.52 -
Power input(*) kW 1.57 - 1.57 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW112VHA/YHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.46
A7/W45 COP - 3.51
A2/W35 COP - 3.34
A35/W7 EER - 2.83 - 2.83 -
Power input(*) kW 3.53 - 3.53 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.74 - 4.74 -
Power input(*) kW 2.11 - 2.11 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.22
A7/W45 COP - 3.28
A2/W35 COP - 2.96
A35/W7 EER - 2.17 - 2.17 -
Power input(*) kW 5.76 - 5.76 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.26 - 4.26 -
Power input(*) kW 2.93 - 2.93 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW80VAA/YAA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.65
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
A2/W35 COP - 3.55
A35/W7 EER - 3.31 - 3.31 -
Power input(*) kW 2.15 - 2.15 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.52 - 4.52 -
Power input(*) kW 1.57 - 1.57 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW112VAA/YAA(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.46
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
A2/W35 COP - 3.22
A35/W7 EER - 2.83 - 2.83 -
Power input(*) kW 3.53 - 3.53 -
A35/W18 EER - 4.74 - 4.74 -
Power input(*) kW 2.11 - 2.11 -
Heating A7W35: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 35°C (ΔT=5°C) Cooling A35/W7: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 7°C (ΔT=5°C)
A7W45: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 45°C (ΔT=5°C) A35/W18: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet temperature 18°C (ΔT=5°C)
B-65
Combination performance ( Split type ) Combination performance ( Package type )
Hydrobox Cylinder unit Hydrobox
EHPT20X-MHCW
EHPT20X-VM2C
EHPT20X-VM6C
EHPT20X-YM9C
EHPT20X-TM9C
ERSE-YM9EC
EHSE-YM9EC
EHPX-VM2C
EHPX-VM6C
EHPX-YM9C
ERSE-MEC
EHSE-MEC
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) Outdoor unit PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Heating Capacity kW 22.00 Heating Capacity kW 5.00
A7/W35 A7/W35 COP - 4.50
Cylinder / Hydrobox
COP - 4.20
Power input(*) kW 5.24 Power input(**) kW 1.11
Heating Capacity kW 22.00 Heating Capacity kW 5.00
A7/W45 A7/W45 COP - 3.52
COP - 3.20
Power input(**) kW 1.42
Heating Capacity kW 16.00 A2/W35 COP - 3.50
A2/W35 COP - 3.11 Power input(**) kW 1.43
Power input(*) kW 5.14 Outdoor unit PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
Cooling Capacity kW 16.00 - Heating Capacity kW 9.00
A35/W7 EER - 2.76 - A7/W35 COP - 4.18
Power input(*) kW 5.80 - Power input(**) kW 2.15
A35/W18 EER - 4.56 - A7/W45 COP - 3.24
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS) Heating Capacity kW 8.50
A2/W35 COP - 3.17
Outdoor unit PUHZ-W85VAA/YAA
A7/W45 COP - 3.10
Power input(*) kW 8.06 Heating Capacity kW 9.00
Cooling Capacity kW 20.00 - A2/W35 COP - 3.36
A35/W7 EER - 2.25 - Power input(**) kW 2.53
Power input(*) kW 8.89 - Outdoor unit PUHZ-W112VAA/YAA
A35/W18 EER - 4.10 - A7/W35 COP - 4.54
Outdoor unit PUHZ-SHW230YKA2 Heating Capacity kW 11.2
A7/W45 COP - 3.42
A7/W35 Power input(**) kW 3.28
COP - 3.65
Power input(*) kW 6.31 A2/W35 COP - 3.34
Heating Capacity kW 23.00 Power input(**) kW 3.35
A7/W45 COP - 3.02 Outdoor unit PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
Cooling Capacity kW 20.00 - A7/W45 COP - 3.45
Power input(*) kW 9.01 - Heating Capacity kW 11.20
A2/W35 COP - 3.34
Cooling Capacity kW 20.00 -
Outdoor unit PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
Power input(*) kW 5.63 -
* The pump input value is not included. A7/W35 COP - 4.43
Heating A7W35: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet Power input(**) kW 2.53
temperature 35°C (ΔT=5°C)
A7W45: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet
A7/W45 COP - 3.39
A2W35: Heating outside air DB 2°C/WB 1°C, Water outlet Power input(**) kW 3.30
temperature 35°C ( ΔT=5°C) Heating Capacity kW 11.20
Cooling A35/W7: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet A2/W35 COP - 3.11
temperature 7°C (ΔT=5°C) Power input(**) kW 3.60
A35/W18: Cooling outside air DB 35°C, Water outlet Outdoor unit PUHZ-HW140VHA2/YHA2(-BS)
A7/W35 COP - 4.26
A7/W45 COP - 3.35
A2/W35 COP - 3.11
** The pump input value is included (based on EN 14511).

Heating A7W35: Heating outside air DB 7°C/WB 6°C, Water outlet temperature 35°C (ΔT=5°C)
B-66
EHST20C-VM2EC
EHST20C-VM6EC
EHST20C-YM9EC
EHST20C-MHCW
EHST20C-VM2C
EHST20C-VM6C
EHST20C-YM9C
EHST20C-TM9C
EHSC-VM2EC
EHSC-VM6EC
EHSC-YM9EC
EHSC-VM2C
EHSC-VM6C
EHSC-YM9C
EHSC-TM9C
Outdoor unit PUMY-P112V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
A7/W35 COP(*) - 4.08
A7/W45 COP(*) - 3.06
A2/W35 COP(*) - 2.86
A7/W35 COP(*) - 4.08
A7/W45 COP(*) - 3.06
A2/W35 COP(*) - 2.86
A7/W35 COP(*) - 4.08
A7/W45 COP(*) - 3.06
A2/W35 COP(*) - 2.86
* In case of ATW unit single connection.
** The pump input value is not included.
B-67
5.2 Heat time data (DHW mode)

PUHZ-W50VHA2(-BS)
Heat time Reheat time
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
Cylinder / Hydrobox
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
Heat time (min) 145 130 120 120 Reheat time (min) 50 45 40 40
•Mitsubishi’s domestic hot water tank (200 [L]) •Mitsubishi’s domestic hot water tank (200 [L])
•Time to raise DHW tank temperature 15 – 55[°C] •Time to reheat 50% (100 [L]) of DHW tank to 55 [°C]
PUHZ-W85VHA2(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
•Time to raise DHW tank temperature 15 – 55 [°C] •Time to reheat 50% (100 [L]) of DHW tank to 55 [°C]
PUHZ-W112VHA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-68
PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
Cylinder / Hydrobox
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
Heat time(min) 65 60 60 55 Reheat time(min) 30 25 25 25
PUHZ-HW140VHA2/YHA2(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-W85VAA/YAA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-69
PUHZ-W112VAA/YAA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
Cylinder / Hydrobox
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
SUHZ-SW45VA(H)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-70
PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
Cylinder / Hydrobox
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-SW100VHA/YHA(-BS)
70
70
150 60
60
[min]
[min]
150 50
Time[min]
Time[min]
50
100 40
100 40
30
30
Time
Time
50 20
50 20
10
10
0 0
0 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 0 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20

-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
Heat time
PUHZ-SW120VHA/YHA(-BS) Reheat time
Heat time Reheat
70 time
150 60
70
[min]
[min]
50
150 60
100 40
[min]
[min]
50
30
Time
Time
100 40
50 20
30
Time
Time
10
50 20
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 10-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
0 0
-8 -4 Ambient
0 4temperature
8 12 [°C]16 20 -8 -4 Ambient
0 4temperature
8 12 [°C]16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-71
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
Cylinder / Hydrobox
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
70
70
150 60
60
[min]
[min]
150 50
Time[min]
Time[min]
50
100 40
100 40
30
30
Time
Time
50 20
50 20
10
10
0 0
0-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 0-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20

-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-FRP71VHA2
Heat time Reheat
70 time
150 6070
[min]
[min]
150 5060
[min]
[min]
100 4050
3040
Time
Time
100
50 2030
Time
Time
50 1020
0 010
0-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 0-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-8 -4 Ambient
0 temperature [°C] 16
4 8 12 20 -8 -4 Ambient
0 temperature [°C] 16
4 8 12 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-72
PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
Cylinder / Hydrobox
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
•Time to raise DHW tank temperature 15 – 55[°C] •Time to reheat 50%(100 [L]) of DHW tank to 55 [°C]
PUHZ-SHW112VHA/YHA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)

70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20
-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-73
PUHZ-SHW80VAA/YAA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
Cylinder / Hydrobox
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20

-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUHZ-SHW112VAA/YAA(-BS)
70
150 60
Time [min]
Time [min]
50
100 40
30
50 20
10
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20

-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
PUMY-P112/125/140V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
200 80
Time [min]
Time [min]
150 60
100 40
50 20
0 0
-8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20 -8 -4 0 4 8 12 16 20

-7 2 7 20 -7 2 7 20
B-74
6 Noise criterion curves Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
Cylinder unit Pump speed (primary circuit): 5 Hydrobox

<E**T20*-*M**C> Pump speed (sanitary circuit): 2 <E*SC/D> Pump speed: 5
Flow rate: 20L/min Flow rate: 20L/min
SPL: 28dB
<EHPX> SPL: 28dB
90 90

80 80
70 70
NC-70 NC-70
Cylinder / Hydrobox
60 60
NC-60 NC-60
50 50
NC-50 NC-50
40 40
NC-40 NC-40
30 30
NC-30 NC-30
CONTINUOUS
NC-20 CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE NOISE
10 10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Cylinder unit
MICROPHONE 1m
UNIT
Large Hydrobox
Pump speed: 5 0.8 m
<E*SE> Flow rate: 44L/min
SPL: 30dB
90
GROUND
80
WALL
Hydrobox
70
NC-70
60
NC-60 MICROPHONE 1m UNIT
50 0.4 m
NC-50
40
NC-40
30
NC-30
Large Hydrobox
20 APPROXIMATE WALL
THRESHOLD OF
HEARING FOR
CONTINUOUS
NC-20
NOISE
10
63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
BAND CENTER FREQUENCIES, Hz MICROPHONE 1m UNIT
0.45 m
B-75
7 System Set Up Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
Main remote controller <Main remote controller parts>
Letter Name Function

A Screen Screen in which all information is displayed
B Menu Access to system settings for initial set up and
modifications.
C Back Return to previous menu.
A D Confirm Used to select or save. (Enter key)
E Power/Holiday If system is switched off pressing once will turn
system on. Pressing again when system is
switched on will enable Holiday Mode. Holding the
button down for 3 seconds will turn the system off.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
(*1)
F1-4 Function keys Used to scroll through menu and adjust settings.
Function is determined by the menu screen visible
F1 F2 F3 F4
on screen A.
*1
E When the system is switched off or the power supply is disconnected,
the cylinder unit/hydrobox protection functions (e.g. freeze stat function)
will NOT operate. Please beware that without these safety functions ena-
bled the cylinder unit/hydrobox may potentially become exposed to dam-
age.
B C D
<Main screen icons>

12 15 14 11 1 2 3 Icon Description
1 Legionella When this icon is displayed ‘Legionella prevention
prevention mode’ is active.
2 Heat pump ‘Heat pump’ is running.
Defrosting
10 Emergency heating
13 3 Electric heater When this icon is displayed the ‘Electric heaters’

(booster or immersion heater) are in use.
4 Target Target flow temperature
temperature Target room temperature
Compensation curve
9 4
5 OPTION Pressing the function button below this icon will
display the option screen.
6 + Increase desired temperature.
8
7 - Decrease desired temperature.
8 Z1 Z2 Pressing the function button below this icon
switches between Zone1 and Zone2.
Information Pressing the function button below this icon dis-
7 6 5 plays the information screen.
9 Space heating/ Heating mode
Main screen cooling mode Zone1 or Zone2
Cooling mode
Zone1 or Zone2
10 DHW mode Normal or ECO mode
11 Holiday mode When this icon is displayed ‘Holiday mode’ acti-
vated.
12 Timer
Prohibited
Server control
Stand-by
Stand-by (*2)
Stop
Operating
13 Current Current room temperature
temperature Current water temperature of DHW tank
14 The Menu button is locked or the switching of the
operation modes between DHW and Heating op-
erations are disabled in the Option screen.(*3)
15 SD memory card is inserted. Normal operation.

SD memory card is inserted. Abnormal operation.
*2 This unit is in Stand-by whilst other indoor unit(s) is in operation by
priority.
*3 To lock or unlock the Menu, press the BACK and CONFIRM keys
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
B-76
Setting the Main remote controller

After the power has been connected to the outdoor and hydrobox (See chapter 3.1.4 (cylinder) or 3.2.4 (hydrobox)) the initial system settings can be entered via the
main remote controller.
1. Check all breakers and other safety devices are correctly installed and turn on power to the system.
2. When the main remote controller switched on for the first time, the screen automatically goes to Initial settings menu, Language setting screen and Date/Time set-
ting screen in order.
3. Main remote controller will automatically start up. Wait approximately 6 minutes whilst the control menus load.
4. When the controller is ready a blank screen with a line running across the top will be displayed.
5. Press button E (Power) (refer to page B-76) to turn on the system. Before turning on the system, perform initial settings as instructed below.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Main Settings Menu
The main settings menu can be accessed by pressing the MENU button. To re-
duce the risk of untrained end users altering the settings accidentally there are
2 access levels to the main settings; and the service section menu is password
protected.
User Level – Short press

If the MENU button is pressed once for a short time the main settings will be
displayed but without the edit function. This will enable the user to view current
settings but NOT change the parameters.
Installer Level – Long press

If the MENU button is pressed down for 3 seconds the main settings will be dis-
played with all functionality available.
The color of buttons is inverted as per right figure.
▼
▼
Main menu
The following items can be viewed and/or edited (dependent on access level).
• Domestic Hot water (DHW)
• Heating/Cooling
• Schedule timer
Long Press
• Holiday mode
• Initial settings
• Service (Password protected)
General Operation
● To find the icon that you wish to set, use the F2 and F3 buttons to move between the icons.
● The highlighted icon will appear as a larger version of the center of the screen.
● Press CONFIRM to select and edit the highlighted mode.
●F ollow the <Main remote controller Menu Tree> for further setting, using ◄► buttons for scrolling or F1 to F4
for selecting.
B-77
<Main remote controller Menu Tree>
Initial Unrestricted access
Installer only
Main screen * Short press for 1 Zone system.
Shaded items relate
F1 * Information to DHW functions.
These are only avail-
F4 Option F1 Forced DHW ON ( )/OFF able if the system in-
cludes a DHW tank.
F2 DHW ON ( )/Prohibited ( )/Timer ( )
F3 Heating/Cooling ON ( )/Prohibited ( )/Timer ( ) Long press
F4 Energy monitor Consumed electrical energy
Menu Delivered energy
Main
Cylinder / Hydrobox
menu F1
Menu DHW Normal/Eco
Main F3
menu Legionella Active/Non active
Hot Water (DHW) DHW max. temp.
<See section> F2 ( EDIT) DHW max. temp. drop
DHW
DHW max. operation time
DHW mode restriction
Hot water temp.
Frequency
F4 ( EDIT)
Legionella Start time
Max. operation time
Duration of max. temp.
F1 (Zone1) Heating room temp.( ) / Heating flow temp.( ) / Heating compensation curve( ) / Cooling flow temp.
Heating/Cooling F3 (PREVIEW) Compensation curve preview

Zone1 F2 F3 Curve parameters
<See section> F1 F2
Zone1/2 select
F4 ( EDIT) Compensation curve edit F4 Adjustment

F4 Adjustment
F4 Schedule2 period setting screen1 F2 F3 Term setting F4

save
( EDIT) F4 Schedule
timer preview Day
Time select
Zone1
F1
select Temp.setting save
Zone1/2 select F4 Schedule
Zone2 timer preview Day Time select
Schedule2 period Heating select Temp.setting save
preview screen F4 Schedule
Time select
timer preview
Schedule timer Zone1 Day
<See section>
F1
Zone1/2 select select Temp.setting save
Schedule1 F4Schedule
Cooling select Temp.setting save
Schedule1/2 select
F4 Schedule timer preview
Day
select
Time select
DHW save
F4Schedule
Day Time select
Zone1 timer preview select
F1 Temp.setting save
Zone1/2 select
F4 Schedule
Heating select
Temp.setting save
F4 Schedule
Time select
F1 Zone1 timer preview Day
Schedule2 F4 Schedule
timer preview Time select
Cooling Zone2 Day
F4 Schedule timer preview Day
select
Time select
DHW save
DHW Active/Non active

Active/Non active Heating room temp.
Heating/ Zone1 Heating flow temp.
Cooling
Holiday F1 F2
Cooling flow temp.
Zone1/2 select
mode F3 Holiday mode setting Heating room temp.
<See section> ( EDIT) Zone2 Heating flow temp.
Cooling flow temp.
Date/Time yyyy/mm/dd/hh:mm
Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/CZ/RU
Summer time OFF/ON
Temp. display OFF/Room/Tank/Room&Tank
Contact number
Sensor setting TH1/Main RC/
Initial Time display hh:mm/hh:mm AM/AM hh:mm Room RC1-8/ “Time/
settings Zone”
°C/°F °C/°F Zone1
<See section>
Room RC zone select Time setting
Select Time/Zone
Sensor setting
Room sensor settings Sensor setting TH1/Main RC/Room
F1 F2 RC1-8/ “Time/Zone”
Zone1/2 select
Sensor setting Zone2
Time setting
<Continued to next page.> Select Time/Zone
Sensor setting
B-78
Unrestricted access
Initial Installer only
Main screen Shaded items relate

to DHW functions.
Main These are only avail-
Menu menu
able if the system
Manual operation includes a DHW tank.
Service Function settings
Password
protected
Thermistor adjustment ON/OFF
Economy settings for pump Long press
<See section> Delay
Electric heater (Heating) ON/OFF
Delay
Auxiliary settings ON/OFF (Booster heater/Immersion heater)
Electric heater (DHW)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Delay
Mixing valve control Running
Interval
Flow sensor Minimum

Maximum
Heat source setting Standard (Heat pump & electric heater)/Heater (Electric heater only)/
Boiler/Hybrid (Heat pump & heater/Boiler)
Pump speed
Min.temp.
Operation settings Heating Flow temp.range
operation Max.temp.
Mode
Room temp.control
Interval
ON/OFF
H/P thermo diff.adjust Lower limit
Upper limit
Flow t.
Freeze stat function
Ambient
ON/OFF
Simultaneous operation
Ambient
ON/OFF
Cold weather function
Ambient
Ambient
Hybrid
settings Priority Ambient/
Cost /CO2
Electricity
Energy
Boiler settings *1 price Boiler
Schedule
Electricity
CO2
Intelligent emission Boiler
settings Heat pump capacity
Boiler efficiency
Heat source Booster heater 1
capacity
Booster heater 2
capacity
ON/OFF
Start & Finish
Target temp. Max. temp.
Floor dry up function Max. temp. period
( For
refer to Page B-84. (
more details,
Flow temp.
Temp. increase step
Increase interval
(Increase)
Temp. decrease step
Flow temp. Decrease interval
(Decrease)
Booster heater 1 capacity
Electric heater Booster heater 2 capacity
capacity Immersion heater
Pump 1
Energy monitor Water pump input Pump 2
settings Pump 3
Delivered energy adjustment
Electric energy meter
Heat meter
Demand control (IN4) OFF (Heat source)/Boiler
External input settings
Outdoor thermostat (IN5) Heater/Boiler
Running information
Thermistor reading
Summary of settings
Error history
Password protection
Main remote controller Yes/No
Manual reset
FTC Yes/No
SD Main RC F1 F2 F3 Select download data
SD card
Main RC SD Select upload data
<Continued from the previous page.>
*1 For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
B-79
Domestic Hot Water (DHW)/Legionella Prevention

►For further detail about operation, refer to Operation manual.
Please note that LP mode uses the assistance of electric heaters (if present) to supplement the energy input of the heat pump. Heating water for long periods of
time is not efficient and will increase running costs. The installer should give careful consideration to the necessity of legionella prevention treatment whilst not
wasting energy by heating the stored water for excessive time periods. The end user should understand the importance of this feature.
ALWAYS COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND NATIONAL GUIDANCE FOR YOUR COUNTRY REGARDING LEGIONELLA PREVENTION.
Heating/Cooling
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Schedule timer
Scheduled timer can be set in two ways, for example; one for summer and the other for winter. (Refer to as "Schedule 1" and "Schedule 2" respectively.) Once the
term (months) for the Schedule 1 is specified, rest of the term will be specified as Schedule 2. In each Schedule, an operational pattern of modes (Heating / DHW)
can be set. If no operational pattern is set for Schedule2, only the pattern for Schedule 1 will be valid. If Schedule 2 is set to full-year (i.e. March to Feb.), only the op-
erational pattern for Schedule 2 will be valid.
Follow the procedure described in General Operation (Page B-77) for the set up operation.
Setting the schedule timer

The preview screen allows you to view the current settings. In 2-zone heating operation,
press F1 to switch between Zone1 and Zone2. Days of the week are displayed across the
top of the screen. Where day appears underlined the settings are the same for all those
days underlined.
Hours of the day and night are represented as a bar across the main part of the screen.
Where the bar is solid black, space heating/cooling and DHW (whichever is selected) is
allowed.
When scheduling heating, button F1 changes the scheduled variable between time and
temperature. This enables a lower temperature to be set for a number of hours e.g. a lower
temperature may be required at night when the occupants are sleeping.
Preview screen
• The schedule timer for space heating/cooling and DHW are set in the same way. However for DHW only time can be used as scheduling variable.
• A small rubbish bin character is also displayed choosing this icon will delete the last unsaved action.
• It is necessary to use the SAVE function F4 button to save settings. CONFIRM does not act as SAVE for this menu.
Holiday mode
Menu Description
Initial Settings subtitle
From the Initial settings menu the installer can set the following. Room When 2-zone temperature control is active and wireless remote
• Date/Time *Be sure to set it to the local standard time. RC zone controllers are available, from Room RC zone select screen, se-
• Language select lect zone no. to assign to each remote controller.
• Summer time
Sensor From sensor setting screen, select a room sensor to be used for
• Temp. display
setting monitoring the room temperature from Zone1 and Zone2 sepa-
• Contact number
• Time display rately.
• ºC/ºF Control option Corresponding initial settings room sensor
• Room sensor settings (‘Main remote
controller options’ in Zone 1 Zone 2
Follow the procedure described in General Operation for the set up operation. Installation Manual)
Room RC 1-8 (one
<Room sensor settings> A each for Zone1 and *1
For room sensor settings it is important to choose the correct room sensor de- Zone2)
pending on the heating mode the system will operate in. B TH1 *1
C Main remote controller *1
D *1 *1
When different room
sensors are used
Time/ Zone*2 *1
according to the time
schedule
*1. Not specified (if a locally-supplied room thermostat is used)
Room RC 1-8 (one each for Zone1 and Zone2) (if a wireless
remote controller is used as a room thermostat)
*2. From sensor setting screen, select Time/Zone to make it
possible to use different room sensors according to the time
schedule set in the Select Time/ Zone menu. The room sen-
sors can be switched up to 4 times within 24 hours.
Time/Zone schedule setting screen
B-80
Service Menu
The service menu provides functions for use by installer or service engineer. It is NOT intended the home owner alters settings within this menu. It is for this reason
password protection is required to prevent unauthorised access to the service settings.
The factory default password is "0000".

Follow the procedure described in General Operation for the set up operation.
The service menu is navigated using the F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through
the functions. The menu is split across two screens and is comprised of the
following functions;
1. Manual operation
2. Function settings
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3. Thermistor adjustment
4. Auxiliary settings
5. Heat source setting
6. Pump speed
7. Operation settings
8. Energy monitor settings
9. External input settings
10. Running information
11. Thermistor reading
12. Summary of settings
13. Error history
14. Password protection
15. Manual reset
16. SD card
any functions can not be set whilst the indoor unit is running. The installer should turn off the unit before trying to set these functions. If the installer attempts to
M
change the settings whilst the unit is running the main remote controller will display a reminder message prompting the installer to stop operation before continu-
ing. By selecting “Yes” the unit will cease operation.
<Manual operation>
During the filling of the system the water circulation pump and 3-way valve
can be manually overridden using manual operation mode.
When manual operation is selected a small timer icon appears in the screen.
The function selected will only remain in manual operation for a maximum of 2
hours. This is to prevent accidental permanent override of the FTC.
►Example
Pressing F3 button will switch manual operation mode ON for the main 3-way
valve. When filling of the DHW tank is complete the installer should access this
menu again and press F3 to deactivate manual operation of the part. Selected Running Error
indication
Alternatively after 2 hours manual operation mode will no longer be active and
FTC will resume control of the part.
Manual operation menu screen
Manual operation and heat source setting can not be selected if the system
is running. A screen will be displayed asking the installer to stop the system
before these modes can be activated.
The system automatically stops 2 hours after last operation.
<Function settings>
Function Setting allows the setting of auto recovery after power failure and of
smart grid ready.
1. From the service menu use F1 and F2 to highlight Function Setting.

2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Ensure the Ref address and unit number are displayed to the right.
4. Press CONFIRM.
5. Use F3 and F4 to highlight either 1/2/3 (see below).
6. Press CONFIRM.
Setting Unit Mode Number

Auto recovery after power failure Grp Mode1 1 - Inactive
2 - Active *1
3 - NO FUNCTION
Smart grid ready *2 1 Mode7 1 - Inactive
(Hot water operation) *3 2 - Target temp. +3°C
3 - Target temp. +5°C
Smart grid ready *2 1 Mode8 1 - Inactive
(Heating operation) *3 2 - Thermo ON temp. +2°C
3 - Thermo ON temp. +3°C
*1 Approx. 4-minute delay after power is restored.

*2 Refer to "Smart grid ready" in the indoor unit installation manual.
*3 If the mode is not displayed, Function Setting must be initialised. Enter Request code “200”
in “Running Information”.
B-81
<Thermistor adjustment>
This function allows adjustments to be made to the thermistor readings from
-10 – 10 °C in 0.5 °C intervals.
THW1: Thermistor (Flow water temp.)

THW2: Thermistor (Return water temp.)
THW5: Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.)
THW6: Thermistor (Zone1 flow temp.)(Option)
THW7: Thermistor (Zone1 return temp.)(Option)
THW8: Thermistor (Zone2 flow temp.)(Option)
THW9: Thermistor (Zone2 return temp.)(Option)
THWB1: Thermistor (Boiler flow temp.)(Option)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
THWB2: Thermistor (Boiler return temp.)(Option)
▼ ▲
<Auxiliary settings>
This function is used to set the parameters for any auxiliary parts used in the system
Menu subtitle Function/ Description
Economy settings for Water pump stops automatically in certain period of time from
pump when operation is finished.
Delay Time before pump switched off*1
Electric heater To select “WITH booster heater (ON)” or “WITHOUT booster
(Heating) heater (OFF)” in Heating mode.
Delay The minimum time required for the booster heater to turn ON
from after Heating mode has started.
Electric heater (DHW) To select "WITH (ON)" or "WITHOUT (OFF)" booster heater or
immersion heater individually in DHW mode.
Delay The minimum time required for the booster heater or immersion Auxiliary settings menu screen
heater to turn ON from after DHW mode has started. (This
setting is applied for both booster and immersion heater.)
Mixing Running Period from valve fully open (at a hot water mixing ratio of 100%)
valve to valve fully closed (at a cold water mixing ratio of 100%)
control *2 Interval Interval (min) to control the Mixing valve.
Flow Minimum The minimum flow rate to be detected at Flow sensor.
sensor *3 Maximum The maximum flow rate to be detected at Flow sensor.
*1. Decreasing "time before pump switched off" may increase the duration of stand-by in
Heating/Cooling mode.
*2. S
et the Running time according to the specifications of the actuator of each mixing valve.
It is recommended to set the interval to 2 minutes that is a default value. With the interval
set longer, it could take longer to warm up a room.
*3. D
o not change the setting since it is set according to the specification of Flow sensor
attached to the hydrobox.
Economy settings for pump

1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Economy Settings for water circulation pump.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. The economy settings for water circulation pump screen is displayed.
4. Use button F1 to switch the economy settings ON/OFF.
5. Use buttons F3 and F4 to adjust the time the water circulation pump will run. (3 - 60
minutes)
Economy settings for pump screen
Electric heater (Heating)

1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Electric heater (Heating).
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. The Electric heater (Heating) screen is displayed.
4. Press F1 button to switch the function ON/OFF.
5. Use F3 and F4 buttons to adjust the time period of heat pump only operation
before the booster heater will assist in space heating. (5 -180minutes)
Electric heater (Heating) screen
Electric heater (DHW)

1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Electric heater (DHW).
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. The Electric heater (DHW) screen is displayed.
4. Press F1 button to switch the function ON/OFF.
5. Use F3 and F4 buttons to adjust the time period of heat pump only operation
before the booster heater and the immersion heater (if present) will assist in
DHW heating. (15 -30minutes)
Electric heater (DHW) screen
B-82
Mixing valve control

1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Mixing valve control.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. The Mixing valve control screen is displayed.
4. Use F1 and F2 buttons to set Running time between 10 to 240 seconds. The
Running time equals to a period from full open of the valve (at a hot water
mixing ratio of 100%) to full close (at a cold water mixing ratio of 100%).
Note: S
et the Running time according to the specifications of the actuator
of each mixing valve.
1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Mixing valve control.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
2. Press CONFIRM. Mixing valve setting screen
3. The Mixing valve control screen is displayed.
4. Press F3 and F4 buttons to set the interval between 2-zone temperature
controls of the mixing valve between 1 to 30 minutes.
Note: It is recommended to set the interval to 2 minutes that is a default

value. With the interval set longer, it could take longer to warm up a
room.
Flow sensor
1. From the Auxiliary settings menu highlight Flow sensor.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Press F3 or F4 buttons to select a refrigerant address of which you wish to
configure or check the settings, and press CONFIRM. *1.
4. The Flow sensor screen is displayed.
5. Use F1 and F2 buttons to set the minimum flow rate of flow sensor between 0
to maximum L/min.
6. Use F1 and F2 buttons to set the maximum flow rate of flow sensor between
minimum to 100L/min.
*1 For multiple outdoor units control system only.
Note: Do not change the setting since it is set according to the
Flow sensor setting screen
specification of Flow sensor attached to the hydrobox.
<Heat source setting>

The default heat source setting is heat pump and all electric heaters present in
the system to be operational. This is referred to as Standard operation on the
menu.
Heat source setting screen
<Pump speed>
1. From the Service menu highlight water pump speed.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Press F3 and F4 buttons to select a refrigerant address of which you wish to
configure or check the settings, and press CONFIRM. *1
4. The Pump speed screen is displayed.
5. Use F2 and F3 buttons to set the pump speed of the water circulation pump
between 1 and 5.
Pump speed setting screen
B-83
<Operation settings>
Heating operation
This function allows operational setting of flow temperature range from the Ecodan and also the time interval at which the FTC collects and processes data for the auto
adaptation mode.
Menu subtitle Function Range Unit Default

Flow temp. range Minimum temp. To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild outdoor ambient tem- 25 - 45 ºC 30
perature seasons.
Maximum temp. To set max. possible flow temperature according to the type of heat emitters. 35 - 60 ºC 50
Room temp. control Mode Setting for Room temp. control Normal/ — Normal
At Fast mode, target outlet water temperature is set higher than the one set Fast
at normal mode. This reduces the time to reach the target room temperature
Cylinder / Hydrobox
when the room temperature is relatively low.*

Interval Selectable according to the heat emitter type and the materials of floor (i.e. 10 - 60 minutes 10
radiators, floor heating-thick, -thin concrete, wood, etc.)
Heat pump thermo diff.adjust On/Off To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild outdoor ambient tem- On/Off — On
perature seasons.
Lower limit Prohibits heat pump operation until the flow temperature drops below the −9 - −1 ºC −5
target flow temperature plus lower limit value.
Upper limit Allows heat pump operation until the flow temperature rises above the target +3 - +5 ºC +5
flow temperature plus upper limit value.
< Heating operation (Room temp. control table) >

Note:
1. The minimum flow temperature that prohibits heat pump operation is 20ºC.
When the cylinder unit/hydrobox is connected with a PUMY outdoor unit; To conduct a simultaneous operation of ATA heating and ATW space heating, set the
minimum flow temperature above 45ºC.
2. The maximum flow temperature that allows heat pump operation equals to the maximum temperature set in the Flow temp. range menu.
* Fast mode is not efficient and will increase running cost compared to normal mode.

Freeze stat function*1 An operational function to prevent the water circuit from freezing when outdoor ambient temperature drops.
Flow t. The target outlet water temperature at water circuit when operating in Freeze stat function. *2
Outdoor ambient temp. Minimum outdoor ambient temperature which freeze stat function will begin to operate,
(3 - 20ºC) or choose**. If asterisk (**) is chosen freeze stat function is deactivated. (i.e. primary water freeze risk)"
*1. When the system is turned off, freeze stat function is not enabled.
*2. Flow t. is fixed to 20°C and unchangeable.
Simultaneous Operation
• Range of outdoor ambient temperature at which simultaneous
For periods of very low outside temperature this mode can be used. Simultaneous operation starts is −30°C to 10°C (default −15°C).
operation allows both DHW and space heating to run together by using the heat pump • System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will
and/or booster heater to provide space heating whilst only the immersion heater happen when the outdoor ambient temperature rises above the
provides heating for DHW. This operation is only available if BOTH a DHW tank AND selected temperature for this specific mode of operation.
immersion heater are present on the system.

For extremely low outdoor ambient temperature conditions when the heat pump’s capacity is restricted the heating or DHW is provided only by the electric booster
heater (and immersion if present). This function is intended for use during extreme cold periods only. Extensive use of direct electrical heaters ONLY will result in
higher power consumption and may reduce working life of heaters and related parts.
Target flow temp.
• Range of outdoor ambient temperature at which cold weather function starts (°C)
(h)
is −30°C to −10°C (default −15°C).
(g) 45
• System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will happen when (d)
(e)
the outdoor ambient temperature rises above the selected temperature for
40
this specific mode of operation.
35
(b)
Floor dry up function (c)
30
The Floor dry up function automatically changes the target hot water temperature (f)
in stages to gradually dry concrete when this particular type of underfloor heating
system is installed. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Days
pon completion of the operation the system stops all the operations except the
U
Freeze stat. • This function is not available when a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is connected.
For Floor dry up function, the target flow temp. of Zone 1 is the same as that of • Disconnect wiring to external inputs of room thermostat, demand control, and
Zone 2. outdoor thermostat, or the target flow temperature may not be maintained.
Functions Symbol Description Option/Range Unit Default

Sets the function to ON and power on the system using the main remote
Floor dry up function a On/Off — Off
controller, and the dry up heating operation will start.
Flow temp. Flow temp. increase step b Sets the increase step of the target flow temperature. +1 - +10 ºC +5
(increase) Increase interval c Sets the period for which the same target flow temperature is maintained. 1-7 day 2
Flow temp. Flow temp. decrease step d Sets the decrease step of the target flow temperature. −1 - −10 ºC −5
(decrease) Decrease interval e Sets the period for which the same target flow temperature is maintained. 1-7 day 2
Start & Finish f Sets the target flow temperature at the start and the finish of the operation. 25 - 60 ºC 30
Target
Max. target temp. g Sets the maximum target flow temperature. 25 - 60 ºC 45
temperature
Max. temp. period h Sets the period for which the maximum target flow temperature is maintained. 1 - 20 day 5
B-84
<Energy monitor settings> (Except for EHSE/ERSE series)
1. General description
End user can monitor accumulated*1 ‘Consumed electrical energy’ and ‘Delivered heat energy’ in each operation mode*2 on the main remote controller.
*1 Monthly and Year to date
*2 - DHW operation
- Space heating
- Space cooling
Refer to the menu tree on the page B-78 and B-79 for how to check the energy, and “3.1.2, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 DIP switch setting” for the details on DIP-SW setting.
Either one of the following two method is used for monitoring.
Note: Method 1 should be used as a guide. If a certain accuracy is required, the 2nd method should be used.
(1) Calculation internally

Electricity consumption is calculated internally based on the energy consumption of outdoor unit, electric heater, water pump(s) and other auxiliaries.(*3)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Delivered heat is calculated internally by multiplying delta T (Flow and Return temp.) and flow rate measured by the factory fitted sensors.
Set the electric heater capacity and water pump(s) input according to indoor unit model and specs of additional pump(s) supplied locally. (Refer to the menu tree
on the page B-78 and B-79.)
<Cylinder unit>
Booster heater 1 Booster heater 2 Immersion heater *1 Pump 1 *2 Pump 2 Pump 3
Default 2kW 4kW 0kW ***(factory fitted pump) 0kW 0kW
EHST20C-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-VM6C 2kW 4kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-TM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-VM2EC 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-VM6EC 2kW 4kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-YM9EC 3kW 6kW 0kW ***
EHST20C-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHST20D-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHST20D-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHST20D-MHC 0kW 0kW 3kW ***
EHST20D-VM2EC 2kW 0kW 0kW *** When additional pumps supplied locally are connect-
ed as Pump2/3, change setting according to specs
EHST20D-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW *** of the pumps.
ERST20C-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW ***
ERST20C-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
ERST20D-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW ***
ERST20D-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHPT20X-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW ***
EHPT20X-VM6C 2kW 4kW 0kW ***
EHPT20X-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW ***
EHPT20X-TM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW ***
EHPT20X-MHCW 0kW 0kW 3kW ***
EHST20C-MHCW 0kW 0kW 3kW ***
EHST20D-MHCW 0kW 0kW 3kW ***
<Hydrobox>
Booster heater 1 Booster heater 2 Immersion heater *1 Pump 1 *2 Pump 2 Pump 3
Default 2kW 4kW 0kW ***(factory fitted pump) 0kW 0kW
EHSD-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSD-MC 0kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSD-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSD-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-VM2EC 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-VM6C 2kW 4kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-VM6EC 2kW 4kW 0kW *1 *** When additional pumps supplied locally are connect-
ed as Pump2/3, change setting according to specs
EHSC-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW *1 *** of the pumps.
EHSC-YM9EC 3kW 6kW 0kW *1 ***
EHSC-TM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW *1 ***
ERSD-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
ERSC-MEC 0kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
ERSC-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHPX-VM2C 2kW 0kW 0kW *1 ***
EHPX-VM6C 2kW 4kW 0kW *1 ***
EHPX-YM9C 3kW 6kW 0kW *1 ***
*1 Change setting to 3kW when connecting optional immersion heater "PAC-IH03V2-E".

*2 "***" displayed in the energy monitor setting mode means the factory fitted pump is connected as Pump 1 so that the input is automatically calculated.
*3 When the cylinder unit / hydrobox is connected with a PUHZ-FRP models, electricity consumption is not calculated internally.
To display the electricity consumption, conduct the 2nd method.
When anti-freeze solution (propylene glycol) is used for primary water circuit, set the delivered energy adjustment if necessary.
For further detail of above, refer to the menu tree on the page B-78 and B-79.
(2) Actual measurement by external meter (locally supplied)

FTC has external input terminals for 2 ‘Electric energy meters’ and a ‘Heat meter’.
If two ‘Electric energy meters’ are connected, the 2 recorded values will be combined at the FTC and shown on the main remote controller.
(e.g. Meter 1 for H/P power line, Meter 2 for heater power line)
Refer to the [Signal inputs] in section “3.1.1 and 3.2.1 Wiring diagrams” for more information on connectable electric energy meter and heat meter.
● Connectable electric energy meter and heat meter

▪ Pulse meter type Voltage free contact for 12VDC detection by FTC (TBI.3 1, 3 and 5 pin have a positive voltage.)
▪ Pulse duration Minimum ON time: 40ms
▪ Possible unit of pulse 0.1 pulse/kWh 1 pulse/kWh 10 pulse/kWh
Those values can be set by the main remote controller. (Refer to the menu tree on the page B-78 and B-79.)
B-85
<Energy monitor settings> (EHSE/ERSE series)

End user can monitor accumulated*1 ‘Consumed electrical energy’ and ‘Delivered heat energy’ in each operation mode*2 on the main remote controller.
*2 - DHW operation
- Space heating
- Space cooling
Refer to the menu tree on the page B-78 and B-79 for how to check the energy, and “3.2.3 DIP switch functions” for the details on DIP-SW setting.
Note: Method 1 should be used as a guide. If a certain accuracy is required, the 2nd method should be used.
1. Calculation internally
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Electricity consumption is calculated internally based on the energy consumption of outdoor unit, electric heater, water pump(s) and other auxiliaries.
Delivered heat is calculated internally by multiplying delta T (Flow and Return temp.) and flow rate measured by the factory fitted sensors.
Set the electric heater capacity and water pump(s) input according to indoor unit model and specs of additional pump(s) supplied locally. (Refer to the menu tree in
on the page B-78 and B-79)
Immersion
Booster heater 1 Booster heater 2 Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3
heater *2
Default *1 2 kW 4 kW 0 kW *** 0W 0W
ERSE-YM9EC 3 kW 6 kW 0 kW *2 *3
ERSE-MEC 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW *2 *3 When additional pumps supplied locally

are connected as Pump2/3, change set-
EHSE-YM9EC 3 kW 6 kW 0 kW *2 *3 ting according to specs of the pumps.
EHSE-MEC 0 kW 0 kW 0 kW *2 *3
<Table 7.1>
Pump speed Pump 1

Speed 5 (Default setting) 180 W
Speed 4 172 W
Speed 3 113 W
Speed 2 70 W
Speed 1 38 W
<Table 7.2>
*1 Default setting is used for E*SC(D)/EHPX models. Please change setting according to <Table 6.1>.
*2 Change setting to 3kW when connecting optional immersion heater “PAC-IH03V2-E”.
*3 Please change setting according to <Table 6.2>.
For further detail of above, refer to refer to the menu tree on the page B-78 and B-79.
2. Actual measurement by external meter (locally supplied)

Refer to the [Signal inputs] section in “3.2.4 Connecting inputs/outputs” for more information on connectable electric energy meter and heat meter.
B-86
2. Settings using the main remote controller

In this menu, all parameters required to record the consumed electrical energy and
the delivered heat energy which is displayed on the main remote controller can be
set. The parameters are an electric heater capacity, supply power of water pump
and heat meter pulse.
For Pump 1, *** can be also set besides this setting.

In the case *** is selected, the system acknowledges "factory fitted pump" is se-
lected.
Energy monitor settings menu screen
Cylinder / Hydrobox
<External input settings>
Demand control(IN4)
The selection of “OFF”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN4, forcefully stops all
the heat source operations and the selection of “Boiler” stops operations of
heat pump and electric heater and performs boiler operation.
Outdoor thermostat (IN5)
The selection of “Heater”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN5, performs External input settings menu screen
electric-heater-only operation and the selection of “Boiler” performs boiler
operation.
Demand control screen
Outdoor thermostat setting screen
<Running information>
This function shows current temperature and other data of main component parts
of both the indoor and outdoor units.
1. From the Service menu highlight Running information.

2. Press CONFIRM.
3. Press F3 and F4 buttons to set the Ref. address. *1
4. Use the function buttons to enter index code for the component to be viewed.
(See the Table 7.3 for component index codes.)
5. Press CONFIRM.
<Thermistor reading>
This function shows the current readings of thermistors located on the water and refrigerant circuit.
Thermistor Description Thermistor Description

TH1A Zone 1 room temperature THW6 Zone 1 flow water temperature
TH1B Zone 2 room temperature THW7 Zone 1 return water temperature
TH2 Refrigerant return temperature THW8 Zone 2 flow water temperature
THW1 Water flow temperature THW9 Zone 2 return water temperature
THW2 Water return temperature THWB1 Boiler flow water temperature
THW5 DHW tank water temperature THWB2 Boiler return water temperature
TH7 Ambient (outdoor) temperature
B-87
<Summary of settings>
This function shows the current installer/user entered settings.
Abbreviation Explanation Abbreviation Explanation
HWtemp DHW max. temperature Z2 mode Operation mode
HWdrop DHW temperature drop - HER (Heating room temperature)
HWtime DHW max. operation time - HE (Heating flow temperature)
NO HW DHW mode restriction - HCC (Heating compensation curve)
HWset DHW operation mode (Normal/Eco) - COR (—)
- CO (Cooling flow temperature)
Ltemp Legionella hot water temperature Hroom 1 Heating target room temperature
Lfreq Legionella operation Frequency Hroom 2 Heating target room temperature
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Lstart Legionella mode start time Hflow 1 Heating target flow temperature
Ltime Legionella max. operation time Hflow 2 Heating target flow temperature
Lkeep Duration of max. (Legionella) hot Croom 1 Cooling target room temperature
water temperature Croom 2 Cooling target room temperature
Z1 mode Operation mode Cflow 1 Cooling target flow temperature
- HER (Heating room temperature) Cflow 2 Cooling target flow temperature
- HE (Heating flow temperature) FSflow Freeze stat function flow temperature
- HCC (Heating compensation curve) FSout Freeze stat function ambient temperature
- COR (—)
- CO (Cooling flow temperature)
<Error history>
Error history allows the service engineer to view previous Error codes, the unit
address and the date on which they occurred. Up to 16 Error codes can be stored
in the history the most recent Error event is displayed at the top of the list.
1. From the service menu select Error history

2. Press CONFIRM.
Please see section 8. for error code diagnosis and actions.
To delete an Error history item;

1. From Error history screen press F4 button (Rubbish bin icon)
2. Then press F3 button (Yes).
<Password protection>
Password protection is available to prevent unauthorised access to the service
menu by untrained persons.
1. From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
Password protection is highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. When password input screen is displayed use buttons F1 and F2 to move left
and right between the 4 digits, F3 to lower the selected digit by 1, and F4 to in-
crease the selected digit by 1.
4. When you have input your password press CONFIRM.
Password input screen
5. The password verify screen is displayed.
6. To verify your new password press button F3.
7. Your password is now set and the completion screen is displayed.
Password verify screen
B-88
Resetting the password

If you forget the password you entered, or have to service a unit somebody else
installed, you can reset the password to the factory default of 0000.
1. From the main settings menu scroll down the functions until Service Menu is
highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. You will be prompted to enter a password.
4. Hold down buttons F3 and F4 together for 3 seconds
5. You will be asked if you wish to continue and reset the password to default set-
ting.
6. To reset press button F3.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
7. The password is now reset to 0000. Completion screen
<Manual reset>
Should you wish to restore the factory settings at any time you should use the
manual reset function. Please note this will reset ALL functions to the factory de-
fault settings.
1. From the service menu use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until Manual
Reset is highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. The Manual reset screen is displayed.
4. Choose either Manual Reset for FTC or Main remote controller.
5. Press F3 button to confirm manual reset of chosen device.
<SD card>
The use of an SD memory card simplifies the main remote controller settings in the
field.
*Ecodan service tool (for use with PC tool) is necessary for the setting.
SD Main RC
1. From the SD card setting use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
“SD Main RC” is highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
4. Use F1, F2 and F3 buttons to select a menu to write to the main remote control-
ler.
5. Press CONFIRM to start downloading.
6. Wait for a few minutes until “Complete!” appears.
Main RC SD
1. From the SD card setting use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through list until
Main RC SD is highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
4. Use F1, F2 and F3 buttons to select a menu to write to the SD memory card.
5. Press CONFIRM to start uploading.
6. Wait for a few minutes until “Complete!” appears.
B-89
<Table 7.3>
Request
Request content Range Unit
code
103 Error history 1 (latest) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) Code
104 Error history 2 (second to last) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) —
105 Error history 3 (third to last) Displays error history. ("– –" is displays if no history is present.) —
154 Water circulation pump 1 - Accumulated operating time (after reset) 0 - 9999 10 hours
162 Indoor unit - DIP SW1 setting information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
Cylinder / Hydrobox
175 Indoor unit - Output signal information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
176 Indoor unit - Input signal information Refer to detail contents described hereinafter. —
177 Mixing valve opening step 0 - 10 Step
190 Indoor unit - Software version 1st 4 digits Refer to Note below. —
191 Indoor unit - Software version last 4 digits Refer to Note below. —
200 Initialisation of Function Setting — —
340 Water circulation pump 1 - Accumulated operating time reset — —
504 Indoor unit - Zone 1 room temp. (TH1A) –39 - 88 °C
505 Indoor unit - Ref. liquid temp. (TH2) –39 - 88 °C
506 Indoor unit - Return water temp. (THW2) –39 - 88 °C
507 Indoor unit - Zone 2 room temp. (TH1B) –39 - 88 °C
508 Indoor unit - DHW tank water temp. (THW5) –39 - 88 °C
509 Indoor unit - Zone 1 flow water temp. (THW6) –39 - 88 °C
510 Indoor unit - Outside air temp. (TH7) –39 - 88 °C
511 Indoor unit - Flow water temp. (THW1) –39 - 88 °C
512 Indoor unit - Zone 1 return water temp. (THW7) –39 - 88 °C
513 Indoor unit - Zone 2 flow water temp. (THW8) –39 - 88 °C
514 Indoor unit - Zone 2 return water temp. (THW9) –39 - 88 °C
515 Indoor unit - Boiler flow water temp. (THWB1) –40 - 140 °C
516 Indoor unit - Boiler return water temp. (THWB2) –40 - 140 °C
540 Flow rate of the primary circuit 0 - 100 L/min.
Displays postponement code.
550 Indoor unit - Error postponement history 1 (latest) —
("– –" is displays if no postponement code is present.)
551 Indoor unit - Operation control at time of error 0 Standard, 1 Heater, 2 Boiler —
Indoor unit - Operation mode at time of error 0 OFF, 1 DHW, 2 Heating, 3 Cooling, 4 Legionella prevention,
552 —
5 Freeze protection, 6 Operation stop, 7 Defrost
553 Indoor unit - Output signal information at time of error Refer to detail contents described hereinafter —
554 Indoor unit - Input signal information at time of error Refer to detail contents described hereinafter —
555 Indoor unit - Zone 1 room temp. (TH1A) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
556 Indoor unit - Zone 2 room temp. (TH1B) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
557 Indoor unit - Ref. liquid temp. (TH2) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
558 Indoor unit - Flow water temp. (THW1) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
559 Indoor unit - Return water temp. (THW2) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
560 Indoor unit - DHW tank water temp. (THW5) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
561 Indoor unit - Zone 1 flow water temp. (THW6) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
562 Indoor unit - Zone 1 return water temp. (THW7) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
563 Indoor unit - Zone 2 flow water temp. (THW8) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
564 Indoor unit - Zone 2 return water temp. (THW9) at time of error –39 - 88 °C
565 Indoor unit - Boiler flow water temp. (THWB1) at time of error –40 - 140 °C
566 Indoor unit - Boiler return water temp. (THWB2) at time of error –40 - 140 °C
Indoor unit - Failure (P1/P2/L5/L8/Ld) thermistor 0 Failure thermistor is none, 1 TH1A, 2 TH2, 3 THW1, 4 THW2,
567 5 THWB1, 6 THW5, 7 THWB2, 8 TH1B, A THW6, B THW7, —
C THW8, D THW9
568 Mixing valve opening step at time of error 0 - 10 Step
Operated Flow switch at time of failure (L9) 0 No operated flow switch, 1 Flow switch 1, 2 Flow switch 2,
569 —
3 Flow switch 3
571 Flow rate at time of error 0 - 100 L/min.
Note
Refer to outdoor unit service manual for request code 0 to 102, 106 to 149.
Request codes 103 to 105 indicate error histories of both indoor and outdoor units.
As only four digits can be displayed at one time the software version number is displayed in two halves.
Enter code 190 to see the first four digits and code 191 to see the last four digits.
For example software version No. 5.01 A000, when code 190 is entered 0501 is displayed, when code 191 is entered A000 is displayed.
Request code 200 resets all Function Setting to the factory default settings.
B-90
8 Troubleshooting Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
8.1 Cylinder unit

The indoor hydrobox must be serviced once a year by a qualified individual. Servicing and maintenance of the outdoor unit should only be done by a Mitsubishi
Electric trained technician with relevant qualifications and experience. Any electrical work should be done by a trades person with the appropriate electrical qualifica-
tions. Any maintenance or ‘DIY’ fixes done by a non-accredited person could invalidate the Warranty and/or result in damage to the hydrobox and injury to the per-
son.
Basic Troubleshooting for Cylinder unit

No. Fault symptom Possible cause Explanation - Solution
1 Main remote controller 1. There is no power supply to main remote 1. Check LED2 on FTC. (See 3.1.1 Wiring Diagrams.)
display is blank. controller. (i) When LED2 is lit.
Check for damage or contact failure of the main remote controller wiring.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
(ii) When LED2 is blinking.
Refer to No. 5 below.
(iii) When LED2 is not lit.
2. Power is supplied to main remote 2. Check the following:
controller, however, the display on the • D isconnection between the main remote controller cable and the FTC
main remote controller does not appear. control board
• Failure of the main remote controller if “Please Wait” is not displayed.
• Refer to No. 2 below if “Please Wait” is displayed.
2 “Please Wait” remains 1. "Please Wait" is displayed for up to 6 1. Normal operation.
displayed on the main minutes.
remote controller. 2. Communication failure between the main 2, 3. Main remote controller start up checks/procedure.
remote controller and FTC. (i) If “0%” or “50-99%” is displayed below "Please Wait" there is a
3. Communication failure between FTC and communication error between the main remote controller and the FTC
outdoor unit. control board.
• Check wiring connections on the main remote controller.
• Replace the main remote controller or the FTC control board.
(ii) If “1-49%” is displayed there is a communication error between the outdoor
unit's and FTC's control boards.
• Check the wiring connections on the outdoor unit control board and the FTC
control board.
(Ensure S1 and S2 are not cross-wired and S3 is securely wired with no
damage. (See 3.1.4 Electrical Connection.)
• Replace the outdoor unit's and/or the FTC's control boards.
3 The main screen The main remote controller operations do Normal operation.
appears with a press not work for a while after the settings are The indoor unit is applying updated settings made in the service menu. Normal
of the “ON” button, but changed in the service menu. This is because operation will start shortly.
disappears in a second. the system takes time to apply the changes.
4 LED2 on FTC is off. When LED1 on FTC is also off. (See 3.1.1
(See 3.1.1 Wiring Wiring Diagrams.)
Diagrams.) <FTC powered via outdoor unit.>
1. The outdoor unit is not supplied at the 1. Check the voltage across the terminals L and N or L3 and N on the outdoor
rated voltage. power board. (See 3.1.4 Electrical Connection.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check wiring of the outdoor unit
and of the breaker.
• When the voltage is at 220 to 240V AC, go to “2.” below.
2. Defective outdoor controller circuit board. 2. Check the voltage across the outdoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 3.1.4
Electrical Connection.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check the fuse on the outdoor
control board and check for faulty wiring.
• When the voltage is 220 to 240V AC, go to “3.” below.
3. FTC is not supplied with 220 to 240V 3. Check the voltage across the indoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 3.1.4
AC. Electrical Connection.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check FTC-outdoor unit wiring for
faults.
4. FTC failure. 4. Check the FTC control board.
• Check the fuse on FTC control board.
• Check for faulty wiring.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC control board is faulty.
5. Faulty connector wiring. 5. Check the connector wiring.
• When the connectors are wired incorrectly, re-wire the connectors referring
to below. (See 3.1.4 Electrical Connection.)
BLACK YELLOW
BLACK YELLOW
L
Initial settings N
(Power White
CN01
supplied by
CN01
outdoor unit) S1
Cylinder unit
S2
control board
S3
B-91

4 LED2 on FTC is off. <FTC powered on independent source>
(See 3.1.1 Wiring 1. FTC is not supplied with 220 to 240V AC. 1. Check the voltage across the L and N terminals on the indoor power supply
Diagrams.) terminal block. (See 3.1.4 Electrical Connection.)
• W hen the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check for faulty wiring to power
supply.
• When the voltage is 220 to 240V AC, go to 2. below.
2. There are problems in the method of 2. Check for faulty wiring between the connectors.
connecting the connectors. • When the connectors are wired incorrectly re-wire them correctly referring
to below. (See 3.1.4 Electrical Connection and a wiring diagram on the
control and electrical box cover.)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
YELLOW BLACK
BLACK YELLOW
L
N
Modified settings
White
(Separate power CN01
CN01
supply to the S1
cylinder unit) S2
Cylinder unit
control board
S3
• If no problem found with the wiring, go to 3. below.

When LED1 on FTC is lit. Recheck the refrigerant address setting on the outdoor unit.
Incorrect setting of refrigerant address for Set the refrigerant address to “0”.
outdoor unit. (Set refrigerant address using SW1(3 - 6) on outdoor controller circuit board.)
(None of the refrigerant address is set to "0".)
5 LED2 on FTC is When LED1 is also blinking on FTC . Check for faulty wiring between FTC and outdoor unit.
blinking. Faulty wiring between FTC and outdoor unit
(See 3.1.1 Wiring When LED1 on FTC is lit.
Diagrams.) 1. Faulty wiring in main remote controller 1. Check for faulty wiring in main remote controller.
Multiple indoor units have been wired to a The number of indoor units that can be wired to a single outdoor unit is one.
single outdoor unit. Additional indoor units must be wired individually to a single outdoor unit.
2. Short-circuited wiring in main remote control- 2.,3. Remove main remote controller wires and check LED2 on FTC. (See 3.1.1
ler Wiring Diagrams.)
• If LED2 is blinking check for short circuits in the main remote controller wir-
3. Main remote controller failure ing .
• If LED2 is lit, wire the main remote controller again and:
- if LED2 is blinking, the main remote controller is faulty;
- if LED2 is lit, faulty wiring of the main remote controller has been cor-
rected.
6 LED4 on FTC is off. 1. SD memory card is NOT inserted into the 1. Correctly insert SD memory card in place until a click is heard.
(See 3.1.1 Wiring memory card slot with correct orientation.
Diagrams.) 2. Not an SD standards compliant memory card. 2. Use an SD standards compliant memory card. (Refer to 3.3 Using SD memo-
ry card.)
LED4 on FTC is 1. Full of data. 1. Move or delete data, or replace SD memory card with a new one.
blinking. 2. Write-protected. 2. Release the write-protect switch.
(See 3.1.1 Wiring 3. NOT formatted. 3. Refer to 3.3 Using SD memory card.
Diagrams.) 4. Formatted in NTFS file system. 4. FTC is Not compatible with NTFS file system. Use an SD memory card for-
matted in FAT file system.
7 No water at hot tap. 1. Cold main off 1. Check and open stop cock.
2. Strainer (local supply) blocked. 2. Isolate water supply and clean strainer.
8 Cold water at tap. 1. Hot water run out. 1. Ensure DHW mode is operating and wait for DHW tank to re-heat.
2. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode se- 2. Check settings and change as appropriate.
lected or demand control input (IN4) or smart
grid ready (switch-off command).
3. Heat pump not working. 3. Check heat pump – consult outdoor unit service manual.
4. Booster heater cut-out tripped. 4. Check booster heater thermostat and press reset button if safe.
Reset button is located on the side of booster heater, covered with white rub-
ber cap. See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS in Service Handbook or 3.
Technical Parts in Installation Manual to find out its position.
5. The earth leakage circuit breaker for booster 5. Check the cause and reset if safe.
heater breaker (ECB1) tripped.
6. The booster heater thermal cut-out has 6. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual broken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
reset button. Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
7. Immersion heater cut-out tripped. 7. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button, located on im-
mersion heater boss, if safe. If the heater has been operated with no water
inside it may have failed, so please replace it with a new one.
8. Immersion heater breaker (ECB2) tripped. 8. Check the cause and reset if safe.
9. 3-way valve fault 9. Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.
(i) Manually override 3-way valve using the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in 7. System Set Up.) If the valve does not still func-
tion, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) be-
low.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE in Ser-
vice handbook.)
B-92

9 Water heating takes 1. Heat pump not working. 1. Check heat pump – consult outdoor unit service manual.
longer. 2. Booster heater cut-out tripped. 2. Check booster heater thermostat and press reset button if safe.
3. Booster heater breaker (ECB1) tripped. 3. Check the cause and reset if safe.
4. The booster heater thermal cut-out has 4. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then connection is bro-
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
5. Immersion heater cut-out has been triggered. 5. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button located on im-
Cylinder / Hydrobox
mersion heater boss, if safe. If the heater kept running with no water inside,
this may have resulted in failure, so replace it with a new one.
10 Temperature of DHW When DHW operation is not running, the DHW

tank water dropped. tank emits heat and the water temperature
decreases to a certain level. If water in the DHW
tank is reheated frequently because of a signifi-
cant drop in water temperature, check for the
following.
1. Water leakage in the pipes that connect to 1. Take the following measures.
the DHW tank • Retighten the nuts holding the pipes onto the DHW tank.
• Replace seal materials.
• Replace the pipes.
2. Insulation material coming loose or off. 2. Fix insulation.
3. 3-way valve failure 3. Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.

(i) M anually override 3-way valve using the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in 7. System Set Up.) If the valve does not still function,
go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve motor. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) be-
low.
vice handbook.)
11 Hot or warm water Heat of hot water pipe is transferred to cold water Insulate/re-route pipework.
from cold tap. pipe.
12 Water leakage 1. Poorly sealed connections of water circuit 1. Tighten connections as required.
components
2. Water circuit components reaching the end of 2. Refer to PARTS CATALOG for expected part lifetimes and replace them as
life necessary.
13 Heating system does 1. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode se- 1. Check settings and change as appropriate.
not reach the set lected or demand control input (IN4) or smart
temperature. grid ready (switch-off command).
2. Check settings and change as appropriate. 2. Check the battery power and replace if flat.
3. The temperature sensor is located in a room 3. Relocate the temperature sensor to a more suitable room.
that has a different temperature relative to
that of the rest of the house.
ber cap. (See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS in Service Handbook or 3.
Technical Parts in Installation Manual to find out its position.)
6. Booster heater breaker (ECB1) tripped. 6. Check the cause of the trip and reset if safe.
7. The booster heater thermal cut-out tripped 7. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is bro-
and can not be reset using the manual reset ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
button. Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
8. Incorrectly sized heat emitter. 8. Check the heat emitter surface area is adequate
Increase size if necessary.
(i) M anually override 3-way valve using the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in 7. System Set Up). If the 3-way valve does not func-
tion, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve motor. If the 3-way valve coil is replaced but the 3-way
valve does not function go to (iii) below.
vice handbook.)
10. Battery problem (*wireless control only) 10. Check the battery power and replace if flat.
11. If a mixing tank is installed, the flow rate be- 11. Increase the flow rate between the mixing tank and the cylinder unit decrease
tween the mixing tank and the cylinder unit is that between the mixing tank and the local system.
less than that between the mixing tank and
the local system.
B-93

14 In 2-zone tempera- 1. When Zone1 and Zone2 are both in heating 1. Normal action no action necessary.
ture control, only mode, the hot water temperature in Zone2
Zone2 does not does not exceed that in Zone1.
reach the set tem- 2. Faulty wiring of motorized mixing valve 2. See 3.5 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control.
perature.
3. Faulty installation of motorized mixing valve 3. Check for correct installation. (Refer to the manual included with each motor-
ized mixing valve.)
4. Incorrect setting of Running time 4. Check for correct setting of Running time.
5. Motorized mixing valve failure 5. Inspect the mixing valve. (Refer to the manual included with each motorized
Cylinder / Hydrobox
mixing valve.)
15 When a PUHZ-FRP The outdoor unit is set to have operation of the in- Turn ON Electric heater (Heating) or Electric heater (DHW) using the main re-
outdoor unit is con- door unit of air conditioner take precedence over mote controller.
nected, DHW or Heat- that of the cylinder unit, and in the main remote
ing operation cannot controller settings "Electric heater (Heating)" or
run. "Electric heater (DHW)" is turned off.
16 When a PUHZ-FRP When the outdoor unit is set to have cooling Normal operation no action necessary.
outdoor unit is con- operation of the indoor unit of air conditioner take If Air-to-Water system is given priority in operation, comp Hz can be regulated
nected and is in heat precedence over that of the cylinder unit, the out- depending on the load of DHW or Heating. For more details, refer to the PUHZ-
recovery operation, door unit controls the frequency of the compres- FRP installation manual.
the set temperature sor according to the load of air conditioner. The
is not reached. DHW and heating run according to that frequency.
17 After DHW operation At the end of the DHW mode operation the 3-way Normal operation no action necessary.
room temperature valve diverts hot water away from the DHW circuit
rises slightly. into space heating circuit.
This is done to prevent the cylinder unit compo-
nents from overheating.
The amount of hot water directed into the space
heating circuit varies according to the type of the
system and of the pipe run between the plate heat
exchanger and the cylinder unit.
18 The room tempera- 3-way valve failure Check the 3-way valve.
ture rises during DHW (i) Manually override 3-way valve using the main remote controller. (Refer to
operation. <Manual operation> in 7. System Set Up). If the 3-way valve does not
function, go to (ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the 3-way valve coil is replaced but the 3-way
valve does not function go to (iii) below.
(iii) R
eplace 3-way valve. (Refer to 11. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE in
Service handbook.)
19 Water discharges 1. If continual – pressure relief valve could bite 1. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve several turns. If leakage persists,
from pressure relief foreign objects and the valve seat may be replace the pressure relief valve with a new one.
valve. damaged.
(Primary circuit) 2. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may 2. Check pressure in expansion vessel.
have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to 1 bar if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one.
20 Water discharges 1. If continual – field supplied pressure reducing 1. Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
from pressure relief valve not working.
valve (accessory 2. If continual – pressure relief valve could bite 2. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve several turns. If leakage persists,
supplied item). foreign objects and the valve seat may be replace the pressure relief valve with a new one.
(Sanitary circuit) damaged.
3. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may 3. Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one with appropriate
pre-charge.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backflow. 4. Check the pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in
the incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains wa-
ter supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
rectify error in pipework/fitting configuration. Adjust pressure in cold supply.
from temperature valve not working.
and pressure relief 2. If continual – temperature and pressure relief 2. Turn the handle on the temperature and pressure relief valve several turns.
valve (EHPT20X- valve could bite foreign objects and the valve If leakage persists, replace the temperature and pressure relief valve with a
VM2HB only) (Sani- seat may be damaged. new one.
tary circuit) 3. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may 3. Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
pre-charge.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backflow. 4. Check pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in the
incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains water
supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
5. Unit has overheated – thermal controls have 5. Switch off power to the heat pump and immersion heaters.
failed. Leave water running.
Wait until discharge stops. Isolate water supply and replace if faulty.
B-94

22 Water discharges from 1. If continual – field supplied pressure 1. Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
expansion relief valve reducing valve not working.
- part of Inlet Control 2. If continual – expansion relief valve may be 2. Turn the handle on the expansion relief valve to check for foreign objects inside. If
Group damaged. the problem is not still solved, replace the expansion relief valve with a new one.
(EHPT20X-VM2HB 3. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge 3. Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
only) (sanitary circuit). may have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
If bladder perished replace expansion vessel with a new one with appropriate precharge.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backflow. 4. Check pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in the
incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains water
supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
Cylinder / Hydrobox
5. Unit has overheated – thermal controls have 5. Switch off power to the heat pump and immersion heaters. Leave water
failed. running. Wait until discharge stops. Isolate water supply and replace if faulty.
23 Noisy water circulation Air in water circulation pump. Use manual and automatic air vents to remove air from system.
pump Top up water if necessary to achieve 1 bar on primary circuit.
24 Noise during hot water 1. Loose airing cupboard pipework. 1. Install extra pipe fastening clips.
draw off typically
worse in the morning. 2. Heaters switching on/off. 2. Normal operation no action necessary.
25 Mechanical noise 1. Heaters switching on/off. Normal operation no action necessary.

heard coming from the 2. 3-way valve changing position between
cylinder unit. DHW and heating mode.
26 Water circulation pump Water circulation pump jam prevention mechanism Normal operation no action necessary.
runs for a short time (routine) to inhibit the build-up of scale.
unexpectedly.
27 Milky/Cloudy water Oxygenated water Water from any pressurised system will release oxygen bubbles when water is
(Sanitary circuit) running. The bubbles will settle out.
28 Heating mode has been The time of “Delay” set in “Economy settings Increase the time of “Delay” in “Economy settings for pump” .
on standby for a long for pump” is too short. (Go to “Service menu”
time (does not start → “Auxiliary settings” → “Economy settings for
operation smoothly.) pump”).
29 The cylinder unit that The cylinder unit is designed to run in an operation • Normal operation.
was running in the mode with a higher priority (i.e. DHW mode in this • A fter the DHW max. operation time has elapsed or the DHW max. temperature
heating mode before case) at power recovery. has been reached, the DHW mode switches to the other mode (ex. Heating
power failure is running mode).
in the DHW mode after
power recovery.
30 Cooling mode is NOT available. DIP SW2-4 is OFF. Turn DIP SW2-4 to ON. (Refer to “3.1.2. DIP switch functions”.)
31 The cooling system 1. When the water in the circulation circuit is unduly hot, Cooling 1. Normal operation.
does not cool down to mode starts with a delay for the protection of the outdoor unit.
the set temperature. 2. When the outdoor ambient temperature is lower than 2. To run Cooling mode overriding the freeze stat function, adjust the preset
the preset temperature that activates the freeze stat temperature that activates the freeze stat function.
function, Cooling mode does not start running. (Refer to "<Freeze stat function>" on Page B-84.)
32 The electric heaters are activated The setting time period of Heat-pump-only opera- Adjust the setting time period of Heat-pump only operation. (Refer to “<Electric
shortly after DHW or LP mode tion is short. heater (DHW)> on Page B-82.
starts running after Cooling mode.
33 During DHW or LP The unit runs in Cooling mode when the outdoor Do not run Cooling operation when the outdoor ambient temperature is lower
mode following the ambient temperature is lower than 10ºC (outside than 10ºC.
cooling mode, error of the guaranteed operating range). To automatically stop or recover only Cooling operation and keep other opera-
L6 (circulation water (When defrosting operation is running at such a tions running, the freeze stat function can be used. Set the preset temperature
freeze protection error ) low outdoor ambient temperature after Cooling that activates the freeze stat function to adjust the outdoor ambient tempera-
occurs and the system mode is switched to DHW or LP mode, the water ture as follows. (Refer to "<Freeze stat function>" on Page B-84.)
stops all the operations. temperature in the cooling circuit drops too low, Outdoor ambient temperature Cooling operation
which could result in L6 error to stop all the opera-
3ºC higher than the preset temperature Stop
tions.
5ºC higher than the preset temperature Recover
34 The energy monitor val- 1. Incorrect setting of the energy monitor 1. Check the setting by following the procedure below.
ue seems not correct. (1) Check if the DIP switch is set as the table below.
Consumed electric energy Delivered heat energy
Electric energy meter Heat meter
SW3-4 SW3-8
Note: (Local supply) (Local supply)
There could be some OFF Without OFF Without
discrepancies between the ON With ON With
actual and the calculated
values. (2) In the case external electric energy meter and/or heat meter is not used,
If you seek for accuracy, check if the setting for electric heater and water pump(s) input is correct by
please make sure to referring to <Energy monitor setting> in 6. System Set Up.
connect power meter(s) (3) In the case external electric energy meter and/or heat meter is used, check if
and heat meter to FTC the unit of output pulse on external meter matches with the one set at the main
board. Both should be remote controller by referring to <Energy monitor setting> in 6. System Set Up.
locally supplied. 2. Non-connectable type of external meter (local 2. C
heck if the external meter (local supply) is connectable type by referring to
supply) is connected. <Energy monitor setting>" in section 6. System Set Up.
3. External meter (local supply) failure 3. C
heck if signal is sent to IN8 to IN10 properly. (Refer to section 3.1.1 Wiring Diagrams)
Replace the external heat meter if defective.
4. FTC board failure 4. Check the FTC control board.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC control board is faulty. Replace the board.
35 Heat pump is forced to Smart grid ready input (IN11 and IN12) is used, Normal operation no action necessary.
turn ON and OFF. and switch-on and off commands are input.
B-95
Annual Maintenance
It is essential that the cylinder unit is serviced at least once a year by a qualified individual. Any spare parts required should be purchased from Mitsubishi Electric.
NEVER bypass safety devices or operate the unit without them being fully operational. For more details, refer to service handbook.
Annual Maintenance Log Book

Contractor name Engineer name
Site name Site number
Cylinder unit maintenance record sheet

Warranty number Model number
Serial number
Cylinder / Hydrobox
No. Mechanical Frequency Notes

Turn OFF water supply, drain DHW tank, remove mesh from strainer
1
clean and replace in strainer. *1
Keep water supply OFF, open hot water taps and check the primary-side
2
expansion vessel charge pressure. Top up if necessary (1 bar).
Keep water supply OFF and check the potable vessel charge pressure.
3
Top up if necessary (3.5 bar).
Keep water supply OFF. In hard water areas de-scaling of the immersion
4
heaters may be required.
Drop the primary/heating system pressure to zero check and if necessary
5 top up the expansion vessel (1 bar). Air valve of expansion vessel is TR-
412.
Turn water supply ON, open the pressure relief valve and then the expan-
sion relief valve in turn. Check for unrestricted discharge to the tundish
6
and that the valves reseat correctly. Check there are no blockages in the
tundish and associated pipework.
Check and if necessary top up the concentration of anti-freeze/inhibitor (if
7
used in the system).
Top up the primary/heating system using a temporary backflow preven-
8
tion filling loop and re-pressurise to 1 bar.
Heat system and check pressure does not rise above 3 bar and no water
9
is released from the safety valves.
10 Release any air from the system.
To check the 3-way valve for inside leaks, confirm that the temperature of
11
the heat emitter does not rise when running the DHW mode.
Refrigerant models only [except EHPT20 series] Frequency Notes
1 Refer to outdoor unit manual.
Electrical Frequency Notes
1 Check condition of cables.
2 Check rating and fuse fitted on the electricity supply.
Controller Frequency Notes
1 Check field settings against factory recommendations.
2 Check operation of motorized valves ensure they reseat correctly.
3 Check battery power of wireless thermostat and replace if necessary.
Outdoor heat pump unit maintenance record sheet
Model number Serial number
Mechanical Frequency Notes
1 Inspect grill and air inlet for trapped debris/damage.
2 Check condensate drain provision.
3 Check integrity of water pipework and insulation.
4 Check all electrical connections.
5 Check and record the operation voltage.
* Checks should be carried out once a year.
*1 Be sure to reattach the mesh after washing.
Note: W
ithin the first couple of months of installation, remove and clean the cylinder unit’s strainer mesh plus any that are fitted external to the cylinder
unit. This is especially important when installing on an existing system.
In addition to annual servicing, it is necessary to replace or inspect some parts after a certain period of system operation. Please see tables below for detailed instruc-
tions. Replacement and inspection of parts should always be done by a competent person with relevant training and qualifications.
Parts which require regular replacement Parts which require regular inspection
Parts Replace every Possible failures Parts Check every Possible failures
Pressure relief valve (PRV) Earth leakage causing
Air vent (Auto/Manual) Immersion heater 2 years circuit breaker to activate
Drain cock (Primary/Sanitary circuit) 6 years Water leakage (Heater is always OFF)
Manometer Water circulation pump
Water circulation pump 20,000 hrs (3 years)
Inlet control group (ICG)* failure
* OPTIONAL PARTS for UK

Parts which must NOT be reused when servicing
* O-ring
* Gasket
Note: Always replace the gasket for pump with a new one at each regular
maintenance (every 20,000 hours of use or every 3 years).
B-96
Error Codes
Code Error Action
Flow rate may be reduced check for;
• Water leakage
L3 Circulation water temperature overheat protection • Strainer blockage
• Water circulation pump function (Error code may display during filling of
primary circuit, complete filling and reset error code.)
L4 DHW tank water temperature overheat protection Check the immersion heater and it’s contactor.
Indoor unit temperature thermistor (THW1, THW2, THW5, THW6, THW7,
L5 Check resistance across the thermistor.
THW8, THW9) failure
L6 Circulation water freeze protection See Action for L3.
L8 Heating operation error Re-attach any thermistors that have become dislodged.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
See Action for L3. If the flow sensor or flow switch itself does not work,
Low primary circuit flow rate detected by flow sensor or flow switch (flow
L9 replace it.
switches 1, 2, 3)
Caution: The pump valves may be hot, please take care.
Check if the setting temperature of the Boiler for heating exceeds the re-
striction. (See the manual of the thermistors "PAC-TH011HT-E")
LC Boiler circulation water temperature overheat protection Flow rate of the heating circuit from the boiler may be reduced. Check for
• water leakage,
• strainer blockage
• water circulation pump function.
LD Boiler temperature thermistor (THWB1, THWB2) failure Check resistance across the thermistor.
LE Boiler operation error See Action for L8. Check the status of the boiler.
LF Flow sensor failure Check flow sensor cable for damage or loose connections.
Flow rate of the heating circuit from the boiler may be reduced. Check for
• water leakage
LH Boiler circulation water freeze protection
• water circulation pump function.
• Check for disconnection of DHW tank water temp. thermistor (THW5).
LJ DHW operation error (type of external plate HEX) • Flow rate of the sanitary circuit may be reduced.
• Check for water circulation pump function.
For boiler operation, check that DIP SW1-1 is set to ON (With Boiler) and
DIP SW2-6 is set to ON (With Mixing Tank).
LL Setting errors of DIP switches on FTC control board
For 2-zone temperature control, check DIP SW2-7 is set to ON (2-zone)
and DIP SW2-6 is set to ON (With Mixing Tank).
J0 Communication failure between FTC and wireless receiver Check connection cable for damage or loose connections.
P1 Thermistor (Room temp.) (TH1) failure Check resistance across the thermistor.
P2 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) (TH2) failure Check resistance across the thermistor.
See Action for L3.
P6 Anti-freeze protection of plate heat exchanger
Check for correct amount of refrigerant.
Check wireless remote controller’s battery is not flat.
Communication failure between wireless receiver and wireless remote con-
J1 - J8 Check the pairing between wireless receiver to wireless remote controller.
troller
Test the wireless communication. (See the manual of wireless system)
E0 - E5 Communication failure between main remote controller and FTC Check connection cable for damage or loose connections.
Check that the outdoor unit has not been turned off.
E6 - EF Communication failure between FTC and outdoor unit Check connection cable for damage or loose connections.
Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
Check both units are switched on. Check connection cable for damage or
E9 Outdoor unit receives no signal from indoor unit.
loose connections. Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
U*, F* Outdoor unit failure Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
A* M-NET communication error Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
Note: To cancel error codes please switch system off (Press button E, on the main remote controller, for 3 seconds).
B-97
Engineers Forms (Cylinder unit)
Should settings be changed from default, please enter and record new setting in ‘Field Setting’ column. This will ease resetting in the future should the system use
change or the circuit board need to be replaced.
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet
Main remote controller screen Parameters Default setting Field setting Notes
Main Zone1 heating room temp. 10°C - 30°C 20°C
Zone2 heating room temp. *13 10°C - 30°C 20°C
Zone1 heating flow temp. 25°C - 60°C 45°C
Zone2 heating flow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C 35°C
Zone1 cooling flow temp. *14 5°C - 25°C 15°C
Zone1 heating compensation curve −9°C - + 9°C 0°C
Zone2 heating compensation curve *1 −9°C - + 9°C 0°C
Holiday mode Active/Non active/Set time —
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Option Forced DHW operation On/Off —

DHW On/Off/Timer On
Heating/Cooling *14 On/Off/Timer On
Energy monitor Consumed electrical energy/Delivered energy —
Setting DHW Operation mode Normal/Eco *16 Normal
DHW max. temp. 40°C - 60°C *2 50°C
DHW temp. drop 5°C - 30°C 10°C
DHW max. operation time 30 - 120 min 60 min
DHW mode restriction 30 - 120 min 30 min
Legionella prevention Active Yes/No Yes
Hot water temp. 60°C - 70°C *2 65°C
Frequency 1 - 30 days 15 days
Start time 00.00 - 23.00 03.00
Max. operation time 1 - 5 hours 3 hours
Duration of maximum temp. 1 - 120 min 30 min
Heating/Cooling *14 Zone1 operation mode Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Room temp.
compensation curve/ Cooling flow temp.
Zone2 operation mode *1 Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Compensation
compensation curve/ Cooling flow temp. curve
Compensation Hi flow temp. Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −30°C - +33°C *3 −15°C
curve set point Zone1 flow temp. 25°C - 60°C 50°C
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1 −30°C - +33°C *3 −15°C
Zone2 flow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C 40°C
Lo flow temp. Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −28°C - +35°C *4 35°C
set point Zone1 flow temp. 25°C - 60°C 25°C
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1 −28°C - +35°C *4 35°C
Zone2 flow temp. 25°C - 60°C 25°C
Adjust Zone1 outdoor ambient temp. −29°C - +34°C *5 —
Zone1 flow temp. 25°C - 60°C —
Zone2 outdoor ambient temp. *1 −29°C - +34°C *5 —
Zone2 flow temp. *1 25°C - 60°C —
Holiday DHW Active/Non active Non active
Heating/Cooling *14 Active/Non active Active
Zone1 heating room temp. 10°C - 30°C 15°C
Initial settings Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/ EN
CZ/RU
°C/°F °C/°F °C
Summer time On/Off Off
Temp. display Room/DHW tank/Room&DHW tank /Off Off
Time display hh:mm/hh:mm AM/AM hh:mm hh:mm
Room sensor settings for Zone1 TH1/Main RC/Room RC1-8/“Time/Zone” TH1
Room sensor settings for Zone2 *1 TH1/Main RC/Room RC1-8/“Time/Zone” TH1
Room RC zone select *1 Zone1/Zone2 Zone1
Service menu Thermistor THW1 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
adjustment THW2 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW5 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW6 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW7 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW8 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW9 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB1 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB2 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
Auxiliary settings Economy settings for On/Off *7 On
pump. Delay (3 - 60 min) 10 min
Electric heater Space heating: On (used)/Off (not used) On
(Heating) Electric heater delay timer (5 - 180 min) 30 min
Electric heater Booster heater DHW: On (used)/Off (not used) On
(DHW) Immersion heater DHW: On (used)/Off (not used) On
Electric heater delay timer (15 - 30 min) 15 min
Mixing valve control Running (10 - 240 sec) 120 sec
Interval (1 - 30 min) 2 min
Flow sensor *6 Minimum(0 - 100L/min) 5 L/min
Maximum(0 - 100L/min) 100 L/min
*1 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when 2 zone temperature control is enabled (when DIP SW2-6 and SW 2-7 are ON).
*2 For the model without both booster and immersion heater, it may not reach the set temperature depending on the outside ambient temperature.
*3 The lower limit is -15°C depending on the connected outdoor unit.
*6 Do not change the setting since it is set according to the specification of flow sensor attached to the cylinder unit. (Continued to next page.)
B-98
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet (continued from the previous page)
Default Field
Main remote controller screen Parameters setting setting Notes
Service menu Pump speed Pump speed(1 - 5) 5
Heat source setting Standard/Heater/Boiler/Hybrid *8 Standard
Operation Heating operation Flow temp.range Min.temp.(25 - 45°C) *18 30°C
settings *9 *11 Max.temp.(35 - 60°C) 50°C
Room temp.control Mode(Normal/Fast) Normal
*15 Interval(10 - 60min) 10min
Heat pump thermo On/Off *7 On
diff.adjust Lower limit(−9 - −1°C) -5°C
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Upper limit(+3 - +5°C) 5°C
Freeze stat function *12 Outdoor ambient temp. (3 - 20°C) / ** 5°C
Simultaneous operation (DHW/Heating) On/Off *7 Off
Outdoor ambient temp. (−30 - +10°C) *4 −15°C

Cold weather function On/Off *7 Off
Outdoor ambient temp. (−30 - −10°C) *4 −15°C
Boiler operation Hybrid settings Outdoor ambient temp. (−30 −15°C
- +10°C) *4
Priority mode (Ambient/ Ambient
Cost/CO2) *17
Intelligent set- Energy Electricity (0.001 - 0.5 */kWh
tings price 999 */kWh)
*10 Boiler (0.001 - 0.5 */kWh
999 */kWh)
CO2 Electricity 0.5 kg -CO2/kWh
emis- (0.001 - 999 kg
sion -CO2/kWh)
Boiler (0.001 - 0.5 kg -CO2/kWh
999 kg -CO2/
kWh)
Heat Heat pump ca- 11.2 kW
source pacity
(1 - 40 kW)
Boiler efficiency 80%
(25 - 150%)
Booster heater 1 2 kW
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
Floor dry up function On/Off *7 Off
Target temp. Start&Finish (25 - 60°C) 30°C
Max. temp. (25 - 60°C) 45°C
Max. temp. period (1 - 20 5 days
days)
Flow temp. Temp. increase step (+1 - +10°C) +5°C
(Increase) Increase interval (1 - 7 days) 2 days
Flow temp. Temp. decrease step (−1 - −10°C) −5°C
(Decrease) Decrease interval (1 - 7 days) 2 days
Energy Electric heater Booster heater 1 0 - 30kW 2kW
monitor capacity capacity
settings Booster heater 2 0 - 30kW 4kW
capacity
Immersion heater 0 - 30kW 0kW
capacity
Delivered energy adjustment −50 - +50% 0%
Water pump input Pump 1 0 - 200W or ***(factory fitted pump) ***
Pump 2 0 - 200W 0W
Pump 3 0 - 200W 0W
Electric energy meter 0.1/1/10/100/1000 pulse/kWh 1 pulse/kWh
Heat meter 0.1/1/10/100/1000 pulse/kWh 1 pulse/kWh
External in- Demand control (IN4) Heat source OFF/Boiler operation Boiler operation
put settings Outdoor thermostat (IN5) Heater operation/Boiler operation Boiler operation
*7 On: the function is active; Off: the function is inactive.
*8 When DIP SW1-1 is set to OFF “WITHOUT Boiler” or SW2-6 is set to OFF “WITHOUT Mixing tank”, neither Boiler nor Hybrid can be selected.
*9 Valid only when operating in Room temp. control mode.
*10 “*” of “*/kWh” represents currency unit (e.g. € or £ or the like)
*11 Valid only when operating in Heating room temperature.
*12 If asterisk (**) is chosen freeze stat function is deactivated. (i.e. primary water freeze risk)
*13 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when 2-zone temperature control or 2-Zone valve ON/OFF control is active.
*14 Cooling mode settings are available for ERST20* model only.
*15 When DIP SW5-2 is set to OFF, the function is active.
*16 When the cylinder unit is connected with a PUMY-P outdoor unit, the mode is fixed to "Normal".
*17 When the cylinder unit is connected with a PUMY-P outdoor unit, the mode is fixed to "Ambient".
*18 When the cylinder unit/hydrobox is connected with a PUMY outdoor unit; To conduct a simultaneous operation of ATA heating and ATW space heating, set the
B-99
8.2 Hydrobox
The indoor hydrobox must be serviced once a year by a qualified individual. Servicing and maintenance of the outdoor unit should only be done by a Mitsubishi
Electric trained technician with relevant qualifications and experience. Any electrical work should be done by a tradesperson with the appropriate electrical qualifica-
tions. Any maintenance or ‘DIY’ fixes done by a non-accredited person could invalidate the Warranty and/or result in damage to the hydrobox and injury to the per-
son.
Basic Troubleshooting for Hydrobox

1 Main remote controller 1. There is no power supply to main remote 1. Check LED2 on FTC. (See 3.2.1 Wiring Diagrams.)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
controller, however, the display on the • D isconnection between the main remote controller cable and the FTC
main remote controller does not appear. control board
remote controller. 2. Communication failure between the main 2, 3. Main remote controller start up checks/procedure.
remote controller and FTC. (i) If “0%” or “50-99%” is displayed below "Please Wait" there is a
3. Communication failure between FTC and communication error between the main remote controller and the FTC
outdoor unit. control board.
• Replace the main remote controller or the FTC control board.
unit's and FTC's control boards.
control board.
damage. (See 3.2.5 Electrical Connection.)
• Replace the outdoor unit's and/or the FTC's control boards.
appears with a press not work for a while after the settings are The indoor unit is applying updated settings made in the service menu. Normal
4 LED2 on FTC is off. When LED1 on FTC is also off. (See 3.2.1
(See 3.2.1 Wiring Wiring Diagrams.)
Diagrams.) <FTC powered via outdoor unit.>
rated voltage. power board. (See 3.2.5 Electrical Connection.)
and of the breaker.
2. Defective outdoor controller circuit board. 2. Check the voltage across the outdoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 3.2.5
Electrical Connection.)
3. FTC is not supplied with 220 to 240V 3. Check the voltage across the indoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See 3.2.5
AC. Electrical Connection.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check FTC-outdoor unit wiring for
faults.
5. Faulty connector wiring. 5. Check the connector wiring.
to below. (See 3.2.5 Electrical Connection.)
BLACK
BLACK
L
Initial settings
N
(Power supplied
by outdoor unit) White
YELLOW
YELLOW
CN01
CN01
S1
Hydrobox
S2 control board
S3
B-100

4 LED2 on FTC is off. <FTC powered on independent source>
(See 3.2.1 Wiring 1. FTC is not supplied with 220 to 240V AC. 1. Check the voltage across the L and N terminals on the indoor power supply
Diagrams.) terminal block. (See 3.2.5 Electrical Connection.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check for faulty wiring to power
supply.
connecting the connectors. •W hen the connectors are wired incorrectly re-wire them correctly referring
to below. (See 3.2.5 Electrical Connection and a wiring diagram on the
control and electrical box cover.)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
YELLOW BLACK
BLACK YELLOW
L
N
Modified settings White
CN01
(Separate power
CN01
supply to S1 Hydrobox
control board
the hydrobox) S2
S3

3. FTC failure 3. Check the FTC control board.
When LED1 on FTC is lit. Recheck the refrigerant address setting on the outdoor unit.
5 LED2 on FTC is When LED1 is also blinking on FTC . Check for faulty wiring between FTC and outdoor unit.
blinking. Faulty wiring between FTC and outdoor unit
(See 3.2.1 Wiring When LED1 on FTC is lit.
Diagrams.) 1. Faulty wiring in main remote controller 1. Check for faulty wiring in main remote controller.
2. Short-circuited wiring in main remote control- 2.,3. Remove main remote controller wires and check LED2 on FTC. (See Figure
ler 3.2.3.)
• If LED2 is blinking check for short circuits in the main remote controller wir-
3. Main remote controller failure ing .
- if LED2 is lit, faulty wiring of the main remote controller has been cor-
rected.
6 LED4 on FTC is off. 1. SD memory card is NOT inserted into the 1. Correctly insert SD memory card in place until a click is heard.
(See 3.2.1 Wiring memory card slot with correct orientation.
Diagrams) 2. Not an SD standards compliant memory card. 2. Use an SD standards compliant memory card. (Refer to section 3.3 Using
SD memory card.)
LED4 on FTC is 1. Full of data. 1. Move or delete data, or replace SD memory card with a new one.
blinking. 2. Write-protected. 2. Release the write-protect switch.
(See 3.2.1 Wiring 3. NOT formatted. 3. Refer to 3.3 Using SD memory card.
Diagrams) 4. Formatted in NTFS file system. 4. FTC is Not compatible with NTFS file system. Use an SD memory card for-
matted in FAT file system.
2. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode se- 2. Check settings and change as appropriate.
lected or demand control input (IN4) or smart
grid ready (switch-off command).
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual broken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
7. Immersion heater cut-out tripped. 7. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button, located on im-
mersion heater boss, if safe. If the heater has been operated with no water
inside it may have failed, so please replace it with a new one.
<Manual operation> in section 6. System Set Up) If the valve does not still
(ii) Replace 3-way valve.
B-101

3. Booster heater breaker (ECB1) tripped. 3. Check the cause and reset if safe.
4. The booster heater thermal cut-out has 4. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then connection is bro-
tripped and cannot be reset using the manual ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
5. Immersion heater cut-out has been triggered. 5. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button if safe. If the
Cylinder / Hydrobox
heater kept running with no water inside, this may have resulted in failure, so
replace it with a new one.

decreases to a certain level. If water in the DHW
tank is reheated frequently because of a signifi-
cant drop in water temperature, check for the
following.
the DHW tank • Retighten the nuts holding the pipes onto the DHW tank.
• Replace seal materials.
• Replace the pipes.

(i) M
anually override 3-way valve using the main remote controller. (Refer to
<Manual operation> in section 7. System Set Up) If the valve does not still
(ii) R
eplace 3-way valve.
components
2. Water circuit components reaching the end of 2. Refer to PARTS CATALOG in the service manual for expected part lifetimes
life and replace them as necessary.
13 Heating system does 1. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode se- 1. Check settings and change as appropriate.
not reach the set lected or demand control input (IN4) or smart
temperature. grid ready (switch-off command).
2. Check settings and change as appropriate. 2. Check the battery power and replace if flat.
3. The temperature sensor is located in a room 3. Relocate the temperature sensor to a more suitable room.
that has a different temperature relative to
that of the rest of the house.
ber cap. (See 4. PART NAMES AND FUNCTIONS in Service Handbook or 3.
Technical Parts in Installation Manual to find out its position.)
7. The booster heater thermal cut-out tripped 7. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is bro-
and can not be reset using the manual reset ken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
10. Battery problem (*wireless control only) 10. Check the battery power and replace if flat.
11. If a mixing tank is installed, the flow rate be- 11. Increase the flow rate between the mixing tank and the hydrobox decrease
tween the mixing tank and the hydrobox is that between the mixing tank and the local system.
less than that between the mixing tank and
the local system.
B-102

14 In 2-zone tempera- 1. When Zone1 and Zone2 are both in heating 1. Normal action no action necessary.
ture control, only mode, the hot water temperature in Zone2
Zone2 does not does not exceed that in Zone1.
reach the set tem- 2. Faulty wiring of motorized mixing valve 2. See 3.5 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control.
perature.
3. Faulty installation of motorized mixing valve 3. Check for correct installation. (Refer to the manual included with each mo-
torized mixing valve.)
Cylinder / Hydrobox
mixing valve.)
15 When a PUHZ- The outdoor unit is set to have operation of the Turn ON Electric heater (Heating) or Electric heater (DHW) using the main re-
FRP outdoor unit is indoor unit of air conditioner take precedence mote controller.
connected, DHW or over that of the hydrobox, and in the main remote
Heating operation controller settings "Electric heater (Heating)" or
cannot run. "Electric heater (DHW)" is turned off.
16 When a PUHZ-FRP When the outdoor unit is set to have cooling Normal operation no action necessary.
outdoor unit is con- operation of the indoor unit of air conditioner take If Air-to-Water system is given priority in operation, comp Hz can be regulated
nected and is in heat precedence over that of the hydrobox, the outdoor depending on the load of DHW or Heating. For more details, refer to the PUHZ-
recovery operation, unit controls the frequency of the compressor FRP installation manual.
the set temperature according to the load of air conditioner. The DHW
is not reached. and heating run according to that frequency.
17 After DHW operation At the end of the DHW mode operation the 3-way Normal operation no action necessary.
room temperature valve diverts hot water away from the DHW circuit
rises slightly. into space heating circuit.
This is done to prevent the hydrobox components
from overheating.
heating circuit varies according to the type of the
system and of the pipe run between the plate heat
exchanger and the hydrobox.
ture rises during DHW
operation.
19 Water discharges 1. If continual – pressure relief valve may be 1. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve to check for foreign objects in it.
from pressure relief damaged. If the problem is not still solved, replace the pressure relief valve with a new
valve. one.
(Primary circuit) 2. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may 2. Check pressure in expansion vessel.
have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to 1 bar if necessary.
from pressure relief valve not working.
valve (field supplied 2. If continual – pressure relief valve seat may 2. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve to check for foreign objects in-
item). be damaged. side. If the problem is not still solved, replace the pressure relief valve.
(Sanitary circuit)
3. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge may 3. Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
pre-charge.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backflow. 4. Check the pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to that in
the incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains wa-
ter supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed and
21 Noisy water circula- Air in water circulation pump . Use manual and automatic air vents to remove air from system.
tion pump Top up water if necessary to achieve 1 bar on primary circuit.
22 Noise during hot 1. Loose airing cupboard pipework. 1. Install extra pipe fastening clips.
water draw off
typically worse in the 2. Heaters switching on/off. 2. Normal operation no action necessary.
morning.
heard coming from
the hydrobox. 2. 3-way valve changing position between DHW and
heating mode.
24 Water circulation Water circulation pump jam prevention mechanism Normal operation no action necessary.
pump runs for a (routine) to inhibit the build-up of scale.
short time unexpect-
edly .
26 Heating mode has The time of “Delay” set in “Economy settings Increase the time of “Delay” in “Economy settings for pump” .
been on standby for for pump” is too short. (Go to “Service menu”
a long time (does → “Auxiliary settings” → “Economy settings for
not start operation pump”).
smoothly.)
B-103

27 The hydrobox that The hydrobox is designed to run in an operation • Normal operation.
was running in the mode with a higher priority (i.e. DHW mode in this • After the DHW max. operation time has elapsed or the DHW max. temperature
heating mode before case) at power recovery. has been reached, the DHW mode switches to the other mode (ex. Heating
power failure is mode).
running in the DHW
mode after power
recovery.
28 Cooling mode is NOT DIP SW2-4 is OFF. Turn DIP SW2-4 to ON. (Refer to 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 DIP switch functions.)
available.
29 The cooling system 1. When the water in the circulation circuit is un- 1. Normal operation.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
does not cool down to duly hot, Cooling mode starts with a delay for
the set temperature. the protection of the outdoor unit.
2. When the outdoor ambient temperature is 2. To run Cooling mode overriding the freeze stat function, adjust the preset
lower than the preset temperature that acti- temperature that activates the freeze stat function.
vates the freeze stat function, Cooling mode (Refer to <Freeze stat function> in section 7. System Set Up.)
does not start running.
30 The electric heaters The setting time period of Heat-pump-only opera- Adjust the setting time period of Heat-pump only operation. (Refer to <Electric
are activated shortly tion is short. heater (DHW)> in section 7. System Set Up.)
after DHW or LP
mode starts running
after Cooling mode.
31 During DHW or LP The unit runs in Cooling mode when the outdoor Do not run Cooling operation when the outdoor ambient temperature is lower
mode following the ambient temperature is lower than 10ºC (outside than 10ºC.
cooling mode, error of the guaranteed operating range). To automatically stop or recover only Cooling operation and keep other opera-
L6 (circulation water When defrosting operation is running at such a tions running, the freeze stat function can be used. Set the preset temperature
freeze protection low outdoor ambient temperature after Cooling that activates the freeze stat function to adjust the outdoor ambient temperature
error ) occurs and the mode is switched to DHW or LP mode, the water as follows. (Refer to <Freeze stat function> in section 7. System Set Up.)
system stops all the temperature in the cooling circuit drops too low,
operations. which could result in L6 error to stop all the opera- Outdoor ambient temperature Cooling operation
tions. 3ºC higher than the preset temperature Stop
5ºC higher than the preset temperature Recover
32 The energy monitor 1. Incorrect setting of the energy monitor 1. Check the setting by following the procedure below.
value seems not cor- (1) Check if the DIP switch is set as the table below.
rect. Consumed electric energy Delivered heat energy
Electric energy meter Heat meter
SW3-4 SW3-8
Note: (Local supply) (Local supply)
There could be some OFF Without OFF Without
discrepancies between ON With ON With
the actual and the
calculated values. (2) In the case external electric energy meter and/or heat meter is not used,
If you seek for accuracy, check if the setting for electric heater and water pump(s) input is correct by
please make sure to referring to <Energy monitor setting> in section 6. System Set Up.
connect power meter(s)
(3) In the case external electric energy meter and/or heat meter is used, check if
and heat meter to FTC
the unit of output pulse on external meter matches with the one set at the main
board. Both should be
locally supplied. remote controller by referring to <Energy monitor setting> in section 6. System
Set Up.
2. Non-connectable type of external meter (local 2. C
heck if the external meter (local supply) is connectable type by referring to
supply) is connected. <Energy monitor setting> in section 7. System Set Up.
3. External meter (local supply) failure 3. C heck if signal is sent to IN8 to IN10 properly. (Refer to section 3.2.1 Wiring
Diagrams)
Replace the external heat meter if defective.
4. FTC board failure 4. Check the FTC control board.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC control board is faulty. Replace the
board.
33 Heat pump is forced Smart grid ready input (IN11 and IN12) is used, Normal operation no action necessary.
to turn ON and OFF. and switch-on and off commands are input.
B-104
Annual Maintenance
It is essential that the hydrobox is serviced at least once a year by a qualified individual any spare parts required MUST be purchased from Mitsubishi Electric (safety
matter). NEVER bypass safety devices or operate the unit without them being fully operational.
Annual Maintenance Log Book

Contractor name Engineer name
Site name Site number
Hydrobox maintenance record sheet

Warranty number Model number
Serial number
Cylinder / Hydrobox
No. Mechanical Frequency Notes
Isolate and drain hydrobox, remove mesh from internal strainer clean and
1
replace.
Open the pressure relief valve, check for unrestricted discharge to
2 the tundish and that the valve reseats correctly. Check there are no
blockages in the tundish and associated pipe work.
Drop the primary/heating system pressure to zero check and if necessary
3 top up the expansion relief vessel (1 bar). Air valve of expansion vessel
is TR-412.
Check and if necessary top up the concentration of anti-freeze/inhibitor (if
4
used in the system).
Top up the primary/heating system using an appropriate filling loop and
5
re-pressurise to 1 bar.
Heat system and check pressure does not rise above 3 bar and no water
6
is released from the safety valves.
7 Release any air from the system.
Refrigerant models only [EXCEPT EHPX] Frequency Notes
1 Refer to outdoor unit manual.
Electrical Frequency Notes
1 Check condition of cables.
2 Check rating and fuse fitted on the electricity supply.
Controller Frequency Notes
1 Check field settings against factory recommendations.
2 Check battery power of wireless thermostat and replace if necessary.
Outdoor heat pump unit maintenance record sheet
Model number Serial number
Mechanical Frequency Notes
1 Inspect grill, heat exchanger fins and air inlet for trapped debris/damage.
2 Check condensate drain provision.
3 Check integrity of water pipe work and insulation.
4 Check all electrical connections.
5 Check and record the operation voltage.
* All the above checks should be carried out once a year.
Note:
Within the first couple of months of installation, remove and clean the hydrobox’s strainer mesh plus any that are fitted external to the hydrobox. This is
especially important when installing on an existing system.
In addition to annual servicing it is necessary to replace or inspect some parts after a certain period of system operation. Please see tables below for detailed instruc-
tions. Replacement and inspection of parts should always be done by a competent person with relevant training and qualifications.
Parts which require regular replacement Parts which require regular inspection
Parts Replace every Possible failures Parts Check every Possible failures
Pressure relief valve (PRV) Water circulation pump
Air vent (Auto/Manual) Water circulation pump 20,000 hrs (3 years)
6 years Water leakage failure
Drain cock (Primary circuit)
Manometer
Parts which must NOT be reused when servicing
* O-ring
* Gasket
Note:
Always replace the gasket for pump with a new one at each regular mainte-
nance (every 20,000 hours of use or every 3 years).
B-105
Error Codes
Code Error Action
• Water leakage
• Water circulation pump function (Error code may display during filling
of primary circuit, complete filling and reset error code.)
THW8, THW9) failure
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Low primary circuit flow rate detected by flow sensor or flow switch (flow switch-
L9 replace it.
es 1, 2, 3)
striction. (See the manual of the thermistors "PAC-TH011HT-E")
LC Boiler circulation water temperature overheat protection
• water leakage
• water circulation pump function
• water leakage
See Action for L3.
troller
Test the wireless communication. (See the manual of wireless system)
U*, F* Outdoor unit failure Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
Note: To cancel error codes please switch system off (Press button E, on the main remote controller, for 3 secs).
B-106
Engineers Forms (Hydrobox)

Commissioning/Field settings record sheet Except for EHSE/ERSE series
Cylinder / Hydrobox
DHW On/Off/Timer On
Heating/Cooling On/Off/Timer On
Setting DHW *14 Operation mode Normal/Eco Normal
DHW max. temp. 40°C - 60°C *2 50°C
DHW max. operation time 30 - 120 minutes 60 minutes
DHW mode restriction 30 - 120 minutes 30 minutes
Legionella prevention *14 Active Yes/No Yes
Start time 00.00 - 23.00 03.00
Duration of maximum temp. 1 - 120 minutes 30 minutes
Heating/ Cooling *13 Zone1 operation mode Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Room temp.
Zone2 operation mode *1 Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Compensation
compensation curve/ Cooling flow temp. curve
Holiday DHW *14 Active/Non active Non active
Heating/ Cooling *13 Active/Non active Active
Initial settings Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/CZ/ EN
RU
°C/°F °C/°F °C
THW5 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW6 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW7 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW8 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW9 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB1 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB2 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
(DHW) *14 Immersion heater DHW: On (used)/Off (not used) On
Mixing valve control Running (10 - 240 seconds) 120 seconds
*1 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when 2 Zone temperature control is enabled (when DIP SW2-6 and SW 2-7 are ON).
*6 Do not change the setting since it is set according to the specification of flow sensor attached to the hydrobox.
B-107
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet (continued from the previous page) Except for EHSE/ERSE series
Default Field
Main remote controller screen Parameters Notes
setting setting
Operation Heating opera- Flow temp.range Min.temp.(25 - 45°C) *17 30°C
settings tion *9 *11 Max.temp.(35 - 60°C) 50°C
diff.adjust
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Lower limit(−9 - −1°C) −5°C

Simultaneous operation (DHW/ On/Off *7 Off
Heating)
- +10°C) *4
Cost/CO2)
*10 Boiler (0.001 - 0.5 */kWh
999 */kWh)
emis- (0.001 - 999 kg
sion -CO2/kWh)
999 kg -CO2/
kWh)
source pacity
(1 - 40 kW)
(25 - 150%)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
Max. temp. (25 - 60°C) 45°C
days)
monitor set- capacity capacity
tings Booster heater 2 0 - 30kW 4kW
capacity
capacity
Water pump Pump 1 0 - 200W or ***(factory fitted pump) ***
input Pump 2 0 - 200W 0W
Pump 3 0 - 200W 0W
External in- Demand control (IN4) Heat source OFF/Boiler operation Boiler
put settings operation
Outdoor thermostat (IN5) Heater operation/Boiler operation Boiler
operation
*13 Cooling mode settings are available for ERS* model only.
*14 Only available if DHW tank present in system.
*15 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when 2-zone temperature control or 2-zone valve ON/OFF control is active.
*17 When the cylinder unit/hydrobox is connected with a PUMY outdoor unit; To conduct a simultaneous operation of ATA heating and ATW space heating, set the
B-108
Engineers Forms (Hydrobox)
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet EHSE/ERSE series
Cylinder / Hydrobox
DHW On/Off/Timer On
DHW max. temp. 40°C - 60°C *2 50°C
DHW max. operation time 30 - 120 minutes 60 minutes
DHW mode restriction 30 - 120 minutes 30 minutes
Start time 00.00 - 23.00 03.00
Duration of maximum temp. 1 - 120 minutes 30 minutes
Heating/ Cooling *13 Zone1 operation mode Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating com- Room temp.
pensation curve/ Cooling flow temp.
Zone2 operation mode *1 Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating com- Compensation
pensation curve/ Cooling flow temp. curve
Heating/ Cooling *13 Active/Non active Active
Initial settings Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/CZ/RU EN
°C/°F °C/°F °C
THW5 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW6 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW7 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW8 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW9 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB1 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB2 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
Mixing valve control Running (10 - 240 seconds) 120 seconds
*6 Do not change the setting since it is set according to the specification of flow sensor attached to the hydrobox.
B-109
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet (continued from the previous page) EHSE/ERSE series
Default Field
setting setting
Operation Heating operation Flow temp.range Min.temp.(25 - 45°C) 30°C
settings *9 *11 Max.temp.(35 - 60°C) 50°C
diff.adjust
Cylinder / Hydrobox
Lower limit(−9 - −1°C) −5°C


- +10°C) *4
Cost/CO2)
*10 Boiler (0.001 - 0.5 */kWh
999 */kWh)
emis- (0.001 - 999 kg
sion -CO2/kWh)
999 kg -CO2/
kWh)
source pacity
(1 - 40 kW)
(25 - 150%)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
Max. temp. (25 - 60°C) 45°C
days)
Energy mon- Electric heater Booster heater 1 0 - 30kW 3kW
itor settings capacity capacity
Booster heater 2 0 - 30kW 6kW
capacity
capacity
Water pump input Pump 1 0 - 200W *** *16
Pump 2 0 - 200W 0W
Pump 3 0 - 200W 0W
operation
*13 Cooling mode settings are available for ERS * model only.
*15 The settings related to Zone2 can be switched only when 2-zone temperature control or 2-zone valve ON/OFF control is active.
*16 Please change setting according to <Table 3.7>.
B-110
9 Supplementary information Cylinder unit / Hydrobox
Refrigerant collecting (pumpdown) for split model systems only

Refer to “Refrigerant collection” in the outdoor unit installation manual or service manual.
Back-up operation of boiler

Heating operation is backed up by boiler.
For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
<Installation & System set up>

1. Set DIP-SW 1-1 to ON "With boiler" and SW2-6 to ON “With Mixing tank”.
2. Install the thermistors THWB1 (Flow temp.) and THWB2 (Return temp.) *1 on the boiler circuit.
Cylinder / Hydrobox
3. Connect the output wire (OUT10: Boiler operation) to the signal input (room thermostat input) on the boiler. *2
4. Install one of the following room temp. thermostats. *3
Wireless remote controller (option)

Room temp. thermostat (local supply)
Main remote controller (remote position)
*1 The boiler temperature thermistor is an optional part.

*2 OUT10 has no voltage across it.
*3 Boiler heating is controlled on/off by the room temp. thermostat.
<Remote controller settings>

1. Go to Service menu > Heat source setting and choose “Boiler” or “Hybrid”. *4
2. Go to Service menu > Operation settings > Boiler settings to make detailed settings for “Hybrid” above .
*4 The “Hybrid” automatically switches heat sources between Heat pump (and Electric heater) and boiler.
Multiple outdoor units control (Hydrobox)

To realize bigger systems by using multiple outdoor units, up to 6 units of the same model can be connected.
The hydrobox can be used as a slave unit for multiple outdoor unit control.
For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-IF061/062B-E.
PAC-IF051/052B-E can not be connected to the hydrobox.
Check the model name of connecting master unit.
<DIP switch setting>

• Set DIP SW4-1 to ON “Active: multiple outdoor unit control”.
• Keep DIP SW4-2 OFF (default setting) (master/slave setting: slave).
• Set DIP SW1-3 to ON when the hydrobox is connected to a DHW tank.
Note : PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is not available for multiple outdoor units control.(except for EHSE/ERSE series)
Product fiche of temperature control

(a) Supplier’s name: MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC CORPORATION
(b) Supplier’s model identifier: PAR-WT50R-E and PAR-WR51R-E
(c) The class of the temperature control:
(d) The contribution of the temperature control to seasonal space heating energy efficiency: 4%
B-111
MEMO
Contents
1 Safety precautions FOR INSTALLER ....................C-2

1.1 Before installation (Environment)............................................. C-2
1.2 Before installation or relocation................................................ C-2
1.3 Before electric work.................................................................. C-2
1.4 Before starting the test run....................................................... C-2
1.5 Electric booster and immersion heaters................................... C-3
2 Installing the FTC unit............................................C-4
2.1 Check the parts (Fig. 2.1.1)...................................................... C-4
2.2 Choosing the FTC unit installation location.............................. C-4
2.3 Installing the FTC unit (Fig. 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4)...................... C-5
3 System.....................................................................C-6
3.1 First step (Electrical work)........................................................ C-6
3.2 Second step (Outdoor unit type).............................................. C-6
3.3 Third step (Functions setting)................................................... C-7
3.4 Fourth step (Functions setting)................................................ C-8
3.5 Local system.......................................................................... C-11
Flow temp.controller
3.6 Piping diagram for 2-zone temperature control...................... C-11
3.7 Energy monitor....................................................................... C-12
4 Electrical work......................................................C-13
4.1 Electrical connection.............................................................. C-13
4.2 Connecting the main remote controller.................................. C-15
4.3 Main Remote Controller Options............................................ C-18
4.4 Connecting the thermistor cables........................................... C-20
4.5 Connecting inputs/outputs...................................................... C-22
4.6 Wiring for heater..................................................................... C-24
4.7 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control.................................... C-25
4.8 2-zone valve ON/OFF control................................................ C-25
4.9 Smart grid ready..................................................................... C-25
4.10 Installation procedure for DHW tank...................................... C-26
4.11 Using SD memory card.......................................................... C-27
5 DIP Switch setting................................................C-28
5.1 DIP Switch Functions............................................................. C-28
5.2 Outdoor unit type.................................................................... C-29
5.3 Functions setting.................................................................... C-29
5.4 Operation setting.................................................................... C-31
5.5 Emergency mode (Heater only operation)............................. C-32
5.6 Emergency mode (Boiler operation)...................................... C-32
5.7 Indoor unit only operation (during installation work)............... C-32
6 Before test run......................................................C-33
6.1 Check..................................................................................... C-33
6.2 Self-check.............................................................................. C-33
7 Main remote controller operation........................C-34
7.1 Safety precautions FOR USER ........................... C-34
7.2 Main remote controller........................................................... C-35
8 Troubleshooting....................................................C-50
9 Multiple outdoor units control.............................C-55
9.1 Wiring for multiple outdoor units control................................. C-55
9.2 Pipe work............................................................................... C-55
9.3 Electrical connection.............................................................. C-59
9.4 Main remote controller wiring................................................. C-61
9.5 Connecting the thermistor cables........................................... C-61
9.6 Dip switch functions............................................................... C-62
9.7 Connecting inputs/outputs...................................................... C-63
10 Supplementary information.................................C-67
10.1 Refrigerant collecting (pumpdown) for split model systems only..... C-67
10.2 Back-up operation of boiler.................................................... C-67
10.3 Product fiche of temperature control...................................... C-67
Flow temp. controller

C-1
1 Safety precautions FOR INSTALLER Flow temp.controller
Before installing the FTC unit, make sure you read all the “Safety After installation, perform the test run to ensure normal operation. Then explain
precautions”. to your customer the “Safety Precautions” *1, use, and maintenance of the unit
Please report to your supply authority or obtain their consent be- based on the information in this manual. This manual must be given to the user.
fore connecting this equipment to the power supply system. This manual must always be kept by the actual users.
*1 “Safety Precautions” for user is indicated on page C-34.
Warning: : This indicates a part which must be grounded.
Precautions that must be observed to prevent injuries or death.
Caution: Warning:
Precautions that must be observed to prevent damage to the unit. Carefully read the labels attached to the unit.
Warning:
• The unit must not be installed by the user. Ask an installer or an • Only the specified cables can be used for wiring. Connections must be
authorized technician to install the unit. If the unit is installed improperly, made securely without tension on the terminals. If cables are connected
electric shock, or fire may be caused. or installed improperly, it may result in overheating or fire.
• For installation work, follow the instructions in the Installation Manual and • Terminal block cover panel of the unit must be firmly fixed. If the cover
use tools and pipe components specifically made for use with refrigerant panel is mounted improperly, dust and moisture may enter the unit, and
specified in the outdoor unit installation manual. it may cause electric shock or fire.
• The unit must be installed according to the instructions in order to mini- • Make sure to use accessories authorized by Mitsubishi Electric and ask
mize the risk of damage by earthquakes, typhoons, or strong winds. an installer or an authorized technician to install them. If accessories are
Improperly installed units may fall down and cause damage or injuries. improperly installed, it may cause electric shock, or fire.
• The unit must be securely installed on a structure that can sustain its • Do not remodel the unit. Consult an installer for repairs. If alterations or
weight. If the unit is mounted on an unstable structure, it may fall down repairs are not performed correctly, it may cause electric shock or fire.
and cause damage or injuries. • The user should never attempt to repair the unit or transfer it to another
• All electric work must be performed by a qualified technician according location. If the unit is installed improperly, it may cause electric shock or
to local regulations and the instructions given in this manual. The unit fire. If the FTC unit needs to be repaired or moved, ask an installer or an
must be powered by dedicated power lines and the correct voltage and authorized technician.
circuit breakers must be used. Power lines with insufficient capacity or • During installing a heat pump system, keep water from splashing on the
incorrect electrical work may result in electric shock or fire. FTC unit.
• When installing sensors and parts, do not expose the terminals.
1.1 Before installation (Environment)

Caution:
• Do not install the FTC unit in outdoor location as it is designed for in- • When installing the unit in a hospital or in a building where communica-
door installation only. Otherwise electric shock or breakdown may be tions equipment are installed, you may need to take measures to prevent
caused by water, wind or dust. noise and electronic interference. Inverters, home appliances, high-
• Do not use the unit in an unusual environment. If the FTC unit is installed frequency medical equipment, and radio communications equipment
or exposed to steam, volatile oil (including machine oil), or sulfuric gas, or can cause the FTC unit to malfunction or to breakdown. At the same
exposed to briny air, the internal parts can be damaged. time, the noise and electric interference from the FTC unit may disturb
• Do not install the unit where combustible gases may leak, be produced, the proper operation of nearby medical equipment, and communications
flow, or accumulate. If combustible gas accumulates around the unit, it equipment.
may cause fire or explosion.
1.2 Before installation or relocation

Caution:
• Be very careful when moving the units. Do not hold the packaging • Be sure to safely dispose of the packaging materials. Packaging materi-
bands. Wear protective gloves to unpack and to move the units, in order als, such as nails and other metal or wooden parts may cause injuries.
to avoid injury to your hands. • Do not wash the FTC unit. You may receive an electric shock.
1.3 Before electric work

Caution:
• Be sure to install a circuit breaker. If it is not installed, there may be a • Make sure to ground the unit. Do not connect the ground wire to gas or
risk to get an electric shock. water pipes, lightning rods, or telephone grounding lines. If the unit is
• For the power lines, use standard cables of sufficient capacity. Other- not properly grounded, there may be a risk to get an electric shock.
wise, it may cause a short circuit, overheating, or fire. • Make sure to use circuit breakers (ground fault interrupter, isolating
• When installing the power lines, do not apply tension to the cables. The switch (+B fuse), and molded case circuit breaker) with the specified
cables may be cut or overheated resulting in a fire. capacity. If the circuit breaker capacity is larger than the specified ca-
pacity, breakdown or fire may result.
1.4 Before starting the test run

Caution:
• Turn on the main power switch of the outdoor unit more than 12 hours • Before starting operation, check that all protective parts are correctly
before starting operation. Starting operation immediately after turning installed. Make sure not to get injured by touching high voltage parts.
on the power switch can severely damage the internal parts. Keep the • Do not touch any switch with wet hands. There may be a risk to get an
main power switch turned on during the operation period. electric shock.
• In heating mode, to avoid the heat emitters being damaged by exces- • After stopping operation, make sure to wait at least 5 minutes before
sively hot water, set the target flow temperature to a minimum of 2ºC turning off the main power. Otherwise, it may cause breakdown.
below the maximum allowable temperature of all the heat emitters. For
Zone2, set the target flow temperature to a minimum of 5ºC below the
maximum allowable flow temperature of all the heat emitters in Zone2
circuit.
C-2
1 Safety precautions FOR INSTALLER Flow temp.controller
1.5 Electric booster and immersion heaters

Warning:
• FTC has signal outputs for heaters however it can not isolate power to a) A thermostat to prevent overheating.
them in the event of overheating. All electrical heaters used on the wa- b) A non-self resetting thermal mechanism to prevent overheating.
ter circuit must have.
Abbreviations and glossary

Abbreviations/Word Description
Ambient temperature The outdoor temperature
Freeze stat. function Heating to prevent water pipes freezing
ASHP/HP Air source heat pump
COP Coefficient of performance the efficiency of the heat pump
Cylinder unit Indoor unvented DHW tank and component plumbing parts
Hydrobox Indoor unit housing the component plumbing parts (NO DHW tank)
DeltaT Difference in temperature between two system locations
DHW mode Domestic hot water heating mode for showers, sinks, etc
Flow temperature Temperature at which water is delivered to the primary circuit
FTC (Master) Flow temperature controller, the circuit board in charge of controlling the system, master board for multiple outdoor units control
FTC (Slave) Slave board for multiple outdoor units control
Compensation curve mode Space heating incorporating outdoor temperature compensation
Heating mode Space heating through radiators or under floor heating
Cooling mode Space cooling through radiators or under floor cooling
Legionella Bacteria potentially found in plumbing, showers and water tanks that may cause Legionnaires disease
LP mode Legionella prevention mode – a function on systems with tanks to prevent the growth of legionella bacterium
Packaged model Plate heat exchanger (Refrigerant - Water) in the outdoor heat pump unit
Split model Plate heat exchanger (Refrigerant - Water) in the indoor unit
TRV Thermostatic radiator valve – a valve on the entrance or exit of the radiator panel controlling the heat output
C-3
2 Installing the FTC unit Flow temp.controller
1 2,3,4 5
Master Slave
6 7
<Fig. 2.1.1>
2.1 Check the parts (Fig. 2.1.1)

The FTC unit should be supplied with the following parts.

Wiring diagram Q’ty
Part name
symbol PAC-IF061 PAC-IF062 PAC-IF063 PAC-SIF051
1 FTC (master) unit/FTC (slave) unit 1 1 1 1
Liquid refrigerant temp. thermistor
2 TH2 1 ─ ─ 1
(Lead wire: 5m/Red, Connector: 3p/Yellow)
Flow water temp. and Return water temp. thermistor
1
(Lead wire: Gray (Flow water temp.), 1 1 1
3 THW1/2 (1.1m/
Black(Return water temp.), (5m/5m) (5m/5m) (5m/5m)
1.2m)
Connector: 4p/Red)
Tank temp. thermistor
4 THW5 ─ ─ 1 ─
(Lead wire: 1.8m/Gray, connector: 2p/white)
5 Main remote controller cable (10 m) 1 1 1 1
6 Main remote controller 1 1 1 ─
7 SD memory card 1 1 1 1
2.2 Choosing the FTC unit installation location

• Do not install the FTC units outdoors as it is designed for indoor installation
D
only. (The FTC circuit board and casing are not waterproof.)
• Avoid locations where the unit is exposed to direct sunlight or other sources
of heat.
• Select a location where easy wiring access to the power source is available.
• Avoid locations where combustible gases may leak, be produced, flow, or ac-
cumulate.
B • Avoid locations where the unit is exposed to oil, steam, or sulfuric gas.
• Do not install in location that is hot or humid for long periods of time.
A
<Fig. 2.3.1>
C-4
2 Installing the FTC unit Flow temp.controller
2.3 Installing the FTC unit (Fig. 2.3.1, 2.3.2, 2.3.3, 2.3.4)
Top 1. R
emove 2 screws (A Screw) from FTC unit and remove the cover. (See Fig.
2.3.4)
2. Install the 4 screws (locally supplied) in the 4 holes (C Hole).
30 mm or more Note: To prevent the unit from falling off the wall, select the appropriate screws
(locally supplied) and secure the base horizontally to the appropriate wall
location.
Cover (See Fig. 2.3.2)
A Screw B Cover
Wall C Hole for installation D Screw
Base
Note: Do not remove the screws D as the screws are the component parts of the
cover and are not used for the installation of cover.
PAC-IF061B-E 4.0 kg
Weight PAC-IF062/063B-E 4.4 kg
PAC-SIF051B-E 1.9 kg
Allowable ambient temperature 0 to 35°C
Allowable ambient humidity 80% RH or less
Optional extras
• Wireless Remote Controller PAR-WT50R-E
<Fig. 2.3.2> • Wireless Receiver PAR-WR51R-E
Service space • Remote sensor PAC-SE41TS-E
<FTC (Master) unit> <FTC (Slave) unit> <Unit: mm>
393 86.7 72.4

254.4
12.5 368 (12.5)
C Ø5
C C 12.5 229.4 (12.5) C
Ø5
22
22
2 2
Ø1 Ø1
10
10
207
288.8
338.5
422
C C
C
C
2-ELECT WIRE INLET

When installed on a wall: Lower side
5-ELECT WIRE INLET

When installed on a wall: Lower side
<Fig. 2.3.3>
Slide the control box cover Pull the cover to the

Remove the 2 screws A until the bottom of the cover front and remove it.
(control box cover screws). Base Cover comes into contact with the
bottom of the control box. Front
Bottom Top Bottom Top Bottom

Top
1 2 3
<Fig. 2.3.4>
C-5
3 System Flow temp.controller
The FTC (Master) is designed for use with a number of heat pump systems. Please refer to the following table to find the relevant installation information for your
system.
For multiple outdoor units control with FTC (Slave), see section 9.
3.1 First step (Electrical work)

Reference
Power supplies System diagram
section
FTC (Master) powered via outdoor unit 4.1
4.2
Wireless receiver
(Option)
FTC (Master)
Outdoor unit
Wireless Remote controller

(Option)
FTC (Master) powered by independent 4.1

source 4.2
Wireless receiver
(Option)
FTC (Master)
Outdoor unit
Wireless Remote controller

(Option)
3.2 Second step (Outdoor unit type)

Reference
Outdoor unit type System diagram Thermistor
section
Split TH2: Liquid refrigerant temp. 4.4
5.2
Heat exchanger
TH2
Outdoor unit
Packaged 4.4
5.2
Heat exchanger
Outdoor unit
* PAC-IF062/063B-E is not available for Split-type system.
C-6
3.3 Third step (Functions setting)

DHW tank Immersion Booster BH Reference
System diagram Thermistor Remarks
heater heater function section
Present Absent Present For heating THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4
and DHW DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5
THW5 THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
Present Present Present For heating THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4
and DHW DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5
THW5
Immersion heater THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
Present Absent Present For heating THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4 1. ‘Legionella
only DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5 Preven-
THW5 THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3 tion Mode’
3-way valve (*) cannot be
selected in
this system.
THW1
THW2
Present Absent Absent — THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4 1. ‘Legionella

DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5 Preven-
THW5 THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3 tion Mode’
3-way valve (*) cannot be
selected in
this system.
THW1
Heat emitter 2. P lease make
sure water circuit
not to get frozen
THW2 during defrost.
Present Present Present For heating THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4
only DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5
THW5 THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3
Immersion heater
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
Present Present Absent — THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4

DHW tank THW2: Return water temp. 4.5
THW5
Immersion heater THW5: Tank water temp. 5.3
3-way valve (*)
THW1
Heat emitter
THW2
Absent Absent Present — THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4

THW1
THW2: Return water temp. 4.5
Booster heater Heat emitter 5.3
THW2
Absent Absent Absent — THW1: Flow water temp. 4.4 1. Please

THW1
THW2: Return water temp. 4.5 make sure
Heat emitter 5.3 water circuit
not to get
frozen during
THW2
defrost.
* The use of two 2-way valves can perform same function as a 3-way valve.
C-7
3.4 Fourth step (Functions setting)

* Make sure to check the followings for your safety when designing a system. These are the minimum requirement for the safe use of FTC unit.
Parts name Requirement

Flow switch It is required to protect system from the effects of insufficient flow.
Flow sensor It is required to detect an error in flow rate.

(The operation is validated with GRUNDFOS VFS5-100.)
It is required for Energy monitor function.
Strainer /Magnetic filter Provide it as required to protect parts from damages caused by iron particles/water/contamination (e.g. the position before pump and
(water circuit) return part from emitters).
Pressure relief valve It is required to protect system from reaching high pressure.
(Primary circuit side) Select the operating pressure depending on water pressure in the circuit in normal use.
(Sanitary water side) Follow the national regulations.
3-way valve Current: 0.1A Max. (If over 0.1A you must use a relay) N L N L
Power supply: 230V AC
Connect earth cable, if there is one.
Type: SPST
SPDT type can NOT be used. TBO. 2 4 5 6 4 5 6
3-way valve 3-way valve

motor motor
SPST type SPDT type
2-way valve Current: 0.1A Max. (If over 0.1A you must use a relay)
Type: Normally closed
Select the 2-way valve that slowly opens and shuts off to prevent water hammer.
A by-pass valve or circuit should be installed between pump and 2-way valve for safety (to release pressure when the both 2-way valves are
closed).
Select a 2-way valve equipped with manual override, which is necessary for topping up or draining of water.
Water circulation pump Current: 1.0A Max., Power supply: 230V AC

When connecting a pump with an electric current of 1A or multiple pumps, please note the following.
1. Use (a) relay(s).
2. When power is supplied from outdoor unit, TOTAL current (including the other parts) requirement MUST be 3A. (otherwise, the
fuse on the outdoor unit PCB will blow. )
3. When independent power supplies (i.e. from the FTC unit itself) , total current for the pump(s) is 4A. (otherwise, the fuse on the
FTC PCB will blow. )
Adjust the pump speed setting so that the flow rate in the primary circuit is appropriate for the outdoor unit installed see the table and figures
below.
Outdoor heat pump unit Water flow rate range [L/min]

Packaged model PUHZ-W50 6.5 - 14.3
PUHZ-W85 10.8 - 25.8
PUHZ-W112 14.4 - 32.1
PUHZ-HW112 14.4 - 32.1
PUHZ-HW140 17.9 - 40.1
Split model SUHZ-SW45 7.1 - 12.9
PUHZ-SW40 7.1 - 11.8
PUHZ-SW50 7.1 - 17.2
PUHZ-FRP71 11.5 - 22.9
PUHZ-SW75 9.5 - 22.9
PUHZ-SW100 13.0 - 32.1
PUHZ-SW120 17.9 - 45.9
PUHZ-SW160 23.0 - 63.1
PUHZ-SW200 28.7 - 71.7
PUHZ-SHW80 10.2 - 22.9
PUHZ-SHW112 14.4 - 32.1
PUHZ-SHW140 17.9 - 40.1
PUHZ-SHW230 28.7 - 65.9
* The water velocity in pipes should be kept within certain limits of material to avoid erosion corrosion and excessive noise generation.
(e.g. Copper pipe: 1.5m/s)
Continue to the next page.
C-8
From the previous page.

Water circulation (1) Packaged-type units
pump Heating
PUHZ-W50 PUHZ-W85
19.0 19.0
Return water temp. [°C]

17.0 Available range 17.0 Available range

15.0 15.0
13.0 13.0
11.0 11.0
9.0 9.0
7.0 7.0
5.0 5.0
6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11.0 12.0 13.0 14.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
Water flow rate [L/min] Water flow rate [L/min]
PUHZ-W112
PUHZ-HW112/140
25.0
23.0

19.0
17.0
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
14.0 19.0 24.0 29.0 34.0 39.0

Heating
PUHZ-SW40/50 *1 PUHZ-SW75 *2
SUHZ-SW45 *1 PUHZ-SHW80 *2
19.0 19.0
17.0 Available range 17.0 Available range

15.0 15.0
13.0 13.0
11.0 11.0
9.0 9.0
7.0 7.0
5.0 5.0
5.0 7.0 9.0 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0 19.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 20.0 22.0 24.0
PUHZ-SW100/120 *3
PUHZ-SHW112/140 *3 PUHZ-SHW230 *4
19.0
19.0
17.0
Available range 17.0 Available range
15.0
15.0
13.0
13.0
11.0
11.0
9.0
9.0
7.0
7.0
5.0
5.0
12.0 16.0 20.0 24.0 28.0 32.0 36.0 40.0 44.0 48.0 25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
PUHZ-SW160 *4
PUHZ-SW200 *4
19.0
17.0
Available range
15.0
13.0
11.0
9.0
7.0
5.0
25.0 35.0 45.0 55.0 65.0 75.0 85.0
*1 When the connected plate heat exchanger is ACH 30-30 made by ALFA LAVAL.
*4 When two ACH 70-40 plate heat exchangers made by ALFA LAVAL are parallel-connected.
C-9
Booster heater General * Consider necessity and capacity of booster heater to meet the following points.
(1) Heating capacity and flow water temperature should always be sufficient.
(2) System can increase the temperature of the stored water in tank to inhibit legionella bacterium growth.
(Note) System without neither booster heater or immersion heater, ‘Legionella Prevention Mode’ is NOT available.
(3) Water circuit should not be frozen during defrost operation.
Control Power Current: 0.5A Max. , Power supply: 230V AC
for Contactor * Use a relay.
Separate power Install an earth leakage circuit breaker (ECB) for heater, separate from control power (See Fig.1 and Fig.2).
for Heater * When using two booster heaters, booster heater 1 capacity must be less than that of booster heater 2.
When using a single booster heater, connect to BH1 (TBO.5 5-6 (OUT6)) , and turn the Dip SW2-3 to ON. (Booster
heater capacity restriction) FTC (Master)
TB2
L
FTC (Master)
Outdoor unit N
TB2
L
Outdoor unit N TB1
To control
Wiring L1 S1 S1 board
Power Earth circuit
Wiring leakage breaker L2 S2 S2
Earth circuit TB1 To control supply
circuit or
Power leakage breaker board 3N~ Isolating L3 S3
L S1 S1 breaker S3
supply circuit or 400V switch
~/N breaker Isolating S2 50Hz N
N S2
230V switch
50Hz S3 S3
ECB
Wiring ECB for
Wiring ECB L1 booster
ECB for circuit
circuit breaker heater
breaker L booster Power L2
Power or (Primary circuit)
or N heater supply Isolating

supply Isolating L3
(Primary circuit) switch
switch
ECB
Wiring ECB
circuit ECB for Wiring
L immersion circuit ECB for
breaker L immersion
Power or heater breaker
supply N Power or heater
Isolating (DHW tank) N
switch supply Isolating (DHW tank)
switch
<Fig. 1 (1 phase)> <Fig. 2 (3 phase)>

Heater capacity/Breaker/wiring (recommended)
<1 Phase> <3 Phase>
Description Power Total capacity Breaker Wiring Description Power Total capacity Breaker Wiring
supply (BH1 + BH2) supply (BH1 + BH2)
Booster heater ~/N 230V 2 kW (2 kW + 0 kW) 16 A 2.5 mm² Booster heater 3~ 400V
9 kW (3 kW + 6 kW) 16 A 2.5 mm²
(Primary circuit) 50Hz 6 kW (2 kW + 4 kW) 32 A 6.0 mm² (Primary circuit) 50Hz
* When installing a booster heater with the capacity of bigger than shown above, select an appropriate size breaker and
cable (diameter) based on the maximum possible electric current.
Safety device (1) Use an overheat protection thermostat (manual reset type) (to detect unusual temperature increase/heating up without water).
Protection device operating temperature must be above 80°C. Protection device should not operate quickly, but water
circuit must not boil even when heater(s) overshoot.
(Reference value) Thermostat operation temperature used in our Cylinder unit and Hydrobox : 90°C ± 4°C
(2) Connect a pressure relief valve on the primary circuit side.
Immersion heater General * Consider necessity and capacity of immersion heater to meet the following points.
(1) Heating capacity and flow water temperature should always be sufficient.
(2) System can increase the temperature of the stored water in tank to inhibit legionella bacterium growth.
(Note) System without neither booster heater or immersion heater can not select ‘Legionella Prevention Mode’.
Control Power Current: 0.5A Max. , Power supply: 230V AC
for Contactor * Use a relay.
Separate power Install an earth leakage circuit breaker (ECB) for heater, separate from control power (See Fig.1 and Fig.2).
for heater *ECB is built-in in PAC-IF062/063B-E.
Heater capacity/Breaker/wiring (recommended)
<1 Phase> Description Power supply Capacity Breaker Wiring
Immersion heater (DHW tank) ~/N 230V 50Hz 3 kW 16 A 2.5 mm²
* When installing an immersion heater with the capacity of bigger than shown above, select an appropriate size breaker
and cable (diameter) based on the maximum possible electric current.
Safety device (1) Install the thermistor THW5 (optional parts PAC-TH011TK-E(5 m) or PAC-TH011TKL-E(30 m)) on the DHW tank. Note
that PAC-IF063B-E comes with THW5. (Microcomputer detecting temperature for protection: 80°C)
(2) Use a built-in direct cut-off thermostat (manual reset type).
Protection device operating temperature must be above 80°C. Protection device should not operate quickly, but water
circuit must not boil even when a heater overshoots.
(Reference value) Thermostat operation temperature used in our Cylinder unit : 85°C ± 5°C
Mixing valve Current: 0.1 A Max. (If over 0.1 A you must use a relay)
Type: Refer to the right figure.
M
N
Mixing valve
Expansion Vessel (Primary circuit side) When the water circuit is closed, select the expansion vessel according to water quantity of the water circuit.
Expansion Vessel (Sanitary water side) * Follow the national regulations.
Limits of TOTAL electric current when Option 1. (Power supply from outdoor unit)
connecting local supply parts TOTAL current requirement MUST be 3A. (otherwise, the fuse on the outdoor unit PCB will blow.)
Option 2. (Independent power supply (i.e. from the FTC unit itself))
TOTAL current of the pump(s) MUST be 4A.
The total current allowed for parts except pumps is 3A. (otherwise, the fuse on the FTC PCB will blow. )
C-10
3.5 Local system

1-zone temperature control Zone1 Zone1
3
4
1 1
2 6
2-zone temperature control Zone1 1-zone temperature control (2-zone valve ON/OFF control)
Zone1
3
16
5
4
18
6 1
Zone2 1
7 10 Zone2
2
17
8
9
11 12
12
1-zone temperature control with boiler 2-zone temperature control with boiler
13 13
14 14
15
Zone1 15 Zone1
3 3
5 5
4
4 6 1
1 Zone2
7 10
2 6 2 8
11 12
1. one1 heat emitters (e.g. radiator, fan coil unit) (local supply)
Z 10. Zone2 water circulation pump (local supply)
2. Mixing tank (local supply) 11. Zone2 flow switch (local supply)
3. Zone1 flow water temp. thermistor (THW6) (option) 12. Zone2 heat emitters (e.g. underfloor heating) (local supply)
4. Zone1 return water temp. thermistor (THW7) (option) 13. Boiler flow water temp. thermistor (THWB1) (option)
5. Zone1 water circulation pump (local supply) 14. Boiler return water temp. thermistor (THWB2) (option)
6. Zone1 flow switch (local supply) 15. Boiler (local supply)
7. Motorized mixing valve (local supply) 16. Zone1 2-way valve (local supply)
8. Zone2 flow water temp. thermistor (THW8) (option) 17. Zone2 2-way valve (local supply)
9. Zone2 return water temp. thermistor (THW9) (option) 18. Bypass valve (local supply)
Note: Cooling mode cannot run under 2-zone temperature control but can run both in Zone1 and Zone2 under 1-zone temperature control.
3.6 Piping diagram for 2-zone temperature control

The following component parts are required for piping for 2-zone control operation. Water circulation pump 2
(Zone1)
Arrange the following component parts.
THW6
• Mixing tank (local supply)
• Motorized mixing valve (local supply)
• Water circulation pump (× 2) (local supply) THW7
• Flow switch (× 2) (local supply)
• Thermistor (× 4) (2 sets of PAC-TH011-E) thersmistors are required. Flow switch 2 (Zone1)
Heat emitters (Zone1)
Wire the component parts to the water circuit referring to the figure below. Motorized Water circulation pump 3
mixing valve (Zone2)
For more details on wiring, refer to “4.7 Wiring for 2-zone temperature controls”.
Mixing tank THW8

Note: Do not install the thermistors on the mixing tank. This could affect
correct monitoring of flow and return temperatures through each zone. THW9
Install the Zone2 flow temp. thermistor (THW8) near the mixing valve.
Flow switch 3 (Zone2) Heat emitters (Zone2)
Thermistor (THW6): Zone1 flow temp.
Thermistor (THW7): Zone1 return temp.
Thermistor (THW8): Zone2 flow temp.
Thermistor (THW9): Zone2 return temp.
C-11
3.7 Energy monitor *3

End user can monitor accumulated*1 ‘Consumed electric energy’ and ‘Delivered heat energy’ in each operation mode*2 on the main remote controller.
*2 - DHW operation
- Space heating
- Space cooling
*3 Not available during Multiple outdoor unit control.
Refer to “7.2 Main remote controller” for how to check the energy, and “5.1 DIP switch functions” for the details on DIP-SW setting.
Note: The method 1 should be used as a guide. If a certain accuracy is required, the method 2 should be used.
1. Calculation internally
Electricity consumption is calculated internally based on the energy consumption of outdoor unit, electric heater, water pump(s) and other auxiliaries.
Delivered heat is calculated internally by multiplying delta T (Flow and Return temp.) and flow rate measured by the locally supplied sensors.
Set the electric heater capacity and water pump(s) input according to indoor unit model and specs of additional pump(s) supplied locally. (Refer to the menu tree in
“7.2 Main remote controller”)
Immersion
Booster heater1 Booster heater2 Pump1 Pump2 Pump3
heater
2kW*1 4kW*1 0kW*1 *** *1 0W*1 0W*1
<Table 3.7>
*1 Be sure to change the setting corresponding to the specification of locally supplied auxiliaries such as electric heater and pump.
For further detail of above, refer to “7.2 Main remote controller”.
2. Actual measurement by external meter (locally supplied)

Refer to the [Signal inputs] section in “4.5 Connecting inputs/outputs” for more information on connectable electric energy meter and heat meter.
C-12
4 Electrical work Flow temp.controller
4.1 Electrical connection

All electrical work should be carried out by a suitably qualified technician. Fail-
TB2
invalidate product warranty. All wiring should be according to national wiring
regulations.
TB1
Clamps
FTC (Master) can be powered in two ways.
1. Power cable is run from the outdoor unit to FTC (Master).
2. FTC (Master) has independent power source.
Connections should be made to the terminals indicated in the following figures Clamps
Clamps
depending on the phase.
Slot
ECB Earth leakage circuit breaker for immersion heater
TB1 Terminal bed 1
TB2 Terminal bed 2
Clamp
Immersion heater should be connected independently from one another to dedi- 1 2 34 5
cated power supplies.
1 High voltage cables (OUTPUT)
Notes: 1. Do not run the low voltage cables through a slot that the high volt- 2 High voltage cables (OUTPUT)
age cables go through. 3 Low voltage cables (INPUT) and wireless receiver’s cable
2. Do not run other cables except low voltage cables through a slot 4 Thermistor cables
that the wireless receiver’s cable goes through. 5 Power cables
3. Do not bundle power cables together with other cables.
4. Bundle cables as figure above by using clamps.
<Fig. 4.1.1> Wiring for PAC-IF062/063B-E
Option 1: FTC (Master) powered via outdoor unit

<1 phase> FTC (Master) <3 phase> FTC (Master)
TB2 TB2
L L
Outdoor unit N Outdoor unit N
Earth Wiring L1
Earth Wiring Power
circuit TB1 To control leakage circuit TB1 To control
leakage supply breaker L2
Power breaker L S1 board circuit S1 board
circuit or S1 3N~ or S1
supply breaker Isolating L3
breaker Isolating 400V
~/N N S2 S2 *1 switch S2 S2
*1 switch 50Hz N
230V S3 S3 S3 S3
50Hz
Wiring ECB Wiring ECB

circuit circuit
breaker ELB for breaker ELB for
or L immersion or L immersion
Power Isolating heater Power Isolating heater
supply N supply N
switch (DHW tank) switch (DHW tank)
: PAC-IF061B-E
<Fig. 4.1.2> : PAC-IF062/063B-E
Electrical connections 1 phase/3 phase
*1 If the installed earth leakage circuit breaker does not have an over-current protection function, install a breaker with that function along the same power line.
A breaker with at least 3.0 mm contact separation in each pole shall be provided. Use earth leakage breaker (NV).
Note: In accordance with IEE regulations the circuit breaker/isolating switch located on the outdoor unit should be installed with lockable devices (health and safety).
Circuit Wiring No.
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit *2 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring
(mm²)
× size
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit earth *2 1 × Min. 1.5
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 230V AC

rating
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC

*2. Max. 45 m
2. FTC (Master)/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
FTC (Master) power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each individual heater. Insufficient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
C-13
Option 2: FTC (Master) powered by independent source
L
BLACK
BLACK
If FTC (Master) and outdoor units have separate power supplies, the following
N
requirements MUST be carried out:
White
• FTC (Master) unit electrical box connector connections changed. (see
YELLOW
YELLOW
Initial settings CNO1
CNO1
Fig. 4.1.3) (Power supplied
• Outdoor unit DIP switch settings changed to SW8-3 ON. by outdoor unit) S1
FTC
• Turn on the outdoor unit before the FTC (Master). S2
(Master)
S3
outdoor unit model.
For more detail, refer to the connecting outdoor unit installation manual.
YELLOW
L
BLACK
N
Modified settings
White
(Separate power
YELLOW
TB2
BLACK
CNO1
CNO1
supply to
FTC(Master)) S1
FTC
TB1 S2 (Master)
Clamps S3
<Fig. 4.1.3>
Clamps
Clamps 1 High voltage cables (OUTPUT)

2 High voltage cables (OUTPUT)
Slot 3 Low voltage cables (INPUT) and
wireless receiver’s cable
4 Thermistor cables
5 Power cables
Clamps
1 2 34 5
<Fig. 4.1.4> Wiring for PAC-IF062/063B-E
Notes: 1. D o not run the low voltage cables through a slot that the high voltage cables go through.
2. Do not run other cables except low voltage cables through a slot that the wireless receiver’s cable goes through.
3. Do not bundle power cables together with other cables.
4. Bundle cables as figure above by using clamps.
<1 phase> FTC (Master) <3 phase> FTC (Master)
Earth Wiring TB2 Earth Wiring TB2

circuit leakage circuit
Power leakage breaker Power breaker
circuit L circuit or L
supply or supply
breaker Isolating breaker Isolating
~/N N ~/N N
*1 switch *1 switch
230V 230V
50Hz 50Hz
Wiring Outdoor unit TB1 Outdoor unit TB1

Earth
leakage circuit
Power breaker Earth Wiring L1
circuit L S1 S1 Power S1 S1
supply or leakage circuit
breaker L2
~/N Isolating N S2 S2 To control supply circuit breaker S2 S2 To control
*1 switch board 3N~ or L3 board
230V S3 S3 breaker Isolating S3
400V S3
50Hz *1 switch N
50Hz
Wiring ECB
circuit ELB for ECB
breaker Wiring ELB for
L immersion circuit
or L immersion
Power heater Power breaker
Isolating N heater
supply switch (DHW tank) supply or N
Isolating (DHW tank)
switch
<Fig. 4.1.5> : PAC-IF061B-E

Electrical connections 1 phase/3 phase : PAC-IF062/063B-E
FTC (Master) power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz *2. Max. 120 m

FTC (Master) input capacity *3. The values given in the table above are not always measured against the
*1 16 A ground value.
FTC (Master) power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
FTC (Master) power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5

Wiring
2. FTC (Master) unit/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter

FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit *2 2 × Min. 0.3 than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit earth — FTC (Master) unit power supply cords shall not be lighter than
FTC (Master) L - N *3 230V AC polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
Circuit
rating
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 — 3. Install an earth longer than other cables.
FTC (Master) - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC 4. Please keep enough output capacity of power supply for each individual
heater. Insufficient power supply capacity might cause chattering.
C-14
4.2 Connecting the main remote controller

4.2.1 Connect the main remote controller cable to FTC (Master)
Connect the main remote controller cable to 1 and 2 on the terminal block (TBI.
2) on the FTC (Master) controller. <Fig. 4.2.1>
Wiring wire No. × size (mm²): 2 × 0.3 (non polar)
The 10 m wire is attached as an accessory. Max. 500 m
Wiring size must comply with the applicable local and national codes.
Circuit rating: 12V DC
Circuit rating is NOT always against the ground.
TBI.2 RC
Location to place the main remote controller
When using the Remote controller options (refer to section 4.3), place the main
<Fig. 4.2.1>
remote controller on appropriate location that meets the following points to detect
room temperature.
• Do not place the main remote controller in the periphery of a door or a window.
•D o not place the main remote controller near heat or cold sources, such as a radiator or the like. Main remote <Unit: mm>
Notes: controller profile
Required clearances
30
Wiring for main remote controller cable shall be (5 cm or more) apart from
surrounding the main
power source wiring so that it is not influenced by electric noise from pow- 30 30
remote controller
er source wiring. (Do not insert main remote controller cable and power
source wiring in the same conduit.) (Refer to Fig. 4.1.1)
83.5
46
When wiring to TBI.2, use the ring type terminals and insulate them from
the cables of adjoining terminals.
4.2.2 Installing the main remote controller

1. The main remote controller can be installed either in the switch box or directly Installation pitch
on the wall. Perform the installation properly according to the method.
120
(1) Secure clearances shown in <Fig. 4.2.2> regardless of whether installing
the main remote controller either directly on the wall or in the switch box.
(2) Prepare the following items in the field.
Double switch box
Thin metal conduit
<Fig. 4.2.2>
Locknut and bushing
Cable cover
Wall plug
2. Drill an installation hole in the wall. Wall
■ Installation using a switch box Conduit tube
• Drill a hole in the wall for the switch box, and install the switch box in the hole. Locknut
• Fit the conduit tube into the switch box. Switch box
■ Direct wall installation
•D
rill a cable access hole and thread the main remote controller cable through it. Bushing
Caution:
To prevent entry of dew, water, and insects, seal the gap between the cable
and the hole through which the cable is threaded with putty. Otherwise, Seal the gap with putty.
electric shock, fire, or failure may result. Main controller cable
3. Have the main remote controller ready. <Fig. 4.2.3>

Remove the bottom case from the main remote controller.
4. Connect the main remote controller cable to the terminal block on the bottom case.
Modify the main remote controller cable as shown in <Fig. 4.2.5>, and thread the
cable from behind the bottom case.
Completely thread the cable to the front so that the unsheathed part of the cable
cannot be seen behind the bottom case.
Connect the main remote controller cable to the terminal block on the bottom case.

•S eal the gap between the cable and the hole through which the cable is threaded.
Caution
To prevent electric shock or failure, keep the sheath ends or any other Front cover and top case Bottom case
foreign objects out of the terminal block.
Do not use ring terminals to connect the wires to the terminal block on the <Fig. 4.2.4>
bottom case. The terminals will come in contact with the control board and
the front cover, which will result in failure. Connect the cabe.
(non-polarized)
Thread the sheath part 2-core wire must not Connect the cable so that the
of the cable to the front. be seen on the back. cable sheath is not pinched.
Remote controller cable
Sheath
Seal the gap with putty.
10mm Front Back

6mm
Route the cable from behind
Thread the cable. the remote controller.
<Fig. 4.2.5>
C-15
5. Install the bottom case.
■ Installation using a switch box ■ Direct wall installation
• When installing the bottom case in the switch box, secure at least two • Thread the cable through the slot provided.
corners of the switch box with screws. • When mounting the bottom case on the wall, secure at least two corners
of the main remote controller with screws.
• To prevent the bottom case from lifting, use top-left bottom-right corners
of the main remote controller (viewed from the front) to secure the bottom
case to the wall with wall plugs or the like.
Completely seal the gap around Main remote controller cable

Double switch box the cable access hole. Wood See Step 4.
See Step 2. screw
Roundhead cross
slot screws
Main remote controller cable
See Step 4.
Thread the cable through the slot.
<Fig. 4.2.6>
Caution:
To avoid causing deformation or cracks to the main remote controller, do
not overtighten the screws and make an additional installation hole(s).
6. Cut out the cable access hole.

• Cut out the knockout hole (indicated with grey in <Fig. 4.2.7>) in the front
cover by knife or nipper.
• Thread the main remote controller cable from the slot behind the bottom <Fig. 4.2.7>
case through this access hole.
Securely plug the connector

into the jack.
7. Plug the lead wire cable into the top case.

Plug the lead wire cable coming from the bottom case into the top case.
Caution:
To avoid failures, do not remove the controller board protective sheet and
the controller board from the top case.
After the cable is plugged into the top case, do not hang the top case as
shown in <Fig. 4.2.8>. Otherwise, the main remote controller cable could
sever, which could cause malfunction to the main remote controller.
<Fig. 4.2.8>
8. Fit the lead wires into the clamps.
Caution:
Hold the wires in place with clamps to prevent excessive strain from being Clamps
applied on the terminal block and causing cable breakage.
Hold the wires in place
with clamps.
<Fig. 4.2.9>
C-16
9. Fit the top case and the front cover onto the bottom case.
The top case assembly (fitted with the front cover at factory shipment) has
two tabs on top. Hook the tabs onto the bottom case and snap the top case
onto the bottom case into place. Check that the cover is securely installed.
Caution:
When the top case is correctly attached to the bottom case a click is
heard. If the front cover is not clicked into place it may fall off.
Check that the cover is

securely installed and not
■ Direct wall installation (when routing the main remote controller cable along lifted.
the wall surface)
<Fig. 4.2.10>
• Thread the main remote controller cable through the cable access hole at
the top of the main remote controller.
• Seal the gap between the cable and the access hole with putty. Seal the gap between the cable
• Use a cable cover. and the access hole with putty.
Use a cable cover.
Thread the main remote controller cable through the cable
access hole at the top of the main remote controller.
<Fig. 4.2.11>
■ Disassembling the top case and the front cover

(1) Remove the front cover.
Insert a flat head screwdriver into either of two open slots at the bottom of
the main remote controller and move the screwdriver handle downward as
shown. The engagement of the tabs will be released. Then pull the front-
cover toward the front to remove the front cover.
(2) Remove the top case.

Insert a flat head screwdriver into either of two open slots at the bottom of
the main remote controller. The subsequent procedure is the same as that
of the front cover.
Caution:
Use a 5 mm- flat head screwdriver. Do not turn the screwdriver forcibly
while placing the blade in the slots. Doing so could break the covers.
<Fig. 4.2.12>
C-17
4.3 Main Remote Controller Options

The FTC (cased) comes factory fitted with a main remote controller. This incor-
porates a thermistor for temperature monitoring and a graphical user interface Factory supplied standard
to enable set-up, view current status and input scheduling functions. The main
remote controller is also used for servicing purposes. This facility is accessed
via password protected service menus. FTC
To provide the best efficiency Mitsubishi Electric recommends using automatic (Master)
adaptation function based on room temperature. To use this function a room
thermistor needs to be present in a main living area. This can be done in a num-
ber of ways the most convenient are detailed below.
Refer to heating section of this manual for instructions on how to set com-
pensation curve, flow temp. or room temp. (Auto adaptation).
For instructions on how to set the thermistor input for the FTC (Master)
please refer to Initial settings section.
Outdoor unit
The factory setting for space heating mode is set to Room temp. (auto adap-
tation). If there is no room sensor present in the system, this setting must be
changed to either Compensation curve mode or Flow temp. mode.
Note: Auto-adaptation is not available in Cooling mode.

Control option A
Wireless receiver Wireless remote controller
This option features the main remote controller and the Mitsubishi Electric wireless remote (option) (option)
controller. The wireless remote controller is used to monitor room temperature and can be
used to make changes to the space heating settings, boost DHW (*1) and switch to holiday 20.0°C
mode without having to directly use the main remote controller. FTC
(Master) 20.0°C
If more than one wireless remote controller is used, the most recently requested
temperature setting will commonly be applied to all rooms by the central control
system regardless of which wireless remote controller was used. No hierarchy Max. 8
exists across these remote controllers.
20.0°C
Wire the wireless receiver to FTC (Master) referring to the wireless remote controller Outdoor unit Main remote controller 20.0°C
instruction manual. Turn DIP SW1-8 to ON. Before operation configure the wireless
remote controller to transmit and receive data referring to the wireless remote
controller installation manual. Room
Control option B
This option features the main remote controller and the Mitsubishi Electric thermistor
FTC
wired to FTC (Master). The thermistor is used to monitor room temperature but can
(Master)
not make any changes in control operation. Any changes to DHW (*1) must be made
using the main remote controller mounted on the FTC (Master). Room temperature
thermistor (option)
Wire the thermistor to the TH1 connector on FTC (Master).
The number of room temperature thermistors that can be connected to FTC (Master)
is always one.
Outdoor unit Main remote controller
Room
Control option C
This option features the main remote controller being removed from the FTC (Master)
and situated in a different room. A thermistor built in the main remote controller can be FTC
used for monitoring the room temperature for Auto Adaptation function whilst keeping (Master)
all its features of the main remote controller available.
The main remote controller and FTC (Master) are connected by a 2-core, 0.3 mm², (remote position)
non-polar cable (local supply) with a maximum length of 500 m.
To use the sensor in the main remote controller, the main remote controller should Outdoor unit
come off from the FTC (Master). Otherwise it will detect the temperature of the FTC
(Master) instead of room temperature. This will affect the output of the space heating.
Room
Control option D (Flow temp. or compensation curve only)
This option features the main remote controller and a locally supplied thermostat
FTC
wired to FTC (Master). The thermostat is used to set the maximum temperature for
(Master)
heating room. Any changes to DHW (*1) must be made using main remote controller
20.0°C
mounted on the FTC (Master).
The thermostat is wired to IN1 in TBI.1 on FTC (Master). The number of thermostats Room temperature
that can be connected to FTC (Master) is always one. thermostat
(local supply)
The wireless remote controller can be also used as a thermostat. Outdoor unit Main remote controller
Room
*1 If applicable
C-18
Control option A
This option features the main remote controller, the Mitsubishi Electric wireless Wireless receiver Wireless remote controller
remote controller and a locally supplied thermostat. (option) (option)
The wireless remote controller is used to monitor the Zone1 room temperature and
the thermostat is used to monitor the Zone2 room temperature.
20.0°C
The thermostat can be also allocated to Zone1 and the wireless remote controller to FTC
Zone2. (Master) Max. 8
The wireless remote controller can be also used to make changes to the space 20.0°C
heating settings, boost DHW (*1) and switch to holiday mode without having to use
the main remote controller.
Zone1
If more than one wireless remote controller is used, the last temperature setting Outdoor unit Main remote controller
adjustment/demand will be applied to ALL rooms in same zone. 20.0°C
Wire the wireless receiver to FTC (Master) referring to the wireless remote controller Room temperature
instruction manual. Turn DIP SW1-8 to ON. Before operation configure the wireless thermostat
remote controller to transmit and receive data referring to the wireless remote (local supply)
Zone1: Room temp. control (Auto adaptation)
controller installation manual. Zone2: Compensation curve or flow temp. control Zone2
The thermostat is used to set the maximum temperature for heating Zone2 room.
The thermostat is wired to IN6 on FTC (Master). (If the thermostat is allocated to
Zone1, it is wired to IN1 on TBI.1.) (Refer to 4.5.)
Control option B
This option features the main remote controller, the Mitsubishi Electric thermistor and
a locally supplied thermostat that are wired to FTC (Master). FTC
The thermistor is used to monitor the Zone1 room temperature and the thermostat is Room temperature
(Master)
used to control the Zone2 room temperature. thermistor (option)
The thermostat can be also allocated to Zone1 and the thermistor to Zone2.
Zone1
The thermistor can not make any changes in control operation. Any changes to DHW
(*1) must be made using the main remote controller mounted on the FTC (Master).
Wire the thermistor to the TH1 connector on FTC (Master). Outdoor unit Main remote controller 20.0°C
The number of room temperature thermistors that can be connected to FTC (Master)
is always one. Room temperature
The thermostat is used to set the maximum temperature for heating Zone2 room. thermostat
The thermostat is wired to IN6 on FTC (Master). (If the thermostat is allocated to (local supply)
Zone1, wire it to IN1 on TBI.1.) (Refer to 4.5.) Zone1: Room temp. control (Auto adaptation)
Zone2: Compensation curve or flow temp. control Zone2
Control option C
This option features the main remote controller (with in-built thermistor) that is re-
moved from the FTC (Master) to monitor the Zone1 room temperature and a locally
supplied thermostat to monitor the Zone2 room temperature.
FTC
The thermostat can be also allocated to Zone1 and the thermistor to Zone2.
(Master)
A thermistor built into the main remote controller can be used for monitoring the (remote position)
room temperature for Auto Adaptation function whilst keeping all its features of the
main remote controller available.
Zone1
The main remote controller and FTC (Master) are connected by a 2-core, 0.3 mm²,
non-polar cable (local supply) with a maximum length of 500 m.
Outdoor unit 20.0°C
To use the sensor in the main remote controller, the main remote controller should
be detached from the FTC (Master). Otherwise it will detect the temperature of the
FTC (Master) instead of room temperature. This will affect the output of the space Room temperature
Zone1: Room temp. control (Auto adaptation) thermostat
heating.
Zone2: Compensation curve or flow temp. control (local supply)
The thermostat is used to set the maximum temperature for heating Zone2 room. Zone2
The thermostat is wired to IN6 on FTC (Master). (If the thermostat is allocated to
Zone1, wire it to IN1 on TBI.1.) (Refer to 4.5.)
Control option D
This option features the locally supplied thermostats wired to FTC (Master). The
thermostats are individually allocated to Zone1 and Zone2. The thermostats are FTC
used to set each maximum temperature for heating Zone1 and Zone2 rooms. Any (Master) Room temperature
thermostat
changes to DHW (*1) must be made using the main remote controller mounted on
(local supply)
the FTC (Master).
Zone1
The thermostat for Zone1 is wired to IN1 in TBI.1 on FTC (Master).
The thermostat for Zone2 is wired to IN6 in TBI.1 on FTC (Master). 20.0°C
Outdoor unit Main remote controller
Room temperature
thermostat
Zone1, Zone2: Compensation curve or flow temp. control (local supply)
Zone2
Note: For the options above, the sensor types can be exchanged between Zone1 and Zone2.
(e.g. Wireless remote controller in Zone1 and Room temp. thermostat in Zone2 can be changed to Room temp. thermostat and wireless remote controller, respectively).
*1 If applicable
The wireless remote controller can be also used as a thermostat.
C-19
4.4 Connecting the thermistor cables

Connect the thermistor for the FTC (Master) controller. CNW5
CNW12
4.4.1 Connecting the room temp. thermistor (TH1) cable
TH1 is an optional part (PAC-SE41TS-E). CN21
TH1 is required to use the auto adaptation function. However, when room temperature
detection is conducted by the main remote controller or the wireless remote controller CN20
(optional), this part is not required.
Connect the TH1 cable to the CN20 connector on FTC (Master).
When the TH1 cable is too long, bundle the excess cable outside the FTC (Master) unit.
For more details, refer to Section 4.3 in this manual or the installation manual that
comes with PAC-SE41TS-E.
When using TH1, place this sensor on appropriate location to detect room temperature.
4.4.2. Connecting the refrigerant pipe temp.

thermistor (TH2) cable
Connect the TH2 cable to the CN21 connector on FTC (Master).
For split Outdoor unit : Connect TH2.
For packaged Outdoor unit : It is NOT necessary to connect TH2.
When the TH2 cable is too long, bundle the excess cable outside the FTC (Master) unit. THW6 THWB2
Do not bind the wires in the FTC (Master) unit.
THW7 THWB1
<Thermistor position>
THW8 THW9
Place TH2 on refrigerant piping ( liquid side).
It is recommended to protect the thermistor with heat insulating materials so
<Fig. 4.4.1>
as not to be affected by ambient temperature.
Note: Be sure to place TH2 where it correctly detects refrigerant piping temp. (liquid side).
Because;
(1) TH2 is required to detect heating subcool correctly.
(2) R
efrigerant temperature of water-to-refrigerant heat exchanger also
needs to be detected for protection purpose.
4.4.3. Connecting the flow water temp. thermistor (THW1) cable

and the return water temp. thermistor (THW2) cable
The THW1 and the THW2 cables share a connector, and the connector connects to CNW12
connector on FTC (Master).
When the THW1 and THW2 cables are too long, bundle the excess cables outside the FTC (Master) unit.
Place THW1 on water piping (water outlet side) after booster heater, and THW2 on the water inlet side.
It is recommended to protect the thermistor with heat insulating materials so as not to be affected by ambient temperature.
Note: Be sure to attach THW1 where it correctly detects Flow temp. (water oulet side). Fore more details, see Page C-7.
4.4.4. Connecting the actual DHW tank thermistor (THW5) cable

THW5 is an optional part (PAC-TH011TK-E(5 m) or PAC-TH011TKL-E(30 m)). However, PAC-IF063B-E comes with THW5.
Connect the THW5 cable to the CNW5 connector on FTC (Master) if the DHW tank is available.
When the THW5 cable supplied with FTC (Master) is too long, bundle the excess cable outside the FTC (Master) unit.
Place THW5 on the position where tank water temperature can be detected correctly.
It is recommended to position the thermistor at the mid height of the DHW tank (to control DHW heating with this sensor).
Especially for double (insulated) tank, thermistor should be attached to the inner side (to detect the water temperature).
Note:
Connect the terminals by using the ring terminals and also insulate the cables of adjoining terminals when wiring to TBI.1-3.
The necessary thermistor (THW6, THW7, THW8, THW9) connection for 2-zone temperature control, refer to “4.7 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control” .
The necessary thermistor (THWB1, THWB2, THW6, THW7) connection for back-up operation of boiler, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E .
Caution:
Do not route the thermistor cables together with power cables.
The sensor part of the thermistor should be installed where user can not access.
C-20
4.4.5. Thermistor position and necessity

<Thermistor position and necessity>
Outdoor unit type DHW tank TH2 THW1 THW2 THW5
Present
Split
Absent —
Present —
Packaged
Absent — —
: Necessary. Connect the thermistor.
—: Not necessary. The thermistor is not required, do not connect.
SPLIT type outdoor unit with DHW tank and booster heater DHW tank PACKAGED type outdoor unit with DHW tank and booster heater
temperature
DHW tank
temperature
THW5 THW5
FTC Water OUTLET side FTC Water OUTLET side
Refrigerant LIQUID side after booster heater
(Master) (Master) after booster heater
Outdoor unit THW1 Outdoor unit THW1
TH2
*1 THW2 Water INLET side *1 THW2 Water INLET side Not necessary
Refrigerant piping Water piping Water piping TH2

SPLIT type PACKAGED type *1 Refrigerant-water HEX
(without a refrigerant-water HEX inside) *1 Refrigerant-water HEX
(with a refrigerant-water HEX inside)
SPLIT type outdoor unit with DHW tank DHW tank PACKAGED type outdoor unit with DHW tank DHW tank
temperature temperature
THW5 THW5
FTC FTC
Refrigerant LIQUID side Water OUTLET side Water OUTLET side
(Master) (Master)
TH2 Not necessary
*1 THW2 Water INLET side *1 THW2 Water INLET side TH2
Refrigerant piping Water piping Water piping

(without a refrigerant-water HEX inside) *1 Refrigerant-water HEX (with a refrigerant-water HEX inside)
SPLIT type outdoor unit with booster heater PACKAGED type outdoor unit with booster heater
Not necessary
Not necessary
FTC Water OUTLET FTC Water OUTLET side
Refrigerant LIQUID side after booster heater THW5
(Master) (Master) after booster heater THW5
Outdoor unit THW1 Outdoor unit THW1 Not necessary
TH2 TH2
*1 THW2 Water INLET side *1 THW2 Water INLET side

(without a refrigerant-water HEX inside) *1 Refrigerant-water HEX
(with a refrigerant-water HEX inside)
SPLIT type outdoor unit without DHW tank and booster heater PACKAGED type outdoor unit without DHW tank and booster heater
Not necessary
Not necessary
FTC Water OUTLET side FTC
Refrigerant LIQUID side THW5 Water OUTLET side
(Master) (Master)
THW5
Not necessary
TH2 TH2
*1 THW2 Water INLET side *1 THW2 Water INLET side

(without a refrigerant-water HEX inside) *1 Refrigerant-water HEX (with a refrigerant-water HEX inside)
<Fig. 4.4.2>
C-21
4.5 Connecting inputs/outputs

1
1 TBO.1 CN01 2
2 (WH) 4
3 1 CNP1 6
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1
When the wires are wired to adjacent terminals use ring terminals and insulate the wires.
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
FTC (Master)
1 LED4
CNBH
(WH)
7


1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
<Fig. 4.5.1>
Signal inputs
IN11 TBI.3 7-8 —
IN12 TBI.3 9-10 —
IN1A TBI.3 12-14 CN1A Flow sensor input *6
● Pulse type Voltage free contact for 12VDC detection by FTC (TBI.3 1, 3 and 5 pin have a positive voltage.)
Those values can be set by the main remote controller. (Refer to the menu tree in "7.2 Main remote controller".)
*5. As for the smart grid ready, refer to "4.9 Smart grid ready".
*6. Connectable flow sensor
● Power supply 5V DC
● Measuring range 5 to 100 L/min
Those values can be set by the main remote controller. (Refer to <Auxiliary setting> on Page 44.)
● Flow signal 0.5V (at minimum flow rate) to 3.5V (at maximum flow rate)

Analog input
(0.5 - 3.5V)

5VDC
GND
Wire size: Stranded wire 0.13 mm² to 1.25 mm² + - + - + -

Solid wire: ø0.4 mm to ø1.2 mm TBI.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 121314
IN8 IN9 IN10 IN1A
C-22
Thermistor inputs
TH1 — CN20 Thermistor (Room temp.) (Option) *1 PAC-SE41TS-E
TH2 — CN21 Thermistor (Ref. liquid temp.) *2 —
THW5 — CNW5 Thermistor (DHW tank water temp.) PAC-TH011TK-E(5 m) or PAC-TH011TKL-E(30 m)
PAC-TH011-E
PAC-TH011-E
PAC-TH011HT-E
*2. Except PAC-IF062/063B-E.
Outputs
Name Terminal Connector Item OFF ON Signal/Max. current Max. total current
block
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 Water circulation pump 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
CNP1
—
(Space heating/cooling for Zone1)
4.0A (a)
— (Space heating/cooling for Zone2) *1
OUT14 — CNP4 Water circulation pump 4 output (DHW) OFF ON 230V AC 1.0A Max.
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve 1) output Heating DHW 230V AC 0.1A Max.
TBO.2 1-2 Close
TBO.2 2-3 Open
OUT6 TBO.5 5-6 — Booster heater 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max. (Relay)
OUT7 TBO.5 7-8 — Booster heater 2 output OFF ON 230V AC 0.5A Max. (Relay)
BC TBO.5 3-4 — Booster heater protection output OFF (BHT open) ON (BHT short) 230V AC 0.5A Max. —
non-voltage contact
· 220-240V AC (30V DC)
0.5A or less
· 10mA 5V DC or more
Thermostat Nor-
BHT TBO.5 1-2 CNBHT Thermostat for booster heater High temp. : open — —
mal: short
N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L N L L L
TBO.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TBO.4 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 Close Open OUT4 OUT10 OUT11OUT12 OUT15 OUT13 OUT9 OUT8 BHT BC OUT6 OUT7
OUT5
Wiring specification and local supply parts How to use TBO.1 to 5

Max. 30 m Tool
Solid wire: 0.25 mm² to 1.5 mm² Conductor
Conductor

Note: <Fig. 4.5.2>
1. When the FTC is powered via outdoor unit, the maximum grand total current of (a)+(b) is 3.0 A.
2. Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1, OUT2, and OUT3). In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s).
C-23
4.6 Wiring for heater

<Care to be taken when connecting a booster heater(s)>
The initial setting assumes that the connected booster heater(s) has a built-in direct cut-off thermostat. <Fig. 4.6.1>
When the connected booster heater(s) has a built-in indirect cut-off thermostat, perform wiring according to the following items. < Fig. 4.6.2>
• Connect the thermostat signal to BHT (TBO.5 1-2).
• Remove the jumper wire from connector CNBHT.
• Connect a contactor (or relay) for protecting the booster heater.
(Connect the electromagnetic coil terminals to BC (TBO.5 3-4).
* Do not remove the jumper wire from connector CNBHT when the connected booster heater(s) has a built-in direct cut-off thermostat. < Fig. 4.6.1>
<Care to be taken when connecting an immersion heater>
The initial setting assumes that the connected immersion heater has a built-in direct cut-off thermostat. <Fig. 4.6.3>
<Wiring for booster heater with a built-in direct cut-off thermostat> <Wiring for booster heater with a built-in indirect cut-off thermostat>
Earth leakage
Earth leakage circuit breaker for
circuit breaker for booster heater
booster heater
OUT7 BC
(TBO.5 7-8) (TBO.5 3-4)
Contactor or Contactor or relay
Contactor or for protecting

relay for booster relay for
booster heater 2 booster heater
heater
OUT6 OUT7
(TBO.5 5-6) (TBO.5 7-8)
Contactor or
Contactor or relay for
relay for booster booster heater 2
Direct cut-off heater 1
thermostat OUT6
(TBO.5 5-6)
Booster heater1 Booster heater2 Booster heater1
<Fig. 4.6.1>
Booster heater2
Indirect cut-off
thermostat
<Wiring for immersion heater with a built-in direct cut-off thermostat> BHT
(TBO.5 1-2)
Earth leakage
circuit breaker for
immersion heater
<Fig. 4.6.2>
Contactor or relay
for immersion
heater
OUT9
(TBO.4 3-4)
Direct cut-off
thermostat
Immersion heater
<Fig. 4.6.3>
TBO.4 3-4
TBO.5 1-2
TBO.5 3-4
CNBHT
TBO.5 5-6
TBO.5 7-8
C-24
4.7 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control

1. W ater circulation pump 2 (Zone1 water circulation pump) / Water circulation pump 3 (Zone2 water circulation pump) N L
Electrically wire water circulation pumps 2 and 3 to the appropriate output terminals. (Refer to “Outputs” in 4.5.)
2.Flow switch 2 (Zone1 flow switch) / Flow switch 3 (Zone2 flow switch)
Connect flow switches 2 and 3 to the appropriate terminals. (Refer to “Signal inputs” in 4.5.)
Set dip switches 3-2 and 3-3 according to the functions of individual flow switches 2 and 3. (Refer to “Dip switch FTC
(Master)
setting” in section 5.)
3. Thermistor
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone1 flow temp. to the THW6 (TBI. 2-3 and 2-4) terminals.
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone1 return temp. to the THW7 (TBI. 2-5 and 2-6) terminals. TBO.2 1 2 3
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone2 flow temp. to the THW8 (TBI. 2-7 and 2-8) terminals.
Connect the thermistor to monitor the Zone2 return temp. to the THW9 (TBI. 2-9 and 2-10) terminals.
The maximum length of the thermistor wiring is 30 m. When the wires are wired to adjacent terminals, use ring
terminals and insulate the wires. Close N Open
The length of the optional thermistors are 5 m. If you need to splice and extend the wirings, following points
must be carried out. from mixing tank to Zone2 heat emitter
1) Connect the wirings by soldering. A
4. Motorized mixing valve
Connect three wires coming from the motorized mixing valve to the appropriate terminals referring to “Outputs” in 4.5. B Motorized mixing valve
Note: Connect the signal line to open Port A (hot water inlet port) to TBO. 2-3 (Open), the signal line to to mixing tank from Zone2 heat emitter
open Port B (cold water inlet port) to TBO. 2-1 (Close), and the neutral terminal wire to TBO. 2-2 (N).
4.8 2-zone valve ON/OFF control
Opening /closing 2-way valve provides a simple 2-Zone control.
Flow temperature is common for Zone1 and 2.
Zone1 1. Zone1 2-way valve 2a (local supply)

1. Pipe work 3
1 2. Zone2 2-way valve 2b (local supply)
3. Water circulation pump 2 (local supply) *1
4. By-pass valve (local supply) *2
4
*1 Install according to system in the field.
Zone2
*2 For safety protection, it is recommended to install a by-pass valve.
2
Note: Freeze stat function is deactivated whilst this control is ON. Use anti-freeze
solution to avoid freezing, if necessary.
2. DIP switch
Turn DIP switch 3-6 ON.
3. 2-way valve 2a (for Zone1) / 2-way valve 2b (for Zone2)
Electrically wire 2-way valve 2a and 2b to the appropriate external output terminals. (Refer to "External outputs" in 4.5)
4. Room thermostat connection
Heating operation mode Zone1 Zone2
Room temp. control ● Wireless remote controller (option) ● Wireless remote controller (option)
(Auto adaptation) *3 ● Room temperature thermistor (option)
● Main remote controller (remote position)
Compensation curve or flow temp. control ● Wireless remote controller (option) *4 ● Wireless remote controller (option) *4
● Room temperature thermostat (local supply) ● Room temperature thermostat (local supply)
*3 Ensure to install the room thermostat for Zone1 in main room since the Room temp. control for Zone1 is prioritized.
*4 The wireless remote controller can be used as a thermostat.
4.9 Smart grid ready

In DHW or heating operation, the commands in the table below can be used.
IN11 IN12 Meaning TBI.3 7 8 9 10
OFF (open) OFF (open) Normal operation
ON (short) OFF (open) Switch-on recommendation*1
OFF (open) ON (short) Switch-off command
ON (short) ON (short) Switch-on command*2 IN11 IN12
Note:
• To activate this function, settings on the main remote controller are required.
(Main menu → Service → “Function settings” Ref. add: 0, Unit: 1)
• Heating operation mode (compensation curve or flow temp. control) requires
the optional wireless remote controller.
*1 Switch-on recommendation has following 2 modes:

Mode 7 Hot water operation
Additional boost temperature is added onto the usual DHW target temperature.
(1-Inactive (default) /2-Target temp. +3°C/3-Target temp. +5°C)
Mode 8 Heating operation
Heating ON (permitted heating with thermo ON) range is extended.
(1-Inactive (default ) /2-Thermo ON temp. +2°C/3-Thermo ON temp. +3°C)
*2 Switch-on command has following 2 modes:

Hot water operation
With electrical heater or DIP SW 1-2 ON → Target temp. : 60°C
Without electrical heater and DIP SW 1-2 OFF → Target temp. : 55°C
Heating operation
Heating is ALWAYS permitted.
C-25
4.10 Installation procedure for DHW tank

Note: Specification of 2-way valve (local supply)
• Be aware that the respective DHW operations are greatly effected by • Power supply: 230V AC
the selections of the components such as tank, immersion heater, or • Current: 0.1A Max. (If over 0.1A you must use a relay)
the like. • Type: Normally closed
• Follow your local regulations to perform system configuration. Installation Electrical connection Output signal
position terminal block Heating DHW System
1. To enable switching of the water circulation circuit between the DHW mode OFF
and the heating mode, install a 3-way valve (local supply). The 3-way valve 2-way valve1 DHW TBO.2 4-5 OFF ON OFF
and the DHW tank should be positioned as shown in the system diagram in (closed) (open) (closed)
section 3. 2-way valve2 Heating TBO.4 1-2 ON OFF OFF
The use of two 2-way valves can perform the same function as a 3-way (open) (closed) (closed)
valve.
Note: Should the 2-way valve become blocked the water circulation will stop.
2. Install the optional thermistor THW5 (optional part PAC-TH011TK-E(5 m) or
A by-pass valve or circuit should be installed between pump and 2-way
PAC-TH011TKL-E(30 m)) on the DHW tank. Note that PAC-IF063B-E comes
valve for safety.
with THW5.
The TBO.4 1-2 terminals on the FTC (Master) are shown in the wiring dia-
It is recommended to position the thermistor at the mid point of the DHW tank
gram.
capacity. Insulate thermistor from ambient air. Especially for double (insulated)
The 2-way valve (local supply) should be installed according to the in-
tank, thermistor should be attached to the inner side (to detect the water
structions supplied with it. Follow 2-way valve’s manufacturer’s instruc-
temperature).
tions as to whether to connect an earth cable or not.
3. Connect the thermistor lead to the CNW5 connector on the FTC (Master).
• For the 2-way valve, choose the one that slowly opens and shuts off to
4. The output terminals for the 3-way valve is TBO.2 4-6 (OUT4).
prevent water hammer sound.
The TBO.2 4-6 terminals on the FTC (Master) are shown in the wiring dia-
• Choose the 2-way valve equipped with manual override, which is nec-
gram on the page C-22.
essary for topping up or draining of water.
Choose the terminals that the 3-way valve is connected to between TBO.2
4-5, or TBO.2 4-6, according to the rated voltage.
5. Turn the DIP SW1-3 on the FTC (Master) to ON.
When the rated current of the 3-way valve exceeds 0.1A, be sure to use a
relay with maximum voltage and current ratings of 230V AC / 0.1A when con-
6. When using an immersion heater (local supply), connect a contact relay ca-
necting to the FTC (Master). Do not directly connect the 3-way valve cable to
ble for the immersion heater to TBO.4 3-4 (OUT9), and turn the Dip SW1-4
the FTC (Master). Connect the relay cable to the TBO.2 4-5 terminals.
to ON. Do NOT directly connect the power cable to the FTC (Master).
3-way valve must be of SPST type. SPDT type can NOT be used.
For systems using 2-way valves instead of a 3-way valve please read the
Note:
following;
• When an immersion heater is installed, select appropriate breaker capacity
and a cable with appropriate diameter on the basis of heater output.
• When wiring an immersion heater in the field, always install an earth leakage
breaker to prevent accidental electric shock.
TBO.2 4-6
TBO.4 1-2
TBO.4 3-4
Dip SW1
WARNING: When connecting DHW tank

(1) Attach the optional thermistor THW5 (PAC-TH011TK-E (5 m) or PAC-TH011TKL-E (30 m)). Note that PAC-IF063B-E comes with THW5.
(2) Always use earth leakage breaker when connecting immersion heater.
(3) When installing an immersion heater, be sure that the immersion heater has a built-in direct cut-off thermostat.
C-26
4.11 Using SD memory card

FTC is equipped with an SD memory card interface. (a) F
or insertion, push on the SD memory card until it clicks into place.
Using an SD memory card can simplify main remote controller settings and can (b) F
or ejection, push on the SD memory card until it clicks.
store operating logs. *1 Note: T o avoid cutting fingers, do not touch sharp edges of the SD
memory card connector (CN108) on the FTC control board.
(a)
(a)
(b)
(b)
FTC (Master)
FTC (Slave)
<Handling precautions>
(1) Use an SD memory card that complies with the SD standards. Check that the
SD memory card has a logo on it of those shown to the right.
(2) SD memory cards to the SD standards include SD, SDHC, miniSD, micro SD,
and microSDHC memory cards. The capacities are available up to 32 GB. Logos
Choose that with a maximum allowable temperature of 55ºC.
(3) When the SD memory card is a miniSD, miniSDHC, microSD, or micro SDHC
memory card, use an SD memory card converter adapter.
(4) Before writing to the SD memory card, release the write-protect switch.
(5) Before inserting or ejecting an SD memory card, make sure to power off the
system. If an SD memory card is inserted or ejected with the system powered
on, the stored data could be corrupted or the SD memory card be damaged.
*An SD memory card is live for a whilst after the system is powered off. Before
insertion or ejection wait until the LED lamps on the FTC control board are all
off. Capacities
(6) The read and write operations have been verified using the following SD mem- 2 GB to 32 GB *2
ory cards, however, these operations are not always guaranteed as the speci-
fications of these SD memory cards could change. SD speed classes
All
Manufacturer Model Tested in
• The SD Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Verbatim #44015 Mar. 2012
The miniSD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
SanDisk SDSDB-002G-B35 Oct. 2011 The microSD logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
Panasonic RP-SDP04GE1K Oct. 2011
Arvato 2GB PS8032 TSB 24nm MLC Jun. 2012 *1 To edit main remote controller settings or to check operating data, an Ecodan
Arvato 2GB PS8035 TSB A19nm MLC Jul. 2014 service tool (for use with PC) is required.
SanDisk SDSDUN-008G-G46 Oct. 2016 *2 A 2-GB SD memory card stores up to 30 days of operation logs.

Before using a new SD memory card (including the card that comes with the
unit), always check that the SD memory card can be safely read and written to
by the FTC controller.
<How to check read and write operations>
a) Check for correct wiring of power supply to the system. For more
details, refer to section 4.1.
(Do not power on the system at this point.)
b) Insert an SD memory card.
c) Power on the system.
d) The LED4 lamp lights if the read and write operations are successfully
completed. If the LED4 lamp continues blinking or does not light, the
SD memory card cannot be read or written to by the FTC controller.
(7) Make sure to follow the instruction and the requirement of the SD memory
card’s manufacturer.
(8) Format the SD memory card if determined unreadable in step (6). This could
make it readable.
Download an SD card formatter from the following site.
SD Association homepage: https://www.sdcard.org/home/
(9) FTC supports FAT file system but not NTFS file system.
(10) M itsubishi Electric is not liable for any damages, in whole or in part,
including failure of writing to an SD memory card, and corruption and loss of
the saved data, or the like. Back up saved data as necessary.
(11)Do not touch any electronic parts on the FTC control board when inserting
or ejecting an SD memory card, or else the control board could fail.
C-27
5 DIP Switch setting Flow temp.controller
5.1 DIP Switch Functions

Located on the FTC printed circuit board are 5 sets of small white switches known
as DIP switches. The DIP switch number is printed on the circuit board next to
the relevant switches. The word ON is printed on the circuit board and on the DIP
SW5
switch block itself. To move the switch you will need to use a pin or the corner of
a thin metal ruler or similar.
SW4
DIP switch settings are listed below in Table 5.1.1.
Only an authorised installer can change DIP switch setting under one’s own re- SW3
changing the switch settings. SW2
For multiple outdoor units control with FTC (slave), see section 9.3.2.
SW1
<Fig. 5.1.1>
Default settings:
DIP switch Function OFF ON
Indoor unit model

OFF: PAC-IF061B-E
SW1-3 DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank
ON : PAC-IF062/063B-E
OFF: PAC-IF061B-E
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater
SW1-5 Booster heater WITHOUT Booster heater WITH Booster heater OFF
SW1-6 Booster heater function For heating only For heating and DHW OFF
OFF: PAC-IF061B-E
SW2-3 Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active OFF
SW2-4 Cooling mode function Inactive Active OFF
Automatic switch to backup heat source op-
eration (When outdoor unit stops by error)
SW2-8 Flow sensor WITHOUT Flow sensor WITH Flow sensor OFF
SW4 SW4-1 Multiple outdoor unit control Inactive Active OFF
SW4-2 Position of multiple outdoor unit control *7 Slave Master OFF
SW4-3 — — — OFF
SW5 SW5-1 — — — OFF
SW5-2 Advanced auto adaptation Inactive Active ON
SW5-3 — — — OFF
SW5-4 — — — OFF
SW5-5 — — — OFF
SW5-6 — — — OFF
SW5-7 — — — OFF
SW5-8 — — — OFF
<Table 5.1.1>
Note: *1. When the FTC unit is connected with a SUHZ-SW outdoor unit of which maximum outlet water temperature is 55ºC, DIP SW1-2 must be
changed to OFF.
*2. External output (OUT11) will be available. For safety reasons, this function is not available for certain errors. (In that case, system operation
must be stopped and only the water circulation pump keeps running.)
*3. This switch functions only when the cylinder unit is connected with a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit. When another type of outdoor unit is con-
nected, the heating mode function is active regardless of the fact that this switch is ON or OFF.
*4. Space heating and DHW can be operated only in indoor unit, like an electric boiler. (Refer to "5.7 Indoor unit only operation". )
*7. SW4-2 is available only when SW4-1 is ON.
C-28
5.2 Outdoor unit type

Set Dip SW 1-7 to set the outdoor unit type.
Dip SW 1-7 Setting Note

OFF Split type Necessary to connect TH2
ON Packaged type Not necessary to connect TH2
Set Dip SW 1-2 to set the heat pump maximum outlet water temperature.
Dip SW 1-2 Setting

OFF 55°C
ON 60°C
When the outdoor unit is a SUHZ-SW series set the Dip SW1-2 to OFF, other than that, set the Dip SW 1-2 to ON.
Note: When Dip SW 1-2 is OFF (55°C) and an electric heater is not installed (*), ‘Legionellla Prevention Mode’ is NOT available.
* Dip SW settings set when no electric heater is installed.
Dip SW 1-2 Dip SW 1-4 Dip SW 1-5 Dip SW 1-6

OFF OFF ON OFF
OFF OFF OFF (ON/OFF)
5.3 Functions setting
Set Dip SW 1-1 to set whether the system has a boiler.
Dip SW 1-1 Setting Set Dip SW 3-4 to set whether the system has an electric energy meter.
OFF WITHOUT boiler Dip SW 3-4 Setting
ON WITH boiler OFF WITHOUT electric energy meter
When Dip SW 1-1 is OFF, back-up operation of boiler is not available. ON WITH electric energy meter
Set Dip SW 1-3 to set whether the system has a DHW tank. Set Dip SW 3-6 to set activate or deactivate 2-zone valve ON/OFF control.
Dip SW 1-3 Setting Note Dip SW 3-6 Setting
OFF WITHOUT DHW tank Not necessary to connect THW5 OFF Inactive
ON WITH DHW tank Necessary to connect THW5 ON Active
When Dip SW 1-3 is OFF, DHW mode is not available.
Set Dip SW 3-7 to set type of the heat exchanger for DHW.
Set Dip SW 1-4 to set whether the system has an immersion heater. Dip SW 3-7 Setting
Dip SW 1-4 Setting OFF Coil in tank
OFF WITHOUT immersion heater ON External plate HEX
ON WITH immersion heater
Set Dip SW 3-8 to set whether the system has a heat meter.
Set Dip SW 1-5 to set whether the system has a booster heater. Dip SW 3-8 Setting
Dip SW 1-5 Setting OFF WITHOUT heat meter
OFF WITHOUT booster heater ON WITH heat meter
ON WITH booster heater
Set Dip SW 4-1 to set activate or deactivate multiple units control.
Set Dip SW 1-6 to set the booster heater function. Dip SW 4-1 Setting
Dip SW 1-6 Setting OFF Inactive
OFF For heating only ON Active
ON For heating and DHW When Dip SW 4-1 is OFF, 2-zone temperature control and 2-zone valve ON/
OFF control is not available.
Set Dip SW 2-6 to set whether the system has a mixing tank.
Dip SW 2-6 Setting Set Dip SW 4-2 to set master or slave of multiple units control.
OFF WITHOUT mixing tank Dip SW 4-2 Setting
ON WITH mixing tank OFF Slave
When Dip SW 2-6 is OFF, back-up operation of boiler is not available. ON Master
When Dip SW 2-6 is OFF, 2-zone temperature control is not available. When multiple units control is not available, setting of Dip SW 4-2 is not neces-
sary.
Set Dip SW 2-7 to set activate or deactivate 2-zone temperature control.
Dip SW 2-7 Setting Set Dip SW 5-2 to set activate or deactivate advanced auto adaptation.
OFF Inactive Dip SW 5-2 Setting
ON Active OFF Inactive
ON Active
Set Dip SW 2-8 to set whether the system has a flow sensor.
Dip SW 2-8 Setting
OFF WITHOUT flow sensor
ON WITH flow sensor
C-29
<Summary of Function setting>
Dip SW 1-3 Dip SW 1-4 Dip SW 1-5 Dip SW 1-6

System diagram
(DHW tank) (Immersion heater) (Booster heater) (BH function)
ON OFF ON ON
(WITH DHW tank) (WITHOUT (WITH (For heating and DHW) DHW tank
immersion heater) booster heater) THW5
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
ON ON ON ON
(WITH DHW tank) (WITH (WITH (For heating and DHW) DHW tank
Immersion heater
3-way valve (*)
THW1

THW2
ON OFF ON OFF
(WITH DHW tank) (WITHOUT (WITH (For heating only) DHW tank
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
ON OFF OFF —
(WITH DHW tank) (WITHOUT (WITHOUT DHW tank
3-way valve (*)
THW1
Heat emitter
THW2
ON ON ON OFF
(WITH DHW tank) (WITH (WITH (For heating only) DHW tank
Immersion heater
3-way valve (*)
THW1
THW2
ON ON OFF —
(WITH DHW tank) (WITH (WITHOUT DHW tank
THW5
immersion heater) booster heater) Immersion heater
3-way valve (*)
THW1
Heat emitter
THW2
OFF OFF ON OFF

(WITHOUT (WITHOUT (WITH THW1
DHW tank) immersion heater) booster heater) Booster heater Heat emitter
THW2
OFF OFF OFF —

(WITHOUT (WITHOUT (WITHOUT THW1
DHW tank) immersion heater) booster heater) Heat emitter
THW2
* The use of two 2-way valves can perform same function as a 3-way valve.
C-30
5.4 Operation setting

Set Dip SW 1-8 to set whether the system has a wireless remote controller.
Dip SW 1-8 Setting
OFF WITHOUT wireless remote controller
ON WITH wireless remote controller
Set Dip SW 2-1 to set the room thermostat 1 input (IN1) logic.
Dip SW 2-1 Setting
OFF Operation stop at thermostat short
ON Operation stop at thermostat open
Set Dip SW 2-2 to set the flow switch 1 input (IN2) logic.
Dip SW 2-2 Setting
OFF Failure detection at short
ON Failure detection at open
Set Dip SW 2-3 to set the restriction on the capacity of booster heater.
Dip SW 2-3 Setting
OFF Inactive
ON Active
When Dip SW 2-3 is ON, booster heater 2 operation is not available. (Only booster heater 1 is available.)
Notes: 1 When installing one booster heater, use OUT6 (Booster Heater 1) and switch SW2-3 to ON.
2 When installing two booster heaters, use OUT6 (Booster Heater 1) and OUT7 (Booster heater 2). In such cases, use OUT7 (Booster heater 2) to connect the
one with higher capacity.
Reference: Summary of Booster heater control

The booster heater is controlled in the following three steps.
Booster heater 1 Booster heater 2
(OUT6) (OUT7)
OFF OFF OFF
Controlled to this extent when SW2-3 is ON.
STEP 1 ON OFF
ON STEP 2 OFF ON
STEP 3 ON ON
Set Dip SW 2-4 to set activate or deactivate cooling mode.

Dip SW 2-4 Setting
OFF Inactive
ON Active
When Dip SW 2-4 is OFF, cooling mode is not available.
Set Dip SW 2-5 to set the automatic switch to backup heater only operation. (When outdoor unit stops by error.)
Dip SW 2-5 Setting
OFF Inactive
ON Active
Set Dip SW 3-1 to set the room thermostat 2 input (IN6) logic.
Dip SW 3-1 Setting
Dip SW 3-2 Setting
Dip SW 3-3 Setting
Set Dip SW 3-5 to set activate or deactivate heating mode.

Dip SW 3-5 Setting
OFF Inactive
ON Active
When the connected outdoor unit is not of PUHZ-FRP model, heating mode is always active regardless of Dip SW3-5 setting.
Set Dip SW 4-4 to set activate or deactivate indoor unit only operation.
Dip SW 4-4 Setting
OFF Inactive
ON Active
C-31
5.5 Emergency mode (Heater only operation)

The emergency mode is available when a failure on the outdoor unit of the heat pump or a communication error occurs.
This mode uses booster heater or immersion heater as a heat source and automatically controls between the DHW mode and the heating mode. When the system
is not incorporated with heater, the emergency mode is not available.
Before starting the emergency mode, turn off the outdoor unit and FTC (Master), and then turn Dip SW 4-5 to ON. Then, turn on FTC (Master) to start the emergency
mode. FTC (Master) can be power-supplied by the outdoor unit or directly by power source.
If emergency mode is no longer required, please turn off both outdoor and indoor unit power supply before returning Dip SW4-5 to OFF position.
5.6 Emergency mode (Boiler operation)

The emergency mode is available when a failure on the outdoor unit of the heat pump or a communication error occurs.
This mode uses boiler as a heat source and automatically controls the heating mode. When the system is not incorporated with boiler, the emergency mode is not
available.
Before starting the emergency mode, turn off the outdoor unit and FTC (Master), and then turn Dip SW 4-6 to ON. Then, turn on FTC (Master) to start the emergency
mode. FTC (Master) can be power-supplied by the outdoor unit or directly by power source.
If emergency mode is no longer required, please turn off both outdoor and indoor unit power supply before returning Dip SW4-6 to OFF position.
5.7 Indoor unit only operation (during installation work)

In the case when DHW or heating operation is required prior to connection of the outdoor unit; i.e. during installation work, an electric heater in indoor unit (*1) can be
used.
*1 Model with electric heater only.
*2 Not available during Multiple outdoor unit control.
1. To start operation
● Check if the indoor unit power supply is OFF, and turn DIP switch 4-4 and 4-5 ON.
● Turn ON the indoor unit power supply.
2. To end operation*
● Turn OFF the indoor unit power supply.
● Turn DIP switch 4-4 and 4-5 OFF.
*When the indoor unit only operation is ended, ensure to check over the settings after outdoor unit is connected.
Note:
Prolonged running of the this operation may affect the life of the electric heater.
C-32
6 Before test run Flow temp.controller
6.1 Check
After completing installation and the wiring and piping of the local application and outdoor units, check for refrigerant leakage,
looseness in the power supply or control wiring, wrong polarity, and power cable is securely connected.
Use a 500-volt megohmmeter to check that the resistance between the power supply terminals and ground is at least 1.0MΩ.
Warning:
Do not use the system if the insulation resistance is less than 1.0MΩ.
Caution:
Do not carry out this test on the control wiring (low voltage circuit) terminals.
6.2 Self-check
When an error occurs when power is applied or during operation
■ Indication of error details
The code, unit, address, and telephone number are displayed.
The telephone number is displayed if registered.
■ Resetting the error
Press the F4 (RESET) button, and the F3 (Yes) button to reset the current error.
Code Error Action
• Water leakage
• Water circulation pump function (Error code may display during filling
of primary circuit, complete filling and reset error code.)
THW8, THW9) failure
Low primary circuit flow rate detected by flow sensor or flow switch (flow switch-
L9 replace it.
es 1, 2, 3)
striction. (See the manual of the thermistors "PAC-TH011HT-E".)
LC Boiler circulation water temperature overheat protection
• water leakage
• water leakage
See Action for L3.
troller
Test the wireless communication. (See the manual of wireless system.)
U*,F*,A* Outdoor unit failure Refer to outdoor unit service manual.
Note: To cancel error codes please switch system off (Press button E, on Main remote controller, for 3 seconds).
For description of each LED (LED1 to 3) provided on the FTC, refer to the following table.
LED 1 (Power for microcomputer) Indicates whether control power is supplied. Make sure that this LED is always lit.
LED 2 (Power for main remote controller) Indicates whether power is supplied to the main remote controller. This LED lights only in the case of the
FTC (Master) unit which is connected to the outdoor unit refrigerant address “0“.
LED 3 (Communication between FTC and outdoor unit) Indicates state of communication between the FTC and outdoor unit. Make sure that this LED is always
blinking.
C-33
7 Main remote controller operation Flow temp.controller
Note (Marking for This symbol mark is for EU countries only.

This symbol mark is according to the directive 2012/19/EU Article 14 Information for users and Annex IX.
WEEE)
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and components which can be recycled and
reused.
This symbol means that electrical and electronic equipment, at their end-of-life, should be disposed of separately from your household waste.
Please, dispose of this equipment at your local community waste collection/recycling centre.
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used electrical and electronic product.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
7.1 Safety precautions FOR USER
Symbols used in the text

► Before installing the unit, make sure you read all the “Safety Pre- Warning:
cautions”. Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent danger of injury
► The “Safety Precautions” provide very important points regarding or death to the user.
safety. Make sure you follow them. Caution:
► Please report to or take consent by the supply authority before con- Describes precautions that should be observed to prevent damage to the
nection to the system. unit.
Symbols used in the illustrations

: Indicates a part which must be grounded.
Warning:
• For appliances not accessible to the general public. • Never insert fingers, sticks etc. into the intakes or outlets.
• The unit must not be installed by the user. Ask the dealer or an author- • If you detect odd smells, stop using the unit, turn off the power switch
ized company to install the unit. If the unit is installed improperly, water and consult your dealer. Otherwise, a breakdown, electric shock or fire
leakage, electric shock or fire may result. may result.
• Do not stand on, or place any items on the unit. • If the supply cable is damaged, it must be replaced by the manufac-
• Do not splash water over the unit and do not touch the unit with wet turer, its service agent or similarly qualified persons in order to avoid a
hands. An electric shock may result. hazard.
• Do not spray combustible gas close to the unit. Fire may result. • This appliance is not intended for use by persons (including children)
• Do not place a gas heater or any other open-flame appliance where it with reduced physical, sensory or mental capabilities, or lack of ex-
will be exposed to the air discharged from the unit. Incomplete combus- perience and knowledge, unless they have been given supervision or
tion may result. instruction concerning use of the appliance by a person responsible for
• Do not remove the front panel or the fan guard from the outdoor unit their safety.
when it is running. • Children should be supervised to ensure that they do not play with the
• When you notice exceptionally abnormal noise or vibration, stop opera- appliance.
tion, turn off the power switch, and contact your dealer. • If the refrigeration gas blows out or leaks, stop the operation of the air
conditioner, thoroughly ventilate the room, and contact your dealer.
• Do not install in location that is hot or humid for long periods of time.
Caution: Disposing of the unit

• Do not use any sharp object to push the buttons, as this may damage When you need to dispose of the unit, consult your dealer.
the main remote controller.
• Never block or cover the indoor or outdoor unit’s intakes or outlets.
C-34
7.2 Main remote controller

<Main remote controller parts>
Letter Name Function

A Screen Screen in which all information is displayed
B Menu Access to system settings for initial set up and
modifications.
C Back Return to previous menu.
A D Confirm Used to select or save. (Enter key)
E Power/Holiday If system is switched off pressing once will turn
system on. Pressing again when system is
switched on will enable Holiday Mode. Holding the
button down for 3 seconds will turn the system off.
(*1)
F1-4 Function keys Used to scroll through menu and adjust settings.
F1 F2 F3 F4 Function is determined by the menu screen visible
on screen A.
E *1
When the system is switched off or the power supply is disconnected, the
system protection functions (e.g. freeze stat. function) will NOT operate.
Please beware that without these safety functions enabled the system
may potentially become exposed to damage.
B C D
<Main screen icons>

12 15 14 11 1 2 3
Icon Description
1 Legionella When this icon is displayed ‘Legionella prevention
prevention mode’ is active.
2 Heat pump ‘Heat pump’ is running.
Defrosting.
10
Emergency heating.
13
3 Electric heater When this icon is displayed the ‘Electric heaters’
(booster or immersion heater) are in use.
4 4 Target Target flow temperature
9 temperature Target room temperature
Compensation curve
5 OPTION Pressing the function button below this icon will
display the option screen.
6 + Increase desired temperature.
8
7 - Decrease desired temperature.
8 Z1 Z2 Pressing the function button below this icon
switches between Zone1 and Zone2.
7 6 5 Information Pressing the function button below this icon dis-
plays the information screen.
Main screen
9 Space heating/ Heating mode
cooling mode Zone1 or Zone2
Cooling mode
Zone1 or Zone2
10 DHW mode Normal or ECO mode
11 Holiday mode When this icon is displayed ‘Holiday mode’ acti-
vated.
12 Timer
Prohibited
Server control
Stand-by
Stand-by (*2)
Stop
Operating
13 Current Current room temperature
temperature Current water temperature of DHW tank
14 The Menu button is locked or the switching of the
operation modes between DHW and Heating op-
erations are disabled in the Option screen.(*3)
15 SD memory card is inserted. Normal operation.

SD memory card is inserted. Abnormal operation.
*2 This unit is in Stand-by whilst other indoor unit(s) is in operation by
priority.
*3 To lock or unlock the Menu, press the BACK and CONFIRM keys
simultaneously for 3 seconds.
C-35
Setting the Main remote controller

After the power has been connected to the outdoor and FTC unit (See chapter 4.1) the initial system settings can be entered via the main remote controller.
1. Check all breakers and other safety devices are correctly installed and turn on power to the system.
2. When the main remote controller switched on for the first time, the screen automatically goes to Initial settings menu, Language setting screen and Date/Time set-
ting screen in order.
3. Main remote controller will automatically start up. Wait approximately 6 mins whilst the control menus load.
4. When the controller is ready a blank screen with a line running across the top will be displayed.
5. Press button E (Power) (refer to page C-35) to turn on the system. Before turning on the system, perform initial settings as instructed below.
Main Settings Menu

The main settings menu can be accessed by pressing the MENU button. To re-
duce the risk of untrained end users altering the settings accidentally there are
two access levels to the main settings; and the service section menu is pass-
word protected.
User Level – Short press

If the MENU button is pressed once for a short time the main settings will be
displayed but without the edit function. This will enable the user to view current
settings but NOT change the parameters.
Installer Level – Long press

If the MENU button is pressed down for 3 seconds the main settings will be dis-
played with all functionality available.
The color of buttons is inverted as per right figure.
▼
▼
Main menu
The following items can be viewed and/or edited (dependent on access level).
• Domestic Hot water (DHW)
• Heating/Cooling Long Press
• Schedule timer
• Holiday mode
General Operation
● To find the icon that you wish to set, use the F2 and F3 buttons to move between the icons.
● The highlighted icon will appear as a larger version of the center of the screen.
● Press CONFIRM to select and edit the highlighted mode.
● Follow the <Main remote controller Menu Tree> for further setting, using ◄► buttons for scrolling or F1 to F4
for selecting.
C-36
Unrestricted access
Initial Installer only
Main screen * Short press for 1 Zone system. Shaded items relate
to DHW functions.
F1 * Information These are only avail-
able if the system in-
F4 Option F1 Forced DHW ON ( )/OFF cludes a DHW tank.
F2 DHW ON ( )/Prohibited ( )/Timer ( )
Long press
F3 Heating/Cooling ON ( )/Prohibited ( )/Timer ( )
F4 Energy monitor Consumed electrical energy
Menu
Delivered energy
Main
menu F1
Menu DHW Normal/Eco
Main F3
menu Legionella Active/Non active
Hot Water (DHW) DHW max. temp.
<See section> F2 ( EDIT) DHW max. temp. drop
DHW
DHW max. operation time
DHW mode restriction
Hot water temp.
Frequency
F4 ( EDIT)
Legionella Start time
Max. operation time
Duration of max. temp.
Heating/Cooling F3 (PREVIEW) Compensation curve preview

<See section> F1 F2
Zone1/2 select
F4 ( EDIT) Compensation curve edit F4 Adjustment

F4 Adjustment
F4 Schedule2 period setting screen1 F2 F3 Term setting F4

save
( EDIT)
Day
Time select
Zone1
F1
Zone1/2 select
Zone2
Day Time select
Schedule2 period Heating select Temp.setting save
preview screen F4 Schedule timer preview Time select
Schedule timer Zone1 Day
<See section>
F1
Schedule1
Day Time select
Cooling Zone2
Schedule1/2 select
Day Time select
select
DHW save
Zone1
Day Time select
F1
select Temp.setting
Zone1/2 select save
F4 Schedule timer preview Time select
Zone2 Day
Heating select
Temp.setting save
Day
Time select
F1 Zone1
Schedule2
F4 Schedule timer preview Time select
Cooling Zone2 Day
F4 Schedule timer preview Day
select Time select
DHW save
DHW Active/Non active

Active/Non active Heating room temp.
Heating/ Zone1 Heating flow temp.
Cooling
Holiday Cooling flow temp.
F1 F2 Zone1/2 select
mode F3 Holiday menu Heating room temp.
<See section> ( EDIT) Zone2 Heating flow temp.
Cooling flow temp.
Date/Time yyyy/mm/dd/hh:mm
Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/CZ/RU
Summer time OFF/ON
Temp. display OFF/Room/Tank/Room&Tank
Contact number
Initial Time display hh:mm/hh:mm AM/AM hh:mm Sensor setting TH1/Main RC/
settings Room RC1-8/ “Time/
°C/°F °C/°F Zone”
<See section> Zone1
Room RC zone select
Time setting
Select Time/Zone
Sensor setting
Room sensor settings
F1 F2
Sensor setting TH1/Main RC/
Zone1/2 select Room RC1-8/ “Time/
Sensor setting Zone”
Zone2
Time setting
<Continued to next page.> Select Time/Zone
Sensor setting
C-37
Unrestricted access
<Continued from the previous page.> Installer only
Initial Shaded items relate
to DHW functions.
Main screen Main These are only avail-
menu
Manual operation able if the system in-
Menu cludes a DHW tank.
Service Function settings
Password
protected
Thermistor adjustment ON/OFF
Economy settings for pump Long press
<See section> Delay
Electric heater (Heating) ON/OFF
Delay
Auxiliary settings ON/OFF (Booster heater/Immersion heater)
Electric heater (DHW) Delay
Mixing valve control Running
Interval
Flow sensor Minimum

Maximum
Heat source setting Standard (Heat pump & electric heater)/Heater (Electric heater only)/
Boiler/Hybrid (Heat pump & heater/Boiler)
Pump speed
Min.temp.
Operation settings Heating Flow temp.range
operation Max.temp.
Mode
Room temp.control
Interval
ON/OFF
H/P thermo diff.adjust Lower limit
Upper limit
Flow t.
Outdoor ambient temp.
ON/OFF
Simultaneous operation
ON/OFF
Hybrid
settings Priority Ambient/
Cost /CO2
Electricity
Energy
Boiler settings *1 price Boiler
Schedule
Electricity
CO2
Intelligent emission Boiler
settings Heat pump capacity
Boiler efficiency
Heat source Booster heater 1
capacity
Booster heater 2
capacity
ON/OFF
Start & Finish
Target temp. Max. temp.
Floor dry up function Max. temp. period
( For
refer to Page C-46. (
more details,
Flow temp.
Temp. increase step
Increase interval
(Increase)
Temp. decrease step
Flow temp. Decrease interval
(Decrease)
Booster heater 1
Electric heater Booster heater 2
capacity Immersion heater
Pump 1
Energy monitor Water pump input Pump 2
settings Pump 3
Delivered energy adjustment
Electric energy meter
Heat meter
Demand control (IN4) OFF (Heat source)/Boiler
External input settings
Outdoor thermostat (IN5) Heater/Boiler
Running information
Thermistor reading
Summary of settings
Error history
Password protection
Main remote controller Yes/No
Manual reset
FTC Yes/No
SD Main RC F1 F2 F3 Select download data
SD card *2
Main RC SD Select upload data
*1 For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
*2 The SD card setting for multiple outdoor units control should be done after turning the power supply of all FTC units (Master/ Slave) ON.
If “COMPLETE!” does not appear, it means the operation is not properly completed. Reset the whole system before re-try.
C-38
General Operation
In general operation the screen displayed on the main remote controller will be
shown as in the figure on the right.
This screen shows the target temperature, space heating mode, DHW mode (if
DHW tank is present in system), any additional heat sources being used, holi-
day mode, and the date and time.
You should use the function buttons to access more information. When this
screen is displayed pressing F1 will display the current status and pressing F4
will take the user to the option menu screen.
Home screen
<Option screen>
This screen shows the main operating modes of the system.
Use function buttons to switch between Operating (►), Prohibited ( ) and Timer
( ) for DHW and space heating/cooling, or detailed information on energy or
capacity.
The option screen allows quick setting of the following;

• Forced DHW (if DHW tank present) — to turn ON/OFF press F1
• DHW operating mode (if DHW tank present) — to change mode press F2
• Space heating/cooling operating mode — to change mode press F3
• Energy monitor
Following accumulated energy values are displayed.
: Consumed electric energy in total (month-to-date)
: Produced heat energy in total (month-to-date)
To monitor the energy values in each operation mode for [month-to-date/ last Option screen
month/ the month before last/ year-to-date/ last year], press F4 to access to
the Energy monitor menu.
Note:
If a certain accuracy is required for the monitoring, the method to display
captured data from external energy meter(s) should be set up. Contact
your installer for further details.
Main Settings Menu

To access the main settings menu press button B ‘MENU’
The following menus will be displayed;
• DHW (FTC unit plus locally supplied DHW tank)
• Heating/Cooling
• Schedule timer
• Holiday mode
Main settings menu screen
Initial Settings
1. From the main settings menu use F2 and F3 buttons to highlight ‘Initial set- Icon Description
tings’ icon and select by pressing CONFIRM.
2. Use F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through the menu list. When the required title Hot water (DHW)
is highlighted then press CONFIRM to edit.
3. Use the relevant function buttons to edit each initial setting then press CON- Heating/Cooling
FIRM to save the setting.
Initial settings that can be edited are Schedule timer

• Date/Time *Be sure to set it to the local standard time.
• Language Holiday mode
• Summer time
• Temp. display
• Contact number Initial settings
• Time display
• °C/°F Service
• Room sensor settings
To return to the main settings menu press the BACK button.
C-39
<Room sensor settings>

For room sensor settings it is important to choose the correct room sensor de-
pending on the heating mode the system will operate in.
1. From the Initial settings menu select Room sensor settings.
2. When 2-zone temperature control is active and wireless remote controllers

are available, from Room RC zone select screen, select zone no. to assign
to each remote controller.
3. From Sensor setting screen, select a room sensor to be used for monitoring
the room temperature from Zone1 and Zone2 separately.
Control option Corresponding initial settings room sensor
("Remote Controller Options"
Zone1 Zone2
(Installation manual))
A Room RC1-8 (one each *
for Zone1 and Zone2)
B TH1 *
C Main remote controller *
D * *
* Not specified ( if a field-supplied room thermostat is used)
Room RC1-8 (one each for Zone1 and Zone2) (if a wireless remote controller
is used as a room thermostat)
4. From Sensor setting screen, select Time/Zone to make it possible to use dif-
ferent room sensors according to the time schedule set in the Select Time/
Zone menu. The room sensors can be switched up to 4 times within 24
hours.
Time/Zone schedule setting screen
C-40
Domestic Hot Water (DHW)/Legionella Prevention

The domestic hot water and legionella prevention menus control the operation
of DHW tank heat ups.
<DHW mode settings>

1. Highlight the hot water icon and press CONFIRM.
2. Use button F1 to switch between Normal and ECO heating modes.
3. To edit the mode, press down the MENU button for 3 seconds, then select “hot
water”.
4. Press F2 key to display the HOTWATER (DHW) SETTING menu.
5. Use F2 and F3 keys to scroll through the menu selecting each component in
turn by pressing CONFIRM. See the table below for description of each setting.
6. Enter the desired number using the function keys and press CONFIRM.
Menu subtitle Function Range Unit Default value

DHW max. temp. Desired temperature of stored hot water 40 - 60 °C 50
DHW max. temperature Difference in temperature between DHW max. temp. and the temperature at which DHW mode restarts 5 - 30 °C 10
drop
DHW max. operation time Max. time allowed for stored water heating DHW mode 30 - 120 min 60
DHW mode restriction The time period after DHW mode when space heating has priority over DHW mode temporarily pre- 30 - 120 min 30
venting further stored water heating
(Only when DHW max. operation time has passed.)
If you wish to make changes contact installer. DHW tank temp.
Stop
Explanation of DHW operation DHW max.

temp.
• When the DHW tank temperature drops from “DHW max. temp.” by more than
the “DHW max. temperature drop” (set by installer), DHW mode operates and
the flow from the primary heating/cooling circuit is diverted to heat the water in Restart
the DHW tank. DHW max.
temp. drop
• When the temperature of the stored water reaches the ‘DHW max. temp.’ set by Start
the installer or if the ‘DHW max. operation time’ set by the installer is
exceeded DHW mode ceases to operate.
• Whilst DHW mode is in operation primary hot water is not directed to the space Time
heating/cooling circuit.
DHW mode DHW mode
• Directly after DHW max. operation time ‘DHW mode restriction’ will routinely operate.
Time
The duration of this feature is set by the installer and during its operation, DHW mode
can not (normally) be reactivated, allowing time for the system to deliver primary hot
water to the space heating/cooling if required. However, if at this time there is no current
demand for space heating/cooling, the system will automatically resume DHW mode.
This will continue until it receives a demand for space heating. DHW tank temp.
Stop
• After the ‘DHW mode restriction’ operation the DHW mode can operate again
and DHW tank heating will continue according to system demand. DHW max. Restart
temp. Stop
<Eco mode>
DHW mode can run in either ‘Normal’ or ‘Eco’ mode. Normal mode will heat the
water in the DHW tank more quickly using the full power of the heat pump. Eco DHW max.
temp. drop
mode takes a little longer to heat the water in the DHW tank but the energy used Start
is reduced. This is because heat pump operation is restricted using signals from
the FTC based on measured DHW tank temperature.
Time
DHW max. DHW mode DHW mode
Note: The actual energy saved in Eco mode will vary according to outdoor operation time restriction
ambient temperature. Time
Return to the DHW/legionella prevention menu.
Legionella Prevention Mode settings (LP mode)

1. Use button F3 to choose legionella mode active YES/NO.
2. To edit the legionella function, press down the MENU button for 3 seconds and
select “hot water”, then press F4 key.
3. Use F1 and F2 keys to scroll through the menu selecting each subtitle in turn
by pressing CONFIRM. See the table below for description of each setting.
4. Enter the desired number using the function keys and press CONFIRM.
During Legionella Prevention Mode the temperature of the stored water is increased
above 60°C to inhibit legionella bacterium growth. It is strongly recommended that this
is done at regular intervals. Please check local regulations for the recommended
frequency of heat ups.
Note: When failures occur on the FTC unit, the LP mode may not function normally.
Menu subtitle Function Range Unit Default value
Hot water temp. Desired temp. of stored hot water 60–70 °C 65
Frequency Time between LP mode DHW tank heat ups 1–30 day 15
Start time Time when LP mode will begin 0:00–23:00 - 03:00
Max. operation time Maximum time allowed for LP mode DHW tank heat 1–5 hour 3
Duration of max. temp. The time period after LP mode max. water temp. has been reached 1–120 min 30
If you wish to make changes contact installer.
C-41
DHW tank temp.
Explanation of Legionella Prevention Mode operation Stop Stop
• At the time entered by the installer ‘Start time’ flow of useful heat from the sys- Restart
Stop temp.
tem is diverted to heat the water in the DHW tank.
• When the temperature of the stored water exceeds the ‘Hot Water temp.’ set Legionella
hot water temp.
by the installer (above 65°C) primary circuit water is no longer diverted to heat Restart temp.
the DHW tank.
• Whilst LP mode is in operation hot water is not directed to the space heating /
cooling circuit.
• Directly after LP mode operation ‘Duration of max. temp.’ will operate. The du- Space
Start heating/ Mode
ration of this feature is set by the installer and during its operation stored water LP mode
cooling
LP mode
finish
temperature will be monitored.
• If stored water temperature should drop to LP restart temp., LP mode will Time
restart and primary water flow from the heat source(s) will be directed to the
DHW tank to boost the temperature. Once the set time for Duration of Max. Duration of Max. temp.
temp. has passed LP mode will not recur for the set interval (set by installer).
• It is the responsibility of the installer to ensure the settings for legionella pre-
vention are compliant with local and national guidelines. (LP mode: Legionella Prevention mode)
Please note that LP mode uses the assistance of electric heaters (if present)
to supplement the energy input of the heat pump. Heating water for long
periods of time is not efficient and will increase running costs. The installer
should give careful consideration to the necessity of legionella prevention
treatment whilst not wasting energy by heating the stored water for excessive
time periods. The end user should understand the importance of this feature.
ALWAYS COMPLY WITH LOCAL AND NATIONAL GUIDANCE FOR YOUR

COUNTRY REGARDING LEGIONELLA PREVENTION.
Forced DHW
The forced DHW function is used to force the system to operate in DHW mode.
In normal operation the water in the DHW tank will be heated either to the set
temperature or for the maximum DHW time, whichever occurs first. However
should there be a high demand for hot water ‘Forced DHW’ function can be
used to prevent the system from routinely switching to space heating/cooling
and continue to provide DHW tank heating.
Forced DHW operation is activated by pressing button F1 and Back button in
the ‘Option Screen’. After DHW operation finishes, the system will automatically
return to normal operation. To cancel forced DHW operation hold down button
F1 in the ‘Option Screen’.
Heating/Cooling
The heating/cooling menus deal with space heating/cooling using normally
either a radiator, fan-coil, or underfloor heating/cooling system depending on the
installation.
There are 3 heating modes

• Heating room temp. (Auto adaptation) ( )
• Heating flow temp. ( )
• Heating compensation curve ( )
• Cooling flow temp. ( )
<Room temp. (Auto adaptation) mode>
In room temp. (Auto adaptation) mode the controller uses temperature sensors
around the heating system to monitor space and flow temperatures. This data
is regularly updated and compared to previous data by the controller to predict
changes in room temperature and adjust the temperature of water flowing to the
space heating circuit accordingly. By monitoring not only the outdoor ambient,
but the room and heating circuit water temperatures, the heating is more con-
sistent and sudden spikes in required heat output are reduced. This results in a
lower overall flow temperature being required.
<Flow temp. mode>
The temperature of the water flowing to the heating circuit is set by the installer to
best suit the space heating/cooling system design, and user’s desired requirements.
Explanation of compensation curve

During late spring and summer usually the demand for space heating is re-
duced. To prevent the heat pump from producing excessive flow temperatures
for the primary circuit the compensation curve mode can be used to maximise
efficiency and reduce running costs.
The compensation curve is used to restrict the flow temperature of the primary
space heating circuit dependent on the outdoor temperature. The FTC uses
information from both an outdoor temperature sensor and a temperature sensor
on the primary circuit supply to ensure the heat pump is not producing exces-
sive flow temperatures if the weather conditions do not require it.
Your installer will set the parameters of the graph depending on local conditions
and type of space heating used in your home. It should not be necessary for
you to alter these settings. If however you find that over a reasonable operat-
ing period the space heating is not heating or is overheating your home, please
contact your installer so they can check your system for any problems and up-
: Flow temp.
date these settings if necessary.
: Outdoor ambient temp.
C-42
Holiday Mode
Holiday mode can be used to keep the system running at lower flow tempera-
tures and thus reduced power usage whilst the property is unoccupied. Holiday
mode can run either flow temp., room temp., heating, compensation curve heat-
ing and DHW all at reduced flow temperatures to save energy if the occupier is
absent.
From the main menu screen press button E should be pressed. Be careful not
to hold down button E for too long as this will turn off the controller and system.
Once the holiday mode activation screen is displayed you can activate/deacti-
vate and select the duration that you would like holiday mode to run for.
• Press button F1 to activate or deactivate holiday mode
• Use buttons F2, F3 and F4 to input the date which you would like holiday
mode to activate or deactivate holiday mode for space heating.
<Editing holiday mode>

Refer to the menu tree in “7.2 Main remote controller” of Installation Manual.
Should you require the Holiday mode settings e.g. the flow temp., room temp. to
be altered you should contact your installer.
Schedule timer
Scheduled timer can be set in two ways, for example; one for summer and the
other for winter. (Refer to as “Schedule 1” and “Schedule 2” respectively.) Once
the term (months) for the Schedule 2 is specified, rest of the term will be specified
as Schedule 2. In each Schedule, an operational pattern of modes (Heating /
DHW) can be set. If no operational pattern is set for Schedule2, only the pattern →
for Schedule 1 will be valid. If Schedule 2 is set to full-year (i.e. March to Feb.), →
only the operational pattern for Schedule 2 will be valid.
The schedule timer is activated or deactivated in the option screen. (See

‘General Operation’ section)
<Setting the Schedule period>

1. From the main settings menu use F2 and F3 to highlight the schedule icon then Schedule2 period preview screen
press CONFIRM.
2. The Schedule period preview screen is displayed.
3. To change the Schedule period, press F4. button.
4. The time bar edit screen is displayed.
5. Use F2/F3 button to point at a starting month of the Schedule2, then press
CONFIRM.
6. Use F2/F3 button to point at an ending month of the Schedule2, then press
CONFIRM.
7. Press F4 to save settings.
<Setting the Schedule timer>

1. From the main settings menu use F2 and F3 to highlight the schedule icon then
press CONFIRM.
2. From the schedule 2 period preview screen use F1 and F2 to scroll through the
selecting each subtitle in turn by pressing CONFIRM.
3. The schedule timer sub menu will be displayed. The icons show the following
modes;
• Heating
• Cooling
• DHW
4. Use F2 and F3 buttons to move between mode icons press CONFIRM to be
shown the PREVIEW screen for each mode.
The preview screen allows you to view the current settings. In 2-zone heating
operation, press F1 to switch between Zone1 and Zone2. Days of the week are
displayed across the top of the screen. Where day appears underlined the
settings are the same for all those days underlined.
Hours of the day and night are represented as a bar across the main part of the Schedule1 mode select screen
screen. Where the bar is solid black, space heating/cooling and DHW (which-
ever is selected) is allowed.
C-43
5. In the preview menu screen press F4 button.
6. First select the days of the week you wish to schedule. Preview screen
7. Press F2/F3 buttons to move between days and F1 to check or uncheck the
box.
8. When you have selected the days press CONFIRM.
Day of week select screen
9. The time bar edit screen will be displayed.

10. Use buttons F2/F3 to move to the point at which you do not want the
selected mode to be active press CONFIRM to start.
11. Use F3 button to set the required time of inactivity then press CONFIRM.
12. You can add up to 4 periods of inactivity within a 24 hours interval.
Time of period setting screen 1
13. Press F4 to save settings.
When scheduling heating, button F1 changes the scheduled variable between

time and temperature. This enables a lower temperature to be set for a number
of hours e.g. a lower temperature may be required at night when the occupants
are sleeping.
Note:
• The schedule timer for space heating/cooling and DHW are set in the
same way. However for DHW only time can be used as scheduling vari-
able.
• A small rubbish bin character is also displayed choosing this icon will
Time of period setting screen 2
delete the last unsaved action.
• It is necessary to use the SAVE function F4 button to save settings.
CONFIRM does NOT act as SAVE for this menu.
C-44
Service Menu
The service menu provides functions for use by installer or service engineer. It is NOT intended the home owner alters settings within this menu. It is for this reason
password protection is required to prevent unauthorised access to the service settings.
The factory default password is "0000".

The service menu is navigated using the F1 and F2 buttons to scroll through
the functions. The menu is split across two screens and is comprised of the In this Installation Manual, instructions will be given only for the following
following functions; functions;
1. Manual operation 1. Manual operation
2. Function settings 2. Auxiliary settings
3. Thermistor adjustment 3. Heat source setting
4. Auxiliary settings 4. Operation settings
5. Heat source setting 5. Energy monitor settings
6. Pump speed 6. External input settings
7. Operation settings 7. Password protection
8. Energy monitor settings 8. Manual reset
9. External input settings 9. SD card
10. Running information Information on the other functions can be found by consulting the service
11. Thermistor reading manual.
12. Summary of settings
13. Error history
14. Password protection
15. Manual reset
16. SD card
any functions can not be set whilst the indoor unit is running. The installer should turn off the unit before trying to set these functions. If the installer attempts to
M
change the settings whilst the unit is running the main remote controller will display a reminder message prompting the installer to stop operation before continu-
ing. By selecting “Yes” the unit will cease operation.
<Manual operation>
During the filling of the system the water circulation pump and 3-way valve can be manually overridden
using manual operation mode.
When manual operation is selected a small timer icon appears in the screen. The function selected will
only remain in manual operation for a maximum of 2 hours. This is to prevent accidental permanent
override of the FTC.
►Example
Pressing F3 button will switch manual operation mode ON for the main 3-way valve. When filling of the
DHW tank is complete the installer should access this menu again and press F3 to deactivate manual
operation of the part. Alternatively after 2 hours manual operation mode will no longer be active and Being Being running Error
selected indication
FTC will resume control of the part.
Manual operation and heat source setting can not be selected if the system is running. Manual operation menu screen
A screen will be displayed asking the installer to stop the system before these modes
can be activated.
The system automatically stops 2 hours after last operation.
<Auxiliary settings>
This function is used to set the parameters for any auxiliary parts used in the system.
Economy settings for Water pump stops automatically in certain period of time from when operation is
pump finished.
Delay Time before pump switched off *1
Electric heater To select “WITH booster heater (ON)” or “WITHOUT booster heater (OFF)” in
▼ ▲
(Heating) Heating mode.
Delay The minimum time required for the booster heater to turn ON from after Heating
mode has started.
Electric heater (DHW) To select "WITH (ON)" or "WITHOUT (OFF)" booster heater or immersion heater
individually in DHW mode.
Delay The minimum time required for the booster heater or immersion heater to turn ON
from after DHW mode has started. (This setting is applied for both booster and
immersion heater.)
Mixing Running Period from valve fully open (at a hot water mixing ratio of 100%) to valve fully
valve closed. (at a cold water mixing ratio of 100%)
control *2 Interval Interval (min) to control the Mixing valve.
Flow Minimum The minimum flow rate to be detected at Flow sensor.
sensor Maximum The maximum flow rate to be detected at Flow sensor. Auxiliary settings menu screen
*1. Decreasing "time before pump switched off" may increase the duration of stand-by in Heating/Cooling mode.
*2. Set the Running time according to the specifications of the actuator of each mixing valve. It is recommended
to set the interval to 2 minutes that is a default value. With the interval set longer, it could take longer to
warm up a room.
<Heat source setting>

The default heat source setting is heat pump and all electric heaters present in the system to be operational.
This is referred to as Standard operation on the menu.
C-45
<Operation settings>
Heating operation
This function allows operational setting of flow temperature range from the Ecodan and also the time interval at which the FTC collects and processes data for the auto
adaptation mode.
Menu subtitle Function Range Unit Default

Flow temp. range Minimum temp. To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild outdoor ambient tem- 25 - 45 ºC 30
perature seasons.
Maximum temp. To set max. possible flow temperature according to the type of heat emitters. 35 - 60 ºC 50
Room temp. control Mode Setting for Room temp. control Normal/ — Normal
At fast mode, target outlet water temperature is set higher than the one set Fast
at normal mode. This reduces the time to reach the target room temperature
when the room temperature is relatively low.*
Interval Selectable according to the heat emitter type and the materials of floor (i.e. 10 - 60 min 10
radiators, floor heating-thick, -thin concrete, wood, etc.)
Heat pump thermo diff.adjust On/Off To minimize the loss by frequent ON and OFF in mild outdoor ambient tem- On/Off — On
perature seasons.
Lower limit Prohibits heat pump operation until the flow temperature drops below the −9 - −1 ºC −5
target flow temperature plus lower limit value.
Upper limit Allows heat pump operation until the flow temperature rises above the target +3 - +5 ºC +5
flow temperature plus upper limit value.
<Table 7.2.1> Heating operation (Room temp. control table)

Note:
1. The minimum flow temperature that prohibits heat pump operation is 20ºC.
2. The maximum flow temperature that allows heat pump operation equals to the maximum temperature set in the Flow temp. range menu.
* Fast mode is not efficient and will increase running cost when compared to normal mode.

Freeze stat function *1 An operational function to prevent the water circuit from freezing when outdoor ambient temperature drops.
Flow t. The target outlet water temperature at water circuit when operating in Freeze stat function. *2
Outdoor ambient temp. Minimum outdoor ambient temperature which freeze stat function will begin to operate,
(3 - 20ºC) or choose**. If asterisk (**) is chosen freeze stat function is deactivated. (i.e. primary water freeze risk)"
*1. When the system is turned off, freeze stat function is not enabled.
*2. Flow t. is fixed to 20°C and unchangeable.
• Range of outdoor ambient temperature at which simultaneous operation
Simultaneous Operation starts is −30°C to 10°C (default −15°C).
For periods of very low outside temperature this mode can be used. • System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will happen when
Simultaneous operation allows both DHW and space heating to run together by the outdoor ambient temperature rises above the selected temperature for
using the heat pump and/or booster heater to provide space heating whilst only this specific mode of operation.
the immersion heater provides heating for DHW. This operation is only available
if BOTH a DHW tank AND immersion heater are present on the system.
<Cold weather function>

For extremely low outdoor ambient temperature conditions when the heat pump’s capacity is restricted the heating or DHW is provided only by the electric booster
heater (and immersion if present). This function is intended for use during extreme cold periods only. Extensive use of direct electrical heaters ONLY will result in
higher power consumption and may reduce working life of heaters and related parts.
Target flow temp.
• Range of outdoor ambient temperature at which cold weather function starts (°C)
(h)
is −30°C to −10°C (default −15°C).
(g) 45
• System shall automatically return to routine operation. This will happen (d)
(e)
when the outdoor ambient temperature rises above the selected temp. for
40
this specific mode of operation.
35
(b)
Floor dry up function (c)
30
The Floor dry up function automatically changes the target hot water temperature (f)
in stages to gradually dry concrete when this particular type of underfloor heating
system is installed. 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
Days
pon completion of the operation the system stops all the operations except the
U
Freeze stat. operation. • This function is not available when a PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is connected.
For Floor dry up function, the target flow temp. of Zone1 is the same as that of • Disconnect wiring to external inputs of room thermostat, demand control, and
Zone2. outdoor thermostat, or the target flow temperature may not be maintained.
Functions Symbol Description Option/Range Unit Default

Set the function to ON and power on the system using the main remote
Floor dry up function a On/Off — Off
controller, and the dry up heating operation will start.
Flow temp. Flow temp. increase step b Sets the increase step of the target flow temperature. +1 - +10 ºC +5
(increase) Increase interval c Sets the period for which the same target flow temperature is maintained. 1-7 day 2
Flow temp. Flow temp. decrease step d Sets the decrease step of the target flow temperature. −1 - −10 ºC −5
(decrease) Decrease interval e Sets the period for which the same target flow temperature is maintained. 1-7 day 2
Start & Finish f Sets the target flow temperature at the start and the finish of the operation. 25 - 60 ºC 30
Max. target temp. g Sets the maximum target flow temperature. 25 - 60 ºC 45
Target temperature
Sets the period for which the maximum target flow temperature is main-
Max. temp. period h 1 - 20 day 5
tained.
C-46
<Energy monitor settings>

In this menu, all parameters required to record the consumed electric energy and
the delivered heat energy which is displayed on the main remote controller can
be set. The parameters are an electric heater capacity, supply power of water
pump and heat meter pulse.
Refer to the section [Energy Monitor] in "3. system"
<External input settings>
Demand control(IN4)
The selection of “OFF”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN4, forcefully stops all
the heat source operations and the selection of “Boiler” stops operations of
heat pump and electric heater and performs boiler operation.
Outdoor thermostat (IN5)
The selection of “Heater”, whilst a signal is being sent to IN5, performs
electric-heater-only operation and the selection of “Boiler” performs boiler
operation.
<Password protection>
Password protection is available to prevent unauthorised access to the service
menu by untrained persons.
Resetting the password

If you forget the password you entered, or have to service a unit somebody else
installed, you can reset the password to the factory default of 0000.
1. From the main settings menu scroll down the functions until Service Menu is
highlighted.
2. Press CONFIRM.
3. You will be prompted to enter a password. Password input screen
4. Hold down buttons F3 and F4 together for 3 seconds
5. You will be asked if you wish to continue and reset the password to default set-
ting.
6. To reset press button F3.
7. The password is now reset to 0000.
<Manual reset>
Should you wish to restore the factory settings at any time you should use the
manual reset function. Please note this will reset ALL functions to the factory de-
fault settings.
<SD card>
The use of an SD memory card simplifies the main remote controller settings in Password verify screen
the field.
Notes:
1. Ecodan service tool (for use with PC tool) is necessary for the setting.
2. The SD card setting for multiple outdoor units control should be done after
turning the power supply of all FTC units (Master/ Slave) ON.
3. If “COMPLETE!” does not appear, it means the operation is not properly
completed. Reset the whole system before re-try.
C-47
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet
Zone1 cooling flow temp. 5°C - 25°C 15°C
DHW On/Off/Timer On
Energy monitor Consumed electric energy/Delivered energy —
DHW max. temp. 40°C - 60°C *2 50°C
DHW max. operation time 30 - 120 min 60 min
DHW mode restriction 30 - 120 min 30 min

Start time 00.00 - 23.00 03.00
Duration of maximum temp. 1 - 120 min 30 min
Heating/ Cooling *12 Zone1 operation mode Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Room temp.
Zone2 operation mode *1 Heating room temp./ Heating flow temp./ Heating Compensation curve
curve set point Zone1 flow temp. 25°C – 60°C 50°C
Heating/ Cooling Active/Non active Active
Initial settings Language EN/FR/DE/SV/ES/IT/DA/NL/FI/NO/PT/BG/PL/ EN
CZ/RU
°C/°F °C/°F °C
THW5 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW6 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW7 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW8 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THW9 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB1 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
THWB2 −10°C - +10°C 0°C
Auxiliary settings Economy settings On/Off *6 On
for pump. Delay 10 min
Mixing valve control Running (10 - 240 sec) 120 sec
Flow sensor Minimum (0 - 100L/min) 5 L/min
Maximum (0 - 100L/min) 100 L/min
*4 The lower limit is -13°C depending on the connected outdoor unit. (Continued to next page.)
C-48
Engineers Forms
Commissioning/Field settings record sheet (continued from the previous page)
Default Field
setting setting
Service menu Pump speed Pump speed (1 - 5) 5
Operation Heating operation Flow temp.range Min.temp. (25 - 45°C) 30°C
settings *8 *10 Max.temp. (35 - 60°C) 50°C
Room temp.control Mode (Normal/Fast) Normal
*13 Interval (10 - 60min) 10min
diff.adjust Lower limit (-9 - −1°C) −5°C
Upper limit (+3 - +5°C) 5°C

Boiler operation Hybrid settings Outdoor ambient temp. −15°C
(−30 - +10°C) *4
Priority mode Ambient
(Ambient/Cost/CO2)
Intelligent set- Energy Electricity 0.5 */kWh
tings price (0.001 - 999 */kWh)
*9 Boiler 0.5 */kWh
(0.001 - 999 */kWh)
emis- (0.001 - 999 kg
sion -CO2/kWh)
Boiler 0.5 kg -CO2/kWh
(0.001 - 999 kg
-CO2/kWh)
source pacity
(1 - 40 kW)
(25 - 150%)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
capacity
(0 - 30 kW)
Max. temp. (25 - 60°C) 45°C
Max. temp. period (1 - 20 days) 5 days
monitor capacity capacity
settings Booster heater 2 0 - 30kW 4kW
capacity
capacity
Water pump input Pump 1 0 - 200W or ***(factory fitted pump) ***
Pump 2 0 - 200W 0W
Pump 3 0 - 200W 0W
operation
*13 When DIP SW5-2 is set to OFF, this function is active.
C-49
8 Troubleshooting Flow temp.controller
<Troubleshooting by inferior phenomena>

1 Main remote controller 1. There is no power supply to main remote 1. Check LED2 on FTC (Master). (See <Figure 4.5.1>.)
controller, however, the display on the • Disconnection between the main remote controller cable and the FTC
main remote controller does not appear. (Master) control board
remote controller. 2. Communication failure between the main 2, Main remote controller start up checks/procedure.
remote controller and FTC (Master). 3. (i) If “0%” or “50-99%” is displayed below "Please Wait" there is a
3. Communication failure between FTC communication error between the main remote controller and the FTC
(Master) and outdoor unit. (Master) control board.
• Replace the main remote controller or the FTC (Master) control board.
unit's and FTC (Master) control boards.
(Master) control board.
damage. (See section 4.1.)
• Replace the outdoor unit's and/or the FTC (Master) control boards.
appears with a press not work for a whilst after the settings are The indoor unit is applying updated settings made in the service menu. Normal
4 LED2 on FTC (Master) When LED1 on FTC (Master) is also off. (See
is off. <Figure 4.5.1>.)
(See <Figure 4.5.1>.) <FTC (Master) powered via outdoor unit.>
rated voltage. power board. (See section 4.1.)
and of the breaker.
2. Defective outdoor controller circuit board 2. Check the voltage across the outdoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See section
4.1.)
3. FTC (Master) is not supplied with 220 to 3. Check the voltage across the indoor unit terminals S1 and S2. (See section 4.1.)
240V AC • When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check FTC (Master)-outdoor unit
wiring for faults.
4. FTC (Master) failure 4. Check the FTC (Master) control board.
• Check the fuse on FTC (Master) control board.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC (Master) control board is faulty.
5. Faulty connector wiring 5. Check the connector wiring.
to below. (See section 4.1.)
BLACK YELLOW
BLACK YELLOW
N
FTC (Master) White
powered via CN01
CN01
outdoor unit S1
S2 FTC
S3
C-50

4. LED2 on FTC (Master) <FTC (Master) powered on independent source>
is off. 1. FTC (Master) is not supplied with 220 to 1. Check the voltage across the L and N terminals on the indoor power supply
(See Figure <4.5.1>) 240V AC. terminal block. (See section 4.1.)
• W hen the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check for faulty wiring to power
supply.
connecting the connectors. • When the connectors are wired incorrectly re-wire them correctly referring
to below. (See section 4.1 and a wiring diagram on the control and electrical
box cover.)
YELLOW BLACK
BLACK YELLOW
L
FTC (Master) N
powered from White
independent CN01
CN01
source S1
FTC
S2
S3
3. FTC (Master) failure 3. Check the FTC (Master) control board.
• Check the fuse on FTC (Master) control board.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the FTC (Master) control board is faulty.
When LED1 on FTC (Master) is lit. Recheck the refrigerant address setting on the outdoor unit.
5 LED2 on FTC (Mas- When LED1 is also blinking on FTC (Master). Check for faulty wiring between FTC (Master) and outdoor unit.
ter) is blinking. Faulty wiring between FTC (Master) and
(See Figure <4.5.1>) outdoor unit
When LED1 on FTC (Master) is lit.
1. Faulty wiring in main remote controller 1. Check for faulty wiring in main remote controller.
2. Short-circuited wiring in main remote con- 2.,3. Remove main remote controller wires and check LED2 on FTC (Master). (See
troller Figure 4.5.1.)
• If LED2 is blinking check for short circuits in the main remote controller wiring .
3. Main remote controller failure • If LED2 is lit, wire the main remote controller again and:
- if LED2 is lit, faulty wiring of the main remote controller has been corrected.
6 LED4 on FTC (Mas- 1. SD memory card is NOT inserted into the 1. Correctly insert SD memory card in place until a click is heard.
ter) is off. memory card slot with correct orientation.
(See figure <4.5.1>) 2. Not an SD standards compliant memory 2. Use an SD standards compliant memory card. (Refer to section 4.11.)
card.
LED4 on FTC (Mas- 1. Full of data. 1. Move or delete data, or replace SD memory card with a new one.
ter) is blinking. 2. Write-protected. 2. Release the write-protect switch.
(See Figure <4.5.1>) 3. NOT formatted. 3. Refer to "4.11 Using SD memory card".
4. Formatted in NTFS file system. 4. FTC is Not compatible with NTFS file system. Use an SD memory card format-
ted in FAT file system.
2. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode 2. Check settings and change as appropriate.
selected.
tripped and cannot be reset using the man- broken and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
ual reset button. Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
7. Immersion heater cut-out tripped. 7. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button, located on immer-
sion heater boss, if safe. If the heater has been operated with no water inside
it may have failed, so please replace it with a new one.
<Manual operation> in section 7.2.) If the valve does not still function, go to
(ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) below.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to the service manual.)
C-51

3. Booster heater breaker tripped. 3. Check the cause and reset if safe.
4. The booster heater thermal cut-out has 4. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then connection is broken
tripped and cannot be reset using the and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
manual reset button. Contact your Mitsubishi Electric dealer.
5. Immersion heater cut-out has been trig- 5. Check immersion heater thermostat and press reset button located on immer-
gered. sion heater boss, if safe. If the heater kept running with no water inside, this
may have resulted in failure, so replace it with a new one.
6. Immersion heater breaker tripped. 6. Check the cause and reset if safe.
7. Decreased flow rate in DHW circuit. 7. Check the water circulation pump 4 (DHW).
(Only when the external plate HEX for DHW is
used.)
decreases to a certain level. If water in the
DHW tank is reheated frequently because of a
significant drop in water temperature, check for
the following.
the DHW tank •R
etighten the nuts holding the pipes onto the DHW tank.
•R
eplace seal materials.
•R
eplace the pipes.
3. 3-way valve failure 3.

Check plumbing/wiring to 3-way valve.
<Manual operation> in section 7.2.) If the valve does not still function, go to
(ii) below.
(ii) Replace 3-way valve coil. If the valve does not still function, go to (iii) below.
(iii) Replace 3-way valve. (Refer to the service manual.)
components
2. Water circuit components reaching the end 2. Refer to PARTS CATALOG in the service manual for expected part lifetimes
of life and replace them as necessary.
13 Heating system does 1. Prohibit, schedule timer or holiday mode 1. Check settings and change as appropriate.
not reach the set selected.
temperature. 2. Check settings and change as appropriate. 2. Check the battery power and replace if flat.
3. The temperature sensor is located in a 3. Relocate the temperature sensor to a more suitable room.
room that has a different temperature rela-
tive to that of the rest of the house.
7. The booster heater thermal cut-out tripped 7. Check resistance across the thermal cut-out, if open then the connection is broken
and can not be reset using the manual reset and the booster heater will have to be replaced.
10. Battery problem (*wireless control only) 10. Check the battery power and replace it flat.
11. If a mixing tank is installed, the flow rate 11. Increase the flow rate between the mixing tank and the heat exchanger de-
between the mixing tank and the heat ex- crease that between the mixing tank and the local system.
changer is less than that between the mix-
ing tank and the local system.
C-52

14 In 2-zone tempera- 1. When Zone1 and Zone2 are both in heat- 1. Normal action no action necessary.
ture control, only ing mode, the hot water temperature in
Zone2 does not Zone2 does not exceed that in Zone1.
reach the set tem- 2. Faulty wiring of motorized mixing valve 2. Refer to "4.7 Wiring for 2-zone temperature control".
perature.
3. Faulty installation of motorized mixing 3. Check for correct installation. (Refer to the manual included with each motor-
valve ized mixing valve.)
mixing valve.)
15 After DHW operation At the end of the DHW mode operation the Normal operation no action necessary.
room temperature 3-way valve diverts hot water away from the
rises slightly. DHW circuit into space heating circuit.
This is done to prevent the system components
from overheating.
heating circuit varies according to the type of
the system.
ture rises during DHW
operation.
17 Water discharges 1. If continual – pressure relief valve may be 1. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve to check for foreign objects in it.
from pressure relief damaged. If the problem is not still solved, replace the pressure relief valve with a new
valve. one.
(Primary circuit) 2. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge 2. Check pressure in expansion vessel.
may have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to 1 bar if necessary.
18 Water discharges 1. If continual – field supplied pressure reduc- 1. Check function of pressure reducing valve and replace if necessary.
from pressure relief ing valve not working.
valve (field supplied 2. If continual – pressure relief valve seat may 2. Turn the handle on the pressure relief valve to check for foreign objects inside.
item). be damaged. If the problem is not still solved, replace the pressure relief valve.
(Sanitary circuit)
3. If intermittent – expansion vessel charge 3. Check gas-side pressure in expansion vessel.
may have reduced/bladder perished. Recharge to correct precharge pressure if necessary.
pre-charge.
4. DHW tank may have subjected to backflow. 4. Check gas-side pressure in DHW tank. If pressure in DHW tank is similar to
that in incoming mains, cold water supply that merges with incoming mains
water supply could flow back to DHW tank. Investigate source of back-feed
and rectify error in pipework/fitting configuration. Adjust pressure in cold sup-
ply.
19 Noisy water circula- Air in water circulation pump. Use manual and automatic air vents to remove air from system.
tion pump Top up water if necessary to achieve 1 bar on primary circuit.
20 Noise during hot 1. Loose airing cupboard pipework. 1. Install extra pipe fastening clips.
water draw off
typically worse in the 2. Heaters switching on/off. 2. Normal operation no action necessary.
morning.
heard coming from
the system. 2. 3-way valve changing position between
DHW and heating mode.
22 Water circulation Water circulation pump jam prevention mecha- Normal operation no action necessary.
pump runs for a nism (routine) to inhibit the build-up of scale.
short time unexpect-
edly .
24 Heating mode has The time of “Delay” set in “Economy settings Increase the time of “Delay” in “Economy settings for pump” .
been on standby for for pump” is too short. (Go to “Service menu”
a long time (does → “Auxiliary settings” → “Economy settings for
not start operation pump”)
smoothly.)
25 The FTC unit that was The FTC unit is designed to run in an operation • Normal operation.
running in the heating mode with a higher priority (i.e. DHW mode in • After the DHW max. operation time has elapsed or the DHW max. temperature
mode before power this case) at power recovery. has been reached, the DHW mode switches to the other mode (ex. Heating
failure is running in mode).
the DHW mode after
power recovery.
26 Cooling mode is NOT Dip SW2-4 is OFF. Turn Dip SW2-4 to ON. (Refer to “5.1 Dip Switch Functions” in this manual.)
available.
C-53

27 The cooling system 1. When the water in the circulation circuit is 1. Normal operation.
does not cool down to unduly hot, Cooling mode starts with a de-
the set temperature. lay for the protection of the outdoor unit.
2. When the outdoor temperature is lower than 2. To run Cooling mode overriding the freeze stat. function, adjust the preset
the preset temperature below which the temperature below which the freeze stat. function is activated. (Refer to
freeze stat. function is activated, Cooling “<Freeze stat function>” on Page C-46.
mode does not start running.
28 The electric heaters The setting time period of Heat-pump-only Adjust the setting time period of Heat-pump only operation. (Refer to “<Electric
are activated shortly operation is short. heater (DHW)> on Page C-46.)
after DHW or LP
mode starts running
after Cooling mode.
29 During DHW or LP If the preset temperature below which the freeze Adjust the preset temperature below which the freeze stat. function is activated.
mode following the stat. function is activated is low, error L6 is more (Refer to “<Freeze stat function>” on Page C-46.)
cooling mode, error likely to occur interruption operation before the
L6 (circulation water freeze stat. function is activated.
freeze protection)
occurs and operation
stops frequently.
30 Heat pump is forced Smart grid ready input (IN11 and IN12) is used, Normal operation no action necessary.
to turn ON and OFF. and switch-on and off commands are input.
C-54
9 Multiple outdoor units control Flow temp.controller
9.1 Wiring for multiple outdoor units control

To establish a larger system, up to 6 outdoor units of the same model can be connected
in one system.
Note: PUHZ-FRP outdoor unit is not available for multiple outdoor units control. FTC FTC
(Slave) (Master) Main remote
controller
Master
9.1.1 Requirements Max. 6 units

<Outdoor unit>
(a) Up to 6 units can be connected. FTC
(b) All the outdoor units must be of the same model. (Slave)
(c) The outdoor units must be connected to slave units.
<FTC: Master unit>

Each slave unit is controlled by the master unit.
(a) The outdoor units must NOT be connected to the master unit.
Make sure that the master unit is powered by independent source. Outdoor unit Slave
(b) Wire the main remote controller to TBI.2 13-14 on the master unit.
(c) Wire the electric heater to the master unit.
<FTC: Slave unit> FTC
The hydrobox or PAC-SIF051B-E or master unit is used as a slave unit (Master) Main remote
(a) Connect each outdoor unit to a slave unit. controller
(b) The main remote controller must NOT be wired to a slave unit. Master
Hydrobox
Max. 6 units
Hydrobox
Outdoor unit Slave

9.2 Pipe work
Following is the system example of two outdoor units being connected in one system.
IMPORTANT NOTE
Keep the minimum amount of water required in the space heating circuit according to the number of outdoor units.
Flow temp. thermistor Flow temp.

thermistor
*1
Ref. liquid Return temp.
Return temp. thermistor
Outdoor unit Outdoor unit temp. thermistor
thermistor *1
(TH2)
*1 Refrigerant-water HEX *1 Refrigerant-water HEX

Outdoor unit (Packaged type) Outdoor unit (Split type)
<Fig. 9.2.1> Wiring
No. Component
System 1: Heating/Cooling system Master Slave 1 Slave 2
• Install a low loss header (local supply). 1 Booster heater (local supply)
• Install booster heater toward the local system, relative to the low loss header. 2 Circulation pump1 (local supply)
3 Flow switch1 (local supply) *2
4 Flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
8
5 Return temp. thermistor (THW2)
1 4 2
9 6 Slave1 circulation pump1 (local supply)
7 6 Heating/
7 Slave1 flow switch (local supply) *2
Cooling
8 Slave1 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
10
9 Slave1 return temp. thermistor (THW2)
10 Slave1 ref. liquid temp. thermistor (TH2) *1
11 Slave2 circulation pump1 (local supply)
13 12 Slave2 flow switch (local supply) *2
14 5
12 11 3 14 Slave2 return temp. hermistor (THW2)
Low loss header
(local supply)
15 *1 When the outdoor unit is split type, TH2 needs to be installed. <Fig. 9.2.1>
*2 For safety protection, it is recommended to install a flow switch.
<Fig. 9.2.2>
C-55
Wiring
System 2: Heating/Cooling & DHW system No. Component
Master Slave 1 *4 Slave 2
• Install DHW tank toward the outdoor unit , relative to the low loss header.
• Wire 3-way valve or 2-way valve 1, 2 to FTC (slave unit). 1 Booster heater (local supply)
• LP mode uses assistance of electric heater. Place an immersion heater on the 2 Circulation pump1 (local supply)
DHW circuit. 3 Flow switch1 (local supply) *2
• Install a low loss header (local supply).
4 Immersion heater (local supply)
• Install booster heater toward the local system, relative to the low loss header.
7
7 Tank water temp. (THW5)
4
8 Slave1 circulation pump1 (field supply)
DHW tank 9 Slave1 flow switch (local supply) *2
10 10 Slave1 3-way valve (local supply) *3
11 11 Slave1 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
1 5 2 12 Slave1 return temp. thermistor (THW2)
12 Heating/
9 8 Slave1 ref. liquid temp. thermistor
Outdoor unit Cooling 13
(TH2) *1
13 Slave2 circulation pump1
14
(local supply)
16 16 Slave2 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)

17 6 3
15 14 Slave2 ref. liquid temp. thermistor
18
Outdoor unit Low loss header (TH2) *1
(local supply)
18
*1 When the outdoor unit is split type, TH2 needs to be installed.
<Fig. 9.2.3> <Fig. 9.2.1>
*3 The use of two 2-way valves can perform the same function as a 3-way
valve.
*4 DHW operation requires to use the master unit (or hydro box) as the
slave controller.
Wiring
No. Component
Master Slave 1 *4 Slave 2 *4
7 1 Booster heater (local supply)
4 2 Circulation pump1 (local supply)

DHW tank
4 Immersion heater (local supply)
10
11 6 Return temp. thermistor (THW2)
1 5 2
12 16 Heating/ 7 Tank water temp. (THW5)
9 8
Cooling Slave1 circulation pump1
Outdoor unit 8
(local supply)
13
10 Slave1 3-way valve (local supply) *3
17
18 6 3 Slave1 ref. liquid temp. thermistor
15 14 13
Low loss header (TH2) *1
Outdoor unit (local supply) Slave2 circulation pump1
19 14
(local supply)
<Fig. 9.2.4> 15 Slave2 flow switch (local supply) *2
16 Slave2 3-way valve (local supply) *3
Slave2 ref. liquid temp. thermistor
19
(TH2) *1
*1 When the outdoor unit is split type, TH2 needs to be installed.

<Fig. 9.2.1>
*3 The use of two 2-way valves can perform the same function as a 3-way
valve.
*4 DHW operation requires to use the master unit (or hydro box) as the
slave controller.
C-56
System 3: 2-zone temperature control

• Install a mixing tank (local supply) for 2-zone temperature control.
• For details on 2-zone installation, refer to "3.6 Piping diagram for 2-zone tem-
perature control”.
17 Heating/Cooling
9 11
1 2 4 (Zone 1)
18
16 15
Outdoor unit 12
19 5
13 Heating/Cooling
8
6 (Zone 2)
22
23 10 3 14
21 20 Low loss header Mixing tank 7
Outdoor unit 24 (local supply) (local supply)
<Fig. 9.2.5>
Wiring Wiring
No. Component No. Component
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Master Slave 1 Slave 2
1 Booster heater (local supply) 13 Zone2 flow temp. thermistor (THW8) (option)
2 Circulation pump1 (local supply) 14 Zone2 return temp. thermistor (THW9) (option)
3 Flow switch1 (local supply) *2 15 Slave1 circulation pump1 (local supply)
4 Circulation pump2 (local supply) 16 Slave1 flow switch (local supply) *2
5 Flow switch2 (local supply) *2 17 Slave1 flow temp. thermistor(THW1)
6 Circulation pump3 (local supply) 18 Slave1 return temp. thermistor (THW2)
7 Flow switch3 (local supply) *2 19 Slave1 ref. liquid temp. thermistor (TH2) *1
8 Motorized mixing valve (local supply) 20 Slave2 circulation pump1 (local supply)
9 Flow temp. thermistor (THW1) 21 Slave2 flow switch (local supply) *2
10 Return temp. thermistor (THW2) 22 Slave2 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
11 Zone1 flow temp. thermistor (THW6) (option) 23 Slave2 return temp. thermisto r(THW2)
12 Zone1 return temp. thermistor (THW7) (option) 24 Slave2 ref. liquid temp. thermistor (TH2) *1
*1 When the outdoor unit is split type, TH2 needs to be installed. <Fig. 9.2.1>
C-57
System 4: Heating/Cooling system (with Boiler)

• Install a mixing tank (local supply) for connection of the boiler.
• Install booster heater between low loss header and mixing tank.
• For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
Boiler
14
10 8 Heating/Cooling
1 6 2 4
15 13 12
Outdoor unit
16
11
19
20 7 3 9 5
18 17 Low loss header Mixing tank
Outdoor unit (local supply) (local supply)
21
<Fig. 9.2.6>
Wiring Wiring
No. Component No. Component
Master Slave 1 Slave 2 Master Slave 1 Slave 2
1 Booster heater (local supply) 11 Boiler return temp. thermistor (THWB2) (option)
2 Circulation pump1 (local supply) 12 Slave1 circulation pump1 (local supply)
3 Flow switch1 (local supply) *2 13 Slave1 flow switch (local supply) *2
4 Circulation pump2 (local supply) 14 Slave1 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
5 Flow switch2 (local supply) *2 15 Slave1 return temp. thermistor (THW2)
6 Flow temp. thermistor (THW1) 16 Slave1 ref. liquid temp. thermistor (TH2) *1
7 Return temp. thermistor (THW2) 17 Slave2 circulation pump1 (local supply)
8 Flow temp. thermistor (THW6) (option) 18 Slave2 flow switch (local supply) *2
9 Return temp. thermistor (THW7) (option) 19 Slave2 flow temp. thermistor (THW1)
10 Boiler flow temp. thermistor (THWB1) (option) 20 Slave2 return temp. thermistor (THW2)
*1 When the outdoor unit is split type, TH2 needs to be installed. <Fig. 9.2.1>
System 5: Heating/Cooling system (with Hydrobox)*1

Hydrobox
4 Heating/ Wiring
1 2 No. Component
Cooling Slave 1 Slave 2
Master
(Hydrobox) (Hydrobox)
Outdoor unit
1 Booster heater(local supply)
Hydrobox 2 Circulation pump1 (local supply)
5 3
Outdoor unit Low loss header *1 Cooling system is available only with ERS models.
(local supply) *2 For safety protection, it is recommended to install a flow switch.
<Fig. 9.2.7>
C-58
9.3 Electrical connection

All electrical work should be carried out by a suitably qualified technician. Failure to comply with this could lead to electrocution, fire, and death. It will also invalidate
product warranty. All wiring should be according to national wiring regulations.
9.3.1 Master unit L
BLACK
BLACK
FTC (Master) N
Outdoor unit must NOT be connected to FTC (Master) unit. White
YELLOW
YELLOW
FTC (Master) unit electrical box connector connections changed. (see Fig. 9.3.2.) Initial settings CNO1
CNO1
(Power supplied
by outdoor unit) S1
Earth
leakage FTC
Wiring FTC (Master) S2
breaker circuit (Master)
Power or breaker TB2 S3
supply Earth or L
leakage Isolating
~/N
YELLOW
circuit L
BLACK
230V switch N
breaker
50Hz N
Modified settings
White
TB1 (Separate power
YELLOW
BLACK
CNO1
CNO1
S1 supply to
FTC(Master)) S1
FTC
<Fig. 9.3.1> S2
S2 (Master)
S3
S3
9.3.2 Slave unit <Fig. 9.3.2>
Connect each outdoor unit to a slave unit.

FTC (Slave) can be powered in two ways.
1. Power cable is run from the outdoor unit to a slave unit.
2. FTC (Slave) has independent power source.
FTC (Master) (PAC-IF061B-E) used as slave

• For wiring as a slave controller, refer to "4.1 Electrical connection". *1
*1 Do not connect the power cable to the booster heater because it does not work
in slave controller setting.
S1 S2 S3
L N
FTC (Slave) (PAC-SIF051B-E) <Fig. 9.3.3>

FTC (Slave) can be powered in two ways.
1. Power cable is run from the outdoor unit to FTC (Slave). Low voltage cables (INPUT) &
Thermistor cables
2. FTC (Slave) has independent power source.
H igh voltage cables (OUTPUT) &
Note: Power cables
• Do not run the low voltage cables through a slot that the high voltage
cables go through. <Fig. 9.3.3>
• Bundle cables by using clamps as shown in the figure to the right .
Option 1: FTC (Slave) powered via outdoor unit <3 phase>

FTC (Slave) FTC (Slave)
<1 phase> TB6 TB6
L L
Outdoor unit N Outdoor unit N
Earth Wiring L1
Earth Wiring circuit
circuit Power leakage
leakage breaker L2
Power breaker L S1 supply circuit S1
circuit S1 or S1
supply or 3N~ breaker Isolating L3
~/N breaker Isolating N S2 S2 400V *1 S2 S2
switch N
230V *1 switch 50Hz
S3 S3 S3 S3
50Hz
<Fig. 9.3.4>
Circuit Wiring No.
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit *2 3 × 1.5 (polar)

Wiring
(mm²)
× size
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit earth *2 1 × Min. 1.5
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 230V AC

rating
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC

*2. Max. 45 m
2. FTC (Slave)/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
FTC (Slave) power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
C-59
Option 2: FTC (Slave) powered by independent source

If FTC (Slave) and outdoor units have separate power supplies, the following CN108
requirements MUST be carried out:
LED1
• Remove the short-circuited connector (CNS2) on FTC (Slave). (see <Fig.
9.3.5>)
• Turn the outdoor unit DIP switch SW8-3 to ON. FTC (Slave)
• Turn on the outdoor unit BEFORE the FTC (Slave).
LED4
SW2
1 SW4
1
6
8
1
SW1 Remove the short-circuited
LED3
connector (CNS2)
8 CNS2
(RED)
CNW12 CN21
TBIN (RED) (YLW) 2 4 S1 S2 S3
1 2 3 4 1 3 L N 3 1
1 4 1 3 TBOUT TB6
<Fig. 9.3.5>
<1 phase> FTC (Slave) <3 phase> FTC (Slave)

Power Power
Earth Wiring Earth Wiring
supply circuit supply circuit
leakage ~/N leakage
~/N breaker L
N breaker L
N
230V circuit or 230V circuit or
breaker Isolating N 50Hz breaker Isolating N
50Hz
*1 switch *1 switch
Wiring Outdoor unit Outdoor unit

Earth
leakage circuit
Power breaker Earth Wiring L1
circuit L S1 S1 Power S1 S1
supply or leakage circuit L2
~/N breaker Isolating N S2 S2 supply breaker S2 S2
circuit
230V *1 switch 3N~ or L3
S3 S3 breaker Isolating S3 S3
50Hz 400V
50Hz *1 switch N
TB6 TB6
<Fig. 9.3.6>
FTC (Slave) power supply ~/N 230 V 50 Hz

FTC (Slave) input capacity
*1 16 A
FTC (Slave) power supply 2 × Min. 1.5
× size (mm²)
Wiring No.
FTC (Slave) power supply earth 1 × Min. 1.5

Wiring
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit *2 2 × Min. 0.3

FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit earth —
FTC (Slave) L - N *3 230V AC
Circuit
rating
FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit S1 - S2 *3 —

FTC (Slave) - Outdoor unit S2 - S3 *3 24V DC
*2. Max. 45 m
2. FTC (Slave)/outdoor unit connecting cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60245 IEC 57)
FTC (Slave) power supply cords shall not be lighter than polychloroprene sheathed flexible cord. (Design 60227 IEC 53)
Hydrobox
• For wiring as a slave controller (hydrobox) , refer to "4.4 Electrical Connection" in Hydrobox installation manual.
Notes: 1. Do not connect the power cable to the booster heater because it doesn’t work in slave controller setting.
2. Do not connect the main remote controller cable.
<Before system set up>

Insert the included SD memory card into the FTC control board. (Refer to section 4.11.)
C-60
9.4 Main remote controller wiring

(a) Wire the main remote controller to TBI.2 RC terminals on the master unit. The main remote controller must NOT be connected to a slave unit.
(b) Use the daisy chain wiring method to wire the master unit and slave units by connecting TBI.2 RC terminals. *1
*1 The maximum length between each units wiring is 10 m. The maximum length of total daisy-chain wiring is 500 m.
PAC-SIF051B-E Hydrobox (with FTC (Master) that is set as slave)
Main remote controller Main remote controller
Master unit Master unit

TBI.2 (RC) TBI.2 (RC)
1 2 3 4 5 .... 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Max. 10 m Max. 10 m
TBI.2 (RC)
TBIN (RC) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Max. Max.
500 m Max. 10 m 500 m Max. 10 m
TBI.2 (RC)
TBIN (RC) 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Slave units Slave
units
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
<Fig. 9.4.1>
Note: Wiring for main remote controller cable and daisy chain cable shall be (5 cm or more) apart from power source wiring so that it is not influenced by
electrical noise from power source wiring. (Do NOT insert main remote controller cable and power source wiring in the same conduit.)
9.5. Connecting the thermistor cables

Connect the thermistor for the FTC (Slave) controller.
9.5.1. Connecting the refrigerant pipe temp. thermistor (TH2) cable

Connect the TH2 cable to the CN21 connector on FTC (Slave).
For split Outdoor unit : Connect TH2.
For packaged Outdoor unit : It is NOT necessary to connect TH2.
When the TH2 cable is too long, bundle the excess cable outside the FTC (Slave) unit.
Do not bind the wires in the FTC (Slave) unit.
Place TH2 on refrigerant piping ( liquid side).
It is recommended to protect the thermistor with heat insulating materials so as not to be affected by
ambient temperature.
Note: Be sure to place TH2 where it correctly detects refrigerant piping temp. (liquid side).
RC IN2
Because;
(1) TH2 is required to detect heating subcool correctly.
(2) Refrigerant temperature of water-to-refrigerant heat exchanger also needs to be detected for Connector CN21
protection purpose. Connector CNW12
9.5.2. Connecting the flow water temp. thermistor (THW1) cable <Fig. 9.5.1>
and the return water temp. thermistor (THW2) cable
The THW1 and the THW2 cables share a connector, and the connector connects to CNW12 connector on FTC (Slave).
When the THW1 and THW2 cables are too long, bundle the excess cables outside the FTC (Slave) unit.
Do not bind the wires in the FTC (Slave) unit.
Place THW1 on water piping (water outlet side) after booster heater, and THW2 on the water inlet side.
Note: Be sure to attach THW1 where it correctly detects Flow temp. (water oulet side). Fore more details, see Page C-7.
Caution:
Do not route the thermistor cables together with power cables.
The sensor part of the thermistor should be installed where user can not access.
C-61
9.6 Dip switch functions

<Outdoor unit>
• Set refrigerant address on each outdoor unit from 1 to 6.
Note: Do NOT use refrigerant address 0 as 0 is used for FTC (Master). The address range is from 1 to 6.
Split model (SW1-3 to SW1-6) Packaged model (SW7-3 to SW7-6)
Refrigerant address number Refrigerant address number
Dip switch Dip switch
Add. 1 Add. 2 Add. 3 Add. 4 Add. 5 Add. 6 Add. 1 Add. 2 Add. 3 Add. 4 Add. 5 Add. 6
SW1-1 — — — — — — SW7-1 — — — — — —
SW1-2 — — — — — — SW7-2 — — — — — —
SW1-3 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF SW7-3 ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF
SW1-4 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON SW7-4 OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON
SW1-5 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON SW7-5 OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON
SW1-6 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF SW7-6 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
<FTC: Master>
• Set Dip SW4-1 and SW4-2 to ON.
• For more details refer to “5. Dip Switch setting.”
<FTC: Slave>
• Set Dip SW4-1 to ON "Active :multiple outdoor unit control".
• Set Dip SW1-7 (Outdoor unit type) on each slave unit according to each connected outdoor unit type.
• Set only Dip-SW1-3 to ON on the slave unit that runs DHW operation.
Slave Slave *1
Dip switch Function OFF ON Master
(PAC-SIF051B-E) (Hydrobox)
SW1 SW1-1 Bolier WITHOUT Bolier WITH Bolier — —
Heat pump maximum outlet water
SW1-2 55˚C 60˚C
temperature
SW1-3 DHW tank WITHOUT DHW tank WITH DHW tank
SW1-4 Immersion heater WITHOUT Immersion heater WITH Immersion heater — —
SW1-5 Booster heater WITHOUT Booster heater WITH Booster heater — —
SW1-6 Booster heater function For heating only For heating and DHW — — —
SW1-7 Outdoor unit type Split type Packaged type —
SW1-8 Wireless remote controller WITHOUT Wireless remote controller WITH Wireless remote controller — —
SW2 SW2-1 Room thermostat1 input (IN1) logic change Zone1 operation stop at short Zone1 operation stop at open — —
SW2-2 Flow switch1 input (IN2) logic change Failure detection at short Failure detection at open
SW2-3 Booster heater capacity restriction Inactive Active — —
SW2-4 Cooling mode function Inactive Active — —
"Automatic switch to backup heater only
SW2-5 Inactive Active — —
operation (When outdoor unit stops by error)"
SW2-6 Mixing tank WITHOUT Mixing tank WITH Mixing tank *2 — —
SW2-7 2-zone temperature control Inactive Active — —
SW2-8 Flow sensor WITHOUT Flow sensor WITH Flow sensor —
SW3 SW3-1 Room thermostat2 input (IN6) logic change Zone2 operation stop at short Zone2 operation stop at open —
SW3-2 Flow switch2 input (IN3) logic change Failure detection at short Abnormality detection at open —
SW3-3 Flow switch3 input (IN7) logic change Failure detection at short Abnormality detection at open —
SW3-4 — — — — —
SW3-5 Heating mode function Inactive Active —
SW3-6 2-zone valve ON/OFF control Inactive Active —
SW3-7 — — — — —
SW3-8 — — — — —
SW4 SW4-1 Multiple unit control Inactive Active ON ON ON
Position of multiple outdoor units
SW4-2 Slave Master ON OFF OFF
control
SW4-3 — — — — — —
SW4-4 — — — — — —
"Emergency mode (Heater only operation)
SW4-5 Emergency mode (Heater only operation) Normal — —
(To be activated only when powered ON)"
"Emergency mode (Bolier operation) (To
SW4-6 Emergency mode (Bolier operation) Normal — —
be activated only when powered ON)"
SW5 SW5-1 — — — — —
SW5-2 Advanced auto adaptation Inactive Active —
SW5-3 — — — — —
SW5-4 — — — — —
SW5-5 — — — — —
SW5-6 — — — — —
SW5-7 — — — — —
SW5-8 — — — — —
*1 When FTC (Master) in Hydrobox is set as Slave. : Setting is required

*2 Set Dip SW2-6 to ON in "System 3 (2 zone)" and in "System 4 (with Boiler)" mentioned in "9.2 Pipe work." — : NO setting (function is not available)
C-62
9.7 Connecting inputs/outputs

<Electrical connection for master controller>
• Refer to "4.5 Connecting inputs/outputs"
<Electrical connection for slave controller>
PAC-IF06*B-E
1
1 TBO.1 CN01 2
2
3 1 CNP1
(WH) 4
6
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4
5 8 LED1
(BU) 3
Signal inputs
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3
2
3
5
(WH) SW4 (WH) 3 Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) OFF (Short)
3 6
4 1
CNRF
1
RC TBI.2 1-2 — Communication cable between
5
(WH) — —
6
7
SW3
LED2
5 indoor units
8 8 1
1 TBO.4
1
LED3
CN105
(RD)
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch 1 input Refer to SW2-2 in <9.6 Dip Switch
5
Functions>.
2
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT
3 (GY) 3 (BK)
8
CN108 Wiring specification and local supply parts
1
CNBH
FTC (Master) LED4
(WH)
7
Signal input function Signal input wire Use sheathed vinyl coated cord or cable.
CN1A
(WH)
CNW5 CNW12 CN21 CN20
(WH) (RD) (YE) (RD) Max. 10 m
1 1
4
1
2 4
1
3
1
2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Wire size: Stranded wire 0.13 mm² to 1.25 mm²
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.3
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.2
<Fig. 9.7.1>
Thermistor inputs
Note:
Do not splice the wiring to extend or shorten it, or this could affect correct monitoring of each temperature.
If the wiring is too long, bundle it with a strap to adjust the length.
Outputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF ON Signal/Max. current
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0 A Max.
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve 1) output Heating DHW 230V AC 0.1 A Max.
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2 output DHW Heating 230V AC 0.1 A Max.
N L N L N L
TBO.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TBO.4 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OUT1 OUT4 OUT13
<Fig. 9.7.2>

Max. 30 m
Conductor
Conductor

<Fig. 9.7.3>
Note:
1. Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1). In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s).
C-63
PAC-SIF051B-E
CN108
LED1
FTC (Slave)
LED4
SW2
1 SW4
1
6
8
SW1
1
LED3
8 CNS2
(RED)
CNW12 CN21
TBIN (RED) (YLW) 2 4 S1 S2 S3
1 2 3 4 1 3 L N 3 1
1 4 1 3 TBOUT TB6
<Fig. 9.7.4>
Signal inputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) OFF (Short)
RC TBIN 1-2 — Communication cable between indoor units — —

IN2 TBIN 3-4 — Flow switch input Refer to SW2-2 in <9.6 Dip Switch Functions>.

Max. 10 m
Thermistor inputs
Note:
Output
OUT1 TBOUT 1-2 — Water circulation pump 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0 A Max.
N L
TBOUT 1 2 3 4
OUT1
<Fig. 9.7.5>
Max. 30 m
Note: Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1). In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s).
C-64
Hydrobox 1 TBO.1
1
CN01 2
2 (WH) 4
3 1 CNP1 6
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1
CNBH
FTC LED4
(WH)
7

1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
<Fig. 9.7.6>
Signal inputs
Name Terminal block Connector Item OFF (Open) OFF (Short)
RC TBI.2 1-2 CN22 Communication cable between indoor units — —
IN2 TBI.1 11-12 — Flow switch input Refer to SW2-2 in <9.6 Dip Switch Functions>.
Max. 10 m
Thermistor inputs
Note:
Outputs
OUT1 TBO.1 1-2 CNP1 Water circulation pump 1 output OFF ON 230V AC 1.0 A Max.
OUT4 TBO.2 4-6 CNV1 3-way valve (2-way valve 1) output Heating DHW 230V AC 0.1 A Max.
OUT13 TBO.4 1-2 — 2-way valve 2 output DHW Heating 230V AC 0.1 A Max.
N L N L N L
TBO.1 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.2 1 2 3 4 5 6 TBO.3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 TBO.4 1 2 3 4 5 6
OUT1 OUT4 OUT13

<Fig. 9.7.7>
Tool
Max. 30 m
Wire size: Stranded wire 0.25 mm² to 1.5 mm² Conductor
Conductor
Note: Outline view Top view
1. Do not connect multiple water circulation pumps directly to each output (OUT1).
In such a case, connect them via (a) relay(s).
2. Do not connect water circulation pumps to both TBO.1 1-2 and CNP1 at the same time. Connect them using either way as shown above.
3. Stranded wire should be processed with insulation-covered bar terminal
<Fig. 9.7.8>
(DIN46228-4 standard compatible type).
C-65
Basic Troubleshooting for multiple outdoor units control

1 Main remote controller 1. There is no power supply to main remote 1. Check LED2 on the master controller. (See <Figure 4.5.1>.)
2. Power is supplied to the main remote 2. Check the following:
controller, however, the display on the • Disconnection between the main remote controller cable and the master
main remote controller does not appear. controller.
remote controller. 2. Communication failure between the 2.,3. Main remote controller start up checks/procedure.
main remote controller and master/slave (i) If “0%” or “50-99%” is displayed below "Please Wait" there is a
controller. communication error between the main remote controller and the master/
3. Communication failure between slave slave controller.
controller and outdoor unit. • Check wiring connections on the main remote controller.
• Replace the main remote controller or master/slave controller.
unit's control board and slave controller.
• Check the wiring connections on the outdoor unit control board and the slave
controller.
damage. (See section 4.5.)
• Replace the outdoor unit's control board and/or the slave controller.
3 LED2 on master When LED1 on master controller is also off.
controller is off. (See <Figure 4.5.1>.)
(See <Figure 4.5.1>.) 1. Master controller is not supplied with 220 1. Check the voltage across the L and N terminals on the indoor power supply
to 240V AC. terminal block. (See section 4.5.)
• When the voltage is not 220 to 240V AC, check for faulty wiring to power
supply.
connecting the connectors. • When the connectors are wired incorrectly re-wire them correctly referring to
below. (See section 4.5 and a wiring diagram on the control and electrical box
cover.)
YELLOW BLACK
BLACK YELLOW
N
White
CN01
CN01
S1 Master
controller
S2
S3
3. Master controller failure 3. Check the master controller.

• Check the fuse on the master controller.
• Check Dip SW4-2 is ON.
• If no problem found with the wiring, the master controller is faulty.
4 LED2 on FTC is blink- When LED1 is also blinking on master con- Check for faulty wiring between master controllers.
ing. troller.
(See Figure <4.5.1>.) When LED1 on master controller is lit.
1. Faulty wiring in main remote controller 1. Check for faulty wiring in main remote controller.
Multiple indoor units have been wired to The number of indoor units that can be wired to a single outdoor unit is one. Ad-
a single outdoor unit. ditional indoor units must be wired individually to a single outdoor unit.
2. Short-circuited wiring in main remote 2.,3. Remove main remote controller wires and check LED2 on master controller. (See
controller Figure 4.5.1.)
3. Main remote controller failure • If LED2 is blinking check for short circuits in the main remote controller wiring
.
- if LED2 is lit, faulty wiring of the main remote controller has been corrected.
4. Dip SW setting failure 4. Check Dip SW 4-2 on the slave controller is OFF.
For other details, refer to "8. Troubleshooting".
C-66
10 Supplementary information Flow temp.controller
10.1 Refrigerant collecting (pumpdown) for split model systems only

Refer to “Refrigerant collection” in the outdoor unit installation manual or service manual.
10.2 Back-up operation of boiler

Heating operation is backed up by boiler.
For more details, refer to the installation manual of PAC-TH011HT-E.
<Installation & System set up>

1. Set Dip-SW 1-1 to ON "With boiler" and SW2-6 to ON “With Mixing tank”.
2. Install the thermistors THWB1 (Flow temp.) and THWB2 (return temp.) *1 on the boiler circuit.
3. Connect the output wire (OUT10: Boiler operation) to the signal input (room thermostat input) on the boiler. *2
4. Install one of the following room temp. thermostats. *3
Wireless remote controller (option)

Room temp. thermostat (local supply)
Main remote controller (remote position)
*1 The boiler temp. thermistor is an optional part.

*2 OUT10 has no voltage across it.
*3 Boiler heating is controlled on/off by the room temp. thermostat.
<Remote controller settings>

1. Go to Service menu > Heat source setting and choose “Boiler” or “Hybrid”. *4
2. Go to Service menu > Operation settings > Boiler settings to make detailed settings for “Hybrid” above .
*4 The “Hybrid” automatically switches heat sources between Heat pump (and Electric heater) and boiler.
10.3 Product fiche of temperature control

(b) Supplier’s model identifier: PAR-WT50R-E and PAR-WT51R-E
C-67
Local application factors
* This FTC is designed to connect Mr.Slim/Ecodan inverter outdoor unit of MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC to local systems. Please check the following when designing
the local system.
* MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC does not take any responsibility for the local system design.
Heat exchanger
(1) Withstanding pressure
Designed pressure of outdoor unit is 4.15 MPa. Following must be satisfied for burst pressure of connecting application.
Burst pressure: More than 12.45 MPa (3 times more than designed pressure)
(2) Performance
Secure the heat exchanger capacity which meets the following conditions. If the conditions are not met, it may result in malfunction caused by the protection
operation or the outdoor unit may be turned off due to the operation of protection system.
• In case of hot water supply, condense temperature is less than 58°C in max. frequency operation with the outside temperature 7°C D.B./6°C W.B.
(3) Heat exchanger internal capacity

Heat exchanger internal capacity must be within the capacity range shown below. If the heat exchanger below the minimum capacity is connected, it may result in
the back flow of liquid or the failure of the compressor.
If the heat exchanger above the maximum capacity is connected, it may result in the deficiency in performance due to lack of refrigerant or overheating of the com-
pressor.
PUHZ-SW 40 50 75 100 — 120 160 200
Outdoor unit SUHZ-SW — 45 — — — — — —
PUHZ-SHW — — 80 112 140 — 230 —
Maximum capacity [cm³] 1050 1500 2130 3000 3750 4200 6000 7500
Minimum capacity [cm³] 350 500 710 1000 1250 1400 2000 2500
(4) Contamination maintenance

1. Wash the inside of heat exchanger to keep it clean. Be sure to RINSE not to leave flux. Do not use chlorine detergent when washing.
2. Be sure that the amount of contamination per unit cubic content of heat transfer pipe is less than the following amount.
Example) In case of [9.52 mm
Residual water: 0.6 mg/m, Residual oil: 0.5 mg/m, Solid foreign object: 1.8 mg/m
Thermistor position
Refer to 4.4.
Notes
· Install the hydraulic filter at the water inlet pipework.
· Inlet water temperature of heat exchanger should be within the range 5 °C - 55 °C.
· The water in both primary and sanitary circuit should be clean and with pH value of 6.5-8.0
· The followings are the maximum values;
Calcium: 100 mg/L, Ca hardness: 250 mg/L
Chrorine: 100 mg/L, Copper: 0.3 mg/L
· Other constituents should be to European Directive 98/83 EC standards.
· Refrigerant pipe diameter from outdoor unit to refrigerant-water HEX (Only for SPLIT type)
Use the pipe with same diameter size as the refrigerant pipe connection diameter of outdoor unit. (Refer to outdoor unit installation manual.)
· Ensure that there is sufficient anti-freeze chemical in the water circuit. It is recommended to use 7 : 4 anti-freeze to water ratio.
· The water velocity in pipes should be kept within certain limits of material to avoid erosion, corrosion and excessive noise generation.
Be aware, and take care of , that local velocities in small pipes, bends and similar obstructions can exceed the values above.
e.g.) Copper: 1.5 m/s
Warning:
· Always use water that meets the above quality requirements. Using water that does not meet these standards may result in damage to the system
pipework and heating components.
· Never use anything other than water as a medium. It may cause a fire or an explosion.
· Do not use heated water that is produced by the air to water heat pump directly for drinking or cooking. There is a risk to damage your health. There
is also a risk that installing the water heat exchanger may corrode if the necessary water quality for air to water heat pump system cannot be main-
tained. If you wish to use the heated water from the heated pump for these purposes, take measure such as to the second heat exchanger within the
water piping system.
C-68
Contents
1 Optional parts list...................................................D-2
2 ATW Wireless System............................................D-9

1. Safety Precautions.............................................................. D-9
2. Accessories and Installation Tool...................................... D-10
3. Before using ATW Wireless System................................. D-10
4. Installing Wireless Receiver...............................................D-11
5. Pairing process................................................................. D-16
6. Setting wireless remote controllers....................................... D-17
7. Wireless Receiver Operation............................................... D-20
8. Q&A................................................................................... D-22
9. Specifications..................................................................... D-23
3 Immersion Heater.................................................D-24
Optional parts
4 EHPT Accessories for UK....................................D-28
5 HIGH TEMP. THERMISTOR..................................D-32
6 DRAIN PAN STAND...............................................D-34
7 2 ZONE KIT............................................................D-38
Optional parts
D-1
1 Optional parts list Optional parts
Packaged model
<Indoor unit (Cylinder unit)>

Cylinder unit
Parts name Model name Specification EHPT20X- EHPT20X- EHPT20X- EHPT20X- EHPT20X-
VM2C VM6C YM9C TM9C MHCW
Wireless remote controller PAR-WT50R-E
Wireless receiver PAR-WR51R-E
Thermistors PAC-SE41TS-EFor room temp.
For buffer and zone
PAC-TH011-E
(flow and return temp.)
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp. ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (longer) ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-TH011HT-E For boiler (flow and return temp.)
Immersion heater PAC-I03V2-E 1Ph 3kW ―
EHPT accessories for UK PAC-WK01UK-E ― ― ― ―
Wi-Fi interface PAC-WF010-E
2 zone kit PAC-TZ01-E D383 mm H265 mm W356 mm N/W18 kg
<Indoor unit (Hydrobox)>

Hydrobox
Parts name Model name Specification EHPX- EHPX- EHPX-
VM2C VM6C YM9C
Wireless remote controller PAR-WT50R-E
Wireless receiver PAR-WR51R-E
Thermistors PAC-SE41TS-E For room temp.
For buffer and zone
PAC-TH011-E
Optional parts
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp.

PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (longer)
PAC-TH011HT-E For boiler (flow and return temp.)
2 zone kit PAC-TZ01-E D383 mm H265 mm W356 mm N/W18 kg
<Outdoor unit>
Power Inverter ZUBADAN
Parts name Model name PUHZ-W50 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W112 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W112 PUHZ-W112 PUHZ-HW112 PUHZ-HW140 PUHZ-HW140
VHA2(-BS) VHA2(-BS) VHA (-BS) VAA YAA VAA YAA YHA2(-BS) VHA2(-BS) YHA2(-BS)
Connector for Drain Hose
PAC-SE60RA-E
Heater Signal Output
Air discharge Guide PAC-SG59SG-E
Air Protection Guide PAC-SH63AG-E
Drain Socket PAC-SG61DS-E ― ― ―
Centralized Drain Pan PAC-SG64DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
<Interface/Flow temperature control>

Specifica- PUHZ- PUHZ- PUHZ-
Parts name Model name PUHZ-W50 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W112 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W85 PUHZ-W112 PUHZ-W112 HW112
tion HW140 HW140
VHA2(-BS) VHA2(-BS) VHA (-BS) VAA YAA VAA YAA YHA2(-BS) VHA2(-BS) YHA2(-BS)
Capacity step 1 PC Board
PAC-IF011B-E
control interface w/ Case
Flow Tempera- 1 PC Board
PAC-IF032B-E
ture Controller w/ Case
1 PC Board
PAC-IF061B-E
w/ Case
1 PC Board
PAC-IF062B-E
System w/ Case
controllers 1 PC Board
PAC-IF063B-E
w/ Case
1 PC Board
PAC-SIF051B-E
w/ Case
Thermistor PAC-TH011-E
D-2
CONTENTS
Parts name Model name Contents Q’ty
PAC-SG59SG-E Air Discharge guide 1
Air discharge Guide Attachment screw(5×35) 4
Spacer 4
PAC-SH63AG-E Air guide 1
Mounting screw (5×15) 4
Air Protection Guide
Washer 4
Spring washer 4
PAC-SG61DS-E Drain socket 1
Drain cap (φ33) 5
Drain Socket
Heat insulator 3
Band 8
Centralized Drain Pan PAC-SG64DP-E Centralized Drain Pan 1
PAC-IF011B-E PC Board 1
Step Interface Case 1
Thermistor 2
Case 1
Thermistor 3
Remote Controller 1
Remote Controller Cable (5m) 1
Case 1
Thermistor 1
Flow/Return water temp. thermistor 1
Remote Controller 1
SD memory card 1
Optional parts
Case 1
Flow Temperature Controller Remote Controller 1
SD memory card 1
Case 1
Tank thermistor 1
Remote Controller 1
SD memory card 1
PAC-SIF051B-E PC Board 1
Case 1
Thermistor 1
SD memory card 1
PAC-TH011-E For buffer and zone (flow and return temp.) 202)
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp. (5m) 103)
Thermistors
PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (30m) 103)
PAC-TH011HT-E For boiler (flow and return temp.) 202)
PAC-TZ01-E 2 zone kit 1
Flexible hose 2
2 zone kit
Conversion joint 2
Gasket 4
Notes: 1) One carton contains 10 PC boards.
2) Two thermistors per package; 10 packages per carton
3) One thermistors per package; 10 packages per carton
D-3
Split model
<Indoor unit (Cylinder unit)>
Parts name Model name Specification Cylinder unit
EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20C- EHST20D- EHST20D-
VM2C VM6C YM9C TM9C VM2EC VM6EC YM9EC MEC VM2C YM9C
Wireless remote PAR-WT50R-E
controller
Wireless PAR-WR51R-E
receiver
PAC-TH011-E For buffer and zone
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp. ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (longer) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-TH011HT-E For boiler (flow and
return temp.)
Immersion PAC-I03V2-E
1Ph 3kW
heater
EHPT acces- PAC-WK01UK-E
― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
sories for UK
Drain pan stand PAC-DP01-E D665mm H270mm
W595mm ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
N/W: 14.5kg
Joint pipe PAC-SG74RJ-E For PUHZ-SW75
― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
{12.7→{15.88
PAC-SG72RJ-E For PUHZ-SW75
Optional parts
― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
{6.35→{9.52
2 zone kit PAC-TZ01-E D383 mm H265 mm
W356 mm N/W18 kg
Parts name Model name Specification Cylinder unit

EHST20D- EHST20D- EHST20D- EHST20C- EHST20D- ERST20C- ERST20C- ERST20D- ERST20D-
VM2EC MHC MEC MHCW MHCW VM2C MEC VM2C MEC
controller
receiver
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp. ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (longer) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
return temp.)
Immersion PAC-I03V2-E
1Ph 3kW ― ― ―
heater
EHPT acces- PAC-WK01UK-E
― ― ― ― ― ― ―
sories for UK
Drain pan stand PAC-DP01-E D665mm H270mm
1) 1) 1) 1)
W595mm ― ― ― ― ―
N/W: 14.5kg
Joint pipe PAC-SG74RJ-E For PUHZ-SW75
― ― ―
{12.7→{15.88
― ― ―
{6.35→{9.52
W356 mm N/W18 kg
Note: PAC-DP01-E is necessary when you use ERST units. If you use ERST units without this parts, drain will be flowed from
the base of units, in cooling mode.
D-4
<Indoor unit (Hydrobox)>

Parts name Model name Specification Hydro box
EHSD- EHSD- EHSD- EHSD- EHSC- EHSC- EHSC- EHSC- EHSC- EHSC-
MEC MC VM2C YM9C MEC VM2C VM2EC VM6C VM6EC YM9C
controller
receiver
return temp.)
Joint pipe PAC-SG73RJ-E For PUHZ-SW200YKA/
SHW230YKA2(-BS) ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
{9.52→{12.7
― ― ― ― ― ―
{12.7→{15.88
― ― ― ― ― ―
{6.35→{9.52
W356 mm N/W18 kg
Optional parts
Parts name Model name Specification Hydro box
EHSC- EHSC- EHSE- EHSE- ERSD- ERSC- ERSC- ERSE- ERSE-
YM9EC TM9C YM9EC MEC VM2C MEC VM2C YM9EC MEC
controller
receiver
return temp.)
Joint pipe PAC-SG73RJ-E For PUHZ-SW200YKA/
SHW230YKA2(-BS) ― ― ― ― ―
{9.52→{12.7
― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
{12.7→{15.88
― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
{6.35→{9.52
― ― ― ―
W356 mm N/W18 kg
D-5
<Outdoor unit>
Parts name Model name Eco
Power Inverter
Inverter
SUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW
45VA(H) 50VKA(-BS) 75VHA(-BS) 100V/YHA(-BS) 120V/YHA(-BS) 160YKA(-BS) 200YKA(-BS) 75V/YAA(-BS) 100V/YAA(-BA)
Connector for Drain Hose PAC-SE60RA-E ― ―
PAC-SE61RA-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
Air discharge Guide MAC-886SG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SJ07SG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SG59SG-E ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SH96SG-E ― ― ― ― ― *1 *1
Air Protection Guide PAC-SJ06AG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SH63AG-E ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SH95AG-E ― ― ― ― ― *1 *1
Drain Socket PAC-SG61DS-E ― ―
PAC-SJ08DS-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
Centralized Drain Pan PAC-SG63DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SG64DP-E ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SH97DP-E ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SJ83DP-E — — — — — — —
Control/Service Tool PAC-SK52ST ―
Snow hood PAC-SNH11HF-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SNH11HS-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SNH11HB-E ― ― ― ― ― ― — —
PAC-SNH11HF-E
— — — ― ― — —
(×2)
Optional parts
PAC-SNH21HS-E ― ― — ― ― — —
PAC-SNH21HB-E ― ― ― ― ― — —
Parts name Model name ZUBADAN Inverter Multi

PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUMY-P112 PUMY-P125 PUMY-P140
80VHA 112V/YHA 140YHA 230YKA2 80V/YAA(-BS) 112V/YAA(-BS) V/YKM(E)4(-BS) V/YKM(E)4(-BS) V/YKM(E)4(-BS)
Connector for Drain Hose PAC-SE60RA-E ― ― ―
PAC-SE61RA-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
Air discharge Guide MAC-886SG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SJ07SG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SG59SG-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SH96SG-E ― ― ― *1 *1
Air Protection Guide PAC-SJ06AG-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SH63AG-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SH95AG-E ― ― ― *1 *1
Drain Socket PAC-SG61DS-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SJ08DS-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
Centralized Drain Pan PAC-SG63DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SG64DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SH97DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SJ83DP-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
Control/Service Tool PAC-SK52ST ― ― ―
Snow hood PAC-SNH11HF-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SNH11HS-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SNH11HB-E ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SNH11HF-E
― ― ― ― ― ―
(×2)
PAC-SNH21HS-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
PAC-SNH21HB-E ― ― ― ― ― ―
*1 This model requires PAC-SJ82AT for attachment.
D-6
<Interface/Flow temperature control>

Eco
Power Inverter
Inverter
Parts name Model name Specification
SUHZ- PUHZ-SW50 PUHZ-SW75 PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW
SW45VA(H) VKA(-BS) VHA(-BS) 100V/YHA(-BS) 120V/YHA(-BS) 160YKA(-BS) 200YKA(-BS)
Capacity step control
PAC-IF011B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case ―
interface
Flow Temperature
PAC-IF032B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case ―
Controller
System controllers PAC-IF061B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case
PAC-IF062B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case
PAC-SIF051B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case ―

Parts name Model name Specification PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW PUHZ-SHW
75V/YAA(-BS) 100V/YAA(-BS) 80VHA 112V/YHA 140YHA 230YKA2 80V/YAA(-BS) 112V/YAA(-BS)
Capacity step control
interface
Flow Temperature
Controller
System controllers PAC-IF061B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case
PAC-SIF051B-E 1 PC Board w/ Case
Optional parts
D-7
CONTENTS
Parts name Model name Contents Q’ty
MAC-886SG-E Air discharge guide 1
Screw 4
PAC-SJ07SG-E Air discharge guide 1
Support (For right and left) 2
Attachment screw(5×10) 4
PAC-SG59SG-E Air discharge guide 1
Air discharge guide
Spacer 4
PAC-SG96SG-E Air discharge guide 1
Support 1
Screw(5×15) 12
Washer 12
Spring washer 12
PAC-SJ06AG-E Air protect guide 1
Washer (for screw 4×16) 4
Spring washer 4
Air protection guide
Washer 4
Spring washer 4
Washer 6
Spring washer 6
PAC-SG61DS-E Drain socket 1
Drain cap (φ33) 5
Drain socket Heat insulator 3
Band 8
PAC-SJ08DS-E Drain socket 1
PAC-SG63DP-E Centralized drain pan 1
Centralized drain pan PAC-SG64DP-E Centralized drain pan 1
Optional parts
PAC-SH97DP-E Centralized drain pan 1

Control/Service tool PAC-SK52ST Control/Service Tool 1
Capacity step control interface Case 1
Thermistor 2
Case 1
Flow temperature controller Thermistor 3
Remote controller 1
Remote controller cable (5m) 1
Case 1
Thermistor 1
Remote controller 1
SD memory card 1
Case 1
Remote controller 1
SD memory card 1
System controllers
Case 1
Tank thermistor 1
Remote controller 1
SD memory card 1
PAC-SIF051B-E PC Board 1
Case 1
Thermistor 1
Flow/Return water temp thermistor 1
SD memory card 1
PAC-TH011-E For buffer and zone (flow and return temp.) 201)
PAC-TH011TK-E For tank temp. (5m) 102) Notes:
Thermistors
PAC-TH011TKL-E For tank temp. (30m) 102) 1) Two thermistors per
PAC-TH011HT-E For boiler (flow and return temp.) 201) package; 10 packages
Drain pan stand PAC-DP01-E Drain pan stand (for ERST) 1 per carton
PAC-TZ01-E 2 zone kit 1 2) One thermistors per
Flexible hose 2 package; 10 packages
2 zone kit per carton
Conversion joint 2
Gasket 4
D-8
2 ATW Wireless System Optional parts
Wireless Remote Controller

and Receiver
PAR-WT50R-E
PAR-WR51R-E This manual explains installation of the PAR-WR51R-E wireless receiver and
the PAR-WT50R-E wireless remote controller, and settings of these devices.
Before installing the devices, read this manual thoroughly. After reading, be
sure to hand this manual to the user.
1. Safety Precautions
● The precautions mentioned below are important to use the device safely. Be sure to understand and follow them.
● The following hazardous classification shows the likelihood and severity of hazards if a person does not follow the instructions
contained on the following signs.
Indicates a hazardous situation which, if a person does not follow the instructions, could result in death or
Warning
serious injury.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if a person does not follow the instructions, may result in
Caution
bodily injury or property damage.
Optional parts
Warning
►Installation
Do not use the device in particular environ- Do not use the device in particular environments where the following substanc-
ments. es are present in large amounts: oil, vapour, organic solvent, corrosive gas (such
as ammonia, sulphuric compounds, and acid or the like), or where acid or alkali
solution, or particular sprays are used frequently. This could affect operating
performance, or cause corrosion, which could result in electrical shock, break-
down, smoke generation, or fire.
Do not place the devices in an environment Build-up of flammable gas could result in fire or explosion.
where flammable gas may occur, stay, flow
in, or leak.
The device must be installed by a dealer or If the device is installed improperly, electric shock or fire could result.
an authorised technician according to the
appropriate installation manual.
Do not place the device in an environment Electric shock, fire, or breakdown could result.
that exposes it to large amounts of vapor or
condensation.
►Wiring
The wireless receiver’s maximum voltage Breakdown, ignition, or fire could result.
is 12V DC. Do not connect 230V AC power
source to the wireless receiver.
Connections must be made securely and If connections are made improperly, breaking of wire, heat generation, or fire
without tension or external force on the ter- could result.
minals.
►Others
Do not use sharp objects to press the but- Electric shock or breakdown may result.
tons.
Do not touch or operate the device with wet Electric shock or breakdown may result.
hands.
Do not wash the device with water or solu- Electric shock or breakdown may result.
tion or the like.
When installing or repairing the device, ask If the device is not installed properly, electric shock, smoke generation, or fire
a dealer or a qualified technician. could result from entry of dust or water.
Do not disassemble or modify.
D-9
Caution
Do not drop the device. This could break the case or affect the device enough to make it inoperable.
Install the device in a place capable of If the device is not installed securely or properly, the wireless receiver may fall.
bearing its own weight .
Disposal
This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2002/96/EC Article 10 Information for users and Annex IV, and/or to the di-
rective 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for end-users and Annex II.
Your MITSUBISHI ELECTRIC product is designed and manufactured with high quality materials and components which can be re-
cycled and/or reused. This symbol means that electrical and electronic equipment, batteries and accumulators, at their end-of-life,
should be disposed of separately from your household waste. If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol, this chemical
symbol means that the battery or accumulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration.
This will be indicated as follows: Hg: mercury (0.0005%), Cd; cadmium (0.002 %), Pb: lead (0.004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used electrical and electronic products, batteries and accumula-
tors.
Please, dispose of this equipment, batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/recycling centre.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in!
2. Accessories and Installation Tool

The following items are included in the box.
Part name No.
Wireless receiver <PAR-WR51R-E>
1
(2 m long cable included)
Bracket 1
Flat head screw (4.1 × 6) 4
Installation and setting manual 1
Optional parts
* Installing of the devices requires a Phillips-head screwdriver (No.2 6 mm).
3. Before using ATW wireless system

Following is the summary of the procedure for installing and setting the wireless system.
1. Devices and manuals required to set and install the wireless system
PAR-WT50R-E wireless remote controller
PAR-WR51R-E wireless receiver
A
TW wireless system installation and setting manual (this manual)
Wireless remote controller operation manual (hereinafter abbreviated as OM)
Ecodan system installation manual (hereinafter abbreviated as IM)
2. Installing and setting procedure

Power off the ecodan system.
Install the wireless receiver on the ecodan system.
(See "4. Installing the Wireless Receiver" in this manual.)
When installing the wireless receiver, be sure to set the SW1-8 on the control board to ON. (See “5.1 DIP Switch
Functions” in IM. )
Power on the ecodan system, and the LEDs will blink on the receiver for 3 seconds.
Place two AA alkaline batteries in the wireless remote controller.
(See “·Batteries” in “4. Before Operation” in OM.)
Perform pairing process between the wireless receiver and the remote controller.
(See "5. Pairing process” in this manual.)
The wireless receiver does not go through a pairing process unless the ecodan system is off. When the system is
ON, be sure to turn it off before beginning the pairing process.
Test wireless communication between the wireless remote controller and the wireless receiver.
(See “6.4 Communication Test” in “6. Setting wireless remote controllers” in this manual.)
Position the wireless remote controller in an appropriate place.
(See "4. Before Operation" in OM.)
To set the wireless remote controller as a room sensor that monitors room temperature, see "Main remote controller Op-
tions" in IM.
D-10
Use the main controller to set the ecodan system to the room temp. ( ) mode.
When the flow temp. ( ) mode or the compensation curve ( ) mode is selected, the wireless remote controller will oper-
ate as a thermostat. (See “Main remote controller” in IM.)
When the remote controller set as a room sensor runs out of battery or gets a communication error during room
temp. mode, the room temp. mode will automatically switch to the compensation curve mode.
The room temp. mode will be restored by battery replacement or solution of communication error.
Installation and setting of the wireless remote controller is complete. To set additional wireless remote controllers,
repeat Step to .
4. Installing Wireless Receiver

4.1 Connecting to Cylinder unit
* Before installation, be sure to turn off the main power supply.
Remove the two screws that hold the front panel, and remove the panel.
If the removed front panel is set aside away from the indoor
unit, ensure the relay connector on Main remote controller Front panel
is disconnected.
Optional parts
Screws
(2 positions)
Remove the screw and pull the

control and electrical box so that
the control and electrical box is Control and electrical box Control and electrical box
swung toward you from left.
Screws
(2 positions)
Screw
(1 position)
Run the receiver's cable into the cylinder unit through the inlet as
Receiver’s cable
shown on the figure.
Do not run the receiver's cable through an inlet that a power

cable goes through and do not bundle the cable together with a
power cable.
D-11
Route the cable out the back of

the control and electrical box,
Control and
and run the cable into the box Control board electrical box
through the shown inlet in the
underside of the box.
Control and
electrical box
Connect the cable connector to

the CNRF terminal on the control
board. Switch ON SW1-8.
CNRF
Optional parts
SW1
Remove excessive slack on the

cable , then secure the cable
with a cable fastener and 2 ca-
ble straps on the upper side and
center on the back of control and Back view
electrical box.
Cable
fastener Control and
electrical box
Cable
straps
Place the control and electrical box back in the original position and reinstall the 3 screws.
D-12
Check the maximum reach of the cable and install the bracket on the
wall with screws.
Do not excessively pull the cable when checking the maximum

reach.
<Notice>
● Do not overtighten the screws.
►The bracket may deform or break.
● When installing the bracket, select an interference-free space.
►Keep the installing area at least 10 cm away from metal or a wall box. If unable to do so, always place the room wire-
less remote controllers in locations where the communication test determines that the wireless remote controllers are
fully capable of communication with the wireless receiver.
● Do not install the bracket with screws on the exterior casing of the cylinder unit.
►The internal parts may be damaged, which could result in breakdown of the indoor unit.
● Do not install the bracket where the receiver could be exposed to moisture or leaked water from piping connec-
tions above.
►The wireless receiver subjected to moisture or leaked water could cause electric shock, fire, or its breakdown.
Place the wireless receiver on the fixed bracket.

Hook the holes on the back of the wireless receiver onto the projections on the bracket, and fix
the wireless receiver in place.
Optional parts
<Notice>
● Do not place the wireless receiver inside the cylinder unit.
►Both the wireless receiver and its wire may break due to heat inside the indoor unit.
● Do not let the wireless receiver stand on top of the cylinder unit. Always fix the wireless receiver onto the bracket.
►Wireless communication performance may be affected.
● Do not pull the cable excessively.
►Breakdown, ignition, or fire may result.
● Do not have the wireless receiver suspended.
Fix the front panel with screws.
D-13
4.2 Connecting to Hydrobox

* Before installation, be sure to turn off the main power supply.
Remove the two screws that hold the front panel, and remove the panel.
Front panel
Screws
(2 positions)
Route the receiver's cable into the hydrobox through the leftmost in-
let at the bottom of the unit. Then route into the control and electrical
box through the shown inlet at the bottom of the control and electri-
cal box.
● Do not bundle the receiver cable with a power cable.

● Do not run the cable through an inlet that a power cable goes Control board
through.
Optional parts
Control and
electrical box
Connect the cable connector to CNRF on the control

board. Switch ON SW1-8.
CNRF
SW1
D-14
Check the maximum reach of the cable and install the bracket with
screws.
Do not excessively pull the cable when measuring the maxi-

mum reach.
<Notice>
● Do not overtighten the screws.
►The bracket may deform or break.
● When installing the bracket, select an interference-free space.
►Keep the installing area at least 10 cm away from metal or a wall box. If unable to do so, always place the room wire-
less remote controllers in locations where the communication test determines that the wireless remote controllers are
fully capable of communication with the wireless receiver.
● Do not install the bracket with screws on the exterior casing of the cylinder unit.
►The internal parts may be damaged, which could result in breakdown of the indoor unit.
● Do not install the bracket where the receiver could be exposed to moisture or leaked water from piping connec-
tions above.
►The wireless receiver subjected to moisture could cause electric shock, fire, or its breakdown.
When installing the wireless receiver, observe the following.

● Keep the other electric or electronic devices (e.g. radio, induction
heating cooker, microwave oven, refrigerator, and mobile phone
or the like) at least 50 cm away from the wireless receiver.
● Place the wireless receiver in an interference-free area and keep
the wireless receiver away from metal.
Optional parts
Place the wireless receiver on the fixed bracket.
Hook the holes on the back of the wireless receiver onto the projec-
tions on the bracket, and fix the wireless receiver.
<Notice>
● Do not place the wireless receiver inside the hydrobox.
►Both the wireless receiver and its wire may break due to heat inside the indoor unit.
● Do not pull the cable excessively.
● Do not have the wireless receiver suspended.
Hold the front panel with the screws.
D-15
5. Pairing process
● If the wireless remote controller is not paired, the indoor unit cannot be operated using the remote controller.
● Before using the wireless remote controllers, always ensure to go through a pairing process.
● Pairing is NOT possible unless the ecodan system is off. When the ecodan system is ON, be sure to turn it off be-
fore starting the pairing process.
● The wireless receiver is also needed for pairing, so please make sure to operate the wireless remote controller
near the wireless receiver.
Hold down button on the wireless receiver for 3 seconds or more

until orange LED blinks.
The pairing mode is cancelled by pressing button.
Blinking (orange)
Hold down , and buttons simultaneously for at Press or button to set the mode number to “1” and
press button.
Mode No.
Optional parts
When button is pressed in the middle of setting, the screen

returns to the previous indication.
When appears on the display, do not perform pairing. The

power may be turned off in the middle of pairing, which may
lose the pairing information.
Press or button to select a pairing address, and press

button to set the address.
" " (no setting) is displayed initially. Choose a number from 1 to 8.
After pressing button, the wireless remote controller starts

communication with the wireless receiver.
When using multiple wireless remote controllers in one eco-

dan system, be sure to set different address for each remote
controller. <Pairing is successful>
When the pairing process has been successfully performed, " "
is shown on the remote controller and green LED steadily
lights on the wireless receiver.
Lighting (green)
Blinking (orange)
D-16
<Pairing is unsuccessful>
When " " appears on the remote controller and green LED on
the wireless receiver blinks , correctly repeat the same process from
step 5.
Even if the pairing process failed, the wireless receiver stays in the
pairing mode for 5 minutes unless cancelled.
<<Main causes that prevent successful pairing>>

● The wireless receiver does not enter the pairing mode.
►Press button for 3 seconds or more until orange LED blinks. Blinking (orange) Blinking (green)
Make sure to turn off the ecodan system by main controller.
● Pairing is attempted outside the transmission range of the wireless receiver.
►Adjust the distance between the wireless receiver and remote controller, and so try again.
If the distance is excessively short, pairing may fail. Keep the distance of about 50 cm.
● The wireless remote controller has been already paired with the wireless receiver.
►The pairing address assigned to a wireless remote controller cannot be changed by remote controller. Use the wireless
receiver to reset pairing information. (Refer to “(3) Resetting pairing information” in “7.3. Wireless Receiver Functions”.)
Even when power fails or when the batteries run down, the pairing information will be kept.
6. Setting wireless remote controllers

Mode No.
Hold down , and buttons simultaneously for at least 3
Optional parts
seconds until the mode number blinks.
Press or button to choose a mode number.
Confirm setting by pressing button.

The display stops blinking and lights steadily.
When button is pressed in the middle of setting, the screen returns

to the previous indication.
Mode Initial
Names Functions
No. settings
0 Pairing address display To view the own pairing address of the wireless remote controller.
1 Pairing To perform a pairing process with the wireless receiver.
2 Temperature unit To select °C or °F. °C
3 Communication test Communication test with the wireless receiver.
4 Room temperature display Actual room temperature display OFF
5 Automatic zone no. display To enable or disable automatic zone no. display. OFF
D-17
6.1. Viewing Address Number (Mode No. 0)

Set the mode no. to “0”.
The display to the right shows that the address is set to “2”.
6.2. Pairing (Mode No. 1)

For details, refer to “6. Pairing process”.
6.3. Selecting the Temperature Unit (Mode No. 2)

The temperature reading can be selected between Celsius (°C) or Fahr-
enheit (°F).
Press or button to select °C or °F and press button to confirm

the selection.
6.4. Communication Test (Mode No. 3)

Optional parts
Communication test is performed between the wireless remote control-

ler and the wireless receiver.
When the display shows " ", this indicates that the communication be-
tween the remote controller and the receiver is established. If " " is
shown, the wireless remote controller is not communicating with the
wireless receiver.
Do not leave the wireless remote controller in a location where the

communication test results in " ".
Before conducting the communication test, ensure that the wireless remote controller goes through a pairing process.
6.5. Displaying or Hiding Room Temperature (Mode No. 4) <When the actual room temperature is NOT displayed >

Select either displaying or hiding the room temperature.
Press or button to select displaying or hiding the room tempera-

ture, and press button to save the setting.
Hiding :" ".

Displaying :Actual room temperature is displayed
<When the actual room temperature is displayed >
D-18
When the indoor unit is operating, the room temperature display shows the
actual room temperature (18°C) below and the set temperature (20°C)
above as shown in the figure to the right. The measurable temperature
range is from 0°C to 40°C.
If the measured room temperature is out of 0°C to 40°C range,

the room temperature display blinks.
When the wireless remote controller is installed on a bracket, room temperature might not be accurate being affect-
ed by the wall temperature.
Perform a test run and place the remote controller where the room temperature can be correctly detected.
6.6. Automatic Zone No. Display (Mode No. 5) <Inactive>

When the automatic zone no. display is active, a zone number as-
signed to the remote controller is displayed for 3 seconds after tem-
perature setting.
Press or button to select between " " and or , and press
button to save setting.
Optional parts
Inactive :" ". <Active>
Active :The zone no. ( or ) assigned to the remote controller
is shown.
D-19
7. Wireless Receiver Operation

The wireless receiver is powered by indoor unit. It communicates with the wireless remote controller(s), and transmits to the
indoor unit the operation status and commands received from the wireless remote controller(s). The wireless receiver has two
modes available: pairing mode and pairing reset mode.
7.1. Functions of Buttons and Displays
Top view
Front view
Optional parts
Number Item Description
Setting button To switch operating mode.
Communication LED (green) To indicate that the wireless receiver is communicating.
Operation LED (orange) To show operating status of the wireless receiver.
The following table shows the operating and illuminating status of the LEDs.
Operation LED Communication LED
Description
(orange) (green)
Blinking Blinking Power is ON (for 3 seconds).
Off Off Normal mode: Not paired
Off On Normal mode: Paired
Off Blinking Normal mode: Communicating
Blinking Off Performing a pairing process
Blinking On Pairing: Successful
Blinking Blinking Pairing: Unsuccessful
On On Pairing information is cleared
D-20
7.2. Turning on Power Power ON
When the wireless receiver is powered by indoor unit after installation,

green LED and orange LED blink for 3 seconds.
7.3. Wireless Receiver Functions Not paired

(1) Normal mode
When the wireless receiver is paired with a wireless remote controller,
green LED comes on. When the wireless receiver is communicat-
ing with a wireless remote controller, green LED blinks. Paired
Transmitting
(2) Pairing mode

*For details, refer to “6. Pairing process” in this manual.
Optional parts
(3) Resetting pairing information
Once pairing information has been cleared, ALL the wireless remote controllers need go through a pairing process
again.
Hold down button for 5 seconds or more until and LED

light while pairing mode is active. All the pairing information is cleared.
D-21
8. Q& A
Questions Answers
How many wireless remote controllers are Up to 8 controllers.
allowed to be paired?
What should be noted about Pairing? • The same address cannot be assigned to multiple remote controllers
• If the same address is assigned to multiple controllers, the address can be assigned to
only the last paired remote controller.
• Once the remote controller is paired, its pairing address cannot be changed by remote
controller. Use the wireless receiver to reset pairing information.
What causes a communication error be- Check the following possible causes.
tween the wireless remote controller and • The batteries on the wireless remote controller are running out.
wireless receiver? • The transmitted signal does not reach the wireless receiver.
• The wireless remote controller is not paired.
What measures should be taken when the The indoor unit or outdoor unit has a failure. Refer to the indications on the main controller
room temp. display indicates “1” with ? and take appropriate measures. Please also check installation and service manuals for the
indoor unit.
What measures should be taken when the The thermistor inside the wireless remote controller has a failure. Check the resistance of
room temp. display indicates “2” with ? the thermistor. (When the room temperature is between 0 and 40°C, the resistance must be
between 5 and 28 kΩ.)
What measures should be taken when the A communication error occurs between the wireless remote controller and the wireless re-
room temp. display indicates “3” with ? ceiver. Check the following possible causes.
• The signal that is transmitted by the wireless remote controller does not reach the wire-
less receiver.
• The wireless remote controller is not paired.
Optional parts
What measures should be taken when the A communication error occurs between the wireless receiver and the indoor unit. Check the
room temp. display indicates “4” with ? following possible causes.
• The cable connecting between the wireless receiver and the indoor unit has severed.
• The wireless receiver is not correctly connected to the indoor unit.
What measures should be taken when the Backup heater is running due to a failure of the indoor unit or the outdoor unit.
room temp. display indicates “E” with ? Check the error code displayed on the main controller and take appropriate measures ac-
cordingly.
The holiday mode is NOT available during backup heater only operation.
<<2-zone temperature control>>

● A thermistor is built in the remote controller (Room RC) or the main controller (Main RC), or TH1. The indoor unit refers to
temperature monitored by a selected thermistor and controls temperature for each zone.
● For 2-zone temperature control, one room sensor can be selected for Zone1 and Zone2 separately. The room sensor is used
for monitoring room temperature.
● The selection of room sensor can be fixed or changed according to time, using a schedule timer.
Note: Room sensor can be selected by main controller only.
Zone1 Zone2
Indoor unit Bed room 1
Living room Dining room Bed room 2
Receiver
Address 1 Address 2 Address 3 Address 4
When is shown on the remote controller, this indicates that the remote controller is used for monitoring the room temperature. In
this example, the living room temperature monitored by remote controller 1 is regarded as the room temperature for Zone1. The bed
room 2 temperature monitored by remote controller 4 is regarded as the room temperature for Zone2.
D-22
9. Specifications
Item Description
Power source 12V DC (powered by indoor unit)
Temperature: 0 to 40°C
Operating temperature and humidity requirements
Humidity 30 to 90%RH (No condensation)
Weight 150 g (excluding a cable)
Dimension (W×H×D) 100 mm × 80 mm × 30 mm
Product fiche of temperature control

(b) Supplier’s model identifier: PAR-WT50R-E and PAR-WR51R-E
Optional parts
D-23
3 Immersion Heater Optional parts
CYLINDER UNIT OPTIONAL PARTS

IMMERSION HEATER (1Ph 3kW)
PAC-IH03V2-E
INSTALLATION MANUAL
● Before starting installation, read the following description together with the installation manual included with the cylinder unit.
● Please read carefully and observe fully the following safety precautions.
WARNING Precaution that must be observed to prevent injuries or death.
● After installation carry out a test run to ensure correct operation, then explain operation method and safety precautions to the
end user.
Tell your customers to keep this installation manual together with the operation manual, and when they give or sell this
Optional parts
machine to any other person include this installation manual and operation manual with it.
WARNING
● If the cylinder has already been connected to the power supply ensure circuit breaker is off before carrying out electrical
work.
● If the immersion heater is installed incorrectly or modified after installation by the user, water leakage, electric shock or
fire may result.
● All electrical work should be performed by a qualified technician according to local regulations and the instructions given
in this manual.
● The immersion heater must be powered by a dedicated power supply and the correct voltage and correctly sized circuit
breakers must be used.
● Connections must be made securely and without tension on the terminals.
The included component parts of the PAC-IH03V2-E IMMERSION HEATER (1Ph 3kW) shall be used only for the
purposes indicated in the installation manual.
D-24
Contents
Item Piece
Immersion heater 1
Thermostat (High limit thermal cut-out) 1
Tab cover 1
Earth leakage breaker 1
Screw (4×25) 2
Relay 1
Screw (4×16) 2
Label (for Earth leakage breaker) 1
Label (for Relay) 1
Lead wire with connector 1
Lead wire (Red, 130mm) 1
Lead wire (Blue, 130mm) 1
Lead wire (Red, 1500mm) 1
Lead wire (Blue, 1500mm) 1
Water-proof cover 1
Water-proof seal (3x35x25) 1
Water-proof seal (3x40x25) 1
Band 4
Tool 1
Installation manual 1
Fastener 1
Spec name plate 1
Optional parts
D-25
1 2 3
Check before starting installation
that no water is in the tank. Diagonally locate the thermostat pockets on upper
right and bottom left with terminals on the upper left
and bottom right sides as shown.
Secure tightly with the nut to prevent water leakage.
The blanking plate and gasket (Recommended torque = 10 N•m)
can be removed using a narrow
flat bladed screwdriver.
Dispose
Carefully remove front panel

by disconnecting the control
cable from beneath the unit’s
main control box.
4 5 6
Reinstate plastic tab cover over
the connectors then insert the
thermostat rod into the upper
right hand pocket.
The terminals on the white
plastic head should be positioned
at the bottom as shown.
Optional parts
Align the centre lines 4

and 8 as shown.
Place the terminal

blocks so that the
orientations of the
labels are correct. Align the centre
lines 6 and 9
Screw positions as shown.
Assemble and securely.
7 8 9
A1
A2
Connector CNIH
D-26
10 11 12
Run the lead wire through
the slit on the water-proof
cover provided and seal
each terminal screw.
3
4
Do not insert the lead wires 3 and 4 into the

opening that the main controller wires or the
wireless receiver wires use.
13 14 15 The fixing position of lead wire using bands

and/or fasteners.
DIP Switch
1-4 OFF→ON
(without immersion heater
Optional parts
→with immersion heater)
Fix it to the
other wires.
Fix it to the
pipe covers.
Place the band on the joint surface of the

DHW tank.
Secure the water-proof cover around the
cylinder boss using the band provided.
16 17 18
For details about wiring to power

supply and circuit breaker, refer to
the installation manual and wiring
diagram for the cylinder unit.
Fill tank with water and ensure that
no water leaks around the periphery
of the immersion heater.
SPEC
NAME
PLATE
Carefully reinstate control cable

connection before reinstating
and securing the front panel.
D-27
4 EHPT Accessories for UK Optional parts

EHPT ACCESSORIES for UK
PAC-WK01UK-E
INSTALLATION MANUAL
WARNING Precautions that must be observed to prevent injuries or death.
end user.
Optional parts
WARNING
● Before installing any accessories on the cylinder unit ensure the unit is isolated from the power supply.
The included component parts of the PAC-WK01UK-E EHPT ACCESSORIES for UK shall be used only for the purposes
indicated in the installation manual.
In addition to annual servicing it is necessary to replace or inspect the ICG after a certain period of system operation.
Please see table below for detailed instructions. Replacement and inspection of the ICG should always be done by a
competent person with relevant training and qualifications.
Part which requires regular replacement

Part Replace every Possible failures
Water leakage due to brass corrosion
Inlet control group (ICG) 6 years
(Dezincification)
D-28
Contents
Item Piece(s)
Unvented inlet control group (Pressure
The parts to are provided to meet the requirements for the UK
Building Regulation G3.
reducing valve/strainer/check valves/ 1
The parts and are accessory parts for the unvented inlet control
expansion relief valve). group.
Blanking cap (22mm) 1 The pressure reducing valve is factory set at 3.5 bar and the expansion
Nipple & Olive (15mm) 1
relief valve at 6.0 bar.
The gas charge pressure for the expansion vessel is 3.5 bar.
Expansion vessel 18L (R3/4” ) 1
Tundish (15mm, 22mm) 2
Filling loop (15mm) 1
Optional parts
D-29
Installation
1
Carefully follow these instructions and ensure that the installation conforms to UK Building Regulation G3 and the Water Supply
Regulations.
Unvented inlet control group (ICG)
1
6 Item Component
1 Pressure reducing valve
2 Manifold block (Including check valve)
3 22mm balanced cold water take-off
4 Pressure gauge port
5 5 3/4" connection for exp.vessel
2 6 Expansion relief valve
3 4
It is recommended that isolating valves are installed upstream and downstream to facilitate any future maintenance.
For safety reasons, it is essential that no isolation valve is fitted between the ICG and the cold water inlet connection of the cylinder.
Install the pressure reducing valve with its embossed arrow pointing in the direction of flow.
Ensure the expansion relief valve is seated correctly into the main block/ casting and its nut is fully tightened to secure its position.
Ensure that the expansion relief valve discharge pipework has a continuous fall and terminates via a tundish and in such a posi-
tion as not to cause injury.
The first 22mm connection (Item 3 above) can be used to provide an unbalanced cold water supply. It must never be used to
connect the expansion vessel. If not used, use the blanking cap (22mm) supplied.
The small black plug is a connection prepared for a pressure gauge, which is available when specified.
On the opposite side of the manifold to the pressure gauge connection, there is a 3/4" plastic plugged connection that may be
used for direct mounting to the expansion vessel if required.
Expansion vessel
Optional parts
Install the expansion vessel between the pressure reducing valve and the cylinder unit or by using the appropriate port of the
ICG. (Ensure the expansion vessel is connected to an active section of the potable pipework and is NOT directly connected to
any redundant “Dead-leg” section of pipework.)
Note:
■ When connecting the ICG to the expansion vessel using a field-supplied flexible hose, provide sufficient bending radius to
prevent abnormal noise.
■ For more details about the following instructions, refer to the installation manual provided with the potable expansion vessel,
as well as this manual.
• If the expansion vessel is installed separately to the ICG (ie. direct in-line) then the supplied flow diverter can be used.
• ICG should always be installed on cold water supply to cylinder to comply with WRAS/Building Regulation G3.
• The ICG. should be installed above the level of the T&P valve. This will avoid the requirement to drain cylinder when
servicing the ICG in future.
• Expansion vessel should be installed hanging from connecting pipework.
• Expansion vessel should be fastened to a suitable surface (wall etc.) to prevent strain on pipe connection.
• Gas inlet screw type of expansion vessel: 8V1
Tundish
Install the tundishes in accordance with the UK Building Regulation G3. For more details refer to the "Safety Device Discharge
Arrangements" section in the installation manual for the cylinder unit .
Filling loop
Note: Refer to the installation manual provided with the filling loop as well.
Double check &

ball valve Flexible hose Ball valve
Cylinder unit
Ball valve Ball valve
Mains water supply Inlet from space heating

(Sanitary circuit) Check Flexible hose (Primary circuit)
valve (Temporary)
D-30
The procedure and recommendations specified in the cylinder unit installation manual for filling and pressurising the primary
heating circuit of the cylinder unit must be followed.
The heating return pipe and the cold water supply pipe must be provided with tees with a short length of R250 (half hard) copper
tube in the side port.
Fit the double check valve to the pipe from the mains supply pipe using the compression joint, which complies with BS EN 1252-
2, ensuring that the flow through the valve is in the same direction as the arrow on the body.
Fit the ball valve to the pipe from the heating return using the compression joint.
Connect the flexible hose between the double check valve and ball valve and tighten the wing nuts to make water tight joints.
Open both ball valves and fill the system, when the pressure starts to increase on the cylinder unit pressure gauge partially close
the ball valve on the double check valve to control the pressure to that specified by the cylinder unit installation manual.
Once filling and pressurisation have been completed, close both ball valves and remove the flexible hose.
If the flexible hose is removed it is recommended that caps (not supplied) are fitted to both valve connections to prevent any po-
tential leakage.
Calibration
screw
Maintenance and service
Pressure reducing valve
Under normal circumstances the pressure reducing valve should not require
any maintenance, but regular inspection and cleaning is recommended.
If the strainer or cartridge are damaged replace entire valve.
1. Isolate the water supply to the pressure reducing valve.
2. Unscrew anticlockwise the central calibration screw to decompress the
spring. Cartridge
3. Remove the plastic cover using a spanner on the hexagon faces.
4. Extract the cartridge with the aid of long nosed pliers to grip the head of
Optional parts
the set screw.
5. Remove the strainer element. Strainer
*If the strainer or cartridge are damaged replace item(s) accordingly.
6. Clean the strainer element and cartridge under clean running water.
7. Replace the strainer, cartridge and cover.
8. Turn on the water supply and check for leakage.
9. Re-calibrate the pressure reducing valve. (Rotate it clockwise to
increase the outlet pressure and anticlockwise to reduce it.)
Expansion relief valve

Manually operate (rotate head anti-clockwise) the expansion relief valve to ensure free water flow through discharge port and
connecting pipe.
Expansion vessel
The pre-charge gas pressure must be checked annually to make sure that the expansion vessel is in working order.
If water discharges through the expansion relief valve, it is possible that the expansion vessel’s existing gas pre-charge pressure
is too low.
Check this in the following manner:
1. Close the water supply.
2. Drain the sanitary circuit until the pressure is 0 bar.
3. Check the pre-charge.
4. Increase the gas pre-charge pressure with nitrogen/air to 3.5 bar.
Make sure that the pre-charge is not higher than the maximum working pressure.
If the expansion vessel cannot be pressurized, it is possible that the membrane has a leak.
If so, you must then replace the expansion vessel.
D-31
5 HIGH TEMP. THERMISTOR Optional parts
PARTS NAME : HIGH TEMP. THERMISTOR

PARTS No. : PAC-TH011HT-E <G>
SALES MODEL CODE : 7H1THR2G
INSTALLATION MANUAL
● Before starting installation, read the following description together with the installation manual included with the unit.
WARNING Precautions that must be observed to prevent injuries or death.

end user.
WARNING
● Before installing any accessories on the unit ensure the unit is isolated from the power supply.
Optional parts
● All electrical work should be performed by a qualified technician according to local regulations and the instructions given
in this manual.
● The flow temperature from boiler MUST NOT exceed 70 °C (*1).
● Before running Floor Dry-up function, disconnect IN4 and IN5 wirings. (*2)
*1 When the temperature sensed by flow temp. thermistor or return temp. thermistor exceeds 80°C, FTC4 will detect it as overheat error.
*2 High-temperature water produced by boiler operation could flow in and this could cause a big damage to the floor.
● Make sure to install the boiler that has overheat protection and output flow temperature control.
<Included items>
Item Piece
1 2 3
Boiler flow temp. thermistor (THWB1) 5 m,
1 1
color: gray
Boiler return temp. thermistor (THWB2) 5 m,
2 1
color: black
3 Installation manual 1
<Connecting boiler thermistor>
CNP1(WHT)
1 3
CN01 5
(BLK)
1
TBO.1
CN3C 1
1
CNV1 (BLU) 3
5 (WHT)
FT C
TBO.2
LED3
1
CN105
(RED)
5
1
CNRF
(WHT)
1
CNBH 1 CNPWM
5
TBI.2
CNIH LED4
(WHT) (WHT)
(ORN) 3 LED2
7
3 1
1 CN22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CNBC CNBHT
2 (BLU)
(GLY) (BLK) CN108
3 1 3 1
CN2F CN20 CN21 CNW12 CNW5

(YLW) (RED) (YLW) (RED) (WHT) SW4
1 1 1 1
1
2
LED1 1 6
3 2 3
4 SW2 SW1
1 8 1 8 THWB1 THWB2
SW3
1 8
TBI.1 TBI.2
D-32
5 HIGH TEMP. THERMISTOR Optional parts
1. System
1) Heat source can be switched between heat pump and boiler by external input from power supplier or outdoor temperature
thermistor.
2) Heat source can be switched according to running cost, CO2 emission, or outdoor temp.
3) In case of outdoor unit failure, backup operation is possible with boiler. *1
*1 When Hybrid is selected as heat source.
Heat source Heating DHW
When Dip SW2-5 (Automatic switch to backup heat source operation) is set to ON. Heat pump
Note: FTC4 can control boiler only in space heating mode. Boiler —
1.1 Room thermostat connection

IMPORTANT NOTE
Be sure to connect room thermostat to FTC4.
When boiler is running, the heating operation is regulated by the room thermostat connected to FTC4.
a) Heating room temperature ( ) b) Heating flow temperature ( )

c) Heating compensation curve ( )
Room thermostat Room thermostat

Wireless remote Boiler Room thermostat (field
Boiler controller (option) supply)
or or
Room temperature FTC
FTC Wireless remote controller *
thermistor (option) (option)
or
Optional parts
Main controller (remote
Outdoor unit
Outdoor unit position)
* Wireless remote controller can be changed to room thermostat.
1.2 Pipe work

(a) Boiler and heat pump are connected in parallel.
(b) Install a mixing tank (field supply).
(c) Put 2 thermistors in boiler circuit. (THWB1: Flow temp., THWB2: Return temp.)
* It is recommended to protect the thermistors with heat insulating materials so as not to be affected by ambient temperature.
Note: These lead wires of the thermistors must avoid being in contact with pipe surfaces.
Boiler Number Component

1 Boiler flow temp. thermistor (THWB1)
2 Boiler return temp. thermistor (THWB2)
3 Flow temp. thermistor (THW6) (option)
4 Return temp. thermistor (THW7) (option)
1
3 5 Circulation pump (field supply)
6 Flow switch (field supply) *1
5 Heating
2
4
6
Outdoor unit Cylinder unit/ Mixing tank
Hydrobox (field supply)
Number Component
Boiler 1 Boiler flow temp. thermistor (THWB1)
2 Boiler return temp. thermistor (THWB2)
3 Flow temp. thermistor (THW6) (option)
Hydrobox 4 Return temp. thermistor (THW7) (option)
7 1
5 Circulation pump (field supply)
8
3 6 Flow switch (field supply) *1
DHW tank Heating
7 Tank water temp. (THW5)
5
8 Immersion heater (field supply)
2
4
9 3-way valve (field supply) *2
9
6 *2 The use of two 2-way valves can perform the same function as a 3-way
Outdoor unit Mixing tank
valve.
(field supply)
D-33
6 DRAIN PAN STAND Optional parts

DRAIN PAN STAND
PAC-DP01-E
INSTALLATION MANUAL
● This drain pan stand MUST be used with cylinder unit ERST series.

CAUTION Incorrect handling could lead to injury or damage to house and household articles.
Optional parts
end user.
WARNING
● If the cylinder has already been connected to the power supply ensure circuit breaker is off before carrying out electrical work.
● If the drain pan stand is installed incorrectly or modified after installation by the user, water may leak or cylinder unit may fall.
● All installation should be performed by a qualified technician according to local regulations and the instructions given
in this manual.
CAUTION
● Securely apply heat-insulation to draining pipework. If heat-insulation is inadequate, condensation could occur on the
surface of pipes and dew could drop on the floor or important goods.
● To prevent dirty water from draining onto the floor next to cylinder unit, please connect appropriate discharge pipework
from the cylinder drain pan to its disposal location.
● The cylinder unit should be positioned on a level surface capable of supporting its filled weight. (Adjustable feet
(accessory parts of cylinder unit) can be used to ensure unit is level.)
● Secure cylinder unit to prevent it being knocked over.
D-34
Location of DRAIN PAN STAND

Contents
Item Q'ty
Foundation assy 1
Joint plate 4
Screw (4×12) 24
Drain socket 1
Drain hose (insulated) 1
Band 1
1600 ± 5
Front panel stay 2
(1870)
Painted screw (4×10) 8
Drain guide side 2
Design panel side 2
Drain guide front 1
Design panel front 1
270 ± 5
205 ± 5
23
595
DRAIN PAN STAND 297.5
121
680 ± 5
Optional parts
D-35
1 2
DRAIN PAN STAND may

be rotated 180° from
position shown.
CYLINDER
Adjustable feet DRAIN PAN STAND

(CYLINDER Accessories)
Handles
3 4
Optional parts
Front frame
5 6
Drain socket to be clip-fixed

in to DRAIN PAN hole.
D-36
7 NOTE
• Please use rigid PVC for field pipework.
• Use only compatible adhesive/glue for pipe joint.
• For proper drain-off, install pipework with gradient/fall of
min. 1/100.
• Install pipe to fall continuously without bowing.
• Do not install any air purge points on condensate drain
pipe run.
• Condensate drain pipe must discharge to suitable and safe
outlet location. It should not be directly connected to any
sewer-connected pipework that may introduce sulphurous
gases/smells to the building.
Connect pipe joint (drain hose Field supplied drain pipe

accessory) to field pipeworks (VP20A) (Insulated)
using suitable adhesive bond.
Optional parts
Leg
FRONT
9 Note
・Before fitting the front panel, test by gradually pouring 1 litre of water into the drain pan.
・Check that the water drains properly from the outlet of the pipe and suitably discharges to safe outlet location.
・Check also for any leakage from the connections.
FRONT
Drain pan
D-37
7 2 ZONE KIT Optional parts
ATW INDOOR UNIT OPTIONAL PARTS

2 ZONE KIT
PAC-TZ01-E
INSTALLATION MANUAL
● This 2 zone kit MUST be used with Cylinder unit or Hydrobox except for E*SE models.
● Before starting installation, read the following description together with the installation manual included with the Cylinder unit (Hydrobox).

CAUTION Incorrect handling could lead to injury or damage to house and household articles.
● After installation, carry out a test run to ensure correct operation, then explain operation method and safety precautions to the
Optional parts
end user.
Tell your customers to keep this installation manual, and when they give or sell this machine to any other person include this
installation manual with it.
WARNING
● If Cylinder unit (Hydrobox) has already been connected to the power supply, ensure circuit breaker is off before carrying out
electrical work.
● If the 2 zone kit is installed incorrectly or modified after installation by the user, water may leak or 2 zone kit may fall from
Cylinder unit or wall.
● All installation should be performed by a qualified technician according to local regulations and the instructions given in this
manual.
CAUTION
● The 2 zone kit must be installed by 2 or more people.
● All exposed water pipework should be insulated to prevent unnecessary heat loss and condensation.
● To also use the 2 zone kit in Cooling mode, securely apply heat-insulation to draining pipework. If heat-insulation is
inadequate, condensation could occur on the surface of pipes and dew could drop on the floor or important goods.
● To prevent dirty water from draining onto the floor next to Cylinder unit or under Hydrobox, please connect appropriate
discharge pipework from the 2 zone kit to its disposal location.
● Secure 2 zone kit to prevent it from falling.
● Do not hold piping or drain socket when moving the 2 zone kit.
● Avoid the connection of piping or drain socket from damage. Otherwise, it may cause water leakage.
● To prevent incorrect installation, please connect the flexible hose at the bend radius of 150 mm or more.
● The water flow rate between the Cylinder unit (Hydrobox) and the 2 zone kit must be greater than the total flow rate of Zone1
and Zone2. Otherwise, Zone1 and Zone2 may not be heated properly.
D-38
Disposal of the Unit

Note: This symbol mark is for EU countries only.
This symbol mark is according to the directive 2012/19/EU Article 14 Information for users and Annex IX, and/
or to the directive 2006/66/EC Article 20 Information for end-users and Annex II.
Your Mitsubishi Electric heating system products have been manufactured with high quality materials and components
which can be recycled and/or reused. The symbol in Figure 1.1 means that electrical and electronic equipment, batter-
ies and accumulators at the end of their life, should be disposed of separately from your household waste.
If a chemical symbol is printed beneath the symbol (Figure 1.1), this chemical symbol means that the battery or accu-
mulator contains a heavy metal at a certain concentration. This is indicated as follows;
Hg: mercury (0.0005%), Cd: cadmium (0.002%), Pb: lead (0.004%)
In the European Union there are separate collection systems for used electrical and electronic products, batteries and
<Figure 1.1> accumulators.
Please dispose of this equipment, batteries and accumulators correctly at your local community waste collection/recy-
cling centre.
Contact your local Mitsubishi Electric dealer for country-specific details on disposal.
Please, help us to conserve the environment we live in.
Contents
Item Q'ty
2 zone kit 1
Flexible hose (520mm) 2
Conversion joint (Φ28 → G1) 2
Fixing plate 2
Gasket 4
Screw (M5×8) 2
Optional parts
Outline A From Cylinder unit (Hydrobox)
Unit: mm B To Cylinder unit (Hydrobox)
C From Zone1
G1 connection
D To Zone1
145 383 145 E From Zone2
70 70 F To Zone2
B F E
100
356
140
140
128
128
96.5
56.5
25
A
55
C D
( 255 )
265
F
33
10
D
60 60
Drain socket
B A (Size: Φ18.5) C E
D-39
Component parts
Mixing valve Pump3 Pump2
Thermistor
Manual air vent
Reactor box
Thermistor Earth terminal
Installation position
40
<Cylinder unit> <Hydrobox>

65
1220 – 1270
Optional parts
2000 – 2100
460 – 510
MAX.130
1855
430 – 580
Water circuit and system figure

2 zone kit
<Zone2>
Cylinder unit Mixing Pump3
THW8 Floor heating
(Hydrobox) valve
Air
vent THW9
<Zone1>
Radiator
Pump2 THW6
Air
vent THW7
D-40
1 In the case of Cylinder unit
Ensure that the 2 zone kit

does not touch the pressure
relief valve.
Remove the screw from

the 2 zone kit and reuse to
Optional parts
secure .
2 In the case of Cylinder unit
After hand tighten the nut, tighten the joint 1 turn.

If necessary, tighten by another 1/4 of a turn.
Pipe cover
(Local supply)
Tightening torque: 42N·m

Use double spanners.
Do not use the flexible hose below the bend radius of 150 mm.
D-41
1 In the case of Hydrobox
1. 2.
Back plate
<Side view>
● Ensure that the notch is positioned at the TOP of the back
Back plate plate. The back plate is provided with screw mounting
(Horizontal)
Optional parts
holes that are round or oval. To prevent the 2-zone kit

Wall from falling off the wall, choose the appropriate number of
holes or hole positions and horizontally secure the back
Plugs plate to the appropriate wall location.
(Local supply)
Screws
(Local supply)
1.5N·m
1. 2. 3.
Secure the back plate and

the unit with M5x8 screw.
D-42
Heating only model <View from below>

Heating only model
After hand tighten the nut, B A B A

tighten the joint 1 turn.
If necessary, tighten by Heating and cooling model
another 1/4 of a turn.
A B
Pipe cover Letter Pipe description
(Local supply)
Space heating/Indirect DHW tank
A
(primary) return connection
Tightening torque: 42N·m Space heating/Indirect DHW tank
B
(primary) flow connection
Optional parts
Use double spanners.
Do not use the flexible hose below the bend radius of 150 mm.
Drain piping Connect the drain pipe only for Heating/Cooling models.
<Cylinder unit> <Hydrobox>
Field supplied drain pipe

(VP-20A)* (Insulated) Connect drain socket to field
pipeworks using suitable
adhesive bond.
Field supplied drain pipe

Connect drain socket to field pipeworks (VP-20A)* (Insulated)
using suitable adhesive bond.
NOTE
● Please use PVC pipe for drain piping.
● Use only compatible adhesive/glue for pipe joint.
● For proper drain-off, install pipework with gradient/fall of min. 1/100.
● Install pipe to fall continuously without bowing.
● Do not install any air purge points on condensate drain pipe run.
● Condensate drain pipe must discharge to suitable and safe outlet location. It should not be directly connected to any
sewer-connected pipework that may introduce sulphurous gases/smells to the building.
* “VP-20” is a PVC pipe with an outside diameter of 26 mm and an inside diameter of 20 mm.
D-43
Wiring
<Cylinder unit> <Hydrobox> Earth terminal
Conduit
1
1 TBO.1 CN01 2
2 (WH) 4
3 1 CNP1 6
4 3 (WH)
5
(Local supply)
6 F2 F1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
Pump/
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
(OG)
Mixing valve/
3
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1 LED4
Earth
CNBH
(WH)
7

1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
Earth
THW6/7/8/9 terminal
Pump/Mixing valve/ THW6/7/8/9
Earth
Earth terminal
1
1 TBO.1 CN01 2
2 (WH) 4
3 1 CNP1 6
4 3 (WH)
5
6 F2 F1
1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
2 3 (RD)
3 SW5 CN3C 1
4 (BU) 3
5 8 LED1
6 1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
2 5
3 6
4 1 1
5
CNRF
(WH)
6 SW3 5
7 LED2
8 8 1
1 CN105
1 TBO.4 (RD)
LED3
2 5
3 SW2
4 1
5 8 CNIT
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
SW1 CN22 1
1 (BU) 2
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1 LED4
CNBH
(WH)
7

1 1 1
1 1
4 2 4 3 2
Optional parts
2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1 TBI.3 TBI.2
Earth
terminal
THW6/7/8/9 Pump/Mixing valve/Earth Conduit (Local supply)
1
1 TBO.1 1
2
TBO.1 CN01 2
(WH) 4
Pump 2 M 2 3
4
1 CNP1
(WH)
6
1~ Blue 3
3
5
6 F2 F1
Brown IEC T6.3AL250V IEC T10AL250V
4 1 TBO.2 1 CNP4 1
Blue 2 3 (RD)
M 5 3 SW5 CN3C 1
Pump 3 1~ Brown
4 (BU) 3
6 5
6 1
8 LED1
1 CNV1 CNPWM 1
1 TBO.3 3 (WH) SW4 (WH) 3
Brown 2 5
1 TBO.2 3 6
1
Mixing M Blue 4
CNRF
1
valve 1~ 2 5
(WH) OFF ON
Black 6 SW3
LED2
5
3 1
7
8 8 1
1 CN105
4 1 TBO.4
2
LED3 (RD)
5
SW2
5 3
4
CNIT
1 SW2
8
6
5
1 1 (BU)
6 CNIH 5
3 (OG)
1
SW1 CN22
(BU)
1
2
8
CNBC 1 CNBHT 8
3 (GY) 3 (BK) CN108
1 LED4
CNBH
(WH)
7

1 1 1
1 1
NOTE 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
4
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
2 4 3 2
2 4 6 8 10 12 14
The power cable shall be covered with the conduit under 1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.1
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.3
1 3 5 7 9 11 13
TBI.2
the following condition.

● The users never touch the power cable inside the con-
duit.
TBI.2
● The conduit shall not be easily removed by the users. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
● Do not damage the cable when installing it in the conduit.
THW6 THW7 THW8 THW9
Gray Black Red Blue
D-44
DIP Switch settings of Cylinder unit (Hydrobox)

Setting the following DIP switches are necessary for 2 zone control. (See the installation manual of Cylinder unit (Hydrobox)
for more information.)
DIP switch Function OFF ON Setting when using 2 zone kit
SW2-6 Mixing tank WITHOUT Mixing tank WITH Mixing tank ON
SW2-7 2-zone temperature control Inactive Active * ON
* Active only when SW3-6 is set to OFF.
Specifications
Model name PAC-TZ01-E
Dimension 265mm × 356mm × 383mm
Weight 18kg
Power supply 230V/single phase/50Hz from Cylinder unit (Hydrobox)
Sound pressure level 28dB(A)
Sound power level 40dB(A)
Max. 70W/0.58A
Pump2, 3
Max. head 7.5m *1
5W
Mixing valve
Running time 90° 120s
Water flow rate range Depend on outdoor unit
Note:
● Max. flow rate is 27.7L/min. If the flow rate exceeds 27.7L/min, pipes would be eroded.
● The water flow rate between the Cylinder unit (Hydrobox) and the 2 zone kit must be greater than the total flow rate of Zone1
and Zone2.
*1 Refer to the graph below and add any pumps if necessary.
<Water circulation pump characteristics>
Optional parts
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Flow rate [L/min]
D-45
MEMO
HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3, MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO100-8310, JAPAN
Issued in Mar. 2018 M-P0744 SIZ1803<MEE> New publication, effective Mar. 2018
Printed in CHINA Specifications are subject to change without notice.

+ Kompletní Katalog - Technická Data - 201803 - ATW - DATABOOK

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

+ Kompletní Katalog - Technická Data - 201803 - ATW - DATABOOK

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

+ Kompletní Katalog - Technická Data - 201803 - ATW - DATABOOK

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DATA BOOK

2 Outlines and dimensions.....................................A-42

4 Refrigerant system diagrams..............................A-81

6 Noise criterion curves........................................A-139

7 Estimated noise level based

9 Error code table..................................................A-178

1.1 Outdoor unit specifications

Model Name PUHZ-W112VAA PUHZ-W112YAA

(2) Split-type units

Model Name SUHZ-SW45VA SUHZ-SW45VAH

Discharge thermo Discharge thermo

Oil (Model) L 0.35(FV50S) 0.35(FV50S)

Model Name PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)

Oil (Model) L 0.60 (FV50S) 0.60 (FV50S)

Model Name PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SHW80VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW230YKA2

Model Name PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS)

Model Name PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS)

Model Name PUMY-P112VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P125VKM4(-BS) PUMY-P140VKM4(-BS)

Model Name PUMY-P112YKME4(-BS) PUMY-P125YKME4(-BS)PUMY-P140YKME4(-BS)

Power supply (phase, cycle, voltage) 3-phase 380-400-415 V, 50 Hz

Model name PUHZ-W85V/YAA PUHZ-W112V/YAA

Nominal water flow rate (Cooling mode) L/min 21.5 28.7

Model name PUHZ-HW112YHA2(-BS) PUHZ-HW140V/YHA2(-BS)

(2) Split-type units

Model name PUHZ-SW50VKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75VHA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SW100VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YHA(-BS)

Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 32.1 32.1

Model name PUHZ-SW120VHA(-BS) PUHZ-SW120YHA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SW160YKA(-BS) PUHZ-SW200YKA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SW75VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW75YAA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SW100VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SW100YAA(-BS)

Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 32.1 32.1

Model name PUHZ-SHW112YHA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW140YHA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SHW230YKA2

Nominal water flow rate (Heating mode) L/min 65.9

Model name PUHZ-SHW80VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW80YAA(-BS)

Model name PUHZ-SHW112VAA(-BS) PUHZ-SHW112YAA(-BS)

ATW COP reduction ratio by ATA indoor units

1.3 Maximum outlet water temperature

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

(2) Split-type units

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

*PUHZ-SHW80/112/140 Service reference number from “R2”: down to -28°C

Maximum outlet water temperature [ °C ]

Notice for PUMY+ecodan (Cylinder unit, Hydrobox) system

Priority: DHW > ATW Heating > ATA

2. Main operating patterns for each season

ATA cooling is standby Cooling is started after DHW is finished

DHW demand is added ATA demand is added